THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 DAVIS 
 
BE1TISH 
 SESSILE-EYED CRUSTACEA. 
 
LONDON : 
 PRINTED BY WOODFALL AND KINDER, 
 
 AKGEL COURT, SKINNER STRKET. 
 
A HISTORY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 BRITISH 
 
 SESSILE-EYED CRUSTACEA. 
 
 C. SPENCE BATE, F.R.S., F.L.S., ETC., 
 
 AND 
 
 J. O. WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S., 
 
 HOPE PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD, ETC. 
 
 IN TWO VOLUMES. VOL. I. 
 
 LONDON: 
 JOHN VAN VOORST, PATERNOSTER ROW. 
 
 M.DCCC.LXIII. 
 LIBRARY 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 DAVIS 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 THE term "Sessile-eyed" has been applied to the order 
 of crustaceous animals forming the subject of this work 
 in contradistinction to that of the " Stalk-eyed " order, 
 of which Professor Bell has given an account in a pre- 
 ceding volume of this series. The name, with its Greek 
 equivalent, Edriophthalma, was first given by Dr. Leach, 
 and has been recognized by all subsequent naturalists. 
 It must not, however, be understood to characterize every 
 genus that should be classed in the order. Among the 
 Isopoda, the genera of Tanais, Paratanais, Apseudes, and 
 Munna, have their eyes fixed on pedicles. In the first of 
 these genera, the structure differs so much in character 
 from that of the normal Isopoda, that it has been classed 
 with the Stalk-eyed Crustacea by Fritz Miiller and Anton 
 Dohrn. In this work we have placed it in an interme- 
 diate position between the Amphipoda and the Isopoda its 
 most important structural characters holding a position 
 nearer, but intermediate in relation between, these two 
 orders than they bear to the Stalk-eyed Crustacea. 
 While, therefore, the eyes may be considered (as they 
 have been since the days of the Swedish naturalist, 
 Linneeus) as a ready and convenient means of classifi- 
 cation, separating one great division from another, this 
 character must be received as only an approximation to a 
 
 a 2 
 
iv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 general law. So common, however, is it, and so ready of 
 discernment, that it will probably be retained, even after 
 a more perfect, but less readily detective, system of 
 natural arrangement be discovered. 
 
 The term was at first applied so as to embrace all 
 Crustacea that were not contained in the Stalk-eyed 
 order, with the exception of the Cirripedia. It is still so 
 retained in Mr. Dana's " Classification of Crustacea," and 
 consequently embraces a large number of forms, exclu- 
 sive of those described in this work, which vary so con- 
 siderably from each other, that we believe it is neither 
 natural nor desirable to group them under one definition. 
 In the present volumes, we speak of the Sessile-eyed 
 Crustacea as constituting a legion between the Stalk-eyed 
 (Podophthalma) and the Entomostracous Crustacea. But 
 the great difference of character in some animals of this 
 legion from the others induced Latreille to divide it into 
 
 O 
 
 two orders, naming them respectively after the structure 
 of their locomotive appendages, Amphipoda and Isopoda. 
 Another division was proposed by the same author, and 
 very generally adopted, namely, the Lcemipoda, orLamodi- 
 poda. The animals that constituted this supposed order 
 differ from the normal species of the Amphipoda only in 
 the absence and deficiency of parts ; consequently, in this 
 work, they are viewed as an aberrant group of the order; 
 whereas Latreille first placed the animals of this group 
 in the order Isopoda,* and Lamarck united them with the 
 Amphipoda and Isopoda as members of one family only, 
 under the name of Arthrocephales, or Capites. Dumeril, 
 in his " Zoologie Analytique," united the Amphipoda with 
 the Stomapoda, the point of similarity being the sepa- 
 ration of the head from the body. 
 
 The term Tetradecapoda has been proposed for the 
 
 * Dictionnaire d'Hist. Nat. 
 
INTRODUCTION. v 
 
 Sessile-eyed Crustacea by M. Blainville, in contradistinc- 
 tion to that of Decapoda : the one being defined by having 
 fourteen legs, the other having only ten. But this, upon 
 the most superficial examination, will be found to be the 
 most imperfect character, not only in usefulness, but also 
 in appearance. Not only all the Sto?napoda, but even 
 the Macrura, below the family of Palcemonida, possess 
 fourteen fully developed pediform limbs ; and even in the 
 Brachyura and Anomura, the anterior appendages that 
 protect and supply the mouth are legs altered for a 
 necessary purpose, and not really oral appendages; conse- 
 quently, the distinction in structure that the two separate 
 names would lead a student to expect, does not exist. 
 The only true Decapoda are Caprella and Anceus, and 
 these belong, in the present system of classification, to 
 the Tetradecapoda. 
 
 The term Choristopoda, or separate-footed, has been 
 applied by Mr. Dana, who uses it as synonymous with 
 Tetradecapoda of Blainville and our term of Sessile-eyed, 
 over which it appears to possess no advantage, without 
 which it is unwise to add to the already too numerous list 
 of synonyms. Thus it will be perceived that, in our con- 
 sideration of the orders treated of in this work, we 
 consider that the Sessile-eyed Crustacea bear a nearer 
 structural affinity with the Stalk-eyed Crustacea than with 
 the Trilobita, Entomostraca, and Rotatoria, which Mr. 
 Dana unites into the one division under the term of 
 Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 
 
 The classification that we have adopted nearly resembles 
 the system of arrangement adopted by Milne Edwards in 
 his " Histoire des Crustaces ;" but, in his classification, the 
 aberrant Amphipoda are admitted to a rank of equal im- 
 portance to that of the Amphipoda, whereas certain very 
 exceptional forms of Isopoda are only distinguished as a 
 separate family of Isopoda. 
 
vi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The aberrant group of Isopoda, although containing, 
 and perhaps based upon, the most characteristic genus of 
 Dana's supposed order of Anisopoda. yet must not be con- 
 sidered synonymous with it, since all the parasitic forms 
 that possess such extremely aberrant characters in the 
 adult females, possess the true character of the normal 
 Isopod, both in the young and adult male. Thus the 
 genera Arcturus, Bopyrus, and the rest of the parasitic 
 Amphipoda, we have classified with the normal Isopoda. 
 Nor can we think that the only feature that assimilates 
 Arcturus to the Amphipoda (the forward direction of 
 the second pair of pereiopoda), can be considered of suf- 
 ficient importance to narrow the distinction between it 
 and the Amphipoda, whereas other characters of greater 
 importance induce a natural separation that is strongly 
 marked. 
 
 The consideration of the structure of the Sessile-eyed 
 Crustacea has, until recently, but little attracted the 
 attention of zoologists. The observations of Loven, 
 Lilljeborg, Goes, De la Valette, Grube, Fritz Miiller, 
 Anton Dohrn, Schobl, Schiodte, and others, have done 
 much to show the large amount of novel and interesting 
 subjects of biological knowledge that have been, and still 
 are to be, developed by the study of this hitherto much 
 neglected class of animals. 
 
 The structure of these animals, though offering a very 
 palpable distinction from the higher forms, is indubitably 
 formed upon the same common type. So clearly can 
 this be demonstrated, that we are somewhat surprised to 
 find that Mr. Dana ("United States Exploring Expe- 
 dition," vol. i. p. 1404) should say that " they have not 
 a macrural characteristic, but have a body divided into 
 as many segments as they have legs (hence our name 
 Choristopoda) ; the antennae, legs, and whole structure are 
 distinct in type." 
 
INTRODUCTION. vii 
 
 That every segment has its appendage is a law common 
 to all Crustacea. In the Stalk-eyed order, the develop- 
 ment of the cephalou is carried to a monstrous extent as 
 a shield or carapace, covering and protecting, in some 
 cases, all the segments of the pereion. When the cara- 
 pace is so developed, the necessity for perfect segments 
 in the latter does not exist, consequently the dorsal sur- 
 face is wanting ; but the lateral portion is always present. 
 In the Sessile-eyed Crustacea this enlargement of the 
 cephalon does not exist, and the absence of a carapace 
 permits the development of the dorsal surface of the 
 segments of the pereion. A careful examination of the 
 appendages of the head will clearly show the same 
 number of segments associated together as is found to 
 exist in the macrural forms, consequently the head or 
 cephalon in the Sessile-eyed Crustacea homologizes with 
 the carapace in those Crustacea that have their eyes 
 supported on foot-stalks. Gradually, from the Brachyura, 
 it decreases through each succeeding order, and this, 
 apparently, in relative degree with the separation of the 
 nervous system into separate ganglia, obedient to a 
 common law of depreciation, which in the Sessile-eyed 
 Crustacea appears to reach a lower limit in the Isopoda 
 than in the Amphipoda. 
 
 The appendages that are supported by the cephalon are 
 various in form, and generally associated with the senses. 
 
 The first, or most anterior pair, are the eyes, which, 
 from the circumstance of being closely impacted within 
 the dermal skeleton, give the name of Sessile-eyed to the 
 legion, as above mentioned. This position is not invari- 
 ably the case, since in the genera Tanais, Paratanais, 
 Apseudes, &c., the eyes are carried on elevated stalks. In 
 the Isopoda these organs appear to be more perfectly 
 developed than in the Amphipoda, except, perhaps, in 
 Hyperina, where their monstrous development deprives 
 
viii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the head of its normal form. In the Isopoda generally, 
 the lenses of the eyes are well developed, and lodged in 
 the texture of the skeleton of the animal, which is fre- 
 quently thinned out to an extreme tenuity, and marked 
 with numerous facets, corresponding with the many lenses 
 belonging to the organ. In the Amphipoda, the lenses 
 either are not so numerous or are less apparent, and the 
 dermal tissue that covers the organ is thick and un- 
 changed in character. This condition is carried to the 
 greatest limit in the Phoxides, Ampeliscides, and those 
 Gammarides that are inhabitants of deep and dark wells, 
 where no rudiments of eyes are apparent, except in the 
 presence of some coloured and ill-defined pigment cells, 
 which in the Phoxides coalesce into a single organ. In 
 the genus Ampelisca this pigment of colouring is associated 
 on each side with two solitary lenses, that appear to be 
 built into, and form part of, the dermal covering. 
 
 It appears to be a law in the decreasing structural 
 importance of Crustacea, that the segment supporting the 
 appendages shall disappear before the appendage that it 
 supports. In the Sessile-eyed legion, the eyes alone 
 remain, the segment and the articulating portion of the 
 appendage not being developed ; the eyes are developed 
 in most families so deeply within the head, that they 
 generally appear to be behind the antennae, and some- 
 times, as in Phoxus, at the extremity of the frontal 
 rostrum ; in others, as Ericthonius, on a projecting lobe 
 of the head, situated between the two pairs of antennae, 
 in which position, owing, probably, to the insufficient 
 depth of structure, the eye is borne on the internal 
 surface, where it is lodged as a protuberance. But what- 
 ever may be the position of these organs, the variable- 
 ness of situation can only be consistent with certain 
 advantages under peculiar conditions. 
 
 In the young animal the number of facets is fewer in 
 
INTRODUCTION. IX 
 
 the eye than in the adult state. In the genus Gam- 
 marus, the number of lenses in the young is first eight or 
 ten, whilst in the adult they number from forty to fifty. 
 
 The superior or first pair of antennae we consider, con- 
 trary to the opinion of Mr. Dana, to be formed on the 
 same type as those of the Macrura. Each of them con- 
 sists of three distinctly formed joints and a flagellum, 
 with sometimes a more or less important secondary 
 appendage. We have long since expressed our opinion 
 that in these organs lies the seat of auditory consciousness, 
 and we are still inclined to retain that opinion. We are 
 aware of the elaborate experiments of Dr. Von Hensen, 
 which tend to demonstrate the existence of auditory cilia 
 on several parts of the animal, as the superior antennae, 
 (in which Professor Huxley was the first to demonstrate, 
 in some exotic Macrura, the presence of highly refracting 
 otolithes,) on the inferior antennae, as well on the caudal 
 appendages as in the external branch of the posterior 
 pleopoda, on which Van Beneden has discovered, and we 
 have seen, what appear to be well-formed otolithes, of the 
 same type as those found in the first joint of the anterior 
 pair of antennae in Mysis, &c. But we have always 
 attributed to certain very delicate membranous cilia of 
 various forms, found on the primary flagellum only of the 
 superior antennas, and present, under normal conditions, 
 in nearly every family of Crustacea, the power of convey- 
 ing impressions of sound. But these membranous cilia 
 are very distinct from the auditory hairs of Dr. Von 
 Hensen.* 
 
 That the superior antennae are, in their most normal 
 development, purely aquatic organs, we see in the depre- 
 ciation of their character in the partly marine genera 
 
 * An elaborate memoir on the auditory organs of the Crustacea, by Dr. V. 
 Hensen, was published in Zeitschr. f. Wissensch. Zoologie, xiii. Bd. 3. Hft. 
 1863, an abstract of which may be seen in the Zoological Record for 1864. 
 
X INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Orchestia and Talitrus, and their rudimentary condition in 
 the terrestrial Isopoda. 
 
 The inferior or second pair of antennae are formed on 
 the simplest character of the Macrural type, and consist 
 of a peduncle with five joints, of which the first two, (the 
 hornotypes of the coxa and basis joints of the true 
 leg.) are very closely associated, and carry the olfactory 
 denticle. In the higher groups, the two basal joints 
 are fused together, and often with the nearest part of the 
 segment to which they belong. Sometimes, so perfect is 
 the union, that not the slightest trace of the relation of 
 one part to another is capable of being detected. This 
 complete association of the appendage with the body of 
 the animal lessens with the degradation of the creature, 
 until we find the five separate joints distinguishable from 
 each other and from the body of the animal. 
 
 The denticle at the base of the second pair of antennae 
 in the Amphipoda (Fig. 1), homologizes with a perforated 
 
 FIG. 1. 
 
 tubercle situated on the ventral surface of the cephalon 
 in the Brachyura, laterally anterior to the oral apparatus, 
 and indeed covered by some of the appendages, in the 
 higher groups of the class. The denticle in the Amphipoda, 
 upon close examination, appears to have an open extremity, 
 through which a cylindrical tube, retained in its place by 
 membranous ligatures, protrudes. This tube closes at the 
 
INTRODUCTION. xi 
 
 internal extremity rather suddenly, and encloses the 
 elongated bulbous extremity of a nerve-thread, that pro- 
 ceeds from a second bulb or nerve-ganglion implanted at 
 the base of the denticle. This denticle, though frequent, 
 is not invariably present. In the genera Orchestia and 
 Talitrm, the two basal joints of the antennae are built 
 into the anterior wall of the cephalon, so as to be 
 generally mistaken for it ; while in others, as also in the 
 Isopoda, every trace of the denticle is lost (Fig. 2). 
 
 FIG. 2. 
 
 There is no secondary appendage to the inferior 
 antennae, and, with the exception of the squamiform plate 
 in the Macrura, it is never found in Crustacea ; nor is it 
 invariably a macrurous condition, since in some genera it 
 is entirely absent ; and even in Palinurus, a most typical 
 form, it is lost as an appendage, being distinguishable 
 only in the outline impressed in the walls of the fourth 
 joint of the antennae. 
 
 The flagellum in all Crustacea originates, in the upper 
 antennae, after the third perfect joint ; in the lower, after 
 
xii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the fifth ; and in every case the secondary appendage, 
 whether in the form of a scale attached to the lower, or a 
 filamentary appendage, or several, invariably in upper and 
 lower alike arises from the distal extremity of the third. 
 
 This appears to be a very constant condition with 
 all the appendages of the cephalon, pereion, and pleon. 
 The most freqnent exception exists in the first joint 
 or coxa, as exemplified in the branchial appendages and 
 the ovigerous plates of the female Amphipoda and Iso- 
 poda. According to our experience, whenever any 
 secondary appendage is developed from the second 
 joint or basis, it exists more as a rudimentary effort than 
 as a true organ. After the third joint, we are not aware 
 that any secondary appendage is ever produced, though 
 in some genera, as in Palamon, the primary flagellum of 
 the anterior antennae occasionally divides or sends off a 
 smaller one. 
 
 The flagellum in the Sessile-eyed Crustacea is generally 
 multi-articulate. It attains its most filamentary character 
 in the sub-family Gammarides ; but in some genera many, 
 and sometimes all, the numerous articuli coalesce into one 
 or more joints, as in Podocerus, Corophium, Chelura, the 
 terrestrial Isopods, &c., in all which cases they become 
 organs assisting in climbing and grasping. Unlike the 
 superior antennae, the inferior pair appears to be always 
 present, and we only know of their being reduced to an 
 immature condition in those Crustacea that pass their 
 lives as parasites upon others, as the Bopyrida, Hyperiida, 
 and Cyamus, a circumstance that induces us to believe 
 that the second pair of antennae is the seat of a sense 
 which undergoes but slight modifications to enable it to 
 be equally distinguishable whether in air or water, since 
 the Isopoda and Orchestia, in which the antennae are well 
 developed, are terrestrial. 
 
 The oral apparatus in most Crustacea is a somewhat 
 
INTRODUCTION. xiii 
 
 complicated series of organs. It is built up of many 
 separate pairs of appendages, those belonging to the 
 higher groups of Crustacea being the most numerous. 
 In the Sessile-eyed orders, the mandibles are separated 
 from the second or posterior pair of antennae by the ven- 
 tral surface of the fourth or mandibular segment, and a 
 protuberance that, from its position, is called the labrum, 
 or anterior lip. 
 
 In the Amphipoda, the epistome is generally placed 
 vertically, and occasionally produced anteriorly into a 
 sharp spear-like process. In many, however, as also in 
 the Isopoda, it exists as a plate that gives strength and 
 solidity to the fulcrum on which the mandibles rest. 
 
 The labrum is divided into two parts, the lower of 
 which moves on the upper by a slight hinge, and assists 
 in perfecting the shutting of the mouth. The free margin 
 is generally clothed with short hairs, often of club-shaped 
 and deformed appearance. 
 
 The mandibles are powerful organs, impinging against 
 each other at their extremities, the biting edge being in 
 the median line. In the Sessile-eyed Crustacea, they 
 bear a near resemblance to the same appendages in the 
 larval condition of the highest order of Crustacea. The 
 anterior or biting margin of the mandible is generally 
 divided into several short and strong denticles, though in 
 some genera it is smooth and even. Within the denti- 
 cular margin a second process generally exists, a smaller 
 repetition of the first, and which commonly, when present, 
 is attached by a movable joint. Near the centre of the 
 mandible is a large internally projecting process, that 
 corresponds with and meets a similar process in the 
 opposite mandible, and is evidently adapted for masti- 
 cation, and may with propriety be named the molar 
 tubercle. It forms, generally, with the anterior or 
 
XIV INTRODUCTION. 
 
 incisive margin, the two extremities or horns of a cres- 
 cent. The second, or articulated process, is situated 
 between the two, but somewhat nearer the anterior 
 margin. It appears to be able to assist in carrying the 
 food from the one point to the other, from the biting to 
 the grinding surfaces, between which and the molar 
 tubercle are frequently a row of strong and curved spines 
 that facilitate the process. 
 
 The mandibles are moved by powerful muscles attached 
 to the inner surface of the dorsal part of the cephalon, 
 corresponding with the homological parts that are 
 attached to the inner dorsal surface of the carapace 
 of the higher Crustacea. 
 
 The surface of the molar tubercle is granulated with 
 rows of minute denticles that are only visible under a 
 strong magnifying power. In some species, a long and 
 slender ciliated filament is appended to the margin of the 
 tubercle that may be associated with the sense of taste. 
 
 The mandibles are no exception to the fact that all 
 appendages are but modified legs. In all Crustacea, we 
 think that it can readily be demonstrated that the man- 
 dible consists of the first three joints being closely anchy- 
 losed. The small appendage, that generally consists of 
 three freely articulated joints, represents the fourth, fifth, 
 and sixth joints; the seventh, or dactylos, being seldom 
 present. An homological examination of the genera 
 Nebalia and Pontia, with Homarus, together with the 
 homotypical parts in other appendages in the same ani- 
 mals, we think will readily confirm this opinion. The 
 small three-jointed appendage to the mandible is wanting 
 in but few genera, excepting in the terrestrial Isopoda and 
 Amphipoda. In aquatic species it is, with few exceptions, 
 always present, and appears to be of efficient use in 
 directing floating material towards the mouth. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XV 
 
 In some parasitic families these organs undergo an 
 extreme amount of modification. This is much more 
 exaggerated in the Isopoda than in the Amphipoda. 
 Among the Cyami, the oral appendages are all reduced 
 and somewhat modified, but in the Cymothoida, Bopyridce, 
 and Anceida, among the Isopoda, they appear to lose 
 much of their normal character, and fulfil the office of a 
 sucking apparatus. In the formation of this organ one 
 or more pairs of the appendages may be implicated, as 
 is shown in an elaborate memoir by Schiodte* on the 
 subject. The manner in which the organ is developed in 
 lone from the mandibles, we have described at page 253, 
 vol. ii. of this Work. 
 
 In the Anceida, the appendages of the mouth in the 
 young stage are sharp and lanceolate, the sucking organ 
 being apparently modified from the labrum, where, as 
 in the adult animals, the oral aperture, with the sup- 
 plying appendages, are lost, or converted into members 
 useful for other purposes. 
 
 In the genus Brachyscelus, and others of the family 
 Platyscelida, the appendages of the oral apparatus are 
 reduced to a single pair of membranous leaf-like organs; 
 nor have we been enabled to trace any different character 
 of organ to take the place of the lost ones. Both in the 
 adult and young animal, the mouth appears to be reduced 
 to a rudimentary and simple character : an aperture with 
 the probable power of opening and closing at will being 
 the most that we have been enabled to determine. 
 
 The first or anterior maxillae (Siagnopoda) are separated 
 from the mandibles by a posterior lip, which differs in the 
 Amphipoda or at least in some genera in being cleft lon- 
 gitudinally in the median line, and is termed the labium ; 
 
 * Natur. Hist. Tidssk. 1866, p. 168206. 
 
xvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 it appears to be capable of being slightly moved, and 
 probably assists the mandibles in the process of manduca- 
 tion. There are three pairs of Siagnopoda, the two ante- 
 rior of which are extremely delicate foliaceous appendages, 
 whilst the third is much more robust, yet still possessing 
 a foliaceous character, particularly as regards the three or 
 four basal joints. In some genera, as in Sulcator, some 
 of the plates, particularly of the two anterior pairs, are 
 folded so as to become two or three parallel leaves, one of 
 which, on the first pair in Sulcator, is developed into a 
 prominent lobe, containing large nucleated cells. Of the 
 office or use of this gland-like organ we can offer no sug- 
 gestion, not having met with any analogue in the order. 
 
 The two anterior pairs, the maxillae of authors, vary 
 somewhat in their form in genera, and very much between 
 the Isopoda and Amphipoda. In the parasitic species of 
 both orders, they are defective, and sometimes wholly 
 wanting. 
 
 The third Siagnopod, or first maxillipede of authors in 
 these orders, is a true cephalic appendage, and covers the 
 organs of the mouth as a protecting operculum. 
 
 These last three pairs of appendages are concentrated 
 about the mouth, the segments to which they belong being 
 represented by the ventral portions only, and these are 
 closely fused together, from the sides of which, in the 
 genus Talitrus, originate two bony processes, that meet, 
 without uniting, near the internal centre of the head, 
 there spreading out into flattened plates, from each of 
 which a thin and somewhat delicate process is directed 
 anteriorly and slightly upwards ; the stomach is supported 
 by them in its position. This osseous internal arch, that we 
 described in the British Association Report " On the British 
 Edriophthalma," 1855, Professor Huxley has, in his lec- 
 tures at the Royal College of Surgeons, published in the 
 
INTRODUCTION. XVll 
 
 Medical Times and Gazette, vol. xxxvi. p. 467, 7th Novem- 
 ber, 1857, named the Endophragmal arch (Fig. 3, En.). 
 
 FIG. 3. 
 
 The seven segments which succeed the cephalon, or 
 head, are, in the higher orders, protected by the carapace. 
 This becomes gradually smaller in the descending series, 
 until, in the Sessile-eyed Crustacea, each segment is 
 exposed and developed into a perfect ring, analogous 
 in appearance to the segments of the pleon in the 
 Macrura. The several appendages that belong to the 
 segments of the pereion are locomotive in their charac- 
 ter, some being perfectly natatorial or ambulatory, others 
 adapted for climbing and grasping. In this respect the 
 two anterior pairs in the Amphipoda are most constant 
 in their adaptation. The probability is, that these last 
 are never in the Amphipoda used, except for carrying food 
 to the mouth, or more rarely for climbing, or occasionally 
 grasping the female. In this they are found to possess 
 
 b 
 
XVlll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 a feature that, with the exception of the Isopoda, is 
 common to most Crustacea, even including the aberrant 
 Isopods. We have thought it convenient to describe 
 them iinder a name distinguishing them from the true 
 ambulatory legs, although by doing so we must include 
 some genera of Isopoda, where they assimilate to and 
 fulfil the conditions of true walking-legs. In the 
 Brachyura, the gnathopoda are developed, so as to 
 serve chiefly as protecting the oral apparatus. In the 
 Macrura, they assume a pediform appearance, and are 
 used in seizing and holding food. In the Stomapoda, 
 the Squillidce have them developed into formidable pre- 
 hensile organs. This change takes place gradually from 
 the highest Crustaceans to the Amphipoda. The cha- 
 racter is still increased in some of the aberrant genera, 
 until it becomes a perfectly didactyle chela. In the 
 Isopoda, the prehensile character may be said to be 
 lost, presenting itself only occasionally in the anterior 
 pair, in the male animals. 
 
 The five remaining pairs of walking-legs (the pere- 
 iopoda) homologize with the five pairs of legs in the 
 Stalk-eyed Crustacea, that give the name of Decapoda 
 to the order. These are produced on a somewhat 
 different plan from the walking-legs of the Stalk-eyed 
 Crustacea, the modification, as it appears to us, taking 
 place in accordance with certain necessities that have 
 arisen from the depreciation of their general develop- 
 ment. The two anterior pairs of legs, or gnathopoda, are 
 developed upon one type; the two succeeding pairs, or 
 first and second pairs of pereiopoda, on a second; and 
 the last three on a third. 
 
 The normally developed appendage of every kind in 
 Crustacea consists of seven joints. In the Brachyura, 
 the first, or coxa, is anchylosed with, and forms part of, 
 
INTRODUCTION. xix 
 
 the sternum. In the Macrura, it also forms part of 
 the sternum, but the separation is distinguishable by 
 a free and movable articulation. In the Sessile-eyed 
 Crustacea, the coxa is more laterally situated, and very 
 firmly attached, without being fused to the segment of 
 the body. With few exceptions, it is developed into 
 a broad and scale-like joint, and is so large in the 
 Stegocephalidte that it covers the greater part of the 
 animal. The object of this development is evidently to 
 cover and protect the branchial appendages, when situated 
 beneath the pereion. These scale-like coxae have been 
 considered as parts of the segments of the body of the 
 animal to which the legs belong, and are described under 
 the name of epimera, or side-pieces, by Professor Milne 
 Edwards. 
 
 There is a peculiar tendency in the Amphipoda for the 
 joints of the legs to be produced in a scale-like form. 
 Besides the coxa3, the basis, or second joint of the three 
 posterior pairs of pereiopoda, are almost always so de- 
 veloped. In Orchestia, the males in some species have the 
 carpus and posterior pair of pereiopoda enlarged ; in Podo- 
 cerus and Cerapus, the two anterior pairs have the basis 
 so produced ; but in Sulcator this predisposition appears 
 to reach the culminating point, where it is apparent in 
 almost every joint of the appendages of the head and 
 body. 
 
 The next division of the animal is that which we deno- 
 minate the pleon. It consists of seven segments, as in 
 each of the former divisions, and carries three kinds of 
 appendages. The segments generally resemble those of 
 the pereion, and, like them, carry on each side squamiform 
 coxa3, which Professor Milne Edwards has again mistaken 
 for epimera, or side-pieces, belonging to each respective 
 segment. These are, both in the Amphipoda and Isopoda, 
 
XX INTRODUCTION. 
 
 generally fused closely with the dorsal surface of the seg- 
 ment ; but in the genus Apseudes, as we have shown in 
 fig. p, page 148, vol. ii., they are free. Here we have a 
 distinct exposition of the relation which the squamiform 
 side-piece holds both to the segment and the movable 
 bifurcate appendage. The segment is distinctly separated 
 from the squamiform side-piece, which, articulating with 
 it, forms the first joint of the pleopoda or swimming-leg, 
 and is developed into a large scale-like process, to the 
 base of which the second joint is articulated, from whence 
 is suspended freely a third, which in its turn supports the 
 two free plates which form the terminal appendage of the 
 anterior pleopoda. In the Isopoda, as well as the Amphi- 
 poda, this interpretation illustrates the relation of the 
 parts of the pleopoda to the segments of the pleon. The 
 forms of the pleopoda may and do change, according to 
 the law of modification of parts, to suit their require- 
 ments ; but under whatever condition they may exist, they 
 consist of three normal joints, more or less fused together, 
 and with the segments of the pleon and a depreciation of 
 the four terminal joints into one or a pair of movable 
 plates, as in the Isopoda, or articulated flagella, as in the 
 Amphipoda. 
 
 The three anterior pairs in the Amphipoda are deve- 
 loped upon this type ; the two succeeding have the double 
 appendages stiff and unyielding, and the posterior is 
 generally variable in the different genera. In the Isopoda, 
 the four anterior pleopoda are developed upon one type, 
 while the fifth is converted into an operculum. Some 
 variation of the anterior pairs also takes place in relation to 
 the sex of the animal. The last, or twenty-first segment, 
 differs from the rest in most Crustacea by not carrying 
 any appendage. To this we know of but one exception 
 among the Crustacea, and that is in a genus in the family 
 
INTRODUCTION. xxi 
 
 My sides, discovered by Mr. Norman. The telson in the 
 Sessile-eyed Crustacea is generally an abortive., and fre- 
 quently a rudimentary, part. In the Isopoda, except in 
 the genera Apseudes and Anthura, it is always fused with 
 the preceding segment. 
 
 The composition of the dermal skeleton is, in all Crus- 
 tacea, the same. In the Sessile-eyed order the texture is 
 very thin, and seldom consolidated into a firm structure, 
 except in certain parts of some few genera where strength 
 is required, as in the chelse of large-handed species. This 
 circumstance offers the advantages of enabling the 
 observer to examine the internal structure of the animal 
 without the necessity of dissection. During the life of 
 the animal, we are enabled to trace the currents of circula- 
 tion of the blood, the motion of the cardiac vessel, and the 
 position of the internal organs in relation to each other. 
 
 This delicacy of the structure also enables us to dis- 
 cover the very diverse and varied arrangement of the 
 material of which it is built up. and demonstrates (con- 
 trary to our anticipations) that in species often closely 
 allied, there is a very distinct appearance in the micro- 
 scopic structure. It may prove to be of some importance 
 in determining species, but care should be taken that the 
 several specimens examined should be taken from the 
 same part of the skin of each animal. We have illus- 
 trated many of these varieties of structure throughout the 
 work, in connection with the animals to which each 
 belongs. 
 
 Frequently, besides the markings that illustrate the 
 manner in which the skin is built up, there is another 
 that is not always constant, consisting of a series of small 
 perforations through the tissue, which in some species 
 assume a waved appearance, as may be observed in the 
 genus Ampelisca. 
 
xxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Although we believe that the microscopic examination 
 of the skeleton in these animals would frequently facili- 
 tate the determination of doubtful species, yet it is a con- 
 dition that is not to be trusted to alone, inasmuch as it 
 is not uufrequently found that similar appearances are 
 repeated in very distinct genera. Examples of this may 
 be found on comparing the structure of Megamosra Otho- 
 nis with that of Chelura terebans. 
 
 The form and structure of the hairs that are found on 
 these animals, when microscopically examined, are of a 
 very distinct and different character. They not only 
 vary in separate species, but differ in several parts of 
 the same animal. In Sulcator there are no less than 
 twelve varieties. Some are plain, stiff, bristle-like spines 
 of various lengths, which are generally attached to 
 the margins of the limbs. A second variety, longer in 
 general form, fringed on one side with a series of fine, 
 straight, teeth-like processes, possessing a rake-like cha- 
 racter, is attached to the third siagnopod ; as is also 
 
 A third, that differs from the preceding in having the 
 teeth bent in a curve directed to the base. 
 
 A fourth is found on the carpus of the second pair of 
 gnathopoda. In this position are also two varieties, which 
 originate from closely approximating bases. One is long, 
 slender, and clean to the tip, where a few exquisitely 
 fine cilia appear, which give to the extremity a bulbous 
 appearance, that can be resolved only with a high (700) 
 magnifying power. The other, or 
 
 The fifth, is short, broad, flat, terminating in a point that 
 is sharply bent upon itself; the lateral margins are like- 
 wise furnished with a series of sharp denticles, ranged on 
 each side, pointing to the base for about two-thirds of its 
 length. 
 
 A sixth is found on the propodos of the same appen- 
 
INTRODUCTION. xxiil 
 
 dage; comprising two forms moulded on the type of the 
 two preceding ; the shorter changing the hooked extremity 
 for a bulbous termination, and the shaft being armed with 
 teeth on one side only. 
 
 A seventh exists on the mandibular appendage : it is 
 straight, enlarged and rounded at the apex, and serrated 
 on one side; while 
 
 An eighth differs from the preceding in being more 
 robust, slightly turned at the extremity, and smooth along 
 the margins, excepting a single short, straight, distally 
 directed cilium. 
 
 A ninth resembles the sixth, but wants the serrated 
 margin, and carries on the convex side a fine cilium. 
 This variety is found 011 the first pair of gnathopoda. 
 
 The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth varieties are plumose, 
 and found mostly on the second pair of antennae, though 
 a few are present on several other parts of the animal. 
 One is short and obtuse, being crowned with numerous 
 radiating cilia. It is to this variety that we understand 
 Professor Hensen attributes the power of hearing. 
 
 This great variety of form in the hairs of a single 
 species is not constant. In the genus Talitrus, there is 
 but a single form of hair, which is but little modified in 
 the various parts of the animal. It is short, stiff, and 
 blunt, and exhibits under the microscope a tendency to a 
 spiral condition for about one-fourth from the extremity, 
 at which distance a second but smaller process exists, so 
 that the hair might be characterized as being forked, but 
 for the unequal proportion of the two branches. This 
 kind of hair is by no means rare in the Amphipoda. 
 Those found in Orchestia, Talorchestia, Nicea, Gammarus, 
 &c., are but modifications of the same form. This great 
 variation in the form of the hairs is more or less common 
 to all Crustacea. Those in Carcinus mcenas have been 
 
xxiv INTRODUCTION, 
 
 described and figured by Dr. Mclntosh in the " Linnsean 
 Transactions" for 1862, p. 79. The hairs are not only 
 various in form, but sometimes they will be found con- 
 stant in number. Thus, in the genus Phoxus, we have 
 found the number of hairs on the coxse of the three or 
 four anterior pairs of legs to be constant in the respective 
 species. 
 
 EXUVIATION AND REPRODUCTION OF LIMBS. 
 
 The power of Crustacea to throw off their skin and 
 replace it by a new one, has long been a recognized fact 
 in all the higher orders. It is, however, on the authority 
 of Mr. Couch, stated by Mr. Bell, in a note to his intro- 
 duction to the " Stalk-eyed Crustacea," p. Ixi., " that the 
 families in which the eyes are sessile in their adult 
 growth .... do not exuviate, or voluntarily throw 
 off their limbs." 
 
 These Crustacea, however, like their higher congeners, 
 renew their integumentary tissues periodically. This is 
 equally true with regard to the alimentary canal, which is 
 cast in connection with the skeleton. The animal shows 
 no appreciable difference in its habits at the time imme- 
 diately anterior to its throwing off its exuviae. It swims 
 about very actively until the hour of moulting arrives, 
 when it seeks a place of comparative security, where it 
 may remain uninterrupted the necessary length of time 
 for the completion of the process. 
 
 In this position it grasps with the anterior pair of 
 gnathopoda some fixed and conveniently secure material 
 for an anchorage. Here the labour is commenced, and, 
 judging by the quietness and rapidity of the process, 
 appears to be one of no great discomfort. During the 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXV 
 
 operation, at almost any stage, the animal, if disturbed, is 
 capable of removing itself to a more quiet and secure 
 place. 
 
 The process appears to be the result of an internal 
 growth of the animal, which becoming too large, the skin 
 splits at the margin of the dorsal and sternal arches of 
 the three anterior segments of the pereion, the inferior 
 arch carrying the legs, inclusive of the coxae. 
 
 The anterior segment of the pereion extends over the 
 posterior margin of the cephalon. At this point the 
 attachment is broken anteriorly, and the lateral disunion 
 of the three anterior segments allows their upper surfaces 
 to be raised as a movable lid, through the opening of 
 which the animal escapes from the old integuments. 
 With some exertion, the posterior portion of the body, 
 together with the limbs, are withdrawn, after which the 
 head and the anterior members are removed, and the 
 entire animal is free from the old exuvia3, which, resem- 
 bling a dead individual, is left, attached to its old position. 
 Unless disturbed, the animal, which is now extremely 
 soft, generally rests for some time, as if exhausted, near 
 the cast-off skeleton. Upon being disturbed, it is capable 
 of swimming away immediately. 
 
 Mr. Harry Goodsir, in the Edinburgh Philosophical 
 Journal for 1842, has described the process of exuviation, 
 as observed by him in the genus Caprella. 
 
 He says that the animal, previously to the commence- 
 ment of the process, " lies for a considerable time languid, 
 and to all appearance dead. At length a slight quivering 
 takes place all over the body, attended in a short time 
 with more violent exertions. The skin then bursts behind 
 the head in a transverse direction, and also down the 
 mesial line of the abdominal surface ; a few more violent 
 exertions then free the body of its old covering. After 
 
xxvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 this the animal remains for a considerable time in a 
 languid state, and is quite transparent and colourless." 
 
 The new creature is a perfect representation of the old 
 one, slightly enlarged. According to our observations, 
 every hair is produced complete. We have often seen 
 them, convoluted and bent up within the old case, from 
 which they only wanted to be freed to assume the erect 
 position of the perfect hair. It has, however, contrary to 
 our anticipation, appeared that all the hairs are not de- 
 veloped within each corresponding one. We have fre- 
 quently observed them as a second armature, independent 
 of the old one. This remark is particularly distinguish- 
 able in the teeth that fringe the first two siagnopoda. 
 These have generally a dentated arid forked character, 
 which might be injured in their removal from the old and 
 hard tissue of the rejected skin, an accident that not 
 unfrequently befalls the branchial sacs, which are occa- 
 sionally torn off and retained behind in the old case. 
 
 The power of Crustacea to throw off any of the limbs 
 upon receiving an injury, and sometimes in consequence 
 of fright, is well known in relation to the higher orders. 
 The manner in which this is done has been described by 
 Dalyell, Goodsir, and ourselves. It certainly is a remark- 
 able power and law of reproduction, and which always 
 takes place at the same homotypical position in every 
 limb that is, between the coxa and the next succeeding 
 joint. The wound that is caused by this sudden rupture 
 is simultaneously glazed over by a thin membrane, which 
 must be very suddenly formed, and probably is the ampu- 
 tating power. Observers have very generally added as an 
 appendage to- the above interesting fact, that it is exceed- 
 ingly fortunate that there is this power of voluntary 
 amputation of the limbs, for otherwise, in consequence of 
 the non-contractile character of the dermal covering, the 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXVH 
 
 animal, upon being wounded in either of the limbs, would 
 of necessity bleed to death. That such would be the case 
 would appear to be extremely probable, but, like all nega- 
 tive evidence, is only of value in the absence of direct 
 testimony. In the Sessile-eyed orders the animal appears 
 to want the power of voluntarily throwing off any of its 
 appendages, no matter how severely it may be wounded. 
 If a leg be cut off, or in any way injured, the wound 
 very soon after becomes cicatrized with a black scar, 
 which remains until the next exuviation of the animal, 
 when the entire limb is thrown off with it, and a new one 
 commences growing. 
 
 TASTE AND DIGESTION. 
 
 The sense of the enjoyment of food, even in the highest 
 types of the animal kingdom, exists rather in the power 
 of parts to receive impressions than in the presence of 
 any especial organ for the purpose. Arguing, therefore, 
 from analogy, we should suppose that the sensation of 
 taste in the lower animals (such as the Crustacea, and 
 other groups in which mastication is of an imperfect 
 character), must necessarily be rather a faculty peculiar 
 to the mouth in general, than the result of any especial 
 organ adapted for the purpose. 
 
 From the mouth the oesophagus leads directly to the 
 stomach. The passage is very short, being directed up- 
 wards and forwards ; it enters the stomach at the infero- 
 anterior margin, and, as in all Crustacea, is within the 
 limit of the cephalic region. 
 
 Just within the anterior opening of the stomach are 
 situated two rake-like organs, the teeth being placed in 
 a row on an arched base ; they are slightly curved and 
 dentated on the margins. They are so placed as to have 
 
XXV111 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 the points directed inwards, so that food can readily pass 
 into, but cannot return again from, the stomach. The 
 teeth on each side appear to correspond, so that they 
 probably play an important point in tearing and lacerating 
 the food as it passes into the stomach. Posterior to this 
 
 FIG. 4. 
 
 triturating apparatus there exists four leaf-like plates, 
 fringed with long and powerful cilia. These are attached 
 to the lateral walls in pairs, one anterior to the other; 
 immediately above the second or posterior pair, appa- 
 rently in a chamber of its own, is a gizzard-like apparatus. 
 We observed this most distinctly developed in Sulcator 
 and Talitrus, and we believe it to be present in all the 
 Amphipoda, and we take it to be the same appendage 
 which Bruzelius and Loven figure and describe as the 
 " mellanbalkan," which is situated within the "blind- 
 sacklikt organ," and not, as their figures * would lead one 
 to believe, on the floor of the stomach. 
 
 * 6'fversigt af K. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1859, pi. i., figs. 1, 3, 8. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXIX 
 
 This apparatus, under a high magnifying power, is seen 
 to consist of several closely packed rows of fine strong 
 short hairs, very commonly arranged together in the form 
 of a heart, the apex of which, directed anteriorly, is 
 truncated. This appears to be the most general appear- 
 ance, though in various genera it is different in form. 
 Its appearance suggests its capability for triturating and 
 grinding food, though it is curious that two such kinds of 
 apparatus should exist at each end of the stomach, the one 
 at the cesophageal entrance, the other near the pyloric 
 outlet. The cavity in which the latter is placed has the 
 walls thickly covered with very short hairs. 
 
 In the genus Talitrus, posteriorly to this apparatus are 
 placed two long ca3ca, one on either side of the posterior 
 opening of the stomach. These caeca are not universally 
 present in other genera. They are delicate prolongations 
 of the walls of the stomach, and gradually narrow towards 
 their free extremity. They probably supply the stomach 
 with a gastric juice. Still more posteriorly, at the point 
 where the stomach terminates and the alimentary canal 
 commences, are situated from four to six long cseca- 
 like lobes, filled with hepatic cells. These are attached 
 to the inferior surface, forming the liver, and are 
 carried] parallel with the alimentary canal. In the 
 Amphipoda, as illustrated in Gammarus, the liver con- 
 sists of four sub-equal lobes ; in the Isopoda, as exempli- 
 fied in Ligia, it is formed of six lobes, two of which are 
 much longer than the other four, and have a slightly 
 waved or tremulous-looking appearance towards the free 
 extremity. From the pyloric orifice of the stomach the 
 alimentary canal in all Crustacea passes, without curve or 
 inflection^ straight to the anal termination under the 
 telson. To this we know of but a single exception, and 
 that on the authority of Professor Alman, who says : 
 " In Chelura, the alimentary canal is so arranged as to 
 
XXX 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 shut one part within another, so as to admit of the head 
 being projected forward, that the animal might eat its 
 way into the wood that it penetrates." This we have not 
 been able to verify, nor can we see the necessity for the 
 disarrangement of the stomach with all its attachments, 
 when a prolongation of the oesophageal canal would 
 enable the animal to accomplish the work on far easier 
 conditions. 
 
 The structure of the alimentary canal is longitudinally 
 fibrous. In the genus Ligia, a little anterior to the anal 
 termination, a series of transverse muscular bands sur- 
 round it without uniting on the under surface, and 
 probably fulfil the office of sphincter muscles. 
 
 About two-thirds of the distance between the stomach 
 and the telson, one or two appendages are attached to the 
 alimentary canal in the Amphipoda. We say one or two, 
 because we have distinctly dissected out two in Sulcator 
 (Fig. 5), but have failed to determine more than one in 
 
 FIG. 5. 
 
 Gammarus (Fig. 6), Mcera, and other genera. The organ 
 is free at one extremity, and is borne in a forward posi- 
 tion, resting on the dorsal surface of the primavia. It 
 is more important in appearance in some Amphipoda than 
 in others; in Sulcator it is very long. We have never seen 
 it in any of the Isopoda that we have examined, but, as far 
 as our experience supports us, it is present both in the 
 male and female Amphipoda, in the adult as well as in the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 XXXI 
 
 larval stage. In the younger form (Fig. 7) it is rudi- 
 mentary, but scarcely more so than in Mcera (Fig. 8). 
 
 FIG. 6. 
 
 Immediately posterior to the point of attachment of this 
 organ with the alimentary canal are a series of muscular 
 bands lying transversely across the latter, which probably 
 fulfil the office of sphincter muscles by compressing the 
 passage just posteriorly to the efferent orifice of this sup- 
 posed urinary organ. Muscles very similar in appearance 
 are situated near the terminal exit of the alimentary tube, 
 and probably fulfil the office of sphincter muscles to the 
 anal outlet. 
 
 The contents of the appendage that we call the urinary 
 organ are, under an object-glass of one-fifth focus, 
 resolved into small round cells, containing a granular 
 nucleus (Fig. 9). These cells are closely packed together, 
 
 FIG. 7. 
 
 FIG. 8. 
 
 FIG. 9. 
 
 but riot so as to lose their rounded character, and the 
 whole are confined within stout walls. 
 
Xxxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 CIRCULATION. 
 
 The circulatory system in the Amphipoda differs very 
 importantly from that of the Isopoda. According to some 
 researches of Professor Wagner * on the genus Porcellio, 
 there exists a well-developed arterial system in the 
 Isopoda. To establish this he adopted the method that 
 was first shown to be practicable by M. Emile Blanchard, 
 and which has since been successfully pursued by M. 
 Kowalewsky on Idotea. A mixture of glycerine and 
 water coloured with carmine injected through the heart 
 into the circulatory system, demonstrates the existence 
 of distinct vessels for the passage of the nutritive fluid. 
 The greatest amount of arterial development, as might 
 have been anticipated, is found to exist in the cephalic, 
 branchial, and generative regions, which the author 
 illustrates by diagrammatical figures. In the Amphipoda, 
 the heart is situated in the dorsal region of the pereion, 
 reaching from the posterior extremity of the first segment 
 to the posterior of the fifth. It is a long, simple, sack-like 
 vessel, consisting of elastic fibrous walls, possessing more 
 the features of a great arterial vessel than that of a true 
 heart. The blood corpuscles pass posteriorly from the 
 pulsating heart through the entire length of the animal 
 immediately above the alimentary canal, and the great 
 venous course returns along the dorsal surface, probably 
 on each side, until it reaches the last segment of the 
 pereion, where it dips to the ventral surface and enters 
 into the branchial sacs, where it passes down the anterior 
 margin and up the posterior, then direct to the heart, 
 which it enters by three lateral pulsating oblique aper- 
 tures. 
 
 The heart of the Isopoda is situated within the dorsal 
 surface of the pleon, except in Tanais> and probably 
 
 * Ann. des Sc. Nat. p. 37, vol. iv., 1865. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 XXXlll 
 
 other general of the aberrant type, where it is situated, 
 according to the observations of Fritz Miiller, in the dorsal 
 surface of the pereion, corresponding in position with that 
 of the respiratory systems of the various orders. 
 
 In the Amphipoda, the branchiae are by no means the 
 simple sacs that they have been described. They are 
 situated upon the inner surface of the coxse, and assume 
 the form of leaf-like hollow plates, ranged in parallel lines 
 on each side of the sternum (Fig. 10), and are attached to 
 every pair of legs except the first in 
 the females, and generally the last 
 in males ; though, in Gammarus, we 
 have seen the seventh pair fur- 
 nished with branchiaB as well as the 
 preceding. In the Aberrantia, the 
 number of sacs is reduced to two 
 or three pairs. In this order they 
 homologize with the branchiae of 
 the decapod type, each branchial 
 appendage being viewed in the light 
 of a single plate of the compound 
 organs of the higher type; or rather, 
 perhaps, they bear best comparison 
 with the same organ as it appears 
 in the larval condition in the 
 Brachyura. The great distinction 
 in their character is derived mostly 
 from the appearance which these 
 organs assume in the higher forms, 
 
 FIG. 10. 
 
 being that of an internal position. But this is one 
 of appearance only. The branchire are overcapped by 
 the monstrous production of the cephalic shield in the 
 Stalk-eyed orders of Crustacea, a circumstance that gives 
 to the portion of the dermal skeleton that it covers the 
 
 c 
 
XXXIV 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 character and appearance of an internal skeleton. The 
 branchial organs are covered and protected, but they are, 
 nevertheless, essentially external appendages. In the 
 Amphipoda this condition does not exist ; consequently 
 the branchiae are pendant in the water, and placed on the 
 inside of the pereiopoda, the first joints of which are 
 developed into large squaminiform plates for their more 
 efficient protection. 
 
 The internal structure of these organs appears to consist 
 of thick fibrous tissue attached to the inner surface of the 
 wall of each sac (Fig. 11). The fibrous tissue is arranged 
 
 FIG. 11. 
 
 in patches of irregular form, but which correspond in 
 their arrangement with one another. These patches are 
 largest near their centre, and thin out towards their mar- 
 gins: the result is that a channel is left between each. All 
 the channels so formed are connected together throughout 
 the entire organ, and exhibit a continuous labyrinth, 
 through which the blood circulates in many small 
 streams. 
 
 Should the animal become feeble, a gradual accumula- 
 tion of corpuscles takes place in different parts of the gills, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 XXXV 
 
 mostly at first out of the reach of the stronger currents. 
 As the vitality of the animal diminishes, the arterial 
 current is observed to lessen in force, until it is propelled 
 only by jerks, coexistent with every pulsation of the 
 heart. 
 
 RESPIRATION. 
 
 The organs of respiration in the Isopoda are homo- 
 logically distinct from those of the Amphipoda. We have 
 already stated that Professor Wagner has shown, in the 
 genus Porcellio, and M. Kowalewsky in Idotea, that the 
 blood in the Isopoda runs in arterial channels. We are 
 
 FIG. 12. 
 
 not aware that any of the Amphipoda have been put to the 
 same test as the two genera named in the Isopoda ; and 
 certainly, to microscopic observation, the structure of the 
 
xxxvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 branchial appendages and other parts of the system that 
 from their transparency and tenuity may be conveniently 
 examined, afford presumptive evidence against the circula- 
 tion of the blood being confined to walled channels. 
 
 In the Isopoda, the branchial organs are variously diffe- 
 rentiated. In some, as Ligia, for example, the passage of 
 the circulating fluid through the branchial plates is clearly 
 and distinctly defined (Fig. 12). The main artery, com- 
 mencing at the base, gives off numerous lateral branches, 
 that divide and sub-divide into a rich plexus with abundant 
 capillary vessels. In the genus Spharoma, the branchial 
 organs consist of a series of plates attached 
 to the posterior wall of the fourth and 
 fifth pairs of pleopoda (Fig. 13). In the 
 degraded family of the Bopyridce, the bran- 
 chial organs are depauperated to the lowest 
 degree, being in some genera little more 
 FIG. is. than excrescences on the ventro-lateral 
 margins of the pleon. 
 
 In Tanais, the true branchiae have not been clearly 
 determined. It is the opinion of Dr. Fritz Miiller, Van 
 
 Beneden, and Doctor Anton 
 Dohrn, that an appendage 
 attached to the first pair of 
 gnathopoda is not a branchial 
 organ, but a flabelliform ap- 
 pendage, that by its constant 
 
 and unvarying motion induces the surrounding medium 
 to flow over the branchial appendages that as yet have not 
 been discerned. 
 
 At page 122 of the second volume of this work we 
 have described and figured one of the pereiopoda with a 
 sac-like appendage attached, that we considered as the 
 homologue of the branchial sac in the normal Amphipoda. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXXV11 
 
 This appendage appears not to be constant in all species, 
 nor in all specimens of the same species. If, therefore, it 
 be the homologue of a branchial sac, it can only be an 
 organ of repetition. 
 
 Fritz Muller is quite positive in the assertion that no 
 corpuscles of the circulating fluid pass into the caudal 
 appendages, which are the seat of the branchia3 in the 
 normal Isopoda. 
 
 The terrestrial Isopoda have the respiratory organs some- 
 what modified from those of the aquatic species. These 
 have been described and figured by MM. Duvernoy, Sa- 
 vigny, Lereboullet, and Professor Wagner. M. Savigny, 
 however, was the first to show that in the genus Tylos 
 the system of respiration was carried on by two separate 
 means ; the one by branchia?, as in aquatic Crustacea, 
 the other by the spiracular air-tubes. This has been 
 recently confirmed by Professor Wagner, who shows the 
 relation of the opercular valves to the respiratory system, 
 and contends that, besides their power of protecting the 
 branchial plates from injury, and precluding the too rapid 
 escape of moisture, they fulfil, by means of a plexus of 
 minute vessels, situated at the base of the operculum, a 
 pulmonary function. This organ, which he figures, has, 
 he says, a kind of tracheal division into numerous rami- 
 fications. Seen by transmitted light it is opaque, but 
 viewed under a direct light it is silvery white; and he 
 contends that it is a pulmonary or tracheal chamber, 
 which serves as a supplementary organ to the true 
 branchiaB. This view is supported by M. Milne Edwards, 
 as may be seen by the reference to the " Atlas du Regne 
 Animal," (Pl.lxx.fig.l.m.), and "L^ons sur la Physiologic 
 et 1'Anatomie comparee," t. ii. p. 141. Our own opinion 
 relative to these organs on the branchial operculum is 
 that they are glands for the secretion of a fluid that 
 
xxxviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 assists in lubricating the branchial plates in warm and 
 strongly evaporating atmospheres. We have been led to 
 this conclusion from finding that they diminish in size in 
 those specimens that have been long detained in dry 
 places. 
 
 GENERATION. 
 
 The organs of generation in the male of the Sessile- 
 eyed Crustacea are not to be determined without great 
 nicety in dissection and care in manipulation. We have, 
 however, in Sulcator among the Amphipoda, and Ligia 
 among the Isopoda, been able to examine them clearly, 
 besides less perfectly so in the animals of other genera in 
 both orders. Bruzelius and Loven have given their atten- 
 tion to the former order, and demonstrated the arrange- 
 ment in the genera Gammarus and Podocerus. The male 
 organs internally consist of a more or less oblong pair of 
 testes, which are liable to vary somewhat in form in 
 different genera. These testes are fitted with numerous 
 small seminal cells. A narrow passage, or vas deferens, 
 connects this organ with a second oval chamber, or 
 vesicula seminalis, which is filled with long fine hair-like 
 spermatozoa, lying thickly coiled one upon another. 
 From the vesicula seminalis a narrow passage leads to the 
 inner surface of the first joint of the seventh pair of legs, 
 where it penetrates in each into a soft membranous 
 external penis. We have kept species of Amphipoda long 
 under observation, and paid close attention to their habits, 
 but have hitherto failed to detect any communication 
 between the sexes which would admit of a direct passage 
 of the penis into the vulva of the female. 
 
 The male Amphidod grasps the female by one of its 
 strong subcheliform gnathopoda, inserting its claw 
 beneath the anterior edge of the first segment of the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 xxxix 
 
 pereion, whilst another is inserted beneath the posterior 
 margin of the fourth or fifth segment. Grasping the 
 female in this way, the male draws it into immediate 
 contact with itself, so that the dorsal surface of the female 
 presses against the ventral surface of the male. In this 
 attitude, more or less firmly compressed, they swim about 
 or rest on any convenient surface for many days. If the 
 two be driven asunder through fear of any danger, the 
 female seeks a place of shelter, while the male swims 
 more actively about. Should the male swim within some 
 little distance of its late companion, it becomes imme- 
 diately aware of the circumstance ; and we have seen it, 
 after having passed the spot, abruptly turn back, seek her 
 out, and seize her with avidity from amidst a numerous 
 mass of others. Immediately after securing, he strikes 
 her with two or three strong lashes of his tail. The 
 female, rolling herself closely up, is carried off by her 
 more powerful mate. 
 
 This contact between the two sexes is either occa- 
 sionally repeated, or it may last 
 throughout the entire period of incu- 
 bation. We have frequently taken 
 them so coupled, even when the young 
 have been so far developed as to be 
 enabled to leave the care of the 
 parent. We are induced, from this 
 fact, to believe that a series of broods 
 may take place successively through 
 the year, and that the erotic state of 
 the female may exist during the period 
 of incubation. 
 The penis (Fig. 15) is a soft membranous tube, that 
 terminates in a small orifice. It probably has, under 
 certain conditions, the power of becoming harder, but 
 
 FIG. 15. 
 
xl 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 it generally lies pendant from the inner side of the coxa, 
 and is longer in some species than in others. In the 
 genera Proto and Caprella, the penis seems to be 
 formed out of the anterior pairs of pleopoda, just as 
 is the case in the Brachyura, among the Stalk-eyed 
 Crustacea. These observations are further confirmed by 
 those of M. Rousel de Vauzeme on the genus Cyamus. 
 
 In the Isopoda, these organs have been carefully worked 
 out by Siebold, Lereboullet, and Schobl. In the genus 
 Ligia (Fig. 16), we have observed on each side three testes, 
 
 consisting of long narrow 
 vesicles, thinning away to 
 exquisitely fine filamen- 
 tary prolongations. These 
 vesicles increase in dia- 
 meter as they approach 
 towards the efferent duct, 
 where they rapidly be- 
 come constricted before 
 uniting with the vas defe- 
 rens. These vesicles are 
 filled with seminal cells, 
 and are, we believe, the 
 true testes. M. Lere- 
 boullet, however, in his 
 researches on the Onis- 
 cida* states that he has 
 observed that each of 
 FIG. i6. these fusiform sacs has 
 
 attached to its extremity other irregular sacs, which 
 he regards as the principal secreting organs, and con- 
 sequently the spermogenic glands or testicles. These 
 
 * Mem. sur les Crustacea de la Famile des Cloportides, par A. Lereboullet. 
 Strasburgh, 1852. 
 
INTRODUCTION. xli 
 
 organs, which have previously escaped the observation of 
 anatomists, the author says, "are very irregular sacs, 
 variable in form, simple or compound ; they are generally 
 about three-quarters of a millimetre in length, but some- 
 times less. They are situated deeply on each side the 
 stomach, and are retained in their position by delicate 
 but strong ligaments, which are covered with black pig- 
 ment, which lose themselves between the muscular fasciae, 
 of the segments of the body. These organs are full of 
 cells, that M. Lereboullet considers as the spermatic 
 cellules. The second vesicles, or those which we thought 
 to be the true testes, M. Lereboullet calls testicules acces- 
 soires. They are, he says, three in number on each, 
 enlarged towards the middle ; they thin out insensibly 
 towards the extremities : at one end they unite with the 
 organs that M. Lereboullet calls the testes, and at the 
 other they open into the spermatic reservoir the vesicula 
 seminalis. These accessory testes contain cells which are 
 of two kinds, the larger being less numerous than the 
 others. From these vesicles an efferent duct leads to the 
 vesicula seminalis, which in Ligia is a long and narrow 
 vessel, increasing in breadth gradually as it approaches its 
 extremity, where it is suddenly constricted to a narrow 
 outlet, which, covered with black pigment cells, leads 
 direct to the external penis, which is situated near the 
 centre of the ventral arch of the seventh segment of the 
 pereion. In the males, processes of the branchial appen- 
 dages are developed into stylets, (vide fig. 12), that we 
 suppose must have some secondary influence in the pro- 
 cess of fertilization. 
 
 The anatomy of the reproductive organs in the females 
 has been carefully worked out by MM. Loven and Bru- 
 zelius in the Amphipoda, and by Lereboullet and Schobl 
 in the Isopoda. 
 
xlii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 According to the former authors, corroborated in part 
 by Mr. H. Goodsir on the genus Caprella, by Roussel de 
 Vauzeme on Cyamus, and from our own direct observa- 
 tion on Gammarus, &c., the internal organs consist of 
 two sets of ovaries. These are long cylindrical bodies, 
 having a duct near the middle, on the inner side, that 
 opens into the vulva, which is situated on the inner side 
 of the coxa of the third pair of pereiopoda, or fifth pair of 
 legs. According to the latter authors, the structure of 
 the same organs in the Isopoda is very similar ; but 
 M. Lereboullet has failed to trace the connection of the 
 ovaries with the vulva. Herr Schb'bl has been more suc- 
 cessful in his researches on the genus Typhloniscus, and 
 has figured them attached to the inner surface of the 
 fifth pair of legs. He has also described and figured a 
 pair of receptaculce seminales, in which the male animal 
 deposits the spermatozoa that fructifies the ova3. Accord- 
 ing to this statement, in the Isopoda, if not in the Amphi- 
 poda also, the male impregnates the female by direct 
 intromission a circumstance of which we have entertained 
 some doubt, partly arising from the formation of the 
 animals themselves, particularly of the Amphipoda, in 
 which the development of the coxa3 and the narrowness 
 of the animal would almost, it would seem, preclude the 
 possibility of the sternal portions of the animals being 
 brought into immediate contiguity, and also from the 
 circumstance of having watched the animals, particularly 
 Asellus, from previous to impregnation to the birth of 
 the young, we have never seen the male in any position 
 relative to the female except in that previously described. 
 
 The incubatory pouch, in which the ova are deposited, 
 from the period of their fertilization until the young are 
 developed sufficiently for independent existence, is the 
 result of the folding over of several lamelliform plates, 
 
INTRODUCTION. xliii 
 
 generally fringed with hairs. One of these plates is 
 developed on the inner side of each of the two pairs of 
 gnathopoda (Fig. 17), and the two 
 an terior pairs of pereiopoda. These 
 plates overlie each other in a compact 
 form, securely protecting the ova, or 
 the immature young, from external 
 accidents, as shown in fig. 10, p. xxxiii. 
 It is the opinion of Von Siebold 
 that these appendages are periodically 
 developed at the " epoque du rut." 
 FIG. 17. This we have not, from our own obser- 
 
 vation, been able to verify, having taken females during 
 all periods of the year with these appendages fully de- 
 veloped. They are absent on the young females. We 
 believe, however, that, when they are once developed, 
 they continue permanent organs, only disappearing as the 
 result of accident. 
 
 In the Anceida, the incubatory pouch appears to belong 
 to the three posterior segments of the pereion. By the 
 continued growth of the ova, the pereion is reduced to a 
 most impoverished state. The alimentary canal being in 
 a collapsed condition, and always empty, the animal can 
 only be viewed in the light of a great egg-producer, after 
 the' development of which an empty sac only is left, the 
 poor remains of a worn-out animal. 
 
 The^ history of the development of the ovum from 
 its impregnation to the development of the perfect larva 
 has been best worked out by Valette St. George in 
 the Amphipoda, and Anton Dohrn in the Isopoda. We 
 must refer the student to the memoirs of these two 
 authors for a detailed account of the germination and 
 growth of the ovum in all its stages. It will suffice for 
 us to say, that it appears to be clearly established by 
 
xliv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 all observers, that in the progressive growth of the ovum, 
 the embryo of the Amphipoda is rolled within the egg in 
 an opposite manner from that of the Isopoda. The latter 
 is folded backwards, so that the ventral appendages are 
 developed on the external surface, whereas the Amphipoda 
 is bent on itself, the ventral appendages being developed 
 on the inner surface. Dr. Fritz Miiller states that, in 
 Tanais, one of our aberrant genera, the development of 
 the larva is after the manner of the Amphipoda, and not 
 of the Isopoda, among which it is classified. 
 
 The length of time between the epoch of the deposi- 
 tion of the ovum in the incubatory pouch, and the period 
 of the emancipation of the young animal from the care of 
 the parent, is probably about six weeks. We have ob- 
 served that to be the time required in the genus Asellus. 
 
 At first the egg is perfectly round. It shortly after- 
 wards increases in one direction, becoming also somewhat 
 larger in Amphipoda at one extremity. Indistinct seg- 
 ments are now observable. The wall of the ovum is of 
 an elastic character, and yields to the movement of the 
 internal embryo. 
 
 Probably about the middle of the period of incubation 
 the embryo quits the egg, for we have constantly taken it 
 from the pouch in a very immature condition, without 
 being enclosed in the egg-case. The larva at this period 
 is very immature, and enclosed within a general tunic, 
 which, without having any apparent vital connection with 
 the animal more than the original egg-case had, adapts 
 itself in general form to the whole creature, and fulfils 
 the duty of a protective tissue. As the embryo increases 
 in dimensions and completeness of form, so the tunic cor- 
 responds in size and form. At length, freeing itself from 
 this case, the larva strengthens in its own development, 
 but does not immediately quit the care of the parent. 
 
INTRODUCTION. xlv 
 
 We have frequently observed the young Talitrus escape 
 from the mother, upon the capture of the latter; and 
 from the active state of their existence at this time, they 
 appear as if they had long been capable of so acting, if 
 they had required it. The observation of Dr. Salter on 
 the common Gammarus, detailed at page 380 of the first 
 volume of this work, fully confirm this fact as does the 
 circumstance that the young of Ardurus are protected by 
 the mother, who supports and carries them about on the 
 antennae. Also we have been able to corroborate the 
 observation of Mr. H. Goodsir, that the Caprella carries 
 about its young attached to its body. These, together 
 with the fact that many genera, particularly of the 
 Podoceridce, protect and nurse their young for some time 
 within nests, which they build apparently for no other 
 purpose, afford abundant proof that in these animals 
 there is a conscious love of offspring that appears to 
 be less marked in animals far higher in the scale of 
 scientific classification. 
 
 When the young of Gammarus first swims about as a 
 free animal, it only resembles the parent in a modified 
 degree. The antennae show no distinction between the 
 peduncle and the flagellum. The latter is shorter, and 
 consists of but five articuli, while thirty to forty may be 
 present in the parent. This relative proportion is visible 
 also in the lower antenna, and in the secondary appen- 
 dage of the upper, which increases with advancing age, 
 until the adult stage is acquired. 
 
 In the structure of the eye we see the same gradual 
 increase going on after the animal has become free. The 
 lenses in the young are from ten to twelve in number, 
 whereas, in the adult, from sixty to eighty may be counted. 
 In many genera it also changes its colour, as does also 
 that of the animal itself. 
 
xlvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The young are generally white, or of a deep orange 
 colour ; in the adult, the colours vary apparently in rela- 
 tion to the presence of light and other surrounding cir- 
 cumstances. Occasionally the males vary in colour from 
 the females. We see in Orchestia a rosy tint frequently 
 ornamenting the great claw, and some other parts. We 
 have also observed in Amphithoe littorea the well- 
 matured males assume a yellowish appearance. This may 
 also be the case in other genera of which we have not had 
 the opportunity of exact observation. 
 
 In Orchestia, the second hand in the larva bears a near 
 resemblance in form to the same appendage in the female 
 a fact that is, we believe, consistent throughout the 
 entire class. The warty development of one of the pos- 
 terior legs also increases with age. 
 
 In Hyperia, the larva bears but little resemblance to 
 the parent. This was first pointed out by M. Milne 
 Edwards, and next by Mr. Gosse. But more extended 
 observations of the forms of these young animals were 
 detailed by us in a memoir published in the " Annals of 
 Natural History for 1861," on some exotic species. Our 
 observations on the larvse of the parasitic Isopods show 
 a wonderful similarity between the larvae of families in 
 distantly separated orders. 
 
 NERVOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 The nervous system was first made out in a general 
 memoir on the subject by MM. Milne Edwards and An- 
 douin. The observations of these authors have since been 
 generally verified by HH. Loven and Bruzelius in the 
 Amphipoda, and Lereboullet in the terrestrial Isopoda. 
 We have also carefully dissected out most of the system 
 in both the genera Talitrus among the Amphipoda, and 
 Ligia among the Isopoda. The plan of the nervous 
 
INTRODUCTION. xlvii 
 
 system in these two orders is that of a typical crustacean. 
 A ganglion corresponds to every segment of the animal ; 
 those belonging to the organs purely of sensation being 
 amalgamated together into a cephalic lobe. This is very 
 beautifully shown by HH. Loven and Bruzelius (Bidrag 
 till Kannedomen om Amphipodernas inre byggnad*). 
 
 Every ganglion of the several segments after the head 
 is united to the others by two parallel cords in the 
 Amphipoda, and one in the Isopoda, although in the 
 genus Ligia we distinctly made out two, as in the Amphi- 
 poda : from each ganglion, on the right and left, is given 
 off two main branches, and in Ligia we observed two 
 other less important threads. These supply the legs and 
 internal viscera. From the cords, about midway between 
 each ganglion, branches off, on the external side of each, 
 a single branch, which in the Oniscida M. Lereboullet 
 places nearer to the preceding ganglion. In the Amphi- 
 poda, we found it rather nearer to the succeeding ganglion. 
 In Ligia, it appears to be just midway between the two, 
 from the base of which, both before and behind, spring 
 other thread-like branches. 
 
 The diagrams of the arrangement of the caudal supply 
 of nerves, given in the memoir of Lereboullet, differ from 
 that given by M. Milne Edwards in his " Histoire des 
 Crustaces." The latter author figures a distinct ganglion 
 to each of the caudal segments, illustrating his view from 
 observations on Cymothoe, in which the six segments are 
 separate, while Lereboullet illustrates the caudal ganglia 
 as being consolidated into a single mass, from which 
 numerous threads are sent back to the extremity of the 
 animal. Moreover, this author only figures six separate 
 ganglia after the cephalic mass, which would make (even 
 allowing the oral appendages to be supplied with small 
 filaments of nerves, instead of branches springing from 
 
 * Ofversigt af Kongl. Yetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, Jan. 1859. 
 
xlviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 a well-developed ganglion), the seventh segment of the 
 pereion to have its ganglion consolidated with those that 
 supply the caudal region a view that our own observations 
 lead us to believe has been founded on a misconception. 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 
 
 The Geographical Distribution of the two orders of the 
 Sessile-eyed Crustacea, if made under careful and extensive 
 observations, would (from the great amount of the modifi- 
 cation of parts, while a close assimilation of general form is 
 very persistent throughout great numbers of genera) afford 
 one of the most interesting and, we believe, instructive 
 chapters in the distribution of life over the globe. 
 
 The subject has not yet sufficiently been worked out 
 so as to approximate to correct information ; for so much 
 of the earth's surface has yet to be searched, that it is by 
 no means improbable that new arid intermediate forms 
 may frequently be found in places that are yet" unknown, 
 so that forms that as yet are described as species or genera 
 may be only modified forms of one species, or, as has been 
 demonstrated by M. Hesse with respect to Anceus and Pra- 
 niza, that animals placed by authors in separate genera 
 and in distinct families may be only sexually distinct. 
 
 Such imperfect information as is at our command, 
 while it does not enable us to grasp the subject so as to 
 do justice to it as a whole, has yet enabled us to observe 
 some points of interest that our British species possess in 
 relation to exotic forms. 
 
 With the exception of a single specimen, brought from 
 Algiers by M. Lucas, the genus Talitrus is only known as an 
 inhabitant of the northern and western coasts of Europe, 
 while its closely allied form, Orchestia, and its congeners, 
 excepting Nicea, of which we know but one or two species 
 (which tend to corroborate the assertion), appears to be 
 
INTRODUCTION. xlix 
 
 very abundantly scattered over the whole world. Like 
 Talitrus, Orchestia lives out of the sea, choosing moist 
 places, but not burrowing a habitat for itself as Talitrus 
 does. With us, Orchestia lives within the reach of the 
 spray of the sea ; but some species in the Southern Hemi- 
 sphere live many miles inland, choosing terrestrial plants 
 for their abode, sometimes at an elevation of fifteen hundred 
 feet above the level of the sea. In these specimens the 
 males, and, we believe, the males only, have some one 
 or other of the joints of one of the posterior pairs of legs 
 developed into a large internally concave scale, which, we 
 believe, assists in retaining moisture, so that the branchial 
 sacs may not suffer from desiccation. 
 
 The genus Montagua appears to be wholly confined to 
 the northern temperate latitudes, the species gradually 
 diminishing in size as they approach the warmer seas. 
 The close assimilation of this with Stegocephalus and 
 Pleustes of the colder latitudes, is shown by the inter- 
 change of certain parts in their structure. In Montagua, 
 the superior antenna? have no secondary appendage, 
 neither have the mandibles a palpiform one, and the 
 posterior pair of pleopoda terminate in a single ramus. 
 Pleustes resembles Montagua in the former characteristics, 
 but has the posterior pair of pleopoda terminating in two 
 rami. Stegocephalus resembles Pleustes in its charac- 
 teristics, but it has a rudimentary appendage on the 
 superior antenna?. We have little doubt but that the 
 others have also such an appendage in the larval con- 
 dition, since it is a common feature in young Amphi- 
 poda. Stenothoe, in the Southern Hemisphere, represents 
 the StegocephalidcR in the Northern, and agrees with 
 Montagua in all important characters ; it differs in having 
 a very large hand to the second pair of gnathopoda, a 
 doubtful generic character, in our estimation. 
 
 d 
 
1 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The genera of the sub-family LYSTANASSINA appear to 
 be very generally diffused over the entire globe, increasing 
 in dimensions in those species that approach nearer to the 
 Arctic and Antarctic latitudes, in some instances reaching 
 to the largest known of the order, equalling three inches 
 in length, as may be seen in Lysianassa Magellanica, from 
 the Straits of Magellan, and L. gryllus, from Spitzbergen. 
 These two so closely resemble one another, that they can- 
 not be characteristically distinguished. 
 
 The genus Ampelisca, and its near ally Haploops, we 
 only know as belonging to the Northern Hemisphere, but 
 in that region extending from Japan to Europe, from 
 Greenland to North Carolina on the coast of America, 
 and in Europe to the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 In the sub-family PHOXINA all the genera but one are 
 only known in the north temperate region, but with a 
 widely diffused area, extending from Japan to Europe. 
 One species of the genus (Ediceros has been taken in New 
 Zealand, and one of Iphimedia in Terra del Fuego. Of 
 the former we have our doubts in its relation to the 
 genus ; the latter has a very near resemblance to /. Eblance 
 of Europe. Most of the genera of this sub-family are 
 burrowers in mud or sand. Isaea dwells, without being 
 parasitic, on the back of hairy crabs, and the only 
 specimens of Darwinia, that have been taken alive,' were 
 found adhering to the throat of a cod-fish. The genus 
 Sulcator lives on sandy shores, making tracts along the 
 margin of the sea, somewhat similar to those found in 
 older slate and sandy rocks; and it may be interesting 
 to remember that we have attributed to this sub-family 
 the only Amphipod that has been hitherto discovered as 
 fossil, the Prosoponiscus problematicus of the magnesian 
 limestone of Durham, and Zechstein- dolomite of Gliicks- 
 brun. 
 
INTRODUCTION. li 
 
 The family of GAMMARID/E belongs to the Arctic and 
 north temperate zones. With but few exceptions of the 
 closely allied congeners Dexamine and Atylus, which 
 consist together of twenty-one species, we know of only 
 one taken, near Valparaiso : all the rest are northern 
 species. Of the genus Aora but two species are known; 
 one from the British seas, the other from the western 
 coast of South America (Valparaiso). Judging from the 
 figures in Gay's " Hist, de Chile," the resemblance of the 
 two species is remarkably close, an apparently useless 
 tooth on the anterior margin of the first pair of legs 
 of the southern form alone distinguishing it from the 
 northern. 
 
 The subterranean fresh-water genus Niphargus, which 
 lives generally in closed pump-wells in England and 
 many parts of Europe, has its nearest congener in 
 Eriopus, from the deep sea off Bohusia. Judging by the 
 figure given by Bruzelius, there is little that distinguishes 
 one genus from the other ; and it is highly probable that 
 Gammarus pungens, from the warm springs of Italy, is 
 also a species of Niphargus. Of the two species of Cran- 
 gonyx, another fresh-water subterranean genus, one is 
 found in England, the other in Kamschatka, and these 
 bear a very close resemblance to the female form of the 
 marine Gammarella, a genus, though only having three 
 species, found in the European seas, as well as on the 
 South American coast and at Pitt's Island. Species of the 
 genus Melita have been taken in European, Brazilian, and 
 Indian seas, and Moera extends all over the temperate zones 
 of both Northern and Southern Hemispheres. The genus 
 Amathia is essentially an Arctic form, the species losing 
 their size and spinose character as they approach the 
 temperate seas. No species has been recorded south of 
 the English Channel, while a species found on the Crimean 
 
Hi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 shores of the Black Sea is as large and well developed 
 as the Arctic specimens. From Pondicherry, also, a 
 specimen is recorded that closely resembles the large 
 specimens of the northern type. 
 
 The genus Gammarus, even as we have restricted it, 
 contains between forty and fifty species, all of which are 
 Arctic and north temperate, and extends round the globe, 
 except one taken at Jamaica, another at New Holland. 
 Fresh-water species of the genus inhabit the rivers and 
 streams of Europe and North America, Megamcera, a 
 near congener of Gammarus, has the largest and most 
 spinose species in the northern regions, while others are 
 found at Peru, Borneo, and the Zooloo seas. 
 
 The genus Amphitoe contains between thirty and forty 
 species, and is very universally spread over the globe, 
 species having been taken in the Arctic seas and all round 
 the coast of Europe, in the Black Sea, and the Medi- 
 terranean ; they have been found at the Cape of Good 
 Hope, and on the eastern and western coasts of South 
 America, on the Australian shores, as well as in Zooloo 
 and Japanese seas, in the islands of the Pacific and 
 Atlantic Oceans, also on the weed in the Saragossa Sea, 
 of the Atlantic, and on floating plants in the Pacific ; and 
 one species is recorded from the fresh-water marshes of 
 South Carolina. 
 
 Podocerus is mostly northern, extending, however, 
 down the coasts of Europe and America. One species is 
 recorded by Dana from the Bay of Sunda, and another 
 from the shores of Brazil. 
 
 Cerapus, including its female, Leucothoe, has a wide 
 range, species having been taken on the European and 
 North American shores, on the eastern coast of South 
 America, and in the Indian and Zooloo seas, while its 
 near ally, Siphonacetus, has only been found on the north- 
 
INTRODUCTION. liii 
 
 western shores of Europe. The genus Ncenia, all the 
 species of which are closely allied in form, has only been 
 recorded from the British shores. Four species of Cyr- 
 tophium have been discovered, one of which is from the 
 East Indies, one from Rio Janeiro, and two from the north- 
 west of Europe. Corophium, so abundant when found, 
 has been taken on the western shores of Europe, the 
 Mediterranean, on the coasts of Japan and Brazil. It 
 burrows in mud; but there is reason to doubt either that 
 it preys on the Annelids or migrates at particular seasons. 
 
 That terrible wood-destroyer, Chelura, so devastating to 
 the piles and submarine timber all round the shores of 
 Europe, has not been recorded from other lands. 
 
 We have generally looked upon the Hyperina as pelagic 
 species; but recently it has been pointed out by Mr. 
 Edward, that some of our British genera burrow into and 
 hide themselves in sand on the shores of the Moray Firth. 
 The two British species of Hyperia (which we have great 
 reason to believe to be but one, being male and female), 
 have an extensive geographical range, from Greenland to 
 Cape Horn, from Rio to the Zooloo seas. 
 
 Vibilia has apparently an equally extensive range, 
 though fewer species have been determined. Themisto, 
 also, has been recorded from Greenland to sixty-three 
 degrees south latitude in the Atlantic Ocean, while species 
 of Phronima have been taken as far north as the Shet- 
 lands, as well as in the Atlantic, at Naples, and at 
 Borneo. The Capreltidce appear to be very universally 
 and abundantly diffused. The very close resemblance 
 of the species from very distant and opposite localities 
 is suggestive of a close affinity in the respective forms. 
 Specimens from Japan, and the eastern coast of North 
 America, are not appreciably distinct from others found 
 on the eastern coast of South America, as well as on our 
 English coast ; and when we take into consideration the 
 
liv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 changes in the forms that the animals of this genus 
 undergo in their growth to an adult state, it is not im- 
 probable that immature specimens may be misinterpreted 
 for adult varieties. Cyamus lives parasitically on the 
 whale, and probably thrives on no other animal. The 
 one or two solitary specimens that have been found 
 attached to the dolphin are probably young creatures that 
 have strayed from their natural habitat. 
 
 The genera of Isopoda appear to be more generally 
 diffused throughout the various regions of the sea ; and 
 from the various distant localities in which that species 
 have been found, some may be inclined to think that 
 they are universally distributed. 
 
 The genus Tanais has been found on the coasts of 
 North-Western Europe, Brazil, in the Zooloo and Feejee 
 seas, as well as on the western coast of North America ; 
 and equally varied have been the recorded habitats of the 
 nearly allied genera, Paratanais and Leptochelia, which 
 latter Fritz Miiller believes to be the male of Tanais. 
 The near ally, Apseudes, is only known in Europe and 
 Egypt, where but few specimens of two closely resem- 
 bling species have been found. The genera Anthura and 
 Paranthura are also sparsely represented, both in the 
 species and specimens. They have been taken on the 
 southern and western coasts of Europe, at New Zealand, 
 the Mauritius, and the Cape of Good Hope, as well as on 
 the eastern coast of North America. Of the genus Anceus, 
 of which eleven species have been determined on the 
 north-west coast of France, by M. Hesse, three at most 
 are known to the rest of Europe, and but a single species 
 to the eastern coast of North America. 
 
 The Bopyrida are tolerably abundant in the temperate 
 regions, but few in the more tropical or Arctic latitudes, 
 the genera confining themselves with considerable exacti- 
 tude to peculiar species of Crustacea. Thus we have failed 
 
INTRODUCTION. Iv 
 
 to detect Cryptothiria, which we have found to be tolerably 
 abundant in the genus Balanus, in Cthamalus, whose 
 habits and general appearance are so closely allied to it. 
 
 The several genera of the family ^Egida are animals 
 peculiarly belonging to the temperate seas, and adequately 
 represent the Cymothoidae of the torrid zone. It is 
 remarkable that, being parasitic upon fishes, no species of 
 the latter family has been hitherto detected on our own 
 coasts. 
 
 The Asellidce nourish chiefly in the temperate regions 
 of the seas, being scarcely represented in the frigid zones, 
 and not at all in the torrid. 
 
 Arcturus is peculiarly an Isopod of the colder zones, 
 where its species grow to the greatest dimensions in both 
 the northern and southern seas ; but a single specimen 
 has been taken in the torrid zone, in thirty-one fathoms 
 of water, north of Borneo. The Idoteidce flourish every- 
 where, the largest specimens being in the Baltic Sea and 
 near Cape Horn. They live amongst the weed, either 
 fixed or floating, and species have been often taken 
 swimming free in mid-ocean, where they assume, as 
 Crustacea under the same condition frequently do, a deep 
 indigo-blue colour. The Sphceromida are a family that 
 are very littoral in their habits; they range from the 
 equatorial latitudes to the colder regions of the temperate 
 zones, but die out before reaching the Arctic and Antarctic 
 isothermal lines. In hotter latitudes, some species, in 
 their depredations on submarine timber, take the place of 
 Limnoria, a genus of the Asellidce, and surpass it in the 
 extent of their capability of injuring submerged wood. 
 
 Liffia, and the other terrestrial genera, appear to find 
 their home best in the temperate latitudes, but live from 
 the equator to within a short distance of the frigid 
 climate. 
 
 These few observations, imperfect as they naturally 
 
Ivi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 must be, demonstrate, we think, the great amount of 
 interesting information that a more complete study of the 
 subject must elucidate. (C. S. B.) 
 
 As the information conveyed in the following letter reached us too late to appear 
 in the Appendix, we think it but just to the author to publish it entire ; the 
 more so since, during the progress of his researches, we repeated them and know 
 their accuracy. 
 
 MY DBA* SPENCE BATE, 
 
 You are kind enough to ask me for a short abstract of my investiga- 
 tions in the anatomy of Anceidae which I tried to make when staying with you 
 in Plymouth. I am the more glad to follow your request, since it is especially 
 your Memoir upon these animals that made me desirous to work on them. You 
 were quite right in directing the attention of observers to the internal structure 
 of these little Crustacea, for there are some points in their organization which were 
 not followed up by Mr. Hesse in his elaborate Memoir, and some points in which, 
 your opinion differing from that of the French naturalist, we had no certainty 
 about their real nature. 
 
 I do not think that you are right in speaking of an early distinction between the 
 male and female Anceus. There is no doubt that the outward aspect of some of 
 the little Pranizae, just having left the parent, makes more the impression that they 
 are to become Anceus, whilst others resemble more the female, or Praniza form. 
 But in giving special attention to that point, I found that this impression was 
 only due to the expansion of the segments of the pereion being greater or smaller 
 than to any real difference. Besides that, I kept some animals, which had rather the 
 aspect of females than males, during some time in a glass, and had the opportunity 
 of watching their moult. Two of them enabled me to see the large projecting 
 mandibles of the males within the head of what I thought was a female. I examined 
 immediately the sexual parts of the t-pecimen, and found a well-developed penis on 
 the last exceedingly small segment of the pereion. There c^n be no doubt, therefore, 
 that Praniza changes into Anceus.* 
 
 This is what Mr. Hesse contended. But though I must agree with him in this, I 
 cannot but have another interpretation regarding the so-called larval or Praniza state. 
 Mr. Hesse says, that only the Anceus state is the adult state, and that, "quelques 
 jours avant la transformation des Pranizes fumelles en Ancles les ceufs qui preexistent 
 s'apercoivent a travers la peau," <fec. In calling the eggs pre-existent, he is not, it 
 appears to me, justified, for they make their appearance very soon, and begin their 
 devolopment in animals which are far from the Anceus period, which Mr. Hesse calls 
 their Anceus state. I agree, on the contrary, fully with you in calling the adult or 
 Anceus state one of a retrograde character, for every organ begins then to degene- 
 rate. 
 
 Regarding the digestive apparatus, my investigations have led me to other results 
 than your remarks seem to show. I could observe the mouth and the whole intes- 
 tine in the old males as well as females. Those sacs, filled with green mass, are the 
 liver sacs, as the study of their embryology clearly states. The embryology clearly 
 indicates the Isopodous nature of the family ; but I must say that I never found, nor 
 expected to find, such forms as Mr. Hesse figures with a central red eye. There 
 certainly must be an error in his drawings. 
 
 There is another puzzling circumstance regarding the conformation of the seg- 
 ments. In the adult there seems to be the want of one of the typical segments, and 
 you consider it to be either the first or second segment of the pereion. But my 
 embryological investigations show that all the typical segments are present, as in 
 other Isopoda. In the very early state of the embryo you will find two pairs of 
 antennae, one pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxillae, and seven pairs of feet. Every 
 one of these extremities corresponds with a segmental division of the body. But 
 there is between the last pair of the pereiopoda and the first pair of pleopoda a 
 segment whose extremities are wanting. This segment afterwards constitutes a 
 veiy small portion of the pereion, and is rather easy to be overlooked ; in the male 
 the penis is fastened to it. Counting that segment, you will find there is none 
 wanting in the composition of the body ; and you can be quite sure in calling the 
 first pair of the legs of the embryo the maxilliped, and the second the gnathopod, 
 for both are connected with the mouth in a very early state already. 
 
 I could add some more particulars about the internal structure of the animal, but 
 it would hardly be of much use without adding plates to what I have to say. 
 What I have already stated will, however, show, that though there are some 
 anomalies about the Anceid;e, they are not of such extent as formerly was believed. 
 I hope, besides, to give a complete account of my investigations in a short time in 
 one of our German periodicals. Yours &c., 
 
 Messina, October, 1868. ANTON DOHRN. 
 
 * It must not be forgotten, with reference to this too general expression, that it is only the male 
 individuals (having in the young state the form of Praniza) which are transformed into the Anceus 
 state ; the females retaining their preceding form of Praniza. I. O. W. 
 
BRITISH' 
 SESSILE-EYED CRUSTACEA. 
 
 Order AMPHIPODA * 
 
 THIS name was given by Latreille to the present 
 order -f- of Crustacea on account of the animals contained 
 in it having both swimming and walking legs, and to 
 distinguish it from the order Isopoda, in which the legs 
 are adapted for walking only. 
 
 The Amphipods exhibit the characters of the great 
 class of which they are a part, more typically perhaps 
 than any other Crustacea. In the higher orders, the 
 head, from its great development, encroaches upon the 
 body, and in the lower orders, the body encroaches upon 
 the head. The type J of a class, order, or indeed any 
 other group, is to be found in its centre, and not at 
 either extremity of the series. 
 
 The Amphipoda are formed upon the Macroural type, 
 from the normal condition of which they differ in the 
 three following important particulars : first, there is no 
 
 * Derived from the Greek upQa, both ; vrotiis, feet. 
 
 *f* It must "be borne in mind that, for the considerations set forth in the 
 Introduction, the order Lsemodipoda, proposed by Latreille for Caprella and 
 its allies, has been rejected that group being regarded as an aberrant 
 division of the Amphipoda. 
 
 J The following definition of a type is given by Professor Whewell, as the 
 92nd aphorism concerning ideas, in his "Philosophy of the Inductive 
 Sciences:" ''Natural groups are best described, not by any definition 
 which marks their boundaries, but by a type which marks their centre. The 
 type of any natural group is an example which possesses, in a marked degree, 
 all the leading characters of the class." 
 
 B 
 
2 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 carapace covering the upper portion of the segments of 
 the body, consequently these segments are themselves 
 made dorsally perfect ; second, the gnathopoda, which, 
 in the Macroura, constitute the two outer pairs of mouth- 
 organs, become prehensile instruments, increasing the 
 number of legs to seven pairs; and, third, the tail, or 
 caudal apparatus, consists of four segments instead of 
 two. 
 
 In" the Amphipoda, on the other hand, the various seg- 
 ments are nearly equally developed throughout, whilst, 
 from being generally compressed at the sides, or cylin- 
 drical in form, the animals of this order are easily dis- 
 tinguished from the Isopods, which are, for the most 
 part, broad and flattened in shape.* 
 
 2 
 
 * Hence, to a certain degree, the Amphipoda constitute a group parallel 
 in their own division with the Macroura amongst the Decapoda, whilst the 
 Isopoda form an analogous group to the broad and flattened Brachyura, 
 the Caprettce offering a kind of parallelism with Squilla and its allies. 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERS. 
 
 (C) 
 
 C Ceplialon 
 
 H to Pereion . 
 P to Z Pleon 
 
 TABLE of the External Organs of the Amphipoda, with the Letters respec- 
 tively attached to each, as employed throughout the engravings in this work. 
 
 Head. 
 
 Body. 
 
 Tail. 
 
 Eye. 
 
 Superior antennae : 1, first ; 2, 
 second; 3, third joint of pe- 
 duncle ; 3", secondary appen- 
 dage ; 4, flagellum. 
 
 Inferior antennas : 1, first ; 2, 
 second; 3, third; 4, fourth; 
 
 5, fifth joint of peduncle; 
 
 6, flagellum. 
 
 d Mandible or jaw; d" man- 
 dibular appendage or 
 palpus. 
 
 a Eyes ..... 
 
 b Superior antenna: 1, first; 2, 
 second; 3, third joint of pe- 
 duncle; 3", secondary ap- 
 pendage ; 4, flagellum. 
 
 c Inferior antennae: 1, first; 2, 
 second; 3, third; 4, fourth; 
 5> fifth joint of peduncle ; 
 6, flagellum. 
 
 d Mandible; d" mandibular ap- 
 pendage. 
 
 (II 
 
 e 
 
 First maxilla, or first siago-) 
 
 e First 
 
 
 nopodos* j 
 
 
 f 
 
 Second maxilla, or second) 
 
 / Secon 
 
 
 siagonopodos . . \ 
 
 
 
 
 Maxillipede, or third siago- > 
 
 g Foot- 
 
 
 nopodos $ 
 
 
 h 
 
 1st Gnathopodos, represent-") 
 ing the 2nd maxillipede, > 
 or fourth siagonopodos. J 
 
 h 1st ' 
 
 i 
 
 2nd Gnathopodos, represent- } 
 ing the 3rd maxillipede, > 
 or fifth siagonopodos . j 
 1st Pereiopodos 
 
 t 2nd 
 k 3rd 
 
 I 
 
 2nd do. ... 
 
 I 4th 
 
 m 
 
 3rd do. ... 
 
 m 5th 
 
 n 
 
 4th do. ... 
 
 n 6th 
 
 a 
 
 5th do. 
 
 o 7th. 
 
 P 
 
 1st Pleopodos. 
 
 p 1st 
 
 9 
 
 2nd do 
 
 q 2nd 
 
 r 
 
 3rd do 
 
 r 3rd 
 
 s 
 
 4th do. or 1st Uropodos 
 
 * 1st 
 
 t 
 
 5th do. 2nd do. 
 
 t 2nd 
 
 V 
 
 6th do. 3rd do. 
 
 v 3rd 
 
 z 
 
 Telson ... 
 
 z Term 
 
 Foot-jaw or pedipalp. 
 
 legs. 
 
 natatory legs. 
 
 caudal appendages. 
 
 (P to Z) p 
 
 2nd do. .... 
 
 3rd do 
 
 4th do. or 1st Uropodos 
 5th do. 2nd do. 
 
 6th do. 3rd do. 
 
 z Terminal joint or middle 
 tail-piece. 
 
 The corresponding joints of all the limbs are marked with the same number, 
 and bear the same names throughout. We take one of the Gnathopoda as 
 the type. 
 
 1 Coxa Coxa. 
 
 I// Branchia 
 
 1"' Plate of incubatory pouch 
 
 2 Basos 
 
 3 Ischium 
 
 4 Meros; 4", inferior angle . 
 
 5 Carpus; 5", inferior angle . 
 
 Thigh. 
 
 Knee. 
 
 Metacarpus ; 4", inferior angle. 
 
 Wrist ; 5", inferior angle. 
 
 6 Propodos ; 6',palma ; 6", inferior angle ; Hand; 6', palm ; 6", inferior angle ; 
 '" superior 6'", inferior margin ; 6"", supe- 
 
 6'", inferior margin; 6 
 margin. 
 7 Dactylos; 7", Unguis . 
 
 nor margin. 
 Finger ; 7", Nail. 
 
 * This name is here suggested as the Greek equivalent for the Latin name of the five pairs 
 of appendages succeeding the mandibles, which were collectively termed pates-mdchoires by 
 Cuvier, Savigny, &c. The 16vres superieure and infe"rieure of these authors are omitted for 
 the reasons assigned in the following page. (I. 0. W.) 
 
 B 2 
 
4 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 The animal is naturally divided into three parts : the 
 head (or cephalon, c), formed of a single segment ; * the 
 body (or pereion), consisting of seven segments (H to o) ; 
 and the tail (or pleon), formed of six segments (p to v), 
 exclusive of the terminal scale (or telson, z). These 
 divisions are distinctly visible, and never encroach upon 
 each other ; while the appendages assume characteristic 
 forms in each division. Those which belong to the head 
 are more or less connected with the organs of sense. 
 
 The eyes (a) are sessile and compound. Their normal 
 position is between the bases of the superior and inferior 
 antennae. In the Orchestiidae and near allies they are on 
 the top of the head, to which position they are thrust by 
 the great increase of the size of the two basal articula- 
 tions of the antennae and their absorption into the ante- 
 rior portion of the head. The outer integument of the 
 eyes is never divided into facets, except in some genera 
 of the Hyperina. In many of the Phoxides the eyes 
 appear to be wanting ; but this is probably caused by the 
 absence of any colouring pigment, or its dispersion after 
 death, rather than from the absence of the organ of 
 vision. In Ampelisca they appear like four simple 
 organs, resembling the ocelli of true insects. 
 
 The anterior or superior pair of antennae (U] are formed 
 
 * Adopting the theory of Oken, that each pair of limbs or organs indicates 
 a separate segment (often, indeed, coalescing with the adjacent one), the head 
 would consist of nine segments, namely : 1st, that supporting the eye ; 2nd, 
 the upper antennae ; 3rd, the lower antennae ; 4th, the upper lip, formed of 
 two lateral halves united ; 5th, the mandibles, or jaws ; 6th, the lower 
 lip, formed like the upper lip ; 7th, the first pair of maxillae ; 8th, the 
 second pair of maxillae ; and 9th, the foot-jaws. If to these are added the 
 seven segments of the body, the six segments of the tail, and the segment 
 represented by the terminal scale, we have twenty-three segments as the 
 normal number in the Ampldpoda. As, however, Mr. Spence Bate regards 
 the two lips merely as the calcined extremities of the alimentary canal, the 
 number of head -segments would be reduced to seven, and the entire number 
 to twenty-one. (I. 0. W.) 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERS. 5 
 
 of a peduncle consisting of three joints, and a terminal 
 multiarticulate filament, supplied with auditory cilia. Oc- 
 casionally there is a second appendage, generally rudimen- 
 tary, but in some of the Phoxides it is of almost equal 
 importance to the primary filament ; the secondary ap- 
 pendage is, however, never furnished with auditory cilia. 
 
 The posterior or inferior pair of antennae (c) consists 
 of a peduncle of five joints and a multiarticulate fila- 
 ment. The first two joints are closely incorporated, and 
 bear an olfactory denticle ; but sometimes, as in Talitrus, 
 the denticle is wanting, probably from the peculiarity of 
 its condition of existence, as the Talitri do not live in 
 water. Occasionally the terminal filament has the joints 
 fused together. This numerical decrease is invariably 
 attended with an increase of strength. 
 
 In some genera of the Hyperina both pairs of antennae 
 assume a rudimentary condition to such an extent that 
 their respective parts cannot be readily defined : some- 
 times even one or both may be absent. 
 
 The jaws or mandibles (d) are placed between an 
 anterior and posterior lip or labium ; they consist of a 
 pair of curved triangular blades, each furnished with a 
 cutting edge and a grinding tubercle. Within the inci- 
 sive margin there is frequently a second movable plate, 
 formed upon the type of the preceding. Each mandible 
 has very generally, though not universally, an articulated 
 palpus or appendage. The anterior pair of maxillae (e) 
 consist of three or four foliaceous plates, whereas the 
 second pair (/) have but two ; they are extremely deli- 
 cate, and furnished, upon their anterior margins, with 
 plumose hairs, some of which are strengthened into 
 spines of various shapes. Exceptions to the normal 
 forms exist in the Hyperina. 
 
 The foot-jaws, or pedipalps (siagonopoda, I. O. W., or 
 maxillipedes) (g) t are the posterior pair of appendages 
 
6 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 attached to the head ; they have some of the joints foli- 
 aceous. They overlap the preceding appendages of the 
 mouth, and act as a protecting operculum. In the Hy- 
 perina they are small, and do not overlap the whole of 
 the buccal apparatus. 
 
 The two anterior pairs of legs (gnathopoda, h and z), 
 which in the Podophthalmata are reduced in size, and 
 employed as two additional pairs of foot-jaws or pedi- 
 palps, are here developed into arm-like legs, and are 
 attached to the two anterior segments of the body. 
 They are directed forwards, and generally formed upon 
 the same type, the posterior being the larger ; but to 
 this general rule there are several exceptions. The sixth 
 joint (or propodos, e) is generally enlarged into a hand 
 in both pairs, against the inferior margin of which the 
 seventh joint (or dactylos, 7) doubles back, as a finger 
 against the palm, and impinging against it, gives to the 
 organ a prehensile capability. Sometimes the fifth joint 
 (or carpus, 5), and also the fourth (or meros, 4), are infe- 
 riorly produced, so as to assist in prehension. These ap- 
 pendages seldom attain the form of the analogous chelae 
 in the higher orders ; QalUsoma, Chelura, and one or two 
 others, being the few exceptions to this very general law. 
 All the legs have the first joint * (or coxa, i) developed 
 into a large and squamiform plate, which covers a con- 
 siderable portion of the second joint, and protects the 
 branchial organs (figure *, i" and i'" in p. 2,), as well as 
 the ova and embryos while confined within the incuba- 
 tory pouch during the period of gestation. In the four 
 
 * By preceding writers, the series of scale-like plates at the sides of the 
 body have been regarded as the homologues of the epimera of the thoracic 
 segments of the Insecta. Mr. Spence Bate, however, considers them as the 
 first joints of the legs, thus dilated for special purposes in the economy of the 
 animals, an opinion which has been accepted by Professors Huxley, Kinahan, 
 and others. (I. 0. W.) The reader will observe that we employ the term 
 joint for a portion of a limb, and articulation for the connecting hinge. 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERS. 7 
 
 anterior (h, i, k, I), and in some genera the fifth (w,) pairs 
 of limbs, these plates are much larger than in the three 
 or two posterior pairs ; but to compensate for this diminu- 
 tion of size, the three posterior (m, n t o), with few generic 
 exceptions, have the second joint produced posteriorly 
 into a large and squamiform plate. In Caprella and the 
 allied genera, the first joint of each leg is fused with the 
 body of the animal, and is never shaped like scales. 
 
 The five posterior pairs of legs (pereiopoda, k-o) are 
 the walking appendages ; they homologize with the ten 
 legs in the Decapoda, and as efficiently fulfil their design. 
 Like them, they consist of seven joints; but, unlike 
 them, all articulate in planes vertical to the body of 
 the animal, having no lateral movements. The two ante- 
 rior pairs of walking legs are directed forwards, and the 
 three posterior are directed backwards. Thus the seven 
 pairs of legs constitute three distinct series, generally 
 differing from each other in their proportions, size, and 
 direction, the first and second pairs being subcheliferous, 
 the third and fourth porrected, and the fifth, sixth, and 
 seventh pairs directed backwards. 
 
 The branchiae (i") consist of a series of vesicles ; a 
 single sac being attached to, and pendent from, the first 
 joint of all the legs except the first, and in the males of 
 some genera also the last. 
 
 The ova are nurtured within a pouch formed by a 
 series of foliaceous plates (i'") one of which is attached 
 to the first joint of the four anterior pairs of legs in 
 females. In this pouch the embryo continues until it 
 has arrived at a period when there is but a slight dis- 
 tinction in form between it and the parent, except in 
 the Hyperina, as has been shown by Milne-Edwards 
 and Gosse, where the form of the young animal differs 
 considerably from that of the parent. 
 
 Posterior to the legs used for walking, are three pairs 
 
8 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 of flexible appendages (1st, 2nd, and 3rd pleopoda, jo, 
 q, r), consisting of a base and two multiarticulate fila- 
 ments or rami fringed with plumose cilia. These are used 
 in swimming, and, powerful for such a purpose, they 
 propel the animal rapidly through the water. Succeed- 
 ing to these are three pairs of appendages (4th, 5th, and 
 6th pleopoda, s,t 9 v, uropoda, I. O. W.), situated upon 
 the inferior lateral margins of their respective segments. 
 They consist of a single-jointed base, supporting two 
 uniarticulate branches, inflexible and styliform, fringed 
 with spines or hairs. The posterior pair vary consider- 
 ably in form ; in some genera they are furnished with 
 hooks, whilst in others they assume a foliaceous character, 
 circumstances which render them valuable in the recog- 
 nition of species. These appendages are also powerful 
 organs of propulsion. By folding the tail beneath the 
 body, and suddenly striking it out again, those animals 
 which exist in the water, as well as those which live on 
 the shore, are enabled to dart or leap to a considerable 
 distance. In Caprella and its near allies, the whole of 
 the appendages of the tail are absent, or present only 
 in a rudimentary and altered condition. 
 
 The terminal segment of the animal (telson, z] is 
 represented by an imperfect or rudimentary appendage 
 or scale. From the great variety of shapes which this 
 appendage assumes, it becomes a valuable aid in the 
 determination of genera. The typical form may be con- 
 sidered to be that of an acute-angled triangular scale, 
 the apex being rounded off. Sometimes it is divided 
 into two, as in Gammarus ; again, it is deeply cleft; in 
 one genus it is represented by a hook only ; in some, it 
 is broad, flat, and foliaceous, in others it is cylindrical, 
 the intestinal canal terminating at its extremity. 
 
 Compared with the podophthalmatous Crustaceans, the 
 animals forming the present order are of small size, the 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERS. 9 
 
 great majority being less than an inch long, and none 
 exceeding thrice that length. Like all the productions 
 of nature of diminished size, the number of indivi- 
 duals of different species far exceeds that of the larger- 
 sized Crustacea. With few exceptions, there is but little 
 external difference of form between the opposite sexes ; 
 the males, however, contrary to the ordinary rule in the 
 Annulosa, being often larger than the females. There is 
 also but little difference in form between the young and 
 adult individuals of the several species, except where 
 marked characters exist, such as the enlarged form of the 
 hands, or spines on the different segments of the body, 
 which increase in size as the animals become older. The 
 species occur in temperate or high latitudes in greater 
 proportion than in tropical climates. 
 
 Thus it will be perceived that among the Amphipoda 
 there is a considerable variety of form, some keeping 
 closer to the typical idea of the Order, while others vary 
 more or less considerably. It is therefore desirable, both 
 for clearness of expression and in order to obtain a 
 better knowledge of the whole, that we should arrange 
 together those which more nearly assimilate to each other ; 
 whereas others, which vary in a greater or less degree, 
 should be grouped according to their respective details. 
 
 In the works of Leach, Latreille, Milne-Edwards, 
 Kroyer, Dana, Zaddach, Liljeborg, and Bruzelius, various 
 modes of classification of these animals have been pro- 
 posed. Based upon a consideration of these various ar- 
 rangements, as well as upon the structure and respective 
 habits of the different animals (resulting from a consider- 
 able observation of their economy and modes of life), 
 and having had the advantage of studying the types of 
 Montagu, Leach, Phipps, M. -Edwards, and others, we 
 have drawn up the following tabular distribution of the 
 Order : 
 
10 
 
 GENERAL CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 I II l4IJl*IE4l 
 tt 
 
 fin 
 
 fifi 
 
 OQHJ<lP4 
 
 Ct> 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 't 
 
 Ira 
 
 P^ 2 
 
 a^ 
 
 rSrs ^ 
 
 111 
 ^ && 
 ft o o 
 
 si i 
 
 cc-fi ' 
 
 ! I 
 
 o 
 
AMPIilPODA. 11 
 
 Group NOBMALIA. 
 
 This group comprises the typical Amphipoda, and in- 
 cludes the whole of the order except those forms which 
 have some of the appendages absent, or have the first 
 joint of the legs absorbed into the body of the animal. 
 It is synonymous with the order of Amphipoda of 
 Latreille, Milne-Edwards, &c., and is separated into two 
 divisions namely, GAMMARINA and HYPERINA. 
 
 Division GAMMARINA. 
 
 Distinguished from the other division of the group by 
 the smallness of the eyes, the normal form of the antennae, 
 the size of the foot-jaws, and the largeness of the squa- 
 miform plates of the legs. This division corresponds 
 with Milne-Edwards's family of Crevettines, and also 
 with that of Gammaridea of Dana. It is subdivided 
 into VAGANTIA and DOMICOLA. 
 
 Subdivision VAGANTIA. 
 
 The VAGANTIA have always the inferior antennae ter- 
 minating in a flexible multiarticulate flagellum, and the 
 posterior pair of caudal appendages are fringed with fine 
 hairs or short spines, and are never furnished with hooks. 
 They construct no abodes to dwell in, but wander from 
 place to place, swimming or walking in the sea, and 
 hopping or wriggling along upon their sides on land. 
 
 This subdivision represents Milne-Edwards's tribe of 
 Sauteurs. It consists of the two tribes SALTATORIA 
 and NATATQRIA, each consisting of a single family. 
 
 Tribe SALTATORIA. 
 
 In this tribe the posterior caudal appendages are never 
 longer than the two preceding pairs. The hairs upon the 
 
12 ORCHESTIIDJ1. 
 
 animal are short and stiff. The mode of progression, 
 when out of the water, is by leaps. The animals are 
 generally terrestrial or subaquatic. This tribe contains 
 but a single family. 
 
 Fam. ORCHESTIID^. 
 
 The superior antennae are never longer than the inferior, 
 and never furnished with a secondary appendage. The 
 mandibles are without a palpiform appendage. The 
 squamiform joints of the legs are largely developed. The 
 caudal appendages are very short and stout, and the pos- 
 terior pair only possess a single branch. 
 
 The following vignette represents the Hoe Gate, Ply- 
 mouth, the house in which Dr. Leach was born. 
 
TALITRUS. 13 
 
 A MPHIP DA . ORCHESTIID+E. 
 
 SALTATORIA. 
 
 Genus TALITRUS, LATREILLE. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennas short and rudimentary. 
 Inferior antennae with the basal joints fused into the facial 
 \vall of the cephalon. Mandibular palpi obsolete. Maxillipedes 
 not unguiculate. First pair of gnathopoda simple ; second pair 
 small and feeble. Coxae of third pair of pereiopoda as deep as 
 the coxse of the second, and divided into two equal lobes. Telson 
 rudimentary.* 
 
 THE eyes are near the top of the head. The superior 
 antennae are very short, not reaching to the extremity of 
 the second free joint of the inferior. Inferior antennae 
 with the two basal joints absorbed into the frontal wall" 
 of the head. Fingers of the foot-jaws not unguiculate. 
 First pair of legs not having a subchelate hand in either 
 sex : second pair of legs smaller than the first pair, and 
 imperfectly subchelate in both sexes. Coxae of the fifth 
 pair of legs subequally bilobed, and nearly as deep as the 
 coxae of the preceding pair. Middle scale of the tail 
 rudimentary or single. 
 
 The genus Talitrus was first proposed by Latreille in 
 his "Precis" (1796), under the name of GammaruSj for 
 the reception of the Amphipoda with short upper an- 
 tennae ; the remainder, with longer upper antennae, being 
 arranged in his genus Carcinus. The name Talitrus itself 
 
 * The structural terms employed in the short generic and specific characters 
 of the AmpUpoda, are those proposed by Mr. Spence Bate in his " Report on 
 the British Edriophthalma," published in the Reports of the British Asso- 
 ciation for 1855. In the text the ordinary English names of the various 
 parts are adopted, as given in the Table of External Organs in page 3. 
 
14 ORCHESTI1DJE. 
 
 first appears in the year 1802, both in the third volume of 
 Latreille's " Histoire generale des Crustaces et Insectes," 
 and in the second volume of Bosc's " Hist. nat. des 
 Crustaces," the latter writer giving Latreille the credit 
 of the invention. This must be borne in mind, because 
 Latreille, in his "Genera Crust, et Ins.," vol. i., 1806, 
 refers the genus Talitrus to Bosc as its author. In the 
 last-mentioned work we find the genus, according to the 
 views of its founder, to be as extensive as our family Or- 
 chestiidae (which it would consequently have been more 
 correct to have named, after the present genus, Talitridse), 
 embracing the whole of the saltatorial species. Subse- 
 quently Leach separated the species with the first pair of 
 legs cheliferous under the name of Orchestia. In this 
 he has been followed by all subsequent writers. Milne- 
 Edwards, Dana, Desmarest, and others, however, intro- 
 duced into this genus those species which have the second 
 pair of hands as large as in the males of Orchestia ; but 
 Nicolet* has very justly separated them from Talitrus, 
 under the generic name of Orchestoidea. Brandt f has 
 likewise done the same, but, without being aware of 
 what Nicolet had proposed, has given to the same 
 genus the name of Megalorchestia, which Stimpson 
 has followed. Accepting this latter separation of the 
 species into two genera, Talitrus appears to be peculiar 
 to the European coasts and the southern shores of the 
 Mediterranean. The species T. brevicornis of Edwards 
 and T. Novi-Zealandi<z of Dana, both from New Zealand, 
 have only been described from females, and since the 
 female specimens belonging to the genus Orchestoidea 
 resemble Talitri, it is not improbable that these may 
 likewise be the females of Orchestoidea. 
 
 * In Gay's "Hist. phys. de Chile," iii. p. 229. Crust, pi. 2. fig. 4. 
 f Bull. Acad. St. Petersbourg, 1851, ix., pp. 133, 310. 
 
TALITRUS. 15 
 
 There can be little doubt that, under the name 
 Cancer locusta, the great Swede grouped more than 
 one species. Hence the difficulty of determining the 
 specific name entitled to priority of publication (if 
 this difficulty exists with Linnasus, how much greater it 
 must be with earlier writers !) a circumstance which 
 accounts for the discrepancies of opinion among later 
 authors, some attributing the name to a species of Gam- 
 marus, and others to one of Talitrus. For our part we 
 think that Linnaeus included species of both genera, but 
 certainly Talitrus was one ; he says that it is entirely 
 of a blue colour, that the hands of the two fore pairs of 
 legs are adactyle, and hence that there are seven pairs of 
 slender feet, and that he had seen it " ad montem Thors- 
 burg, in mari juxta Gotlandiam." On the other hand, 
 he refers to Roesel's figure of the fresh-water Gammarus, 
 and adds that the tail is trifoliated, "intermedio subulato." 
 His disciple Fabricius has added to the confusion by 
 giving the Linnaean character of the legs, but adding that 
 the tail was furnished with bifid spines, with the locality 
 "in Europae maritimis frequentissimus dorso innatans, 
 etiam saape in fontibus et fossis stagnantibus :" thus 
 comprising at least three species with different habits. 
 Under these circumstances, and in order to avoid the 
 confusion arising from the same specific name having 
 been also applied to the common shore species of Gam- 
 marus, it might have been correct to have retained for 
 the species of Talitrus the name of Saltatrix, given to it 
 by Klein, and adopted by Montagu and Milne-Edwards ; 
 but since Turton, in his translation of the " Systema 
 Naturae," as early as 1806, used the specific name which 
 most English authors have employed, we consider that 
 we are justified in continuing it. 
 
16 
 
 ORCHESTIIDJl. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 SALTATORIA. 
 
 TALITRUS LOCUSTA, Linnaeus? 
 (The Sand-Hopper.) 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennas only reaching to half the length of 
 the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower. Last joint of the 
 peduncle of the inferior antennas nearly twice as long as the penultimate. 
 First pair of gnathopoda robust and powerful. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 feeble, membranaceous, terminating in an imperfectly-formed sub-chelate 
 hand ; dactylos small and remote from the extremity of the propodos. Pos- 
 terior pair of pleopoda very short. Telson rudimentary. 
 
 Length, half to three quarters of an inch. 
 
 Cancer Locusta, 
 
 LINNJSUS, Fauna Suec. No. 2042?* Syst. Nat. 
 ii. 1055, and Edit. TURTON, vol. iii. p. 760 
 (1806). 
 
 * The descriptions of the species of Amphipoda given by the earlier carci- 
 nologists are by no means sufficiently precise to allow satisfactory identifica- 
 
TALTTRUS LOCUSTA. I/ 
 
 Squilla saltatrix, KLEIN, Crust, p. 68, f. D.E.F. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarm) saltator, MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 94. t. 4, f. 3 
 
 (male). 
 
 TaUtrus Locusta, LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins. vi. 229. 
 
 LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. 356. PENNANT, 
 Brit. Zool. iv. p. 21. PALLAS, Spic. Zool. 
 fasc. 9, t. 4, f. 7. LEACH, Edin. Encycl. 
 Crustaceology, vol. vii. p. 432. DESMA- 
 REST, Cons. p. 260, t. 45, f. 2. Risso, 
 Hist. Nat. de 1'Europe Meridion. vol. v. 
 p. 98. GUERIN, Exped. Scien. de Moree, iii. 
 p. 5, sect. 2, p. 44. Zool. pi. 27, f. 4, e. 
 BREBISSON, Cat. des Crust, du Calvados, 
 1825, p. 250. BOUCHARD CHANTEREAUX, 
 Crust. Boulonnais, p. 128. WHITE, Cat. 
 Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847, Popular Hist. Brit. 
 Crustacea, p. 160 ; Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 48. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. vol. i. p. 
 142. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd 
 ser. vol. xix. p. 135 ; 1857, Cat. Amph. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 5, pi. 1, f. 1. 
 
 Tatttrus Saltatw, MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sc. Nat. xx. 364, Hist. 
 
 des Crust, iii. p. 13. CUVIER, Regne An. 
 (Ed. CROCHARD), t. 59, f. 2. LUCAS, 
 Exped. dans 1'Algerie. ZADDACH, Syn. 
 Crust. Pruss. p. 4. TEMPLETON, London 
 Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 12. 
 
 (Female) TaUtrus littoralis, LEACH, Edin. Encyclop. vol. vii. p. 402, Art. 
 
 Crustaceology. 
 
 THE general appearance of the animal is strong and 
 powerful, and but slightly compressed laterally. The tail 
 is very short, and generally lies folded beneath the body ; 
 from which position, when forcibly struck out, it enables 
 the animal to spring to a considerable distance. Hence 
 it derives its English name of " hopper," and its French 
 cognomen of " Puce de mer." Its generic name, Talitrus, 
 signifies a ft fillip." The male is larger and more robustly 
 formed than the female. 
 
 tion, and unfortunately, in respect to the Linnsean species, the Linnreau 
 cabinet affords us no help, as it does not contain any of his typical spe- 
 cimens. 
 
 C 
 
18 ORCHESTIIDJ1. 
 
 The eyes are large, irregularly round, and placed near 
 the top of the head. The upper antennae are so small 
 that they seem almost rudimentary. The lower antennae 
 in the male are long, sometimes two-thirds the length 
 of the animal ; in the females and young males they 
 are much shorter. The peduncle is longer than the fla- 
 gellum, and appears to consist of but three articulations, 
 the two basal ones being fused into the frontal wall of the 
 head, a circumstance which forces the superior antennae and 
 organs of vision nearly to the top of the head, a position 
 not common in the Amphipoda. The olfactory denticle 
 is wanting. The organ of smell probably undergoes some 
 change to meet the altered condition of the existence of 
 the animal from that of marine Crustacea generally. 
 
 The mandibles are powerful organs, armed at the biting 
 edge with teeth, formed more for tearing than for cutting ; 
 below which a second row of denticles is fixed upon a 
 plate, which is movable. A few strong hairs or spines, 
 curved inwardly, are situated between the incisive margin 
 and the molar or grinding tubercle. This last is a 
 prominence at the inner base of each mandible, and is 
 crowned by very minute denticles, and corresponds with 
 a similar grinder in the opposite jaw. By the joint action 
 of these two molar tubercles an imperfect mastication is 
 effected . 
 
 The foot-jaws are not unguiculate that is, the last ar- 
 ticulation does not terminate in a sharp, nail-like extre- 
 mity, but ends obtusely, the tip being fringed with short 
 hairs. A squamiform plate is developed from three of 
 the articulations, of which the first, the most internal, is 
 the largest, and is furnished at the extremity with three 
 small stout spines or teeth. The apparatus which com- 
 poses the mouth projects anteriorly beyond the head, by 
 which means the animal can the more easily gather its 
 
TALITRUS LOCUSTA. 19 
 
 food from fixed positions a circumstance, according to 
 Leach, from which it has earned the specific name of 
 Locusta. 
 
 The first pair of legs are simple, the terminal joint 
 being slightly curved, but not having the power to 
 impinge against the preceding. They are strong and 
 efficient for the purpose of burrowing or hooking to any 
 substance, but have no prehensile capability. 
 
 The second pair of legs are feeble, of a membranous 
 appearance, and generally lie folded up close beneath the 
 body. The terminal joint is short, almost obsolete, and 
 placed at a considerable distance from the extremity of 
 the preceding, appearing to be an inefficient organ.* 
 
 The two next succeeding pairs of legs are strong and 
 efficient members for perambulation, but they are not so 
 powerful as the last three pairs. 
 
 The first or scale-like joint affixed to the sides of 
 the body, is largely developed in each leg. That of the 
 fifth pair of legs is bilobed, and is anteriorly nearly as 
 deep as the one that precedes it. 
 
 The swimming fins are short, being never required, 
 since the animal never voluntarily seeks the sea. The 
 lateral appendages of the tail are short and stout. These, 
 with all the other limbs except the second pair of hands, 
 are furnished with fasciculi of short, spine-like hairs. 
 These hairs are generally blunt at the tip, and furnished 
 laterally with a slight secondary appendage, about one- 
 
 * In Milne-Edwards' figure of the male of T. saltator, stated to have been 
 copied from the living specimen (R. An. Ed. Crochard, Crust., pi. 59, fig. 2a), 
 the second pair of legs is represented as evidently larger than the first pair, 
 but destitute of spines. This figure, therefore, appears to us rather to repre- 
 sent Talitrus Beaucoudraii of M. -Edwards. 
 
 It must be borne in mind that, throughout the Amphipodous portion of 
 this work, the limbs on one side of the body are alone represented, in order 
 to prevent confusion ; the opposite limbs being identical in structure. 
 
 c 2 
 
20 ORCHESTimE. 
 
 third from the apex. The structure of the hair towards 
 the point is obscurely spiral. Those 
 upon the tail are often considerably 
 worn down by the friction induced 
 by leaping. The central tail-piece is 
 
 ill 
 
 
 a 
 
 represented in this species by two 
 small calcareous nodules. * The 
 surface of the body is highly polished. An examina- 
 tion of the structure of the integument by the aid of the 
 microscope shows traces of the original cell-character of 
 the tissue and the granular arrangement of the salts within 
 the cells. There are, moreover, certain larger markings 
 that assume somewhat the form of the letter T. But we 
 are not able to recognize them as associated with any 
 peculiar function. 
 
 The female exhibits the character of the species 
 less strikingly than the male, being considerably smaller, 
 and having the antennas shorter. So great indeed 
 is the difference, that Leach, in the " Edinburgh Ency- 
 clopaedia," inserted it as a distinct species, under the 
 name of Talitrus littoralis, an opinion which he afterwards 
 corrected in the " Linnaean Transactions," vol. xi. 
 
 The Sand-hoppers dwell near the margin of the sea, 
 where the highest spring-tides rise. They are never 
 found in the water, but dwell beneath the decaying sea- 
 weed, or other stray substances which preclude the eva- 
 poration of moisture from the scorched sandy beach. Mr. 
 Gosse tells us that he has found them at the depth of 
 several inches in half-rotten beds of algae, where the fer- 
 
 * Our figures in page 16 were taken from very large males, captured at 
 Weymouth, by Professor Bell. In these individuals the central tail-piece is 
 heart-shaped and spined (fig. 2), and the upper antennae extend to the tip of 
 the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower, of which latter the rela- 
 tive proportions of the joints were carefully measured for delineation. (W.) 
 
TALITRUS LOCUSTA. 21 
 
 mentation has induced a heat so great that he could 
 scarcely bear his hand. 
 
 When the summer is hot, and no moisture exists be- 
 neath the decomposing seaweed, they burrow into the 
 sand two or three inches deep, until they find moisture 
 enough to suit their comfort ; whence they come out to 
 feed upon any carrion left by the retiring tide. Offal, 
 which would otherwise decompose and infect the air, is 
 thus by their assistance often rapidly removed. They are 
 not very dainty feeders. We have seen them enjoying 
 their repast upon a common earth-worm ; drowned pup- 
 pies and other mammals, afford a luxury to thousands ; 
 and, when they can get nothing else, they are content to 
 feed upon each other. 
 
 Mr. Adam White, in his excellent little manual, tells 
 us that millions of these creatures were seen by Paley 
 springing in the air so lightly that, at a little distance off, 
 they marked the circuit of the shore as a line of mist. 
 The religious mind of the observer saw in this shadowy 
 wall the action of expressed gratitude for existence. 
 
 Upon the sands of Whitsand Bay, our friend Mr. Swain 
 informs us that one day, at a picnic party, he saw " not 
 millions, but cartloads," of this species lying piled to- 
 gether along the margin of the sea. They hopped and 
 leaped about, devouring each other as if for very wan- 
 tonness. A handkerchief, which a lady let fall amongst 
 them, was soon reduced to a piece of open work by the 
 minute jaws of these small creatures. 
 
 The numerical abundance of this species is kept within 
 bounds by enemies more powerful than they can be to 
 one another. The ring plover and other shore birds 
 rapidly pick them up, and little beetles prey upon them, 
 among which the Cillenum laterals and Broscus cephalotes 
 have been observed. 
 
22 ORCHEST1IDJ:. 
 
 It is in the summer months that they occur in such 
 vast numbers. In the winter there is scarcely one to be 
 seen ; and when the frost is sharp, and the snow lies upon 
 the ground, the Sand-hoppers appear to have retired into 
 winter-quarters. This was first observed by Colonel 
 Montagu. At this season we have noticed their general 
 absence at Whitsand Bay, as has also our friend Mr. 
 Barlee, at Exmouth. But Mr. Gosse informs us that 
 they have been found at Weymouth, under the " half- 
 rotten beds of algae (chiefly laminaria) " all the winter. 
 
 When captured they feign death, and often keep up 
 the deception for a considerable time. In this position, 
 by the close packing of their scaly appendages, they are 
 more secure from the attacks of beetles and other smaller 
 enemies. Their colour when alive is a light fawn, marked 
 down the centre of the back with black. 
 
 This species is one of the most perfect dwellers upon 
 the land that we have among the European Amphipoda. 
 They die if kept in water for any time, yet a certain 
 amount of saline moisture appears necessary to lubricate 
 the branchiae. Though residing on land, they possess a 
 purely aquatic character. In the southern hemisphere 
 allied species have been taken many miles inland upon 
 the stems of succulent plants. 
 
 This species is probably to be met with upon all the 
 sandy shores of the temperate zone in southern and 
 western Europe. In this country we have received it 
 from the Moray Frith, in Scotland, where, the Rev. 
 George Gordon says, it occurs in great abundance. 
 Mr. W. Thompson and Professor Kinahan record it as 
 common in Ireland. Specimens from Cultra, Belfast 
 Bay, collected in May by Mrs. Patterson, and others 
 from Newcastle, county Down, collected in the autumn, 
 are preserved in the late W. Thompson's collection in 
 
TALITRUS LOCUSTA. 
 
 23 
 
 the Belfast Museum. We have noticed it on the south- 
 ern shores of England and Wales. Milne-Edwards states 
 that it is very common upon the north and west coasts 
 of France. M. Guerin Meneville has received it from 
 the shores of Greece ; Risso took it at Nice, and Lucas 
 in Algeria. So that it will be important to record upon 
 what sandy shores it is not to be found. It does not 
 occur in Greenland, being omitted by Kroyer, nor does 
 it appear in the work of Bruzelius on the Scandinavian 
 species published at Lund in 1859. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of Whitsand Bay, near 
 Plymouth, is from the talented pencil of our friend Mr. 
 Philip Mitchell, of the New Water Colour Society. 
 
 
21 ORCHESTIlDjE. 
 
 A MPHIPODA . ORCHESTIIDJB. 
 
 SALTATOR1A. 
 
 Genus ORCHESTIA, LEACH. 
 
 TALITRUS (part), LATREILLE. 
 
 Generic character. General appearance of Talitrus, but having 
 both pairs of gnathopoda subchelate. The second pair in the 
 male large and powerful ; in the female small and feeble. 
 Telson single and well developed. 
 
 THE superior antennae are as short as in Talitrus , and 
 are often recurved. The inferior antennae, as in that 
 genus, have the two basal articulations incorporated into 
 the anterior or frontal wall of the head, and destitute 
 of the olfactory denticle. The mandibles are without 
 an appendage,* and the whole of the organs of the 
 mouth are largely developed. The two anterior pair of 
 legs are furnished with prehensile hands, the first pair 
 small, the second large and powerful in the male, but 
 small and feeble in the female. The squamiform basal 
 joint of the fifth pair of legs is subequally bilobed, the 
 anterior lobe being as deep as the scale of the preceding 
 legs. The posterior pair of caudal stylets consist only 
 of a single branch. The tail-piece is single and well 
 developed, entire, triangular, with the margin spinous. 
 
 This genus was founded by Leach to receive the Cancer 
 (Gammarus) littoreus of Montagu. That Dr. Leach was 
 
 * A rudimentary palpiform appendage in an Egyptian species of Orchestia 
 is represented by Savigny near the base of the jaw (copied in our figure, 
 p. 27, fig. d), but we have never seen it in any species. 
 
ORCHESTIA. 25 
 
 well aware of the variation of the form of the legs in 
 the opposite sexes of the type of the genus is fully 
 evidenced by an original drawing now in the Hopeian 
 collection at Oxford, containing highly-magnified figures 
 of the fully-developed male, of a variety of the male 
 with smaller second legs and undilated hind legs, and of 
 the female with simple legs, the sexes being indicated, 
 and the species named " Orchestia littorea" in Dr. Leach's 
 peculiar handwriting. Liljeborg had also, in his account 
 of the Crustacea collected by Dueben in Norway in 1844, 
 noticed the sexual distinctions of Orchestia littorea, de- 
 scribing the female as exhibiting the typical form of 
 Talitrus, and the male that of Orchestia, the female, in 
 fact, closely resembling the Talitrus tripudians of Kroyer 
 except in the length of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs, 
 as compared with those of the second pair. The genus 
 was previously confounded with Talitrus, and the female 
 continued so until Fr. Miiller pointed out the relative 
 distinction of the second pair of hands, and their near 
 resemblance to those of Talitrus.* Dana has more 
 recently divided the genus, distinguishing those in which 
 the female has the first pair of legs not developed into a 
 subchelate or prehensile hand (in fact, a true Talitrus) ; 
 while the male is a true Orchestia ; that is, having the first 
 pair of legs subchelate. This division, under the name 
 of Talorchestia, together with those of Talitrus and 
 Orchestia, he considers to be but subgenera of the genus 
 Orchestia. 
 
 The genus Orchestia is perhaps the most cosmopolitan 
 amongst the Crustacea, and may likewise be classed 
 amongst the most terrestrial species of Amphipods. It has 
 been taken from the north of Europe to Cape Horn, and 
 
 * Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte, 1848, p. 53. 
 
26 ORCHESTIIM. 
 
 from New Zealand to the northern coasts of America. 
 Yet with this vast geographical range we are not aware 
 that a single species has been recorded within the tropics 
 or arctic regions : although northern Egypt and the coast 
 of Algiers are mentioned by Savigny and Lucas. Dana 
 and Stimpson in America have not taken them in tro- 
 pical latitudes. 
 
 Their common habitat is upon the sea-shore, out of the 
 reach of the waves, but Dana has found them, and exotic 
 species exist in the British Museum, which have been 
 taken in shady woods some miles from the sea-coast, and 
 Mr. Stimpson, the naturalist of the American Japanese 
 expedition, informs us that he also has captured them in 
 inland places. 
 
 The Orchestiae must be reckoned among our smaller 
 shore- cleaners, feeding upon the offal left by the receding 
 tide. Say has noticed of an American species, that when 
 alarmed, the individuals will seize a portion of their 
 food, and skip with it towards their holes in the sand, 
 where they can devour it at leisure. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of figures, in the costume 
 of the South of Wales, is by the promising pencil of our 
 friend Mr. Sydney Whiteford. 
 
ORCHESTIA LITTOREA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 SALTATORIJ. 
 
 ORCHESTIA LITTOREA. 
 (Shore-Hopper.) 
 
 Specific character. Propodos of the second pair of gnatliopoda having 
 the palm convex, slightly oblique, with a small tooth at the inferior angle. 
 Posterior pair of pereiopoda, having the carpus and meros in the older 
 males largely developed. Length of an inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) littoreus, MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 96, t. 4, f. 4. 
 
 Orchestia littorea, 
 
 LEACH, Edinb. Encycl. vii. p. 402, pi. 21, 
 f. 6 ; Linn. Trans, xi. p. 356 ; Encycl. 
 Brit. Suppl. i. 424. DESMAREST, Cons. 
 p. 261, t. 45, f. 3. SAMOUELLE, Ent. 
 Comp. p. 102. LATREILLE, Encycl. Meth. 
 pi. 336, f. 1. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 48 ; Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 162, 
 pi. x. f. 1. SPENCE BATE, in Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. 2nd ser. voL xix. p. 136 ; Cat. Brit. 
 Mas. p. 27. GOSSE, Marine Zool. p. 142. 
 
28 ORCHESTIID.E. 
 
 Pulex marinus, B ASTER, Opusc. Subs. t. 3, f. 7, 8. 
 
 Cancer gammarellus, HERBST. ii. 129, t. 36, f. 2, 3. 
 
 THE eyes are black, irregularly round, moderately 
 
 large, and situated near the top of the head. The 
 
 superior antennae are as short as in Talitrus locusta, 
 
 reaching scarcely to the extremity of the penultimate 
 
 articulation of the peduncle of the inferior pair. The 
 
 inferior pair of antennas in full-grown males are scarcely 
 
 half as long as the animal, they have the first two 
 
 joints fused into the frontal wall of the head; the last 
 
 joint of the peduncle is longer than the preceding, and 
 
 the articulated extremity is as long as the peduncle. The 
 
 first pair of legs are small, with the penultimate joint 
 
 shorter than the antepenultimate, and the inferior angle 
 
 of each is developed into a scaly protuberance ; the palm 
 
 is short, convex, and edged with a row of single hairs : 
 
 the terminal joint or finger is sharp, scarcely reaching to 
 
 the extremity of the protuberance. The second pair of 
 
 legs have the coxae more largely developed, and almost 
 
 covering those of the first pair: the penultimate joint is 
 
 large and quadrate, being almost as broad as long: the 
 
 palm is convex, and not furnished with any important 
 
 spines or hairs, and armed at the inferior angle with a 
 
 triangular tooth, which corresponds with the extremity 
 
 of the finger. The third pair of legs are shorter than the 
 
 two succeeding, which are subequal. The fourth and 
 
 fifth joints of the last pair are broadly developed in the 
 
 mature males, but in the females and young males they 
 
 are not different from those of the preceding genus. The 
 
 three posterior pairs of appendages are short and spinous, 
 
 the posterior being very short. The middle tail-piece is 
 
 single and pyriform. 
 
 The Shore-hopper is more compressed laterally than the 
 
ORCHESTIA LITTOREA. 29 
 
 Sand-hopper. It is of a green colour, and hides beneath 
 stones and vegetable refuse on the shore. The head is 
 smaller than in Talitrus, and the inferior antennae have 
 the flagellum rather longer. The female bears a closer 
 resemblance to Talitrus than the male. The second pair 
 of legs are feeble, and very much like that of Talitrus, 
 from which it can only be distinguished by the form of 
 the hand of the first pair. 
 
 Orchestia littorea has generally been recorded as asso- 
 ciated with Talitrus locusta, but our experience induces 
 us to attribute the former to rocky, and the latter to 
 sandy, shores. Probably, when there is an approxima- 
 tion in the character of the two kinds of coasts, the 
 species composing the genera may be found to mingle. 
 Montagu on the Devonshire coast, the Rev. George 
 Gordon in the Moray Frith, and Professor Kinahan, at 
 Kilkenny, report the two genera as being found together. 
 But in the long sandy beach in Swansea Bay we never 
 took an Orchestia, though they are to be found round 
 the Mumble Head. Nor have they been taken in Whit- 
 sand Bay, near Plymouth, nor along the sandy beach 
 round Exmouth, in all which places Talitri abound.* 
 It has also been taken by the late W. Thompson in the 
 
 * We are indebted to Professor Bell, President of the Linnaean Society, 
 for the following note on the present species: "Walking along the shore 
 at Bognor, on a stormy day and at high tide, I saw them crawling in great 
 numbers up the sides of the wooden ' groins' (a sort of breakwater so 
 called) to which situation they appeared to be driven to avoid the violence 
 of the waves beneath. I found them to consist of what I believe to be the 
 two sizes of one species, many possessing the strong, prehensile hand on the 
 second pair of limbs, and the broad, dilated articulations on the seventh pair 
 belonging to this species, and others without these peculiarities. On the 
 latter alone, and very commonly on these, I found eggs ; they were, in fact, 
 all females, and the others, doubtless, all males ; and as they were found 
 promiscuously together, and none of any other form, I could not but come to 
 the conclusion above mentioned, especially as they agree in all other cha- 
 racters." 
 
30 ORCHESTIID^l. 
 
 County of Dublin, and is numerous on the shores of 
 Plymouth Sound, under Mount Batten, where Talitri 
 may also be taken ; but the latter appear to occupy a 
 higher coast-line, where the soil is sandy. 
 
 The eggs of this species are of the same colour as 
 the female, and, after exclusion, the young are carried 
 about by the mother beneath the body. 
 
 Professor Kinahan informs us that Mr. Williams, of 
 Drogheda, has observed them in Mornington Bay to be 
 phosphorescent. 
 
 Several specimens have been sent to us as Orchestia 
 Bottce, M.-Edw. (a native of the Red Sea), but, taking 
 into consideration the fact announced by Rathke, that 
 the dilated and tubercular character of the posterior pair 
 of legs is only the result of age, we have considered that 
 O. Bottle, as a species, is at least doubtful, and, at all 
 events, the supposed British form is only that of a 
 youthful Orchestia of the present species. 
 
ORCHESTIA MEDITERRANEA.. 
 
 31 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 SALTATORIA. 
 
 ORCHESTIIDJS. 
 
 ORCHESTIA MEDITERRANEA. 
 
 Specific Character. Male. Second pair of gnathopoda having the pro- 
 podos broad posteriorly, and gradually tapering to a point anteriorly ; palm 
 very oblique, smooth, occupying nearly the whole of the inferior margin ; pos- 
 terior pair of pereiopoda having the meros and carpus broad in mature adults. 
 
 Female. First pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long and cylin- 
 drical : the palm short ; the inferior angle but slightly tuberculated. 
 
 Length of full-grown males about of an inch. 
 
 0. mediterranea, COSTA, Rend. dell. Accad. Sci. Napoli, p. 171, 1853. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Museum, p. 24, pi. 
 
 iv. fig. 5. 
 0. littorea, MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sc. Nat. t. 20, Hist, des Crust. 
 
 iii. p. 16, Regne An., Edit. CROCHARD, Crust, pi. 59, 
 
 f. 3 (males), fig. 2 b-2 j (details). RATH KB, Fauna 
 
 der Krym, t. 5, fig. 1-6. LUCAS, Exped. dans 
 
 1'Algerie. 
 
 0. littorea, var., WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 163. 
 0. Icevis, SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. 1857, xix. 
 
 p. 136. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust, p. 48. 
 
32 ORCIIESTIIDJl. 
 
 THE eyes in the male are black, irregularly round, 
 and situated near the top of the head. The superior 
 antennae reach to the extremity of the penultimate joint 
 of the peduncle of the inferior. The inferior antennae 
 are about one-third the length of the entire animal ; the 
 last joint of the peduncle is not longer than the pre- 
 ceding ; the terminal articulated portion is about the 
 same length as the peduncle. The first pair of legs have 
 the hand not longer than the wrist, and the palm about 
 half as broad again as the diameter of the hand near 
 the centre. 
 
 The second pair of legs have the hands very large, 
 long, and tapering anteriorly. The inferior margin is 
 slightly concave anteriorly, and no spine, tooth, or angle 
 marks the termination of the palm, which appears to 
 occupy the whole length of the inferior margin. The 
 finger, when closed, reaches to the posterior extremity 
 of the hand, but only impinges against it for about one- 
 third of its length, the rest standing off so as to leave a 
 hollow between the hand and compressed finger. The 
 fifth pair of legs are shorter than the two posterior pairs, 
 the last being somewhat the longest. They are all stout 
 and strong limbs fringed with bunches of stout, blunt, 
 spine-like hairs. The posterior pair have, in mature 
 males, the wrist and the joint preceding it, developed 
 very broadly. The appendages of the tail are short, 
 stout, and spinous. 
 
 The female is not quite so large as the male, and 
 differs from it but slightly. The first pair of legs are 
 longer, and have the palm shorter, so that the inferior 
 margin of the hand runs parallel with the superior mar- 
 gin. The second pair of legs are small, membranous, 
 and feeble. The finger is reduced to a rudimentary 
 
ORCHESTIA MEDITERRANEA. 33 
 
 state, and articulates remotely from the apex ; it is so 
 short that it cannot reach to the extremity of the hand. 
 They are useless as organs of prehension, and appear too 
 feeble to hold, even if they could grasp, any object. 
 The three posterior pairs of legs are nearly equal in 
 their length, being strong and efficient organs for peram- 
 bulation, and fringed with stout hairs. The posterior 
 pair never have the fourth and fifth joints broader than 
 those upon the two preceding pairs of legs. 
 
 This is a very active and vivacious creature. It hops, 
 when disturbed, to a considerable distance, taking a 
 direction always towards the sea. The female, from its 
 compressed form, and the fact that it can move the legs 
 only in a vertical plane, falls upon its sides and wriggles 
 along, until it intends to give a spring, when, having 
 managed to support itself upon its feet, with the pos- 
 terior portion of its body doubled up close beneath, it 
 boldly strikes out its tail with a force which sends it 
 several feet. By this means the caudal stylets and spines 
 are often broken or worn away. The male, by means of 
 the warty excrescence upon the last pair of legs, is en- 
 abled to walk without falling upon its side. This en- 
 largement of the middle joints of the last pair of legs is 
 not common to all the species of this genus, and in those 
 to which it belongs, it is developed only in the adult 
 state, and, according to Rathke, increases with age. It 
 is not a complete enlargement of the whole limb, but 
 one of breadth of a part only ; the leg existing in its 
 normal size as a ridge upon the inner surface. 
 
 The female of O. mediterranea, according to Risso, car- 
 ries eggs many times during the year. The eggs of this 
 species are in an early stage of a deep purple colour, but 
 the young, when they first quit the pouch of the parent, 
 are of a bright orange. This species, particularly the 
 
34 ORCHESTIIDjE. 
 
 fsmale, bears a close resemblance to that of O. littorea, 
 agreeing with it both in colour and habits ; but we are not 
 sure that it is so common, or that they are found associated 
 together, although frequently confounded with each other. 
 Edwards, Rathke, and Lucas have so mistaken it, sup- 
 posing it to be Montagu's species, as we have ascertained 
 from an examination of the typical specimens in the 
 British Museum and the Museum of the Jardin des 
 Plantes.* 
 
 We first took the species under a stone far above high- 
 water mark in Larigland Bay, near Swansea. It was 
 so far from the shore that the grass grew all round the 
 stone, beneath which it was associated with terrestrial 
 Isopoda (Oniscida). We have also taken it on the 
 shore near the Bailey Lighthouse on the Hill of Howth, 
 in Dublin Bay, in the month of October sparingly, 
 but it was found in numbers, and of various sizes, in the 
 month of January, among gravel on the beach of Rough 
 Island, Shangford Lough, by Mr. W. Derragh, by whom 
 it was communicated to the late Mr. W. Thompson, 
 These specimens are now (together with his whole collec- 
 tion) in the Museum of Belfast, and we have much 
 pleasure in returning our thanks to the trustees of that 
 excellent institution for the use of the whole of the 
 Edriophthalma collected by that late eminent Irish na- 
 turalist. Professor Kinahan has taken it seven feet above 
 tide-mark, mixed with Oniscus murarius, O. fossor. Arma- 
 dillo vulgaris, and Porcettio scaber. These are the only 
 recorded British habitats, a circumstance that arises most 
 probably from the species being mistaken for O. littorea y 
 
 * We take this opportunity of expressing our obligation to the officers of 
 both these institutions for the courteous reception we have invariably met with 
 from them, the willingness with which every specimen has been placed at 
 our disposal, and the forestalment of our wants in facilitating their exami- 
 nation. 
 
ORCHESTIA MEDITERRANEA. 
 
 35 
 
 since we are enabled to trace it along the coasts of the 
 Mediterranean (according to Edwards, Costa, and Lucas) 
 to the shores of the Crimea (Rathke). 
 
 The following vignette of Caswell Bay is from the 
 pencil of our friend Mr. Lewis Dillwyn, M.P. for Swan- 
 sea. Caswell Bay is of a similar character to, and only 
 separated by a ridge of mountain limestone from, Lang- 
 land Bay, where the species was first taken. 
 
 D 2 
 
36 ORCHESTITDJE. 
 
 A MPHIPODA . ORCHESTIIDJE. 
 
 SALTJTORIA. 
 
 ORCHESTIA DESHAYESII. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda, having the propodos 
 tapering, the palm occupying nearly the entire length of the inferior margin, 
 denned by a large tooth at the inferior angle. 
 
 Length of an inch. 
 
 Orchestia Deshayesii. AUDOTJIN, Explic. Savigny, Crust. Egypte, pi. xi. 
 fig. 8. MILNE-EDWARDS, Crust, iii. p. 18, Ann. 
 Sc. Nat. xx. p. 361. WHITE, Catal. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 48. Popul. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 163. SPENCE 
 BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. February, 1857. 
 
 EYES black, large, irregularly round. Superior an- 
 tennae reaching to half the length of the penulti- 
 mate joint of the peduncle of the inferior. Inferior 
 antennae about half as long as the body of the animal. 
 The last joint of the peduncle as long again as the 
 penultimate, and nearly three times as long as the arti- 
 culated termination. First pair of legs small, the palm 
 but little broader than the hand, the inferior angle ob- 
 tusely rounded : the hand not so long as the wrist : 
 wrist with a small tubercle near the centre of the inferior 
 margin. Second pair of legs with the hand large and 
 long, broad near the wrist, and tapering towards the 
 
ORCHESTJA DESHAYESII. 37 
 
 finger : palm occupying nearly the whole of the inferior 
 margin, with a large tooth at the inferior angle, against 
 which the extremity of the curved finger impinges when 
 closed. The coxa of the fifth pair of legs is bilobed, 
 but is not quite so deep as the coxa of the preceding pair. 
 Fifth pair of legs shorter than the sixth and seventh. 
 
 This species was first taken by Savigny in Egypt, when 
 he visited that country with the first Napoleon. A spe- 
 cimen in the British Museum was taken on the British 
 coast. One in the Museum at the Athenaeum, Plymouth, 
 was taken by the late Dr. Edward Moore, under Mount 
 Batten, in Plymouth Harbour. An English specimen of 
 an unknown locality has been for many years in Mr. West- 
 wood's collection, and Professor Kinahan, who states that 
 it is local and rare, has sent us specimens from Carrick- 
 fergus. In its general form it is less compressed than 
 O. littorea. The widely separated recorded habitats in- 
 duces us to believe that, like O. mediterranea, it has 
 hitherto been overlooked, a fact that has been too common 
 in this order of Crustacea. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of Mount Batten is from 
 the pencil of our friend Mr. Philip Mitchell, of the New 
 Water Colour Society. 
 
38 ORCHESTIID^. 
 
 A MPH1PODA . ORCHESTIID^B. 
 
 SALTATORIA. 
 
 Genus ALLORCHESTES, DANA. 
 
 DANA, United States' Expl. Exped. p. 883. Proc. Amer. Acacl. Arts and 
 Sci. ii. p. 206. Amer. Jl. Sci. 2nd ser. viii. p. 136. 
 
 Generic character. Like Orchestia, but the superior antennae 
 are longer than the peduncle of the inferior. Maxillipedes un- 
 guiculate. Carpus of the second pair of gnathopoda inferiorly 
 and anteriorly produced. Telson single. 
 
 THE superior antennae are at least as long as the 
 peduncle of the inferior. The inferior antennae have 
 the two basal articulations not so closely incorporated 
 with the head as in Orchestia ; they are, moreover, fur- 
 nished with a small olfactory denticle. The mandibles 
 are without any palpiform appendage. The foot-jaws 
 terminate in a sharp point. The two anterior pairs of 
 legs have subchelate hands. Coxse of the fifth pair of 
 legs shorter than those of the fourth. Caudal appen- 
 dages short and robust. 
 
 Dana established this genus for the reception of cer- 
 tain species of Amphipods which had been attributed by 
 authors to various genera. It more nearly resembles 
 Orchestia than any other genus, but is very easily dis- 
 tinguished from it by the length of the superior antennae. 
 
 Upon first consideration, it would seem that this slight 
 difference could scarcely be of sufficient importance to 
 warrant a generic separation. Closer inspection, how- 
 ever, shows that it is associated with some important 
 changes both in the structure and habits of the animals. 
 
ALLORCHESTES. 39 
 
 The inferior antennae have the basal articulation not 
 so closely fused with the head as in Orchestia, and a 
 small olfactory denticle is visible. The foot-jaws ter- 
 minate in a sharp curved nail. The hands of the first 
 two pairs of legs are subchelate in both sexes. The an- 
 terior pair are small, the second are generally large and 
 powerful in the male. In the female, though occasion- 
 ally smaller than those of the male, they are never rudi- 
 mentary, and are generally developed upon the type of 
 the male, except that the wrist is produced along the 
 inferior margin of the hand. The first joint (or coxa) of 
 the first four pairs of limbs is large and squamiform, being 
 nearly as deep as the body of the animal. The first joint 
 of the fifth pair of legs is much shorter than that of the 
 preceding pairs. The caudal appendages are short and 
 stout, the posterior being unibranched. 
 
 In habits as well as in organization, Allorchestes occu- 
 pies a position between Orchestia and Gammarus. It is a 
 littoral genus, dwelling generally under weed upon the 
 shore, and in pools left by the sea. One species only, 
 A. medius, is recorded by Dana as having been taken by 
 the dredge in two separate localities, in several fathoms 
 of water. 
 
 The geographical range of this genus is very wide. 
 It is found throughout the temperate and subarctic 
 zones of both hemispheres. 
 
 Under the name of Enone Risso has described (Eu- 
 rope meridionale, p. 96) a genus which we believe to be 
 identical with the present; but the description is so des- 
 titute of distinctive characters, that it is not sufficient 
 to warrant its acceptance even as a synonym. 
 
40 
 
 ORCHESTIIDjE. 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 SALTATORIA. 
 
 ORCHESTIID^E. 
 
 ALLORCHESTES NILSSONII, Rathke. 
 
 Specific character. MALE. Superior antennas as long as the peduncle of 
 the inferior. Inferior antennae one-third the length of the animal. Second 
 pair of gnathopoda larger than the first. Propodos ovate, large, with convex 
 palm and an obtuse point at the inferior angle. 
 
 Length ^ of an inch. 
 
 A mphithoe Nilssonii RATHKE, Beit, zur Faun. Norv. in Nov. act. xx. p. 
 
 264 c. 
 ,, Prevostii ,, 1. c. p. 81, pi. 4, fig. 5 (not of 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS). LILJEBORG, in Ofvers. af 
 
 Kongl. Vetensk. akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 22. 
 Allorchestes Nilssonii, BRUZELIUS, Bidrag. till Kam. om Skand. Amph. 
 
 Gam. p. 35. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amp. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 38, pi. vi. fig. 4. 
 ,, Danai, SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 57. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. Feb.' 1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 1858, p. 163. 
 
ALLOKCHESTES N1LSSON1I. 41 
 
 THE eyes are not large, but round and black. The 
 superior antennae reach to the extremity of the peduncle 
 of the inferior. The inferior antennae are about one- 
 fourth the length of the whole animal, with the peduncle 
 about half the length of the antennae. The two basal 
 joints are closely incorporated, but not fused, with the 
 head. The mandibles are short, denticulated at the 
 margin, furnished with a secondary plate, but destitute 
 of any palpiform appendage. The foot-jaws are fur- 
 nished at the apex with a sharp nail. The squamiform 
 plates are three, two important, the third less so, fringed 
 with short hairs. The first pair of legs have the hand 
 oval, or nearly so, when the finger is shut : the palm is 
 convex, and an obtuse tooth is placed just beyond the 
 apex of the shut finger : the wrist is moderately pro- 
 duced inferiorly. The second pair of legs have the hand 
 much more developed, but formed upon the same type 
 as the first. All the other pairs of legs terminate in 
 curved pointed fingers. 
 
 The squamiform basal joint of the four anterior pairs 
 of limbs is as broad as deep, and nearly as deep as 
 the respective segment of the body to which it is at- 
 tached. Those belonging to the three posterior pairs 
 are much shorter. The caudal appendages are short, 
 stiff, and furnished with short, spine-like hairs. The 
 middle tail-piece is single and small. 
 
 This animal has, no doubt, been mistaken for the 
 young of Orchestia littorea, to which it bears a general 
 resemblance ; but it can readily be distinguished by the 
 length of the superior antennae, which are rather stiff in 
 their general appearance. 
 
 The microscopic structure of the skin shows a distinc- 
 tion (although not a very great one) from that of Talitrus 
 and Orchestia. The T- markings are somewhat more nu- 
 
42 OttCHESTIIM. 
 
 merous, and differ slightly in shape. The 
 whole structure is dotted with granular 
 markings, but no trace of the original 
 cell-formation is apparent. 
 
 The hairs, which are scattered over the 
 legs, though formed upon the same plan as in Talitrus, 
 terminate in a slight, but sharp point ; and the small 
 secondary branch has a peculiar bead-like appearance. 
 
 The habitat of this animal is along the coast, between 
 the ordinary high water-mark and that of spring-tides. 
 In places where it is found, it appears to be more abun- 
 dant than the Orchestic. 
 
 It is of a dark green colour, and, when dead, may 
 easily be distinguished amongst many others by a metallic 
 lustre. 
 
 We have received specimens from Penzance, sent to 
 us by Mr. George Barlee and Mr. W. Webster; from 
 Moray Frith, by the Rev. Geo. Gordon ; from Falmouth 
 and Tenby, by Mr. W. Webster; and have taken them 
 ourselves on the shores of Plymouth Sound. 
 
 As it was from this species that our knowledge of the 
 genus was first obtained, we named it originally after the 
 illustrious American carcinologist, by whom the genus 
 was founded ; but, upon further examination, we believe 
 it to be identical with Amphithoe Nilssonii, of Rat-like, 
 and which he first regarded as identical with Amphithoe 
 Prevostii of Edwards. 
 
ALLORCHESTES IMBRICATUS. 43 
 
 A MPHIPODA . ORCHESTIID^E. 
 
 SALTATORIA 
 
 ALLORCHESTES IMBRICATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Dorsal median line slightly carinated and imbricated. 
 The inferior antennae more than twice the length of the superior. First pair of 
 gnathopoda very much smaller than the second pair. 
 
 Length 5 7 of an inch. 
 
 Allorchestes imbricatus, SPENCE BATE, Report Brit. Assoc. 1856, p. 57. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 41, pi. vi. fig. 8. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 Brit. Crust. 1858, p. 164. 
 
 THE eyes of this species are small and round. The 
 peduncle of the superior antennae is quite half the length 
 of the antennae, and reaches nearly to the extremity of 
 the peduncle of the inferior. The first pair of legs have 
 the hand more than as long again as broad ; the wrist is 
 but slightly produced inferiorly. The second pair of 
 legs have a very large and powerful hand, with the palm 
 slightly oblique, and the finger fitting into a groove. 
 The hand is broader posteriorly than at the palm. The 
 four anterior pairs of squamiform coxae are large, but 
 scarcely so deep as the respective segments of the body 
 to which they are attached. Those of the fifth pair of 
 legs are about half as deep as the preceding, and are 
 
44 ORCHESTIID^E. 
 
 formed of two equal lobes. The second scale-like joint 
 of the last three pairs of legs is oval. The caudal ap- 
 pendages are short and strong. 
 
 The animal generally is longer and more compressed 
 than A. Nilssonii. The dorsal ridge is slightly elevated 
 into a carina, which is most conspicuous towards the pos- 
 terior limit of each segment. This gives to the animal, 
 when viewed laterally, an imbricated appearance, from 
 which circumstance we have taken the name, and by 
 which the species can easily be determined from any other 
 known British form. 
 
 A. imbricatus appears to be rather local. The first 
 specimens that we received were from Penzance, where 
 they were taken by Mr. George Barlee, between tide- 
 marks. In company with Professor Kinahan .we have 
 found them on the Breakwater at Plymouth, where they 
 live in small pools left in the holes worn by the wash of 
 the sea in the surface of that stupendous work. We found 
 many individuals, and they appeared to be the only species 
 of Amphipod that existed there. The colour was a bluish- 
 grey, but a few were almost black. 
 
 The following vignette is a sketch of the Western end 
 of the Breakwater by Mr. Philip Mitchell, of Plymouth. 
 
NICE A. 45 
 
 AMPHTPODA. ORCHESTIID^E. 
 
 SALTATOPIA. 
 
 Genus NICEA, NICOLET. 
 
 NICEA, NICOLET in Gay's Chili, vol. iii. p. 237, 1849. 
 
 GALANTHIS, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1855, p. 57 ; Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. 1857. 
 
 Generic character. Antennae small, subequal ; both pairs of 
 gnathopoda subchelate. Coxae of the third pair of pereiopoda 
 much shorter than the preceding. Tel son deeply cleft. 
 
 THE antennae are small and slender, being scarcely one- 
 fourth the length of the animal, and the superior are 
 almost as long as the inferior. The mandibles are longer 
 than deep : they are furnished with a secondary incisive 
 plate ; and a tubercle marks the position of the absent 
 appendage. The foot-jaws have squamous plates arising 
 from the second and third joints, which terminate in 
 sharp stiff hairs, or spines. The first two pairs of 
 legs are formed upon the same type, and are subchelate. 
 The first four pairs of legs have the squamiform basal 
 joint as deep as the body, the fifth much shorter. The 
 three posterior pairs of legs are nearly equal in length. 
 The middle tail-piece is deeply cleft or divided. 
 
 This genus differs from Allorchestes in the approximate 
 length of the antennae, which appears to be attributable 
 rather to the shortness of the inferior than the length of 
 the superior, and also in the middle tail-piece being 
 divided. 
 
 The genus Hyale, of Rathke, seems to approach near 
 to this, the only distinction being in the last pair of 
 
46 
 
 ORCHESTIIM. 
 
 caudal appendages, which are unibranched throughout 
 this family, but which are doubly branched in Hyale. 
 
 Only two species of this genus are known, and these 
 are from habitats widely asunder : Nicea Lucasii, inhabit- 
 ing the western coasts of South America, and our own 
 British species. 
 
 The following vignette represents a village of fisher- 
 men's huts in the Island of St. Kilda. They are built 
 upon the plan of the houses of the Ancient Britons, and 
 are within lined with the feathers of sea-fowl. 
 
NICEA LUBBOCKIANA. 
 
 47 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 SALTATOEIA. 
 
 ORCHESTIID^E. 
 
 NICEA LUBBOCKIANA. 
 
 Specific character. Antennse short, subequal in length. Gnathopoda sub- 
 equal in size : palm slightly oblique. Telson deeply cleft. 
 Length ^ of an inch. 
 
 Galanthis I/ubbockiana, 
 
 Nicea 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1855, p. 57. 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857. WHITE, Popul. Hist. 
 
 Brit. Crust, p. 164. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 51. 
 
 THE eyes are round ; the anterior pair of antennae 
 are scarcely longer than the head. The inferior is scarcely 
 as long as the superior. The first pair of legs are sub- 
 chelate ; the hand is longer than broad, the palm straight, 
 oblique, fringed with fine cilia ; the inferior extremity 
 terminates in an obtuse tooth; the inferior margin is 
 
48 ORCHESTTID^E, 
 
 parallel with the superior; the wrist is short and in- 
 feriorly produced. The second pair of legs are formed 
 upon the same type, and are scarcely larger than the first. 
 The walking legs are all short and stout, terminating in a 
 sharp curved finger ; the caudal appendages are very short 
 and strong, and fringed with but few spines ; the terminal 
 appendage is deeply cleft. 
 
 The animal is not much compressed, and all the seg- 
 ments of the body are uniform in length : a circumstance 
 which enables it to roll itself into a more perfect sphere 
 than Amphipods generally do a fact by which it may 
 readily be detected amongst a number of other species. 
 
 We have never seen any of this individual species 
 alive ; but in dead specimens the eyes lose all colouring 
 matter. The antennae are short and slight, gradually de- 
 creasing in diameter from the base, the first joint being 
 the largest, the rest gradually smaller, and the articuli of 
 the flagella lessen in the same degree, so that there is no 
 decided distinction between their respective peduncles 
 and flagella. 
 
 The walking legs are all strong and short, the ante- 
 penultimate being shorter than the two posterior. They 
 are all furnished at the extremity of the foot with two 
 stout spines, curved at the apex, and serrated on the 
 sides facing the finger against which they impinge when 
 closed (k). 
 
 The animal generally is free from hairs or spines, some 
 small ones, however, exist upon the 
 antennse, and a few others may be 
 found upon the legs, short and some- 
 what pyriform in shape, with the apex 
 cleft into two equal parts (k"). 
 
 The integument under the micro- 
 
 jilt 
 
 scope shows the T-like mark peculiar 
 
 ill 
 
 ili 
 
NICEA LUBBOCKIANA. 
 
 49 
 
 to the family, somewhat modified from the previous 
 genera, and as exhibited in the preceding cut : The skin 
 is also granulated all over, and is interspersed with mi- 
 nute solitary hairs. 
 
 We have received many specimens of this species from 
 Falmouth, sent by Mr. W. Webster ; from Penzance by 
 Mr. Harris, and Mr. G. Barlee ; and from the coast of 
 Northumberland by Mr. Joshua Alder. 
 
 We have named the species in compliment to our friend 
 John Lubbock, Esq., F.R.S., &c., whose name is so inti- 
 mately associated with Crustacea, and to whom we take 
 this opportunity of acknowledging our obligations. 
 
 The accompanying vignette is by the pencil of Mr. 
 Sydney Whiteford. 
 
50 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 Tribe NATATORIA. 
 
 IN this tribe the superior antennae are always longer 
 than the peduncle of the inferior pair. The third pair 
 of caudal appendages reach as far as the extremity of 
 the second pair. The hairs upon every part of the 
 animal are generally slight and flexible, never short, 
 stiff, and double-headed, as found upon the animals in 
 the tribe SALTATORIA. 
 
 The habits of the animals in this tribe are aquatic, 
 the most littoral living at half-tide under weeds and 
 stones, but by far the greatest number of the species are 
 found in the water. 
 
 The common mode of progression is by swimming. 
 This act is performed by the constant play of the three 
 pairs of limbs succeeding the last pair of feet, which 
 thus receive the common synonym of natatory legs. 
 These are long, multiarticulate, pliable, and feathery ; 
 they brush the water with a constancy equal to that 
 of the fins of a fish in motion, and propel the creature 
 with considerable velocity. It is from this circumstance 
 that the name of the tribe has been derived. If acci- 
 dentally thrown upon dry land, they have neither the 
 power to walk nor to leap they consequently wriggle 
 along upon one side, a circumstance which has obtained 
 for them the familiar cognomen of " sea-screws." This 
 tribe contains but a single family. 
 
 Fam. GAMMARID^:. 
 
 THE antennae are well developed, and generally sub- 
 equal. The inferior pair are inserted in a notch at the 
 infero-anterior angle of the cephalon, with which, how- 
 
GAMMARIM. 51 
 
 ever, they are not soldered. The maxillipeds are un- 
 guiculate. The four anterior pairs of coxae are largely 
 developed. 
 
 This family consists of several subfamilies, which 
 differ from each other in more or less important points. 
 The superior antennae are generally subequal to the 
 inferior, and bear a secondary appendage at the base 
 of the flagellum. This peculiarity, although occasion- 
 ally absent in the adult state, is, we believe, invariably 
 found in the young. One or both pairs of the fore-legs 
 or arms have subchelate hands.* 
 
 Sub-family. STEGOCEPHALIDES. 
 
 Antennae more than one-fourth the length of the animal, sub- 
 equal. Coxae of the second pair of gnathopoda, and of the first 
 arid second pairs of pereiopoda monstrously developed. 
 
 IN some genera the coxae of the first pair of legs are 
 rudimentary, or, at least, not developed into scales ; 
 whereas the second is always large, covering the pre- 
 ceding when not squamiform. The hands are subchelate, 
 and the caudal appendages are styliform. The middle 
 piece of the tail is always single. 
 
 This sub-family was established by Dana under the 
 name of STEGOCEPHALIN^E, for the reception of Kroyer's 
 genus Stegocephalus. But there are several other genera 
 which evidently fall within its definition. The principal 
 feature, and one easily recognizable, is, the large size of 
 coxae of the first two pairs of walking legs. These are 
 so monstrously developed, that the animal has the power, 
 when rolled up, of protecting, under this shield-like 
 
 * By a subchelate hand is meant one in which the finger folds upon the 
 hand, but in which the inferior angle of the palm is not produced into an an- 
 tagonistic thumb. 
 
 E 2 
 
52 GAMMARTD^J. 
 
 structure, the head, much of the posterior part of the 
 body, and all the legs and other appendages. 
 
 In the absence of an articulated appendage to the 
 mandibles, and the unibranched termination of the 
 posterior pair of caudal appendages, some of the genera 
 approximate to the ORCHESTIID^, whereas others gradu- 
 ally approach the forms of the next sub-family of the 
 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 There are but two genera which represent this sub- 
 family upon the British coasts, all the rest being exotic. 
 Some species of 8tenothoc, a genus that differs from 
 Montagua in no very marked degree, found upon the 
 coast of the United States, bear a representative rela- 
 tion to the British forms. 
 
MONTAGUA. 53 
 
 AM PHI POD A . STEGOCEPHALIDES. 
 
 , NATA10EIA. 
 
 Genus MONTAGUA. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Report Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 57. Synopsis Brit. 
 Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. p. 137. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 54. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 166. 
 Leucothoe, KROYER (not LEACH), Nat. Tids. iv. p. 141 (2), i. p. 539, 1845. 
 
 Generic description. Antennae subequal. Superior pair with- 
 out a secondary appendage Gnathopoda subchelate. Coxa of 
 second pair covering those of the first. Telson entire. 
 
 THE antennae are nearly equal in length : the superior 
 do not possess a secondary appendage. The mandibles 
 are without an articulated appendage. The foot-jaws 
 are without squamous plates, and terminate in a hook. 
 The two anterior pairs of legs are unequal, subchelate ; 
 the first pair having the first joint not squamiformly 
 developed ; the second pair are larger than the first, 
 having the first joint squamiformly developed to con- 
 siderable dimensions, and overlapping that of the first 
 pair. The remaining legs are subequal. The coxae of 
 the three last pairs are small. The caudal appendages 
 are styliform, the last pair having but a single branch, 
 which is double-jointed. The terminal scale is squamous 
 and entire. 
 
 This genus is named after Colonel Montagu, who was 
 a worthy pioneer in this branch of Zoology, and the 
 discoverer of the first species. 
 
54 
 
 GAMMAR1DJE. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 STEOOCEPHA LIDES. 
 
 MONTAGUA MONOCULOIDES. 
 
 Specific character. Second \)&\r of gn&thoyoda, having the propodos twice 
 a,s long as broad, palm oblique, smooth, slightly convex, denned by a very 
 obtuse angle armed with two sharp short spines. 
 
 Length, ^ of an inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) 
 Montagua monoculoides, 
 
 Typkis (?) monoculoides, 
 
 MONTAGU, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xi. p. 4, 
 
 pi. ii. fig. 3. 
 SPENOE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, 
 
 p. 57. Synop. Brit. Amph. Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 55, pi. viii. fig 4. 
 MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. 
 
 Aug. 1830. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust. 
 
 in Brit. Mus. 1850, p. 58. GOSSE, 
 
 Mar. Zool. p. 140, fig. 252. 
 
 THE head produced anteriorly into a small depressed 
 rostrum. The back smooth. The eyes are round, and 
 of a red colour. The superior antennae have each joint 
 of the peduncle successively reduced in size, the flagellum 
 
MONTAGUA MONOCULOIDES. 55 
 
 is composed of many small jointlets,* each having several 
 cilia. The inferior pair are shorter than the superior, 
 and less robust. The mandibles are long and narrow, 
 and furnished with a serrated cutting margin. The 
 outer pair of foot-jaws have the third and sixth joints 
 respectively longer than the fourth and fifth conjoined : 
 the seventh terminating in a sharp point. The first 
 pair of legs are short and slender, having the first joint 
 not developed into a scale ; the hand is longer than the 
 wrist, and developed in the same form as that of the 
 second pair ; the palm is very oblique, and defined from 
 the inferior margin by a very obtuse angle. 
 
 The second pair of legs have the first joint large, 
 scale-like, narrow, increasing in breadth gradually from 
 the body, and reaching so far in front as to cover the 
 appendages of the mouth ; the wrist is short ; the hand 
 long, ovate ; the palm oblique, slightly convex, and de- 
 fined by an obtuse angle, armed with two short sharp 
 spines, against which the apex of the slightly-curved 
 finger impinges. The third pair of legs have the first 
 joint more largely developed than that of the preced- 
 ing pair of limbs, and with the inferior margin fringed 
 with minute equidistant cilia, situated within the edge ; 
 the foot is slightly bent, having the margins parallel, 
 and armed upon the inner distal extremity with two 
 short sharp spines, against which the finger impinges 
 near the base, thus giving the foot a prehensile capa- 
 bility. The fourth pair of legs are like the third, but 
 have the first joint still more largely developed, being not 
 only produced anteriorly, parallel with the preceding, but 
 extending as far back as the penultimate pair of legs. 
 
 * The term jointlet, or articulus, is used to indicate its distinction from 
 a joint : some authors have described the flagellum as a single joint, and 
 others as if every articulus was a distinct joint. 
 
56 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 The inferior margin of this appendage is, like the one 
 last described, fringed with a row of equidistant solitary 
 cilia. The fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of legs are 
 uniform, except that the second joint of the fifth pair 
 is not developed like a scale, which is the case with the 
 second joint of the two other pairs. Their first joints 
 are small, almost rudimentary, and exhibiting but slight 
 traces of their scale-like character. In all other respects 
 the last three pairs of legs resemble in appearance those 
 of the two preceding pairs, with the exception of being 
 affixed in a reversed position, according to the common 
 type of the order. 
 
 The three pairs of swimming appendages are long and 
 slender. The three pairs of caudal appendages are 
 strong, stiff, and pointed ; the penultimate is shorter 
 than the other two. The last pair has its branch with 
 the apical joint nearly as long as the preceding. The 
 terminal scale is ovate, fringed with three or four short 
 hairs. 
 
 The colour of this species is white, or flesh-colour, 
 marked with a large blotch of bright crimson on the 
 back and side, and with a few darker spots of the same 
 colour, as represented by the shading in the accompany- 
 ing figure. A single specimen that we obtained from 
 the neighbourhood of the Eddystone Lighthouse was 
 marked all over with red spots. It only appeared to 
 differ from the present species in having the palm of 
 the hand of the second pair of arms slightly crenulated. 
 
 It appears not to be uncommon on our shores : it is a 
 sublittoral species, and exists probably all round Europe, 
 being found beneath stones in pools, near low water at 
 spring-tides. 
 
 It has the capability of rolling itself very perfectly 
 within the defensive armour provided by its largely- 
 developed coxae. 
 
MONTAGUA MONOCULOIDES. 57 
 
 The first specimen, found by Colonel Montagu and 
 still preserved in the British Museum, is thus rolled up, 
 which circumstance, together with Montagu's incomplete 
 figure in the Linnaean Transactions, may account for the 
 circumstance of its so long having escaped the analysis of 
 inquiring carcinologists. We have carefully examined 
 the type in the British Museum, and have no doubt of 
 the correctness of our identification of it with the spe- 
 cimen represented in our figure. We may, however, 
 observe, that the terminal joint of the peduncle of its 
 lower antennae is more decidedly elongated, the spines on 
 the under-edge of its hands stronger, and the two divi- 
 sions of the middle appendages of its tail longer. This 
 specimen was taken from Montagu's favourite hunting- 
 ground, Salcombe Harbour, Devonshire. 
 
 We have also received specimens from the following 
 localities : Falmouth and Tenby, Mr. Webster. Pen- 
 zance, Mr. Harris and Mr. G. Barlee. Moray Frith, 
 Rev. Mr. Gordon. Skye and Shetland, Mr. Barlee. 
 Plymouth, Mr. Howard Stewart, and C.S.B. Sligo and 
 Belfast Bav, Ireland, Mr. W. Thompson. 
 
58 
 
 GAMMARIDJ:. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 STEGOCEPHA LIDES. 
 
 MONTAGUA MARINA. 
 
 Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long and tapering, with 
 the palm nearly straight, occupying almost the entire length of the inferior 
 margin. 
 
 Length, 2 4 3 of an inch. 
 
 Montagua marina, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 57. Synopsis 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 56, pi. viii. fig. 5. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 166. 
 
 THE eyes are round and red. The superior antennae 
 are half the length of the animal. The first joint of the 
 peduncle is as long as the head ; the second joint is quite 
 as long as the first, but not so stout ; the third is very 
 small, both in length and breadth. The flagellum is 
 longer than the peduncle. The inferior antennas are 
 nearly as long as the superior; the penultimate joint 
 
MONTAGU A MARINA. 59 
 
 of the peduncle reaches beyond the extremity of the 
 peduncle of the superior. The last joint is rather more 
 than half the length of the preceding, and the flagellum 
 is not longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The 
 mandibles are long, narrow, and furnished with a minutely 
 serrated cutting margin. It is also furnished with a mi- 
 nute secondary moveable plate having a serrated edge. 
 This plate we believe to be common to the genus, but is 
 not figured in the preceding species, from the probable 
 fact that it exists only upon one mandible, the other 
 being without it, as shown by Mr. Westwood's dis- 
 sections, published by Professor Bell, to be the case 
 in Stegocephalus ampullus, the typical genus of this 
 subfamily where it exists upon the left mandible only. 
 The pair of foot-jaws have all the joints subequal, 
 the sixth being slightly longer than any of the others. 
 The first pair of legs are short and slender, having the 
 fourth joint anteriorly produced into a considerable pro- 
 cess beneath the fifth. The fifth, or wrist, is nearly as 
 long as the sixth, or hand, which is of a long elliptical 
 form, having the palm convex, not defined, but armed 
 with a few cilia. The second pair of legs are much 
 longer, larger, and more powerful than the first. They 
 have the fourth and fifth joints very short, but both 
 anteriorly and inferiorly produced to an angle. The 
 hand is long; the upper margin forming an arched line 
 continuous with that of the wrist ; the palm runs 
 diagonally with the axis of the hand, nearly straight 
 to its base beneath, where two small tubercles, armed 
 with a single blunt spine, carrying a small subapical 
 bristle, define its limits. Throughout its entire length 
 the palm is furnished with a row of equidistant solitary 
 cilia. The finger is as long as the palm, somewhat 
 curved, and tapering to the point, which, when closed, 
 
60 GAMMARIM. 
 
 impinges against the two small teeth at the base of 
 the palm. The animal, in other respects, closely re- 
 sembles M. monoculoides, except that the terminal scale 
 of the tail is more pointed. The colour of the animal, 
 when alive, is yellowish, or pale flesh-colour, several parts 
 of the body and coxae marked with faint blotches of 
 light rose, or pink. The structure of the integument is 
 very free from any decided markings ; but the surface is 
 in different parts furnished with very minute cilia, which 
 are nowhere thickly planted. 
 
 We have received specimens of this species from the 
 coast of Northumberland, from Mr. Joshua Alder; also 
 from Banff, Mr. Edward; and from Macduff, from Mr. 
 Gregor ; we have found it ourselves amongst some trawl 
 refuse brought to us from near the Eddystone Light- 
 house. 
 
 We have also received a specimen, which we consider 
 to be only a variety of this species, from the coast of 
 Piedmont, collected by Mr. Gwynn Jeffreys : it varies 
 from the type in having the palm of the second pair 
 of legs somewhat less than the entire length of the hand. 
 This specimen was taken upon the shore, whereas all 
 those recorded as British have never been taken in 
 less than ten fathoms of water a circumstance not of 
 much importance in itself, but as adding to the testimony 
 of the late Professor Edward Forbes, that species taken 
 in the deep sea in northern latitudes, when they exist 
 near the equator, inhabit shallow water. 
 
MONTAGTJA ALBERT. 
 
 61 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOHIA. 
 
 STEGOCEPHA LIDES. 
 
 MONTAGUA ALDERI. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos short ; 
 palm serrated near the base of the dactylos, and deeply emarginated near the 
 inferior angle, which is produced to a sharp point. 
 
 Length, ^ of an inch. 
 
 Montagua Alderii, SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Synop. Brit. 
 Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. of 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 57, pi. viii. fig. 6. WHITE, Pop. 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 166. 
 
 THE eyes, as in all the other species of the genus which 
 we know, are round and red. The superior antennae are 
 nearly one-half the length of the animal, having the 
 flagellum rather longer than the peduncle. The inferior 
 antennae are longer than the superior, and the peduncle 
 reaches nearly to the extremity of the superior antennae ; 
 the two last joints of the peduncle are nearly of equal 
 length, the last being rather the shorter, and the flagellum 
 is not longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The 
 first pair of legs are slender, and have the fourth joint 
 
62 GAMMAR1D.E. 
 
 inferiorly produced to nearly half the length of the 
 carpus, and furnished at the apex with a few hairs, some 
 of which are straight, while others are of a form which 
 appears to be peculiar to this species, consisting of a kind 
 of plumose tuft, or brush mounted on a stalk (fig. h'). 
 The wrist is long, and increases in breadth towards the 
 extremity. The hand is shorter and narrower than the 
 carpus ; the form is long-ovate, having the upper and 
 lower margins slightly convex ; the palm is short, 
 oblique, and imperfectly defined ; the finger is much 
 longer than the palm, and is nearly straight, a circum- 
 stance which demonstrates it to be a feeble organ of 
 prehension. The second pair of legs are much more 
 powerful and longer than the first. The wrist is short, 
 and the hand is quadrate, being but a little longer than 
 broad; the palm is oblique, and serrated with coarse, 
 irregular, blunt teeth on the half nearest the base of the 
 finger, and deeply emarginate towards the inferior angle, 
 which is produced to a sharp point. The finger is arched, 
 and impinges, when closed, into the emargination of the 
 palm, which, from the irregular form of the latter, must 
 enable it to hold securely any object in its grasp. The 
 specimen from which our figure was taken enabled us to 
 see the muscles within the organ, proving that the ex- 
 tensor is smaller and much less powerful than that which 
 forces the finger into contact with the palm. The other 
 legs are all of the same length, and are tolerably strong. 
 The second joints of the last two pairs are broadly de- 
 veloped, and have the posterior margin scalloped ; this is 
 also the case with the fourth joints of the same legs, 
 which are posteriorly produced to a blunt downward 
 point, a small hair springing from the depression between 
 every scallop. The feet are much curved, and have the 
 anterior margins armed with short hairs, or rather spines, 
 
MONTAGUA ALDERI. 63 
 
 which are evidently of service in assisting the animal in 
 securely grasping the weed, or stalks of zoophytes, as it 
 rambles through its submarine gardens. The fingers are 
 short and sharp. The caudal appendages do not appear 
 to differ materially from those of the preceding species. 
 
 This animal, when alive, is straw-coloured, striped with 
 bands of rose, one occurring in each segment through the 
 body ; these are continued down the sides of the animal, 
 but grow fainter and less persistent towards the posterior 
 extremity of the animal. 
 
 The first specimen was sent to us by Mr. Joshua Alder 
 (in compliment to whom the species is named), and 
 was taken by him on the coast of Northumberland, 
 off Cullercoats ; whence we have also received it from 
 the Rev. A. Merle Norman. This spot having been 
 rendered classic to naturalists as the field of the re- 
 searches of various eminent observers, we append a 
 vignette of it from the pencil of Mr. Alder himself. 
 
64 
 
 GAMMARIIXE. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 STEGOCEPHA LIDES. 
 
 MONTAGUA POLLEXIANA. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos as 
 long again as broad ; palm advanced, deeply notched just within the inferior 
 angle, which is produced into a tooth, internally concave. 
 
 Length, | inch. 
 
 Montagua polleziana, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Report, p. 57, 1855. Synop- 
 sis, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. Amph. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 57, pi. lx. fig. 2. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 Brit. Crust, p. 167. 
 
 THE eyes are small, round, and probably red ; we 
 have, however, only seen dried or dead specimens, from 
 which all colour rapidly passes away. The superior 
 antennas are nearly two-thirds the length of the body, 
 having the first joint of the peduncle longer than the 
 head, the second joint a little shorter than the first, and 
 the third small, not being distinguishable from the 
 articuli of the flagellum. The inferior antennae are 
 
MONTAGUA POLLEXIANA. 65 
 
 shorter than the superior, with the peduncle extending 
 as far as the middle of the flagellum of the superior. 
 The last joint of the peduncle of the inferior pair is 
 rather longer than the preceding, and the flagellum is 
 rather shorter than the last joint of the peduncle. The 
 first pair of legs are slender, the fourth joint of which is 
 but slightly produced anteriorly below, where it is tipped 
 with long hairs ; the wrist is very long, and fringed upon 
 the lower side with fine hairs ; the hand is much shorter, 
 scarcely more than half the length of the wrist, it is 
 also narrower ; it increases in width towards the palm, 
 which is short and imperfectly defined. The finger is as 
 long again as the palm, and nearly straight. The second 
 pair of legs are longer and stronger than the first ; the 
 hand is twice as long as broad, the upper and lower 
 margins are imperfectly parallel, the form of the organ 
 is therefore oblong-quadrate ; the palm is advanced, 
 smooth, and fringed with a few solitary hairs ; just 
 within the inferior angle is a narrow deep cleft or 
 notch, extending in depth to about one-third the length 
 of the hand, giving to the inferior angle of the palm, 
 which is slightly produced in advance, the appearance 
 of a strong thumb, hollowed upon its internal surface. 
 From this peculiar character the specific name of the 
 animal is derived. The finger is scarcely as long as the 
 palm, and impinges throughout its entire length against 
 that part of the joint. The other legs do not appear to 
 differ much from those of M. monoculoides, except in the 
 unimportant circumstance that the posterior margin of 
 the second joints of the two posterior pairs of legs are 
 not crenulated, and the spines that arm the distal ex- 
 tremity of the feet are crenulated upon one side, and 
 curved at the tip into an imperfect hook, with a small 
 subapical process in the opposite direction, the apices 
 
 F 
 
66 GAMMAR1DJJ. 
 
 nearly meeting. The caudal appendages have their 
 branches nearly equal, whilst the last has the base pro- 
 duced into a sharp point at the upper distal extremity. 
 The terminal scale is lanceolate. 
 
 We have not been able to determine the colour of this 
 species, which is the largest of the genus, not having 
 seen any living or fresh specimens. The surface of the 
 skin is irregularly covered with very small sharp hairs, 
 so minute that they can only be detected by a high 
 power of the microscope. This species is nearly as 
 large again as either of the others, and its geographical 
 range is also considerable. 
 
 We have received specimens from our valued friend 
 and correspondent, Mr. Geo. Barlee, who has taken them 
 with the dredge at St. Ives, on the north coast of Corn- 
 wall, and also from the Shetland Islands. We have also 
 received it from the coast of Northumberland, from 
 the Rev. A. M. Norman. It also occurs, not uncom- 
 monly, in Berwick Bay, whence we received specimens 
 many years since from the late lamented Dr. George 
 Johnstone. 
 
 Beneath is a sketch of Whitby Rocks, on the coast of 
 Northumberland, from the clever pencil of Miss M. 
 Hancock. 
 
DANAIA. 67 
 
 A MPHIPODA . STEGOCEPHA LIDES. 
 
 NATATORJA. 
 
 Genus DANAIA. 
 
 Danaia, SPENCE BATE, in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. p. 137. 
 
 Generic character. Antennae subequal. Superior antennae with 
 out secondary appendage. Mandibles destitute of a palpiform 
 appendage. First pair of gnathopoda simple, Second sub- 
 chelate. Telson single. 
 
 THE superior antennae are without a secondary ap- 
 pendage. The mandibles have no appendage. The first 
 pair of limbs are slender, and terminate in a straight, 
 sharp finger, which does not impinge against the under- 
 side of the preceding joint. The second pair of limbs 
 are larger than the first, and have a subchelate hand. The 
 coxa of the first pair of limbs is hidden by that of the 
 second, which, as well as that belonging to the third 
 pair of limbs, is largely developed. The coxa of the 
 fourth pair of limbs is not so largely developed as in 
 Montagua, and moreover is excavated to receive the an- 
 terior lobe of the coxa of the fifth pair of limbs, which 
 is more developed than in Montagua, as is also the second 
 joint of the same pair of legs. The posterior pair of 
 caudal appendages are unibranched, and the telson is 
 simply squamiform. 
 
 This genus, of which we know only a single species, 
 has received its name in honour of Professor Dana, whose 
 work on the Crustacea has been of great assistance to us 
 in our labour. 
 
68 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORJJ. 
 
 GAMMARHX&. 
 
 STEGOCEPHA LIDES. 
 
 DANAIA DTJBIA. 
 
 Specific Character. Coxse of the second pair of gnathopoda, and of the 
 first pair of pereiopoda, serrated upon the inferior margin. Second pair of 
 gnathopoda having the propodos broadest at the palm, which, is convex and 
 ciliated. 
 
 Length, ^5 of an inch. 
 
 Montagua dubius, SPENCE BATE, Eeport Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 57. 
 
 Danaia dubia, SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 59, plate x. fig. 1. WHITE, Pop. 
 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 167. 
 
 IN general aspect this animal resembles a species 
 of the preceding genus. The head is furnished with a 
 straight rostrum, and the anterior lateral margin is pro- 
 duced anteriorly to a point in a straight line, further in 
 advance than the rostrum. The body of the animal is 
 smooth ; but the eighth, ninth, and tenth segments in- 
 dicate a slight projection posteriorly on the dorsal sur- 
 face. The eyes are probably like those in Montagua ; 
 but they have not hitherto been satisfactorily examined. 
 
DANAIA DUBIA. 69 
 
 The superior antennae are more than half the length of 
 the body of the animal. The first joint of the peduncle 
 is longer than the head ; the second joint is not much 
 more than half the length of the first ; the third is lost 
 in connection with the flagellum, which is longer than 
 the peduncle, and fringed with fine cilia ; the inferior 
 pair are not so long as the superior. The peduncle does 
 not reach beyond the peduncle of the superior, and the 
 flagellum is as long as the peduncle, and fringed with 
 fine cilia. The first pair of limbs have the coxae hid by 
 the coxae of the succeeding pair ; they are slender, and 
 terminate in a long straight finger. The second pair of 
 limbs have the first joint produced inferiorly and an- 
 teriorly, so as to cover that of the first pair of limbs and 
 the appendages of the mouth ; the inferior margin is 
 serrated upon the posterior half. The wrist is short and 
 inferiorly produced ; the hand is broader at the palm than 
 near the wrist ; the palm is convex, slightly oblique, 
 fringed with hairs, and imperfectly defined, the inferior 
 angle being rounded. The third pair of limbs have the 
 first joint produced rather deeper than the preceding ; 
 it is irregularly serrated the whole length of the inferior 
 margin ; the rest of the leg is long and slender, and 
 furnished with many long hairs : the finger is long and 
 powerful. The fourth pair of limbs have the first joint 
 deeper than the preceding, not serrated along the in- 
 ferior margin, but furnished with a row of solitary 
 equidistant short hairs planted within the margin ; the 
 posterior margin is excavated near the upper edge to 
 receive the anterior lobe of the coxa of the succeeding 
 pair of legs. The rest of the organ is similar to that of 
 the first pair. The fifth pair have the first joint bilobed 
 and the second joint ovately dilated. The two posterior 
 pairs resemble the fifth. The caudal appendages are 
 
70 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 styliform, the antepenultimate and ultimate pairs having 
 their branches unequal and tipped with a few small 
 spines. The terminal piece is pointed at the tip. 
 
 The colour of the animal when fresh was pale straw, 
 thickly blotched with rose-coloured patches over the 
 body, and the coxae were colourless and very trans- 
 parent. 
 
 The animal was taken by us from some trawl-refuse 
 brought from near the Eddystone Lighthouse, and is 
 very elegant in its appearance. 
 
 We are not able to give the precise size, since un- 
 fortunately the only specimen which we have seen has 
 not been preserved ; but to the best of our recollection, 
 the animal is about the eighth of an inch in length. 
 
 We would also offer this as a reason for suggesting 
 some reservation as to the exact correctness of the de- 
 tails of the description ; the figure was, however, taken 
 from the animal when it was quite fresh, but it was 
 lost before it could be examined more minutely. 
 
 We have sometimes, indeed, thought it possible that 
 the limb described and figured as one of the first pair 
 of legs may be the extremity of one of the third pair 
 of limbs accidentally thrown forwards, in which case the 
 first pair of limbs may be subchelate, and if so, the 
 animal must take its place as a species of Montagua, 
 notwithstanding the reduced size of the fourth, and the 
 enlarged dimensions of the succeeding coxae. 
 
 With these causes for doubt on our mind, we deter- 
 mined on the specific name. 
 
LYSIANASS1DES. 71 
 
 AMPHIPODA. LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Subfamily LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 Superior antennae very short, with the base dilated and 
 suddenly tapering. Coxae of the four anterior pairs of 
 appendages very deep, the fourth not broader than the 
 preceding. One pair of gnathopoda very slender, and 
 imperfectly developed. 
 
 In this subfamily the animals may readily be distin- 
 guished by their general form. They are not much 
 compressed, but the anterior coxae are deep enough to 
 hide the limbs attached to them. The superior antennae 
 are always very short and pyriform, the shortness com- 
 monly resulting from the second and third joints of the 
 peduncle being almost rudimentary, while the flagellum 
 is seldom longer than the peduncle. The first or second 
 pair of limbs are generally short and strong, whilst the 
 other is slender and feeble. In some genera it is the 
 first, whilst in others it is the second, which is strong. 
 We therefore propose to divide them into 
 
 a. Those genera which have the first pair of limbs 
 robust, and the second pair feeble. 
 
 b. Those that have the first pair of limbs slender, 
 and the second strong. 
 
72 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA L YSIANASSIDES. 
 
 NATATOItlA. 
 
 a. First pair of gnathopoda strong ; second pair feeble and 
 imperfectly cheliform. 
 
 Genus LYSIANASSA. 
 
 Lysiatiassa, EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. 
 p. 20. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 908. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae very short, stouter than 
 the inferior, appendiculate. First pair of gnathopoda not sub- 
 cheliform. Second pair imperfectly developed, but long, mem- 
 branous, and subchelate. Telson single, squamiform, entire. 
 
 THIS genus may be distinguished by its short upper 
 antennae being very stout near the head, and suddenly 
 reduced in size at the base of the flagellum, which is 
 very short, and carries a secondary appendage. The 
 inferior antennae are more slender and often longer than 
 the superior. The mandibles are furnished with a 
 jointed appendage, and armed with a sharp, smooth, 
 cutting edge, carrying a stout tubercle upon the anterior 
 margin. The pair of foot-jaws have large squamous pro- 
 cesses attached to the third and fourth joints. The first 
 pair of limbs are not formed into a claw, but terminate 
 in a straight finger, which imperfectly bends upon the 
 hand. The second pair are feeble and very long : this 
 latter circumstance is due to the great length of the 
 third joint, which, in most of the animals of this Order, 
 is very short. The coxae of the four anterior pairs of 
 limbs are deeper than the segments of the body to 
 
LYSIANASSA. 73 
 
 which they are respectively attached ; whilst the three 
 posterior pairs of coxae are much shorter than the pre- 
 ceding. The legs are all subequal in length. The 
 caudal appendages are short, the posterior, as well as 
 the two preceding pairs, terminating in two branches. 
 The middle tail- piece is single, squamiform, and entire. 
 
 The vignette below represents Salcombe Harbour, 
 Montagu's favourite hunting-ground, from a sketch by 
 Mr. P. Mitchell, of Plymouth, 
 
 
GAMMARID/E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOKIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 LYSIANASSA COSTJ). 
 
 1C character. Inferior antennae not longer than the superior, the 
 flagellum of each being shorter than their respective peduncles. 
 Length fa of an inch. 
 
 Lysianassa Costce, EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 365. pi. x. fig. 17. 
 
 Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 21. SPENCE BATE, Report 
 
 Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. (1857) xix. 
 
 138. Cat. Amphipoda, Brit. Mus. p. 69. pi. x. fig. 
 
 11. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 167. 
 Gammarus glaber, (Spinola MS.) WHITE, Cat. Brit. Mus. (Crustacea), 1847. 
 
 THE eyes are reniform, of a brown colour, and mode- 
 rately large. The superior antennae are not longer than 
 the head and the first two segments of the body, while 
 the peduncle is scarcely longer than the head, and the 
 flagellum scarcely as long as the peduncle, the former 
 consisting of six or seven articuli, and the secondary 
 
L^SIANASSA COSTJ:. 75 
 
 appendage of only two. The inferior antennae do not 
 reach beyond the extremity of the superior ; they are 
 much more slender, and have a considerable portion of 
 the peduncle covered by the lateral walls of the head. 
 The epistoma considerably projects, and is formed into 
 a wedge-like process, rounded and projecting above, 
 receding towards the inferior margin, where it corre- 
 sponds with the lower extremity orcutting margin of the 
 mandibles. 
 
 The mandibles, d, are long and narrow, narrower 
 a little towards the cutting margins than at the base, 
 which articulates with the head ; the molar tubercle is 
 long, narrow, and slightly curved : the incisive margin 
 is smooth, a form which, as far as we are aware, is 
 peculiar to this subfamily, and suggests the idea of 
 its being adapted for cutting vegetable substances; the 
 blade is hollow, or cup-shaped, being separated from the 
 remainder of the mandible by a sudden constriction or 
 neck ; the anterior margin, where it is increased in 
 width, is produced into a small tubercle ; the man- 
 dibular appendage is three-jointed, which is a very 
 common form in the Order. The pair of foot-jaws, 
 g, have the fifth joint very long, being much longer 
 than the sixth. The third and fourth joints are pro- 
 duced into large squamiform plates, which nearly reach 
 to the extremity of the fifth joint ; the inner margin 
 of the squamous plate of the fourth joint is slightly 
 scalloped, and furnished with rudimentary spinules 
 which respectively correspond with the scollops at the 
 margin of the plate. These spinules, although of a 
 very obsolete character, appear to differ very consi- 
 derably in different species; and we think- that they 
 may be found of very considerable service in detecting 
 the relative value of species, where it may be desirable 
 
76 GAMMARID^. 
 
 to ascertain that circumstance from specimens in which 
 the more prominent features have been lost. The two 
 anterior pairs of limbs bear an affinity to those of the 
 genus Talitrus. The first pair are strong and robust, 
 having the finger sharp and straight, and incapable of 
 being inflexed upon the hand, which is of considerable 
 length, and gradually tapering to its extremity, where 
 it is not broader than the base of the finger : the coxa 
 of this pair of limbs is very thin and transparent, pro- 
 jecting so far anteriorly that (when the head is bent 
 downwards) it covers all but the last joint of the 
 peduncle of the inferior antennae, which is clearly seen 
 through it. The second pair of limbs are much longer 
 than the first; they are exceedingly thin and slender, 
 and exhibit, in a marked degree, the peculiarity of the 
 genus, in having the third joint remarkably long : the 
 wrist also is very long, being much longer than the hand, 
 which is very short, and furnished with a very short 
 finger, so that the organ can but be of little value in 
 grasping or securing any object of prey, a circum- 
 stance which would again suggest to us the habits of a 
 vegetable rather than a carnivorous feeder. The third 
 and fourth pairs of limbs are similar in form, except 
 that the coxa of the fourth pair has a deep emargination 
 for the reception of the anterior lobe of the coxa of the 
 fifth pair. The three posterior pairs are also formed 
 upon a uniform plan, and scarcely differ in length ; the 
 posterior margins of the broad squamiform plates of the 
 second joints are scalloped, a small hair springing from 
 the depression formed by each scallop. * The caudal 
 appendages are short, and in general form approximate 
 those of leaping rather than those of swimming amphi- 
 poda. The penultimate pair are shorter than either the 
 preceding or the following ; they all have their branches 
 
LYSIANASSA COS'LE. 77 
 
 shorter than their peduncles, and are naked, being un- 
 furnished with either spines or hairs. The middle tail- 
 scale is round at the apex, squamiform, superiorly con- 
 cave, and furnished subapically on each margin with one 
 solitary cilium. The structure of the skin, as viewed 
 beneath the microscope, shows but a number of minute 
 granules scattered thickly over the texture, while minute 
 cilia are seen to spring upright from its surface. 
 
 The animal is sometimes very transparent, verging to 
 a gray along the dorsal surface, where each segment is 
 marked with a white patch. The anterior portion of the 
 body is tinted with yellowish brown, and one or more 
 spots of the same colour exist upon each segment, and 
 on some of the coxae. 
 
 We have received specimens from Tenby, where it 
 was dredged by our friend Mr. Webster, to whom we 
 are indebted for Crustacea from many different localities. 
 Mr. Alder has taken a single specimen on the coast of 
 Northumberland. We have also taken it at Plymouth, 
 and found it amongst Mr. Thompson's Collection of 
 Amphipoda, marked as having been taken at Belfast by 
 Mr. Hyndman. 
 
 The original specimen named by Prof. Milne-Edwards 
 is still preserved in the Collection of the Jardin des 
 Plantes at Paris, and through his courtesy and kindness 
 we have been able to examine and compare it with the 
 British form. The type was taken at Naples. The 
 specimen in the British Museum, presented by the 
 Marquis Spinola, under the name of Gammarus glaber, 
 unquestionably belongs to this species. Specimens also 
 which answer to the description of this species have 
 been taken at Sukkertopper, near Greenland, in forty 
 fathoms by Mr. Holboll. The form appears to be re- 
 peated in several parts of the world ; for the species 
 
78 
 
 GAMMARIM. 
 
 L. nasuta of Dana, taken on the coast of Brazil, and 
 L. variegata, taken by Mr. Stimpson in Simon's Bay, 
 Cape of Good Hope, except, perhaps, in size, can with 
 difficulty be distinguished from this species. L. Magel- 
 lanica of Edwards, brought from the southern extremity 
 of South America by M. D'Orbigny, also bears to it 
 a close general affinity, but differs materially in size : 
 the British species being probably the smallest of the 
 genus, whilst the Magellan form is the largest, and pro- 
 bably also the largest known normal Amphipod, being 
 about three inches in length, forming a fit companion to 
 Uristes gigas of Dana, and Cystosoma of Guerin. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of Audleyn Castle, on the 
 coast of Co. Down, Ireland, was kindly sketched for us 
 by Mrs. Campbell, of Stoke, Plymouth. 
 
 E 
 
AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATOBIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSA AUDOUINIANA. 79 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 LYSIANASSA AUDOUINIANA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae shorter than the superior, having the 
 flagellum almost rudimentary. 
 Length, 5 7 g of an inch. 
 
 Lysianassa Audouiniana, SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1855, p. 58. Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. (1857) xix. 138. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 69, pi. xi. fig. 1. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 Brit. Crust, p. 168. 
 
 THE head is very short and very deep, having a large 
 space between the superior and inferior antennae ; the 
 ophthalmic lobe is not prominent, and the inferior 
 margin is produced downwards. The eyes are large, 
 oblong, slightly waved, broader below than above, 
 white, marked with black spots, the latter, on close 
 observation, being apparently caused by a series of 
 hollows in the white surface, the black being seen 
 through the perforations. The superior antennae are 
 
80 GAMMARULE. 
 
 as long as the head and first segment of the body; the 
 peduncle is longer than the flagellum, and the first joint 
 longer than the other two, the third being shorter than 
 the second. The flagellum consists of four articuli, the 
 first of which supports a brush of hairs, or rather one 
 or two short rows of auditory cilia long, delicate mem- 
 branous organisms, somewhat like transparent hairs, and 
 evidently intimately connected with the sensation of 
 hearing ; the secondary appendage is minute and slender, 
 consisting of two articuli only, one much longer than 
 the other. The first pair of legs are short, and have 
 the coxa but little developed ; the hand is tapering, and 
 furnished with two hairs near the base of the finger ; 
 the finger is slightly curved, terminating in a short nail, 
 and armed along the inferior margin with two minute 
 spinules. The second pair of legs are long and slender, 
 having the coxa deeper than that of the preceding pair ; 
 the wrist is nearly as long again as the hand, and has the 
 inferior margin thickly ciliated with long hairs ; the hand 
 is not broader than the wrist, and has the upper and 
 lower margins nearly parallel, and thickly furnished with 
 long hairs ; the inferior angle is considerably produced, 
 so as to give to the organ a chelate character, although, 
 from its minute dimensions, one of feeble importance. 
 The finger is straight and tapering, having the apex 
 subapically furnished externally with a curved spine. 
 The third and fourth pairs of legs are subequal, toler- 
 ably robust, and alike, except in the form of their coxas, 
 which is much larger in the fourth than in the third pair, 
 and has a slight emargination, corresponding with the 
 margin of the anterior lobe of the coxa of the fifth pair 
 of legs. The three posterior pairs of legs are also of the 
 same length and form, tolerably strong, though not so 
 robust as the two preceding; their second joints are 
 
LYSIANASSA AUDOUINIANA. 81 
 
 oblong-ovate, and have the posterior margin simple. 
 The caudal appendages are simple : the antepenultimate 
 pair have the branches styliform, naked, slightly curved, 
 and tipped with a rudimentary spine ; the penultimate 
 resemble the preceding, except that the posterior margin 
 of each branch has its distal moiety minutely serrated. 
 The ultimate pair have the base very short, and one 
 branch simple, the other two-jointed and tipped with a 
 minute spine; the inner margin of the single-jointed 
 branch, and the first joint of the double-jointed one, are 
 minutely serrated. The central tail-piece is simple, 
 squamiform, concave above, and rounded at the apex. 
 
 The animal is of a dull yellow colour, darkest along 
 the course of the alimentary canal. 
 
 This species has been taken by us, in Plymouth Sound, 
 with a dredge ; but we have not noticed it among those 
 Crustacea sent to us by our many obliging correspond- 
 ents from other localities. 
 
 The species is named in honour of M. Audouin, the 
 able coadjutor of M. Milne-Edwards, and who, as the 
 describer of the Amphipoda in Savigny's " Egypt," must 
 be reckoned among the pioneers of this branch of Car- 
 cinology. 
 
GAMMARID^E. 
 
 AMPIIIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 LYSIANASSA ATLANTICA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae as long again as the superior. 
 Length | g of an inch. 
 
 Gammarus Atlanticus. 
 Lysianassa Atlantica. 
 
 MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. 
 MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 22. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 68, 
 pi. x. fig. 10. 
 Lysianassa marina. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist.v. xix. p. 138 (1857). 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 168. 
 
 Opis lypica. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 168. Cat. Crust. 
 
 Brit. Mus. 1850, p. 49 (but not of Kroyer, Nat. 
 Tidsk. iv. 149, Voy. Scandin. tab. 17, fig. 1.) 
 
 THE superior pair of antennae are not longer than the 
 head and first two segments. They have the first joint 
 of the peduncle very large ; the upper margin is con- 
 tinuous with the upper line of the head, and suddenly 
 curved down towards the distal extremity a circumstance 
 
LYSIANASSA ATLANTICA. 83 
 
 that, at the first glance, gives it the appearance of being 
 the anterior extremity of the head ; the second and third 
 joints overlap each other, and are reduced in length to 
 the limits of very short joints, and not half as broad as 
 the first. The flagellum is not so long as the peduncle : 
 it consists of seven articuli, of which the first is longer 
 than the two last joints of the peduncle together; the 
 rest, together, are as long again as the first. The in- 
 ferior antennae are as long again as the superior, and 
 much more slender. The peduncle does not reach be- 
 yond the peduncle of the superior ; the flagellum con- 
 sists of about twenty-one or twenty-two articuli, of 
 which the first is as long as the two following; each 
 articulus carries one or two minute hairs ; but the in- 
 ferior, as well as the superior pair of antennae are very 
 free from any appearance of cilia. The organs of the 
 mouth are hid by the lateral appendages. The first pair 
 of legs have the coxa deeper than the segment to which 
 it is attached, the other joints are long and slender, the 
 wrist is continuous with, and as long as, the hand : it 
 increases in diameter until it meets the posterior ex- 
 tremity of the hand, which is its broadest part ; the 
 hand is there also at its broadest diameter, from which 
 it gradually tapers to the distal extremity, where it sup- 
 ports a short, slightly-curved finger. The second pair 
 of legs are a little longer than the first ; the coxa is 
 deeper than the second segment ; the wrist is longer than 
 the hand ; the hand is but little broader than the wrist, 
 upper margin arcuate, inferior straight, palm very short, 
 truncate, fringed with short cilia, and defined from the 
 inferior margin by a right angle. The distal half of the 
 upper margin is fringed with several rows of long hairs. 
 The perambulatory legs are subequal in length ; the two 
 anterior pairs (or the third and fourth pairs of legs) 
 
 G 2 
 
84 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 have the coxae deeper than the respective segments to 
 which they are attached. The coxae of the fourth pair 
 have an emargination that extends more than half its 
 depth, for the reception of the anterior margin of the 
 coxae of the fifth pair of legs. The remaining joints 
 of the first two pairs are uniform. The three posterior 
 pairs are also conjointly uniform ; their coxae are shorter 
 than their respective segments of the body ; the second 
 joints have the squamous plates broader above than 
 below, and are postero-inferiorly produced, so as almost 
 to reach to the distal extremity of the third joint ; the 
 fourth joint is somewhat dilated, the wrists are short, 
 the feet longer than the wrists, the fingers are short and 
 pointed. The caudal appendages are subequal, the pos- 
 terior pair being rather the shortest. The middle tail- 
 piece is as long as the branches of the posterior pair of 
 the caudal appendages. It is squamous and simple. 
 
 We dredged the first specimen of this species in 
 Plymouth Sound, and described it under the name of 
 L. marina. We have also received it from one of our 
 most valued correspondents, Mr. Edward, of Banff, who 
 took it in the neighbourhood in which he resides ; and 
 Mr. W. Thompson has found it in Strangford Loch, 
 Ireland. 
 
 Since the publication of the " Synopsis of the British 
 Amphipoda," we have had the opportunity of examining 
 the type of M. Milne-Edwards' species, L. Atlantica, 
 preserved in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, and 
 are thereby enabled to identify the British species with 
 that taken in the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 This species, like L. Costa, appears to be represented, 
 by close resemblance of form, by species existing in dis- 
 tant localities, of which L. Kroyeri, from Van Dieman's 
 Land, is an example. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSA LONG1CO11NIS. 85 
 
 LYS1ANASS1DES. 
 
 LYSIANASSA LONGICOKN1S. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae longer than the animal in the male* 
 but a little shorter in the female. 
 Length | in. 
 
 Lysianassa longicomis, LUOAS, Expl. Sci. Algerie Zool. i. Crust, p. 53, pi. 
 
 5, fig. 2. SPBNCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 70, pi. xi. fig. 2. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. 
 
 xx. p. 525 (Jan. 1858.) 
 Lysianassa Chausica. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. (1857) v. xix. p. 138. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 168, (not 
 
 Alibrotus Chausicus M. -Ed wards' Hist. Crust. 
 
 iii. 23.) 
 
 THE head has the lobes between the antennae pro- 
 duced to a somewhat down-curved point, extending fur- 
 ther forwards than the upper extremity of the head, and 
 extending beyond the basal half of the first joint of the 
 peduncle of the upper antennae. The back is long and 
 smooth ; but the three last joints of the tail are suddenly 
 
86 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 lessened in diameter. The eyes are moderately large, 
 somewhat reniform, and of a black colour. The upper 
 antennae are equal in length to the head and first two 
 segments of the body taken together ; the peduncle has 
 the first joint as long as the upper margin of the head, 
 the second and third joints are successively shorter ; the 
 flagellum, which consists of six or seven articuli, is 
 shorter than the peduncle, but the secondary appendage 
 is nearly as long, though much more slender, than the 
 peduncle. The lower antennae have the peduncle as 
 long as the upper organs ; the first four joints are very 
 short, but the fifth reaches to the extremity of the 
 upper antennae ; it is of a peculiar shape narrow near 
 the base, it suddenly enlarges, leaving a hollow upon 
 the lower margin, that enables the antennae at this joint 
 to be reflected back upon itself, and thus the organ is 
 carried, close pressed beneath the body of the animal, 
 which is its usual position ; from the widest diameter, 
 which is at the extremity of this hollow or notch, the 
 joint gradually tapers to the apex. The flagellum is 
 very slender and long, reaching much beyond the ex- 
 tremity of the animal. Each articulus of the flagellum 
 is a little longer than broad, and carries upon the upper 
 margin, which is slightly raised near the centre for that 
 purpose, a small membranous vesicle, in form like an 
 inverted shoe, from which resemblance Mr. Stimpson, 
 the naturalist of the United StatesVExpedition to Japan, 
 has given it the name Calceola. The use of these organ- 
 isms is not known ; Mr. Stimpson has, however, informed 
 us that they are peculiar to the males ; whilst our expe- 
 rience tells us that they are not common to the males of 
 all Amphipoda, nor, in fact, to those of this genus ; 
 neither do they appear to be so common to species which 
 belong to the British seas as to exotic forms. 
 
LYSIANASSA LONGICORNIS. 87 
 
 Believing that the inferior antennae are organs adapted 
 for the sense of smell, we may conjecture that these 
 membranous attachments have the power of increasing 
 that faculty to a more acute degree. The fact of their 
 being found in the males only would seem to corrobo- 
 rate this supposition, since undoubtedly the males seek 
 the other sex by the use of this sense, as the following 
 experiment appears to demonstrate. Having separated 
 a male amphipod from a female, which he was carry- 
 ing about with his legs, the latter immediately swam 
 to a place of security, but the male dashed eagerly 
 round the trough in which they were confined. While 
 swimming about, however, we observed that, having 
 passed by his mate, he would turn back, and select her 
 from among several others. We think that this could 
 only have been performed by the agency of smell, and 
 therefore consider these calceola as organisms, connected 
 with and increasing the capability of that sense in the 
 male amphipods where they exist. 
 
 The epistoma projects in a narrow perpendicular wedge- 
 like process, with a rounded apex, over which the in- 
 ferior antennae bend. 
 
 The mandibles do not materially differ from those of 
 species of this genus previously described. The foot- 
 jaws have the fifth joint very long, nearly three times as 
 long as the sixth, and have squamous plates attached to 
 the third and fourth joints ; the plate belonging to the 
 fourth joint has the outer margin minutely waved, and 
 furnished with a submarginal row of minute cilia, that of 
 the third joint reaches to half the length of the fourth, 
 and is furnished towards the distal extremity with a 
 thick brush of cilia. The first pair of legs are short and 
 tolerably robust ; the wrist is about half the length of 
 the hand and stouter ; the hand from its articulation with 
 
88 GAMMARID2E. 
 
 the wrist gradually tapers to the distal extremity, where 
 it supports a short straight finger. The appendage is 
 but scantily clothed with hairs. The second pair of legs 
 are long and slender, having the wrist twice as long as 
 the hand, with the inferior margin convex and the su- 
 perior straight, the widest part being near the middle of 
 the joint ; the hand gradually but slightly increases in 
 diameter to the extremity, where the inferior angle is 
 produced in advance of the palm, and thus gives the 
 part a nearer approximation to a chelate organ than is 
 common in this order of Crustacea. The upper margin 
 of the hand to the apex is thickly furnished with long 
 double-branched hairs, the lower margin is studded with 
 straight parallel hairs, and the inferior angle covered with 
 short thick spines or obtuse hairs, very minute. The fin- 
 ger articulates near the centre of the extremity of the 
 hand, and is short, sharp -pointed, and curved. The 
 walking legs are subequal, and do not materially differ 
 from those of other species of this genus. The two pen- 
 ultimate pairs of caudal appendages are styliform, and 
 have the branches subequal in length, the upper margins 
 being furnished with a few short hairs. The last pair 
 reaches much further posteriorly than the two preceding, 
 but the basal joint is very short, while the branches are 
 long, subequal, and thickly furnished with long plumose 
 cilia. The central tail-piece exhibits no peculiar character. 
 The colour of the animal, when fresh taken, was 
 bright orange, mottled with red spots along the sides of 
 the body, just above the legs. The specimen from which 
 our drawing is taken was dredged by us in Plymouth 
 Sound, and described under the name of Lysianassa 
 chausica, being under the impression that it agreed with 
 Edwards' description of Alibrotus chausicus; but through 
 the kindness of the authorities at the British Museum, 
 
LYSIANASSA LONGICORNIS. 89 
 
 our attention was drawn to a species resembling this in 
 Lucas' Description of Crustacea taken on the shores of 
 Algeria ; since which time we have had the opportunity, 
 through the kindness of M. Lucas (who permitted us 
 to examine the Crustacea in his private collection), of 
 identifying the present specimen with that taken by 
 him on the northern coast of Africa. 
 
 Among the Crustacea forwarded to us by that obliging 
 and indefatigable naturalist, Mr. Edward, of Banff, we 
 have found a portion of an animal of this species from 
 the Moray Frith. We are also indebted to Professor 
 Kinahan, of Dublin, for several specimens from Dublin 
 Bay. All the specimens from the last-named locality 
 have the lower antennae shorter than that given in our 
 description and figure of the species, and do not possess 
 the calceola attached to the same appendage circum- 
 stances which have induced us to conclude that these 
 were female specimens. 
 
90 GAMMARIDJ2. 
 
 A M PHI POD A . L YSIA NA SSIDES. 
 
 NATA.TORIA. 
 
 Genus ANONYX, KROYER. 
 
 Anonyx Kroyer. GRONLAND, Amfip. p. 15 ; Nat. Tidsk. v. ii. p. 256. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae short, pyriform, furnished 
 with a secondary appendage. Mandibles having a smooth 
 incisive margin and a palpiform appendage. First pair of 
 gnathopoda subchelate ; second pair long, slender, feeble, and 
 subchelate. Telson single, squamiform, cleft. 
 
 THIS genus was separated from Lysianassa b} 7 Kroyer, 
 from the subchelate form of the hands of the third 
 pair of limbs (" parvulo instructi ungue"\ and from the 
 fourth pair of limbs being destitute of a terminal hook, 
 (whence the generic name,) the place of which is sup- 
 plied by a brush of hairs. Also the middle tail-piece, 
 instead of being entire, as in Lysianassa, is divided more 
 or less deeply in Anonyx. Neither of these characters 
 are capable of being distinguished without close exami- 
 nation, and in some species, Anonyx lagena for example, 
 the extremely oblique palm of the hand approximates, 
 in its form, to that of a Lysianassa ; again, the divi- 
 sion of the central tail-piece is occasionally so slight, 
 as in A. obesa, that a small depression alone exists. 
 The genus Opis, of which Kroyer has described two 
 species, diifers from Anonyx in the opposite extreme. 
 As Lysianassa has a less perfectly chelate hand than 
 Anonyx, so Opis possesses one that is still more perfect 
 as a didactyle claw. 
 
 This grouping, although convenient, appears to us to 
 be arbitrary ; moreover, it is not improbable that some 
 of the forms may be only sexual. 
 
ANONYX LONGICORNIS. 
 
 91 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOUIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX LONGICORNIS. 
 
 Specific character. Central dorsal line slightly carinated. Third seg- 
 ment of the pleon tuberculated at the posterior dorsal margin. Inferior 
 antennae longer than the animal. Telson very long and deeply cleft. 
 
 Length \ in. 
 
 Anonyx longicornis. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 72, pi. xi. 
 fig. 4. 
 
 THIS animal in its general form differs considerably 
 from the type of the genus, which is round and smooth, 
 while this puts on an angulated appearance. The head 
 is produced a little in front, the back is slightly carinated 
 through the entire length of the animal, the tenth seg- 
 ment (N) of the body is posteriorly produced to a tuber- 
 cle, and a deep sinus indents the anterior dorsal portion 
 of the next, which is also posteriorly elevated into a long 
 tubercular ridge. 
 
92 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 The eyes are small and oval ; they appear smaller 
 than they really are, for the black pigment is only 
 visible in the centre of the organ, the several lenses 
 forming an areola round the central spot. The superior 
 antennae are short. The first joint of the peduncle is 
 as long as the head, and has the upper margin produced 
 anteriorly so far that it reaches to the extremity of the 
 third joint. The second and third joints are short and 
 small, and gradually taper to the extremity of the 
 flagellum, which consists of but two or three articuli. 
 We have not observed the secondary appendage. The 
 inferior antennae are long, longer than the entire ani- 
 mal, and very slender. They bear a considerable re- 
 semblance to the same organ in Lysianassa longicornis. 
 The third and fourth joints of the peduncle are short, 
 being as broad as long ; the fifth or last joint is very 
 long, hollowed upon the under side near the base, 
 swelled near the middle, and gradually tapering to the 
 distal extremity ; the flagellum is very slender and long, 
 and is formed of articuli which are long and slender, 
 every articulus being furnished with a calceola a fact, 
 which, if Stimpson be correct, shows that our specimen 
 is a male animal. The first pair of legs are long and 
 slender, having the wrist longer than the hand, and the 
 under margin parallel with the upper ; the hand is not 
 broader than the wrist, and also has the under margin 
 parallel with the upper, the palm is short, oblique, and 
 concave. The second pair of legs are long, slender, and 
 membranaceous ; the wrist is longer than the hand ; the 
 hand has the infero-anterior angle produced to a blunt 
 point beyond the palm, equal to the length of the 
 finger, which is very short, and therefore approximates 
 nearly to a didactyle claw. The first two pairs of 
 walking legs are slender. The last three have the 
 
ANONYX LONGICORNIS. 93 
 
 second or squamose joint posteriorly and inferiorly pro- 
 duced, so as to cover the third joint and part of the 
 fourth : the fourth joint is very peculiar, being pos- 
 teriorly developed to a squamose plate, with the upper 
 and lower margins posteriorly depressed, and almost 
 parallel, as are also the anterior and posterior margins 
 circumstances that give to the joint the form of a 
 diagonal parallelogram. The wrist is very long, longer 
 than the hand, and stouter ; the hands have the margins 
 parallel ; fingers long, slender, and straight. The two 
 posterior pairs of legs are subequal, and considerably 
 longer than the preceding. The caudal appendages 
 are subequal in length ; the two anterior pairs are 
 free from hairs or spines, and reach to the same dis- 
 tance, the branches being equal. The posterior pair 
 have the branches equal to each other in length, but 
 a little longer than those of the two preceding pairs; 
 they have the inferior margin straight, or nearly so, 
 tending rather to a hollow than to a convex outline, 
 while the upper margin is arcuate, and furnished with 
 a thick fringe of hairs. The terminal plate is very 
 long, reaching to two-thirds the length of the posterior 
 pair of caudal appendages. 
 
 We received this interesting specimen from our valued 
 friend and correspondent, Mr. Geo. Barlee. He obtained 
 it, with many other Crustacea, from the Haaf fishing- 
 grounds off the coast of Shetland. 
 
GAMMARID^. 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX EDWARDSI. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the superior. 
 First pair of gnathopoda short, robust, having the propodos broader near 
 the carpal extremity than at the palm. Palm but slightly oblique, denned 
 by an almost right angle. 
 
 Length ^ of an inch. 
 
 Anonyx Edwardsi. KROYER, Voyage en Scand. pi. xvi. fig. 2. BRANDT, 
 Middendorff's Siberische Keise, pi. xi. fig. 7. LILJE- 
 BORG, in Ofvers. af Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 
 1851, No. 38. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 
 170, pi. x. fig. 3. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist, 
 xix. p. 138 (1857) ; Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 73. 
 pi. xi. fig. 5. 
 
 THIS animal bears a general resemblance to Lysianassa 
 Costce. It has a sinus in the middle of the antepenulti- 
 mate segment of the body. The eyes are subreniform, 
 and of a white colour covered with black spots. The 
 superior antennas have the peduncle as long as the headj 
 
ANONYX EDWARDS!. 95 
 
 the second and third joints suddenly narrowing, giving 
 to the upper margin an arcuate line, while the lower is 
 straight; the flagellum is about the same length as the 
 peduncle, the first articulus being nearly half its entire 
 length. The secondary appendage is nearly as long as 
 the flagellum. The inferior antennas are about the same 
 length as the superior; the joints forming the peduncle 
 are short, except the last, being hidden behind the pro- 
 jecting lateral lobes of the head. The epistoma is 
 rounded in front, and projects as far in advance as the 
 frontal wall of the head. The foot-jaws are short, and 
 have the fifth and sixth joints subequal in length, but 
 neither of them are much longer than the seventh. The 
 plate which is attached to the fourth joint has the inner 
 margin crenulated, where the rudiments of a spine cor- 
 responds with each lobule ; a single strong spine sub- 
 apically crowns the plate. The first pair of legs are 
 short and robust, they have the wrist and hand nearly 
 of the same length, and continuous with each other, 
 forming a long imperfect ellipse, the broadest part of 
 which corresponds with the articulation between the 
 two joints. The palm- is the narrowest part of the 
 hand ; it is smooth, and defined by a right angle that 
 projects a little beyond the regular line of the inferior 
 margin: the finger is short, strong, and curved. The 
 second pair of legs are long and slender, having the 
 third joint nearly as long as the fourth, the fifth 
 much longer than either, and as long again as the 
 hand, it is inferiorly produced to a lobe, which is 
 thickly covered with a fur of short stiff hairs, above 
 which, on the inner side as well as on the upper mar- 
 gin, is a double row of similar hairs which extend longitu- 
 dinally along half the length of the joint. The hand is 
 rounded at the apex, furnished with five rows of hairs 
 
96 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 running across the axis of the joint, and covered below 
 and at the apex with a fur of short hairs, amongst which 
 the small finger is lost to observation, except under very 
 high magnifying power. It must therefore appear, if 
 there be any prehensile capability in this and other 
 similar appendages, that it is not obtained through any 
 assistance that can be derived from the finger, but by 
 the pressure of the hand back against the hairy cushion 
 on the inferior surface of the wrist. The first two pairs 
 of walking legs are small, and the last three appear to 
 be more robust ; they are rather curved, and have the 
 second joint developed to a broad oval shape, which is 
 produced infero-posteriorly, so far as to cover the next 
 joint ; their posterior margins are crenulated, and have 
 a short hair springing from the depression between each 
 lobule ; the fourth joint is broader in the fifth pair of 
 legs than in the two following pairs ; the sixth joint is 
 slightly curved, the two margins being parallel. The 
 three pairs of caudal appendages are short ; the branches 
 (which are of equal length on each) are very short, those 
 on the posterior being a little the longest. The terminal 
 scale is cleft through more than half its length. The 
 tail generally has the appearance of being a powerfully 
 thrusting organ, and it is undoubtedly used to propel the 
 animal either backwards or forwards. 
 
 The colour of the animal varies from a transparent 
 pale yellow, in the young state, to that of a deep yellow 
 or light brown tint. Theeyes are red in the young, but 
 become black in the adult animal. The structure of the 
 skin appears not to exhibit any decided markings when 
 examined by the microscope, but the surface generally is 
 covered with minute solitary spinules or short hairs, dis- 
 tantly scattered. 
 
 This description, as well as our figure, is taken from a 
 
ANONYX EDWARDSI. 97 
 
 British specimen. On comparing it with Kroyer's figure 
 in his magnificent work cited above, the following differ- 
 ences will be found. Kroyer represents the palm of the 
 first hand as serrated, as also the inner margin of the 
 finger. The serrature is, however, not deep, and we do 
 not think that we should be justified in making a separate 
 species upon characters so trivial, unsupported by other 
 characters. We have also observed a slightly-serrated 
 margin in some specimens. 
 
 We have received specimens of this species from the 
 Moray Frith, sent to us by the Rev. Geo. Gordon, and 
 Mr. Edward, of Banff, who has forwarded to us the largest 
 specimen that we have seen. From Falmouth it has 
 been sent us by Mr. Webster ; and we have dredged it 
 in Plymouth Sound. 
 
98 
 
 GAMMARIDjE. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX OBESUS. 
 
 Specific character. Three posterior segments of the pleon very short. 
 Superior antennae having the secondary appendage as long as the primary. 
 Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the superior. First pair of gnathopoda 
 having the propodos ovate, tapering, palm continuous with the inferior mar- 
 gin, and but slightly defined. Telson bilobed. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Anonyx obesus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 74, pi. xii. fig. 1. 
 
 THE animal is short, round, and obese, (whence its 
 specific name has been derived,) and the tail extends but 
 slightly beyond the last deep segment of the body. The 
 eyes were not visible in the specimen which we have 
 seen, which was sent to us preserved in spirits. The 
 superior antennae are rather longer than the head. The 
 first joint of the peduncle is very large, the second and 
 third short, the flagellum articulates with the peduncle 
 upon a process of the third joint, and consists of six 
 or seven articuli, the first of which is rather larger than 
 the others. The secondary appendage is as long as the 
 primary ; it originates in a depression immediately 
 above the articulation of the flagellum, and consists of 
 
ANONYX OBESUS. 99 
 
 five or six articuli, each of which is respectively longer 
 than the articuli of the flagellum, and the first is more 
 than as long again as either of the others. The inferior 
 antennae are scarcely longer than the superior. The 
 first pair of legs are very robust ; the wrist and hand 
 together have the upper margins in form of a continuous 
 curve ; the inferior margin of the wrist is slightly pro- 
 duced between the preceding joint and the hand, and 
 is crowned with several long hairs ; the hand is long, 
 ovate ; the upper margin more curved than the lower ; 
 the palm is continuous with the inferior margin, and 
 defined by a small spine planted upon a tubercle near 
 the carpal extremity, a second spine is placed one- third 
 in advance of the preceding ; the palm is fringed with 
 a row of very minute cilia, and laterally defended by 
 five or six equidistant hairs ; the finger is strong, 
 curved, and sharp. The second pair of legs are long, 
 slender, and membranaceous ; the third joint is longer 
 than the fourth, and the wrist is much longer than the 
 hand ; both these last two joints increase in diameter 
 towards their distal extremity, and are thickly covered 
 with short straight hairs, those upon the hand are more 
 numerous, and altogether prevent the finger from being 
 observed. The walking legs are short and very strong ; 
 the last three pairs are more so than the preceding, and 
 have the scale-like second joints almost disk -shaped ; the 
 fourth and fifth joints are also very broad, the former 
 more so than the latter. The tail is very short. The 
 lateral walls of the last three segments are very deep, 
 especially those of the last joint ; and when the caudal 
 appendages are not extended they are almost covered by 
 them, even when not rolled up. The caudal appendages 
 are free from hairs or spines; their branches are styli- 
 form, with a slight curve gradually tapering to a point. 
 
 TT O 
 
 H /& 
 
100 GAMMARHLE. 
 
 The antepenultimate pair have the branches shorter than 
 their peduncles ; those of the penultimate and ultimate 
 are longer ; especially the latter, on the outer branch 
 of which there is an articulation near the apex. The 
 caudal plate is almost round, divided at the apex to 
 more than half the depth of the plate, where the division 
 is broader than at the apex, thus giving the plate the 
 appearance of being bilobed. 
 
 This species affords an example of the near approxi- 
 mation of Anonyx and Lysianassa. The first pair of 
 hands have the palm scarcely distinguishable from the 
 line of the inferior margin, against which the curved 
 finger impinges when closed. 
 
 Having stated that this specimen was sent to us in 
 spirits, we would here mention that we find, for a limited 
 period (some months at least), specimens preserved in 
 glycerine keep all the colour and transparency of living 
 animals. 
 
 This species was sent to us by Mr. Edward, of Banff, 
 who took it in the Moray Frith. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 ANONYX DENTICULATUS. 101 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 \ 
 
 ANONYX DENTICULATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Third segment of the pleon produced on each side 
 into a tooth, which is directed upwards and backwards, at a right angle with 
 the inferior half of the posterior margin. Inferior antennae more than half 
 the length of the animal. 
 
 Length * inch. 
 
 Anonyx denticulatus. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. 139 (Feb. 1857.) Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 74, pi. xii. fig. 2. WHITE, 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 171. 
 
 THE animal is proportionally long, and in general form 
 bears a considerable resemblance to Anonyx ampulla, from 
 which it may be readily recognized by the posterior mar- 
 gin of the last deep segment of the body being produced 
 on each side backwards and upwards into a long flat 
 tooth. The eyes in this species have not been observed 
 by us, having only seen dead specimens. The superior 
 
102 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 antennae are scarcely longer than the head ; the first joint 
 of the peduncle is long, nearly as broad at the distal ex- 
 tremity as at the centre, and superiorly it considerably 
 overlaps the second joint ; the second joint is short, but 
 not much narrower than the first, it also considerably 
 overlaps the third ; the third joint is very short, but longer 
 on the internal upper margin than at the lower: the 
 first articulus of the flagellum is as long as the peduncle, 
 and is furnished upon the inner surface with two longi- 
 tudinal series of rows of minute hairs ; the rest of the 
 articuli, about thirteen in number, are as broad as long, 
 and inferiorly furnished upon the inner surface of each 
 with three hairs. The secondary appendage is short, not 
 being longer than the first articulus of the flagellum ; it 
 consists of three articuli, the first long, the other two 
 short. The inferior antennae are rather more than half 
 the length of the animal ; the last joint of the peduncle 
 extends quite to the distal extremity of the first articulus 
 of the flagellum of the superior antennse ; the flagellum 
 is long and slender, and reaches to half the length of the 
 animal. The epistoma is not very prominent. The 
 mandibles have both extremities of the incisive edge 
 produced beyond the intermediate blade ; the molar 
 tubercle is furnished with a few short obtuse spines. 
 The appendage is long, with the second joint longer 
 than the third. The first pair of legs are long and 
 slender ; they have the wrist and hand subequal in 
 length, the wrist being rather broader than the hand ; 
 it has the margins parallel, and terminates abruptly ; the 
 hand has the margins parallel, the palm is oblique, con- 
 vex, being formed by the apical margin gradually round- 
 ing into the inferior ; it is minutely pectinated through 
 its entire surface, and is defined only by the cessation of 
 the small teeth ; the finger is long, slender, and slightly 
 
ANONIX DENTICTJLATUS. 103 
 
 curved, reaching to the extremity of the palm, and, 
 when closed, impinging against it through its entire 
 length. The second pair of legs are long, slender, and 
 membranaceous ; the wrist is longer than the hand, and 
 thickly furred with hair ; the hand is almost oval, very 
 hirsute, and terminating in a minute claw, which is 
 almost lost in a brush of plumose hair at its extremity. 
 The other legs are tolerably long and slender. The 
 second joint of the last three pairs is oval, but not 
 produced so as to cover any of the succeeding joints of 
 the leg ; the posterior margin is serrated, but more dis- 
 tinctly in the last pair than in the other two. The 
 caudal appendages are simple, the penultimate being 
 rather shorter than the other two. The middle tail- 
 piece is ovate, cleft down the centre nearly to the bot- 
 tom, each division being furnished at its apex with a 
 strong blunt spinule. Some of the hairs upon the first 
 pair of legs terminate in a trident; others have the 
 apex reflexed, so as to assume a club-shaped appear- 
 ance. The extremity of the finger also has a peculiar 
 and probably unique feature, the point, which is toler- 
 ably fine, is protected by a little membranous sac, which 
 appears to be formed so that the animal can cover or 
 expose it at will. 
 
 This species is as yet rather rare. We have received 
 it from the Moray Frith, from our kind correspondents, 
 the Rev. Geo. Gordon, and Mr. Edward. Professor 
 Kinahan has sent us a single specimen from Dublin 
 Bay ; and recently it has been taken by Mr. J. Gwyn 
 Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman, in Vedlom Voe, 
 Shetlands. 
 
104 
 
 GAMMARID^. 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX HOLBOLLI. 
 
 Specific character. Eye oblong. Superior antennae half as long as the 
 inferior. Inferior antennae one-fifth the length of the animal. First pair of 
 gnathopoda having the palm oblique, minutely pectinated, and defined by two 
 small spines. 
 
 Length | inch. 
 
 Anonyx Holbolli. KROYER, Voy. Scand. Crust, pi. xv. fig. 1 a-s. SPENCE 
 BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 138 (Feb. 1857.) Cat. Amph. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 75, pi. xii. fig. 4. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 Brit. Crust, p. 170. LILJEBORG, in Ofvers. af Kongl. 
 Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 22, No. 36. 
 
 THE general form of the animal is long and smoothly 
 round over the back, the superior antennae appearing as 
 a part of the head of the animal. The eyes are a long 
 oval, assuming somewhat of the kidney shape. The 
 colour of the organ is reddish, but in the specimens 
 
ANONYX HOLBOLLI. 105 
 
 which we have seen, the outline has been scarcely as 
 defined as that given in our figure. In Kroyer's beau- 
 tiful plates in his " Voyage en Scandinavie," the form 
 is given as wedge-shaped, slightly curved, the narrow 
 extremity being uppermost, and the broadest down- 
 wards, like an inverted comma ('). The upper antennae 
 have the first joint of the peduncle very long and stout, 
 while the second is short and much narrower ; the third 
 being scarcely visible, a portion only of it extending 
 beyond the limits of the preceding ; the first articulus 
 of the flagellum is very long, as long as all the others 
 united, and is furnished upon the inner side with two 
 longitudinal series of transverse rows of short hairs. 
 It also supports at its extremity, upon the upper side, 
 a bundle of auditory cilia ; the rest of the flagellum 
 consists of but six or seven articuli : the secondary 
 appendage is long and slender ; it is nearly as long as 
 the flagellum, and consists of about eight articuli, of 
 which the first is the longest. 
 
 The lower antennae are about one-fifth the length 
 of the animal, and as long again as those of the upper 
 pair ; the peduncle is shorter than that of the upper 
 antennae, and less stout ; the flagellum is long and slen- 
 der, and has the articuli, of which it is composed, 
 longer than broad. 
 
 The mandibles are furnished with a plain cutting 
 incisive edge, from near the base of which a row of 
 minute curved hairs is continued, until they communi- 
 cate, at the opposite extremity, with the molar tubercle. 
 Each of these organs supports a very long three -jointed 
 appendage, the second and third joints of which are fur- 
 nished with hairs, increasing in length towards the distal 
 extremity of each joint. 
 
 The foot-jaws have the scale-like plate belonging to 
 
106 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 the fourth joint largely developed, having a row of 
 tubercles or rudimentary spines on the interior margin, 
 but which become developed into long, strong, and 
 simple spines at the apex of the plate. 
 
 The first pair of legs have subcheliform hands ; but in 
 this species these organs are not very robust. The hand 
 is not large, but long and narrow, being scarcely wider 
 at the palm than at the extremity near the animal. The 
 palm is oblique, slightly convex, and furnished with a 
 row of parallel equidistant teeth, offering a comb-like 
 arrangement upon the margin of the organ, and is de- 
 fined by two double-pointed spines, situated at the in- 
 ferior angle, against which the finder, which is furnished 
 with a second tooth or point, impinges. 
 
 The second pair of legs are very long and slender ; so 
 slender as to be useless as prehensile organs, suggesting 
 the idea of being adapted to the same purpose as the 
 analogous imperfectly developed last pairs of legs in the 
 section Anomoura, which are used for the purpose of 
 cleaning and brushing the animal : they are plentifully 
 covered with hairs, those upon the anterior margin of the 
 hand being very long, while others upon the posterior 
 margin are shorter and fewer in number. The palm is 
 but slightly oblique, and has the margin slightly waved ; 
 the finger is small, and tuberculated near the base, it has 
 the apex slightly curved, which, when it closes, antago- 
 nizes with a strong spine ; several of these spines lie 
 concealed amidst the brush of simple hairs on the 
 posterior margin. All these spines, when closely exa- 
 mined, are found to have the side near the hand minutely 
 serrated. The two anterior pairs of walking feet are 
 slender: the three posterior are tolerably robust, and 
 have the posterior margins of the second joints serrated, 
 the last being the most perfectly so. Each of the caudal 
 
ANONYX HOLBOLLT. 107 
 
 appendages has its branches subequal ; the penultimate 
 pair are shorter than the preceding, or ultimate pairs. 
 The terminal central piece is deeply divided, and each 
 division has its apex truncated, and furnished with a 
 central spine. 
 
 The colour of the animal is transparently white, hav- 
 ing spots of rose-colour near the dorsal surface, on each 
 each side of the body, which in some specimens are less 
 distinguishable in outline, their place being only indi- 
 cated by a blush of the same colour. 
 
 The original specimen was taken at Sukker-topper, by 
 M. Holboll, in compliment to whom Kroyer proposed 
 the specific name adopted above. We have received 
 specimens from our valued correspondent, the Rev. Geo. 
 Gordon, of Elgin ; also from our indefatigable friend, 
 Mr. Edward, of Banff; and Mr. Barlee has dredged it 
 on the Haaf, about thirty miles off the Shetlands. It 
 has been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. J. 
 Gwyn Jeffreys in the outer Skerries Harbour, Shetland. 
 Mr. Loughrin has sent us a half-grown specimen from 
 Polperro, on the coast of Cornwall, and we have dredged 
 it in Plymouth Sound. 
 
108 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX MINUTUS. 
 
 Specific character, Inferior antennae about one-third the length of the 
 animal. Flagellum with the articuli broader than' long, and possessing a 
 moniliform appearance. The bases of the three posterior pairs of pereiopoda 
 extending to the distal extremity of the meros. 
 
 Length 2 6 g inch. 
 
 Anonyx minittus. KROYER, Yoy. en Scand. pi. xviii. fig. 2. LILJEBORG, in 
 Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 22, 
 No. 39. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 170. SPENCE 
 BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist, 
 ser. 2. xix. p. 138 (Feb. 1857.) Cat. Amph. Brit.Mus. 
 p. 76, pi. xii. f. 6. 
 
 THE eyes in this species are small and round. The 
 superior antennae are very short, and have the first joint 
 of the peduncle as long as the dorsal margin of the 
 head, the second short, and the third almost obsolete. 
 The first articulus of the flagellum is as long as the 
 remaining seven or eight short ones, and is furnished on 
 the inner surface with two longitudinal series of trans- 
 verse rows of hairs. The secondary appendage is scarcely 
 
ANONYX MINUTUS. 109 
 
 longer than the first articulus of the flagellum, and 
 consists of five or six articuli, of which the first is 
 longer than all the others. The inferior antennae are 
 three times as long as the superior, and about one- 
 third the length of the animal; they have the last 
 two joints of the peduncle short and subequal in 
 length ; the flagellum consists of many short articuli, 
 each being rather broader than long, and united to the 
 next by a compressed articulation, a circumstance that 
 gives to the appendage in this species a moniliform 
 appearance. The first pair of legs are short and toler- 
 ably robust; the lower margin of the hand is nearly 
 parallel with the upper, being rather broader at the base 
 than at the distal extremity; the palm is straight, and 
 defined by an almost right angle with the inferior mar- 
 gin ; the finger that completes the organ is short and 
 strong. The second pair of legs are much longer than 
 the first, as is, indeed, the case throughout the genus. 
 The limb is very slender and membranaceous, and is 
 mostly carried folded and compressed beneath the body 
 of the animal ; the wrist is much longer than thd hand, 
 and is inferiorly lobed, the lobes being covered with a 
 number of small blunt triple-pointed spines, or rather 
 plates ; towards the anterior margin these plates gradu- 
 ally lose their complex character, and become simple 
 spines ; the hand is covered with a thick brush of 
 short hair ; those on the upper margin are planted in 
 six or seven transverse rows ; towards the extremity they 
 become longer ; the finger is short, and scarcely visible 
 amidst the hairs among which it is planted. The first 
 two pairs of walking legs are tolerably robust. The last 
 three are equally so, each having the second joint (which 
 is universally developed into a squamose form in this 
 genus) produced downwards, so far that, in the last two 
 
110 
 
 GAMMARID^. 
 
 particularly, they cover the next and much of the suc- 
 ceeding joint of the leg. The caudal appendages are 
 short, those of the last pair having the peduncle and 
 branches of nearly the same length. 
 
 We have received specimens of this species from 
 Strangford Loch, where it was dredged by that inde- 
 fatigable naturalist, Mr. Barlee ; Mr. Webster has sent 
 it to us from Falmouth. We have also dredged it in 
 Plymouth Sound. 
 
 The accompanying vignette is from a picture in the 
 possession of Mrs. Hames, of Chagford. 
 
 
ANONYX PLAUTUS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX PLAUTUS. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the superior. 
 First pair of gnathopoda having the propodos tapering. Palm longitudinal, 
 occupying the whole of the inferior margin. 
 
 Length 5 4 g inch. 
 
 Anonyx plautus. KKOYER, Voy. Scand. pi. 15, fig. 2a-#. SPENCE BATE, 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 78, pi. xiii. fig. 1. 
 
 THE eyes of this species, in Kroyer's figure, are sub- 
 reniform ; in our specimen, however, we have not ob- 
 served these organs. 
 
 The superior antennae are but little longer than the 
 head ; the first joint of the peduncle is as long as the 
 head, and the second and third joints subequally short 
 and narrow ; the flagellum is scarcely as long as the 
 peduncle ; the secondary appendage is very short. The 
 inferior antennae are very slender, and but very little 
 longer than the superior. The first pair of legs are 
 
112 GAMMA RIM. 
 
 short and very robust; the fourth joint has the inferior 
 margin considerably produced anteriorly upon the wrist ; 
 the wrist is short, very short upon the inferior margin, 
 and arched upon the upper, forming an imperfect tri- 
 angle ; the hand is not so broad as the wrist, and 
 gradually tapers to the distal extremity ; the palm cor- 
 responds with the inferior margin, and is imperfectly 
 defined ; a short spine marks the limit to which the 
 finger can reach, which corresponds nearly with the en- 
 tire length of the inferior margin. The second pair of 
 legs are long, slender, and membranaceous ; the third 
 joint is as long as the fourth ; the wrist is as long again 
 as the hand ; the hand increases in width towards the 
 distal extremity ; the palm is furred with minute hairs ; 
 and the finger is very minute. The first two pairs of 
 walking legs are tolerably slender, whilst the last three 
 are very short and robust; the second or squamiform 
 joint is of an oval shape, and is inferiorly produced as 
 far as the distal extremity of the third joint, and the 
 posterior margin is slightly crenulated. In Kroyer's 
 figure this is not so represented, the margin being drawn 
 smooth. The three posterior pairs of caudal appendages 
 are short ; the peduncles are stout, and increase in dia- 
 meter posteriorly upon the upper margin ; the branches 
 are short, and free from hairs. The central terminal 
 plate is round, only showing a slight depression at the 
 apex. 
 
 The specimen from which we drew our figure and de- 
 scription was sent to us by Mr. Edward, of Banff, who 
 procured it in that neighbourhood. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 ANONYX LONGIPES. 
 
 113 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX LONGIPES. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae rather longer than the superior. 
 First pair of gnathopoda having the carpus and propodos subequal, the 
 margins parallel, palm short, slightly oblique, defined by one or two large 
 spines near the inferior angle. Pereiopoda long and slender. 
 
 Length about \ inch. 
 
 Anonyx longipes. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 79, pi. xiii. 
 
 THE animal generally bears some resemblance to A. 
 Holbollif from which it differs chiefly in the form of the 
 first pair of hands. 
 
 The eyes in this species are very small. The superior 
 antennae are about twice the length of the head ; the 
 first joint of the peduncle is nearly as long as the head; 
 the next two joints are very shout. The flagellum is 
 
 i 
 
114 GAMMARIDJl. 
 
 about the length of the peduncle; the secondary ap- 
 pendage is short. The inferior antennae are very slight, 
 and nearly half as long again as the superior. The 
 epistoma is produced to a point. The first pair of 
 legs are long and slender; the wrist and the hand are 
 nearly of the same length, the wrist being slightly the 
 longer of the two ; they have the inferior margin pa- 
 rallel with the superior ; the wrist is rather broader 
 than the hand, and has the inferior margin furnished 
 with a slight brush throughout its entire length ; the 
 hand has the inferior margin slightly waved; the palm 
 is oblique, and defined by a slightly obtuse angle, near 
 which stands one or two strong spines ; the palm is 
 also armed with three or four short spinules. The 
 finger is rather longer than the palm, but slightly 
 curved, increasing in diameter near the centre, where 
 it gradually tapers to a point, and is furnished with 
 three small stiff spinules, which must add considerably 
 to the prehensile capability of the organ. The second 
 pair of legs are also very long, slender, and membran- 
 aceous ; the third joint is as long as the fourth ; the 
 wrist is half as long again as the hand, and furnished 
 upon the under-side, which is not at all prominent, with 
 a delicate fur of hair nearly throughout its entire length ; 
 the hand is long, pear-shaped, the broadest axis being 
 about one-third of its length from the apex ; the in- 
 ferior angle being produced ; the finger, which is very 
 minute, articulates posteriorly to the inferior angle, and 
 therefore the hand approaches somewhat to the form of 
 a double-fingered claw ; the distal extremity of the 
 hand is covered with a fur of fine hairs. The walking- 
 legs are subequally long and slender, the three posterior 
 having the second joint developed to a broad scale, the 
 two last being produced a little downwards ; except the 
 
ANONYX LONGIPES. 115 
 
 third, all the joints are long. The wrists and the feet 
 are subequal. The feet are furnished, upon the flexible 
 side, with a few fine hairs, and a stout, sharp, short 
 spine, curved reversely to the finger, which is long, 
 slender, and appears capable of impinging against the 
 front of the foot. The caudal appendages are subequal, 
 the penultimate being slightly the shortest, and the 
 branches of the last are unequal. The middle tail- 
 piece is longer than the peduncle of the last pair of 
 caudal appendages. 
 
 This species was sent to us by our valued corres- 
 pondent, Mr. Barlee, who dredged it on the Haaf Fish- 
 ing-ground, about thirty miles off the Shetland Islands, 
 where it has also been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman 
 and Mr. Jeffreys. Without examination it may be mis- 
 taken for Lysianassa marina, (from which it chiefly differs 
 in the generic distinction,) as well as for Anonyx lagena 
 of Kroyer ; but the peculiar form of the eye in the latter, 
 which is tolerably large, and formed like an inverted 
 comma, will offer a ready means of distinction, besides 
 other, perhaps more important but less striking charac- 
 ters. From A. ampulla it is distinguishable by the length 
 of the inferior antennae. 
 
 Our figure of this species is taken from a female spe- 
 cimen. 
 
 i 2 
 
116 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMA RULE. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 ANONYX AMPULLA. 
 
 Specific description. Inferior antennas very slender, and more than half 
 the length of the animal. 
 Length, | inch. 
 
 Anonyx ampulla. KROYER, Voy. Scand. pi. xiii. fig. 2. SPENCB BATE, 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 139 (Feb. 1857.) Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 79, pi. xiii. fig. 5. WHITE, Pop. 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 170. 
 
 THE eyes in the only specimens of this species which 
 we have seen are obliterated in consequence of being 
 dried. The superior antennae are also damaged, so that 
 the exact length cannot be stated; but the peduncle is 
 very short, being scarcely half the length of the head ; 
 the first joint is scarcely longer than broad, the second is 
 shorter, and the third almost lost to view; the first 
 articulus of the nagellum is quite as long as the ped- 
 uncle, the remainder are short ; we have not, however, 
 been able to determine their number, but in Kroyer's 
 figure the nagellum is represented nearly as long as the 
 
ANONYX AMPULLA. 117 
 
 animal ; the secondary appendage is about the length of 
 the first articulus of the flagellum, and consists of one 
 long and two very minute articuli. The inferior antennae 
 are very slender and delicate ; they are more than half the 
 length of the animal, and generally lie concealed beneath 
 the body ; the peduncle reaches rather further than the 
 peduncle of the superior, only two of the joints are 
 visible beyond the margin of the head, of which the 
 penultimate joint is very broad, and continues so to its 
 extremity, whereas the ultimate is considerably narrower, 
 but still very much broader than the articuli of the fla- 
 gellum ; the first articulus of the flagellum is longer 
 than either of the others, but very small in diameter, 
 while all the others are still more so a circumstance 
 that renders the entire flagellum exceedingly fine. The 
 epistoma is produced to a sharp spear-like point, directed 
 straight forward. The mandibles have the second joint of 
 their appendage much longer than the terminal. The coxaa 
 belonging to the first and second pairs of legs have the in- 
 ferior margin smooth, except towards the posterior angle, 
 which is elevated to a small tooth, immediately before 
 which is a depression, from the bottom of which springs 
 a short stiff solitary spinule. The first pair of legs have 
 the hands long and narrow, the upper and lower margins 
 being parallel ; the palm is slightly oblique and straight, 
 but obsoletely crenulated, and defined by an obtuse angle, 
 a little anterior to which stands a short stout spine, which 
 is opposed to the tip of the closed finger ; the finger is 
 as long as the palm, and slightly curved. The second 
 pair of legs are very long and slender ; the third joint is 
 longer than the fourth, it is the great length of this 
 joint that gives the peculiarly slender and feeble appear- 
 ance to this leg throughout the genus ; the wrist is 
 rather longer than the hand, and has the inferior margin 
 
118 GAMMARIDyE. 
 
 and distal extremity furnished with hairs those upon the 
 latter position are very long, and split at the extremity 
 into two branches ; the hand is long and narrow, having 
 the margins parallel and the apex truncate ; the anterior 
 half is furred with short hairs, a few long and large ones 
 are also attached to the upper margin and apex; the finger 
 is attached near the centre, so that the palm consists of 
 but half the apical margin ; its outline is waved, and the 
 short ringer is tuberculated upon the inner margin. The 
 first two pairs of walking legs are uniform and tolerably 
 robust ; the last three are equally so, but they have the 
 second joint developed into an oval scale, which extends 
 downwards as far as the extremity of the joint next suc- 
 ceeding. The caudal appendages have their branches 
 subequal, the penultimate pair are shorter than the pre- 
 ceding or ultimate. The terminal branches are furnished 
 with short spines upon the upper and inner margins, 
 those of the penultimate have the extremity of the inner 
 branch subapically furnished with a long spine, which 
 gives this branch the appearance of terminating in a 
 double extremity. The central tail-piece is divided to 
 about two-thirds of its length; the outer and upper 
 margin of each division is supplied with three equi- 
 distant spinules, two or three more of which cover the 
 apex of each half. These spinules or small hairs are 
 subapically furnished with a branch still more minute. 
 
 We have received specimens of this species from the 
 Moray Frith, collected by the Rev. Mr. Gordon, of 
 Elgin, and Mr. Edward, of Banff. From them our 
 figure and description are taken. On a comparison with 
 the figure given by Kroyer, our specimens appear to be 
 comparatively longer, but in all other respects their 
 identity appears to be complete. 
 
CALLISOMA. 119 
 
 AMPHIPODA. LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 b. Second pair of gnathopoda robust and more or less cheliform, 
 first pair feeble. 
 
 Genus CALLISOMA, COSTA. 
 
 Cattuoma. COSTA, Cat. del Crost. del Regno di Napoli, 1840. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 84. 
 
 Scopelocheirus. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Synop. &c. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 138, 1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. 
 Crust, p. 168. 
 
 Generic character. Resembles Anonyx and Lysianassa, ex- 
 cept that the first pair of gnathopoda are slender, and have the 
 dactjlos not unguiculate. Second pair robust, chelate. Pos- 
 terior pair of caudal appendages unibranched. Telson bifid. 
 
 THE superior antenna are short and thick at the base. 
 The inferior antennae much more slender. The coxae of 
 four anterior pairs of appendages are as deep as the seg- 
 ments of the body to which they are respectively at- 
 tached. The fourth segment has the posterior margin 
 deeply excavated, to receive the anterior lobe of the 
 fifth. The first pair of arms are long and slender, and 
 have the finger terminating in a brush of hair. The 
 second pair of arms are more robust than the first, and 
 terminate in a very perfectly-formed didactyle claw. The 
 walking legs correspond with those of the other genera 
 in this subfamily ; but the caudal appendages differ in 
 having the posterior pair unibranched, and the terminal 
 plate is bifid. 
 
120 
 
 GAMMARIM. 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATORU. 
 
 LYSIANASSIDES. 
 
 CALLISOMA CRENATA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antenna one-third the length of the animal. 
 First pair of gnathopoda having the dactylos developed into a thick brush of 
 short hair. Fourth segment of the pleon having on the dorsal surface a deep 
 notch. 
 
 Length, ^ inch. 
 
 Callisoma crenata. SPENCE BATE, Gat. Arnph. Brit. Mus. p. 85, pi. 
 
 xiv. fig. 5. 
 Scopelocheh'us crenatus. SPENOE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Hep. 1855, p. 58. 
 
 Synop. &c., Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 138 (1857). 
 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 167. 
 
 THIS species is very round and smooth, and rolls itself 
 up almost into a ball. The head is small, and anteriorly 
 produced into a minute flat rostrum, which is merely a 
 projecting portion of the skin, extending horizontally with 
 the top of the head. The antero-inferior angle projects 
 as far forwards as the extremity of the rostrum. The 
 eyes are small and reniform, showing black spots on a 
 
CALLISOMA CRENATA. 
 
 white ground. The superior antennas are very stout at 
 the base ; the first joint of the peduncle is nearly as long 
 as the head, and almost as thick as long; the second 
 joint is very short, and a little narrower than the first ; 
 the third is very short, and almost covered by the pre- 
 ceding; the flagellum has the first articulus very long, 
 and broader at the base than at the distal extremity, the 
 remaining articuli (six or seven in number) are small. 
 The inferior antenna3 are slender, and about one-third 
 the length of the animal ; the peduncle is rather longer 
 than the peduncle of the superior ; the flagellum is very 
 slender, and lies folded beneath the body of the animal. 
 The first pair of arms are long and slender, and have 
 the hand long and narrow, the margins parallel, the 
 distal extremity being anteriorly armed with several 
 fasciculi of strongly curved hairs ; the finger consists 
 of a thick brush of short stiff hairs. The second pair 
 are more robust than the first ; the hand is ovate, 
 with the inferior angle produced and depressed; it ter- 
 minates in a small tooth ; the finger is rather longer 
 than the process of the hand, and has the inner margin 
 waved ; together they form a very perfect claw, which 
 bears a strong resemblance to those existing in some 
 species of Soldier Crabs (Pagurus Dillwynii.} The third 
 and fourth pairs of legs are not very robust ; the three 
 last gradually increase in length. The first squamose 
 plate of the fifth pair of legs is almost round, and cor- 
 responds anteriorly with a deep excavation in the pre- 
 ceding ; the second squamose joint is produced pos- 
 teriorly, and is broader than long ; the next joint is 
 very short ; but the fourth is produced posteriorly into a 
 small squamose plate, fringed with hairs ; the wrist is 
 short, and stouter than the hand, which is long, slender, 
 and has the margins parallel. The two posterior pairs 
 
122 GAMMA RID^E. 
 
 are longer than the preceding, and more slender, and 
 have the third joints and the wrists not broader than 
 the next succeeding joints. 
 
 The segment of the body which carries the ante- 
 penultimate pair of caudal appendages is remarkable 
 for a notch, deeply cut, near the middle, into its dorsal 
 surface. The appendages are shorter than the penulti- 
 mate ; the penultimate is shorter than the ultimate ; and 
 both have their branches equal. The last pair have but 
 one branch, which is much longer than the peduncle, and 
 tipped with a strong single spine. The terminal plate is 
 double, as in the genus Gammarus, each division being 
 subapically tipped with a single spinule. 
 
 The colour of the animal, when taken alive, is of a 
 tolerably bright lemon, every segment and joint being 
 fringed with a margin of white; the whole animal is 
 thickly covered with minute black spots. The speci- 
 mens which have been sent to us, being dead, were 
 generally fawn-coloured, tending to a bluish-grey upon 
 the back. This constant appearance, together with the 
 animal being less compressed than Anonyx and Lysia- 
 nassa, enabled us readily to recognize any specimen. 
 
 The first species of this genus was indicated by the 
 elder Costa in his " Catalogue of Nepalese Crustacea," 
 published in 1840, and was subsequently described and 
 figured in the " Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Crust.," pi. 8, 
 fig. 47, by his son. The lower antennae are not longer 
 than the upper. A second species, C. Hopei, also from 
 the Bay of Naples, was described and figured by the 
 latter author in the " Catalogo dei Crostacei Italiani," 
 published by the Rev. F. W. Hope, Naples, 1851 ; and 
 in the "Fauna del Regno di Napoli," pi. viii. fig. 1. 
 The lower antennae in this species are more than half the 
 entire length of the animal. 
 
CALLISOMA CRENATA. 
 
 123 
 
 It is only recently that a third species has been taken, 
 amongst some trawl-refuse brought in by the fishing- 
 boats from near the Eddystone Lighthouse. We have 
 also received it from the Moray Frith, where it appears 
 to occur in considerable numbers. It has also been sent 
 to us by Mr. Edward, from the neighbourhood of Banff; 
 and from Macduff, where it was taken in a haddock's 
 stomach, from thirty or forty fathoms, by Mr. Gregor. 
 It has also been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman and 
 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in forty fathoms, on the Middle 
 Haaf Fishing Ground, in great abundance. 
 
 The vignette represents the entrance from the Moray 
 into Cromarty Frith, and is from a sketch by the Rev. 
 G. Gordon. 
 
 S M 
 
124 GAMMAKHLE. 
 
 AM PHI POD A . A MPEL ISC IDES. 
 
 N4TATORIA. 
 
 Subfamily AMPELISCIDES. 
 
 Ampeliscades. SPENCE BATE. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 90. 
 Tetromatides. SPENCE BATE and J. 0. WESTWOOD, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, 
 p. 21. 
 
 Organs of vision differing from the normal compound eyes of the Amphi- 
 poda, and consisting only of single or detached lenses. Hands subchelate. 
 
 WHILST accepting the Genus AMPELISCA as the type, 
 we are obliged to modify the characters of the present 
 subfamily from those given in the " Catalogue of Amphi- 
 poda" in the British Museum, as undoubtedly the genus 
 HAPLOOPS of Liljeborg, with which we have only re- 
 cently become acquainted, must be comprehended in it. 
 The last-named genus, of which Professor Liljeborg has 
 taken two species upon the coast of Norway, and which 
 we may anticipate finding upon the northern shores of 
 Britain, differs from AMPELISCA in the absence of the 
 prolonged head, and in only having two instead of four 
 simple eyes. 
 
 We would here express our obligations to Professor 
 Liljeborg, for his courtesy in sending us a drawing of 
 Haploops tubicola. 
 
AMPELISCA. 125 
 
 AMPHIPODA. AMPELISCIDES. 
 
 NATATOE1A. 
 
 Genus AMPELISCA. KROYER. 
 
 Ampelisca. KROYER, Nat. Tidskr. 1 ser. iv. p. 154, 1842. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 255. Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 90. LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af 
 Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. 1851, p. 22 ; 1855, p. 137. 
 
 Araneops. COSTA, Rend, del Accad. del Sc. di Nap. 1853, p. 169. 
 
 Pseudophtlialmw. STIMPSON, Marine Invert. Grand Manan. Proc. Nat. H. 
 Soc. Boston. 
 
 Tetromatus. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 139. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 171. 
 
 Generic characters. Cephalon produced, and tapering an- 
 teriorly- Eyes four, simple, two situated on each side, near 
 the extremity of the cephalon. Superior antennae at the ex- 
 tremity of the cephalon, without secondary appendage. Inferior 
 antennae placed very far posteriorly to the superior. Mandibles 
 having an appendage. Gnathopoda imperfectly subchelate. Pos- 
 terior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson squamiform, cleft. 
 
 THE animals of this very curious genus have the body 
 long, smooth, and more compressed anteriorly than pos- 
 teriorly, so much so that the anterior portion of the 
 dorsal surface presents a wedge-shaped appearance, but 
 scarcely carinated. The head gradually tapers in front 
 to an obtuse point, at the extremity of which the su- 
 perior antennae are situated. The eyes are placed near 
 the extremity of the head, and consist of two small 
 simple organs upon each side, four in all, whence the 
 generic name " Tetromatus" we had proposed, at the 
 suggestion of our excellent friend, Mr. Adam White. 
 The superior antennas are without a secondary append- 
 
126 
 
 GAMMARIDJ2. 
 
 age. The inferior antennae are situated very far pos- 
 teriorly to the superior. The mandibles possess a three - 
 jointed appendage. The arms are slender, feeble, and 
 imperfectly subchelate. The third and fourth pairs of 
 legs are uniform, and have the fourth joints long and 
 broad, the wrists short, and the fingers very long and 
 styliform. The fifth and sixth are also uniform ; they 
 have the fingers short, and directed posteriorly. The 
 seventh differ from the others, and have the foot broad 
 and the finger straight. The posterior pair of caudal 
 appendages are subfoliaceous ; the branches are sub- 
 equal. The caudal plate is squamiform, and cleft down 
 the centre. 
 
 The following vignette, for which we are indebted to 
 our friend Dr. Scott, of Selby, Shetland, is a view of the 
 Doreholms, Shetland, as seen by the Aurora Borealis. 
 
AMPELISCA G AIM AUDI [. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOltlA. 
 
 AMPELISCIDES. 
 
 AMPELISCA GAIMARDII. 
 
 Specific character. Posterior margin of the third segment of the pleon 
 plain. Superior antennas one-third the length of the animal. Inferior an- 
 tennae very slender, two -thirds the length of the animal. 
 
 Length, f inch. 
 
 Ampelisca Oaimardii. KKOYER, Voyage en Scand. Crust, pi. xxiii. fig. 1. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 91, pi. 
 
 xv. fig. 1. 
 Araneops diadema. A. COSTA, Rend, del Accad. Sc. di Nap. 1853, p. 
 
 171, Tav. i. fig. 1. 
 Tetromatus typicus. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Synop. 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 139. WHITE, Hist. 
 
 Brit. Crust, p. 171, pi. x. fig. 4. 
 
 THE anterior half of the animal is much more com- 
 pressed than the posterior, and narrowed to an angle 
 upon the dorsal surface, the angle increasing anteriorly 
 to the extremity of the head. The eyes consist of simple 
 
128 
 
 lenses, four in number, two upon each side of the head, 
 fixed in the integument itself. Behind these fixed eyes 
 is a mass of dark-red pigment : close observation, with 
 a microscope, exhibits this as connected with the organs 
 of sight, threads of white pigment ramifying over the 
 red mass, and appearing to consist of two sets, one be- 
 longing to each organ, although only partially connected ; 
 sufficiently so, however, to show that the two lenses 
 belong to one and the same organ of vision. 
 
 The number of lenses belonging to the eye of an Am- 
 phipod increases with the growth of the animal ; to such 
 an extent is this the case, that whereas in the larva of a 
 Gammarus, we have counted but eight, we find that in 
 the adult there are no less than forty in each eye. We 
 therefore consider that, in this genus, an arrest has taken 
 place at an early stage, and limited the number of lenses 
 to two, and thus produced an apparently imperfect organ 
 of vision. 
 
 The superior antennae are longer than the peduncle of 
 the inferior, and are about one-third the length of the 
 animal ; the first joint of the peduncle is short and 
 stout, and carries several fasciculi of hairs upon the 
 inferior margin ; the second is twice as long, and not so 
 broad, and furnished upon the inferior margin with many 
 fasciculi of hairs; the third joint is very short, and in- 
 creases in diameter towards the distal extremity ; the 
 flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle ; the 
 first articulus is as broad at the base as the last joint of 
 the peduncle, and nearly as long ; it gradually tapers to 
 the distal extremity, the under margin is thickly crowded 
 with auditory cilia of peculiar form ; these are long and 
 slender, the basal half broader than the distal, and the 
 extremity furnished with a minute denticle; the rest 
 of the articuli are small and slender, each carrying, above 
 
AMPELISCA GAIMARDII. 129 
 
 and below, two or three very minute hairs ; the second 
 articulus likewise carries a single auditory cilium. The 
 inferior antennae are as long again as the superior, and 
 reach to about two-thirds of the length of the animal. 
 The third and fourth joints of the peduncle are furnished 
 on the upper margin with fasciculi of hairs, the former 
 through the entire length, the latter for a portion only ; 
 the last joint of the peduncle is longer and more slen- 
 der than the preceding one : the tiagellum, of which 
 the first articulus is longer than either of the others, is 
 very long and very slender, and is furnished with a few 
 very minute cilia. The mandibles have the incisive 
 margin armed with four or five strong teeth ; within is 
 a second plate, articulated with the mandible, and equally 
 strongly armed ; deeper within exists a broad strongly 
 toothed molar process, between which and the moveable 
 plate already referred to stands a row of stiff forked 
 spines, each of which is denticulated along the margins 
 throughout its length : the appendage of the mandibles 
 has the first joint very short, not being longer than 
 broad ; the second is very broad, and forms a long 
 ellipse, having the upper margin furnished with four fas- 
 ciculi of hairs ; the third joint is scarcely as long as the 
 second, very much more slender, slightly curved, and 
 of equal breadth throughout ; the underside is fur- 
 nished with a few hairs, commencing near the middle, 
 and increasing in length towards the apex. The foot- 
 jaws have the finger long and slender ; the sixth joint, or 
 hand, is short ; the wrist is longer than the hand and 
 finger together, but the joint anterior to the wrist is 
 very short, and carries a large squamiform plate, arcuate 
 upon the outer, and straight upon the inner side, armed 
 with six slightly-curved simple teeth, the most anterior 
 
 K 
 
130 GAMMA.RIDJE. 
 
 of which is fixed below the apex of the plate ; the third 
 joint is likewise formed into a squamiform plate, much 
 smaller and more rounded than the preceding, and fur- 
 nished at the apex with a few plumose hairs. The arms 
 are long and slender, and differ but little from each 
 other. They are very imperfectly subchelate. The 
 first pair are rather the more robust of the two ; the 
 hand is much shorter, and has the inferior margin more 
 convex ; the palm is very oblique, and not defined ; 
 throughout the whole of the inferior margin, including 
 the palm, the joint is furnished with fasciculi, or rather, 
 short rows of hairs, most of which are short and simple ; 
 but there exists one or two in each fasciculus much 
 longer than the rest, straight and plumose : the wrist 
 is longer than the palm, and has the inferior margin 
 furnished with several short transverse rows of simple 
 hairs : the finger is half the length of the hand, and 
 is tipped with an unguis or nail, and armed upon the 
 inner side with three or four strong spines, furnished 
 with a serrated or spinous edge. The second pair of 
 arms are rather longer than the first : the wrist is fur- 
 nished with long plumose hairs, planted in short trans- 
 verse rows, laterally to the inferior margin ; the hand is 
 long, and of nearly equal breadth throughout, without 
 any distinguishable palm, the inferior margin is fur- 
 nished with several short transverse rows of simple and 
 plumose hairs ; the finger is but one-fourth the length of 
 the hand, it is unguiculate, and has the inner margin 
 armed with five or six small spines. The third and 
 fourth pairs of legs resemble each other, and differ in 
 form from those of other Amphipoda, the fourth joint 
 being long and broad, making a long ellipse, convex 
 upon the outer, and flat upon the inner surface, and 
 
AMPELISCA GA1M AUDIT. 131 
 
 having the posterior margin fringed with long plumose 
 hairs ; the wrist is short, scarcely longer than broad, and 
 having the posterior margin fringed with long plumose 
 hairs ; the foot is three times as long as the wrist, it 
 has the margins almost parallel, tapering towards the 
 distal extremity; the outer margin, towards the distal ex- 
 tremity, has long plumose and a few short simple hairs ; 
 the inner has, at the same extremity, four or five short 
 stout spines : the finger is longer than the hand, very 
 slender, and almost straight ; it is capable of impinging 
 laterally against the inner margin of the hand, the apex 
 reaching beyond the wrist. The fifth pair of legs have 
 the second joint dilated, oval, being enlarged as much 
 anteriorly as posteriorly ; the fourth and fifth joints are 
 subequal in length and size ; the latter terminates ab- 
 ruptly, and has the extremity furnished with five or six 
 short blunt spinules, subapically tipped with a single 
 cilium, and a few long hairs, which have their margins, 
 for nearly the distal half, serrated deeply ; the foot is 
 much narrower than the wrist, but is quite as long, it 
 has the margins almost parallel, the extremities being a 
 little narrower than the diameter of the middle of the 
 joint; the anterior margin is furnished with a row of 
 equidistant, short, obtuse-pointed spines, subapically 
 tipped with a single cilium ; towards the extremity of 
 the foot the spines gradually increase in length and in 
 sharpness, until on the apex they pass into the character 
 of hairs ; the posterior margin has the distal half mi- 
 nutely crenulate, and armed with three spines, which 
 gradually increase in length and strength the nearer 
 they approach the finger, in the last of which the sub- 
 apical cilium has increased in strength until it has be- 
 come as important as the primary division ; the finger 
 
 K 9, 
 
132 GAMMARIILE. 
 
 articulates towards the posterior margin of the foot, and 
 is directed backwards, contrary to the usual plan in the 
 Amphipoda ; it is short, strong, and sharp, and furnished 
 on the outer surface with a few minute hairs. The sixth 
 pair of legs resemble the preceding, except that the se- 
 cond joint is larger. The seventh pair differ from all the 
 preceding : the second joint is very long ; the plate is 
 long-ovate, broader below than above, and postero-infe- 
 riorly produced to the extremity of the next succeeding 
 joint ; the foot is long-ovate, and furnished at the distal 
 extremity with a few hairs and spines; the finger is 
 broad, flat, straight, and lanceolate : near the posterior 
 margin is a longitudinal row of circular spots. The caudal 
 appendages are unequal in length ; the antepenultimate 
 have the branches longer than the peduncle ; the lower 
 branch is simply styliform, the upper is slightly longer, 
 of the same form, but having the upper margin fringed 
 with a row of equidistant spines. The penultimate pair 
 have the peduncle with the upper margin spinous ; the 
 branches are subfoliaceous, and curved so as to fit one 
 against the other, and both have their margins thickly 
 fringed with equidistant sharp spines. The ultimate pair 
 are likewise subfoliaceous : the lower branch has the lower 
 margin fringed with spines, and the distal extremity 
 of the upper is furnished with simple hairs ; the upper 
 branch is broader than the lower, and has the under 
 surface hollowed, to admit of the under branch being 
 closely pressed against it ; it has only the distal in- 
 ferior margin furnished with hairs. The middle tail- 
 piece is longer than the peduncle of the last pair of 
 caudal appendages, narrow, and divided to nearly two- 
 thirds of its length, and the lateral margins are bent 
 to an angle. 
 
AMPELISCA GAJMARDII. 133 
 
 The skin, as examined beneath 
 the microscope, is very transparent ; 
 it is free from any trace of its cell- 
 origin ; it is moreover perforated by 
 pores of different sizes, which ap- 
 pear to pass in a waving line directly 
 through the tissue. 
 
 The colour of the animal is hyaline white, having a 
 blush of rose-colour on many parts of the body, par- 
 ticularly the extremities, and the posterior segments of 
 the body; the extremities of some of the joints of the 
 peduncles of both pairs of antennae are distinguishable 
 by a distinct spot of red. We have kept several of this 
 species in tanks, but they seldom live long, and imme- 
 diately that they are placed in the vessel, dart to the 
 bottom and hide themselves from view, (a peculiarity 
 probably dependent on the structure of the eyes,) so 
 that we have not been enabled to obtain any knowledge 
 of their peculiar habits. 
 
 The species was first named by Kroyer from an Arctic 
 specimen ; but it is very common all round our coast, 
 in some few fathoms of water, and, we believe, generally 
 in muddy ground. Its long proboscidiform head appears 
 to be peculiarly adapted for burrowing beneath the softer 
 bottoms of the sea, and the character of its eyes also 
 indicates a habitat where organs of vision are but little 
 required. The mandibles, with their tearing processes, 
 (unlike the smooth incisive margins in Lysianassa,) sug- 
 gest a carnivorous rather than a vegetable-feeding habit, 
 decaying animal matter and small creatures found in the 
 mud being probably its food. 
 
 We have received specimens from the Rev. Geo. Gor- 
 don, taken in the Moray Frith ; off the Island of Skye, 
 dredged by Mr. Barlee ; Rishbank, Dublin Bay, from 
 
134 
 
 GA.MMARnX3B. 
 
 Professor Kinahan ; off Fowey, taken by Mr. Wells, 
 of the Admiralty Survey ; and in Plymouth Sound it 
 has been dredged by Mr. T. P. Smyth, and ourselves. 
 Costa procured his specimen, which, as far as his im- 
 perfect description will enable us to judge, we consider 
 to belong to this same species, upon the coast of Naples. 
 It has also been dredged from twenty fathoms deep, at 
 the entrance of Belfast Bay, by Messrs. Hyndman and 
 E. Goodsir, at the beginning of the month of October. 
 These last are in the Collection of the Belfast Museum. 
 Recently it has been taken in the Shetlands by the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman and Mr. J. G. Jeffreys in Outer Skerries 
 Harbour, in from one to two fathoms ; near Whalsey 
 Lighthouse, in forty fathoms ; and sixty miles east of 
 Shetlands, in from seventy to ninety fathoms of water. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of Inch Abbey, co. Down, 
 was kindly sketched for us by Mrs. Campbell. 
 
AMPELISCA BELLIANA. 135 
 
 A M PHI POD A . A MPELISCIDES. 
 
 NATATOKTA. 
 
 AMPELISCA BELLIANA. 
 
 Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the posterior mar- 
 gin deeply Insinuated on each side. Superior antennae shorter than the 
 peduncle of the inferior. 
 
 Length rather more than ^ inch. 
 
 Tetromatus Bellianus. SPENCB BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. xix. 139. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 93, pi. xv. fig. 3. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 171. 
 
 THIS animal, in its general appearance, resembles A. 
 Gaimardii, but may be distinguished from it by the 
 contour of the posterior margin of the tenth segment 
 after the head ; on each side it is waved, having a deep 
 indentation near the upper part, a prominent lobe about 
 the middle, a second indentation below the lobe, beneath 
 which the inferior margin is produced to a sharp slightly 
 upturned process, or tooth. 
 
 The superior antennae are not longer than the head. 
 The first joint of the peduncle is very short, scarcely 
 longer than broad; the second joint is about twice the 
 
136 GAMMARIDjE. 
 
 length of the first, and more slender ; the third is very 
 short ; the flagellum is scarcely as long as the peduncle. 
 The inferior antennae are about one-third the length of 
 the animal; the peduncle is longer than the superior 
 antennae, of which the penultimate joint is twice the 
 length of the ultimate ; the flagellum is scarcely as long 
 as the peduncle. The mandibles have no appreciable 
 distinction from those of A. Gaimardii. The foot-jaws 
 have the antepenultimate joint reaching scarcely to the 
 extremity of the squamose process of the preceding 
 joint; the penultimate joint is nearly as long as the 
 one before it, and itself is longer than the finger, which 
 terminates in a sharp nail ; the spines upon the squamose 
 plate differ from those in A. Gaimardii in form as well 
 as in length ; they are eight in number, and rapidly 
 increase in size from the base to the top of the 
 plate ; their form is that of a lancet-blade, slightly 
 hooked at the point, and narrowed at the base ; the 
 apex of the plate is crowned with three hairs, or long 
 spines. The arms and two following pairs of legs re- 
 semble those of A. Gaimardii, as well as the fifth pair 
 of legs, except that the second joint is quite as broad 
 as long. The sixth pair have the second joint quad- 
 rate, with the postero-inferior margin slightly produced 
 downwards. The second joint of the last pair is not 
 so much postero-inferiorly produced as in A. Gaimardii, 
 and the penultimate joint is broader. The caudal ap- 
 pendages scarcely differ from those of the other species, 
 except that the branches are not proportionally so long, 
 and their margins are less numerously and regularly 
 fringed with spines. The terminal scale is long, narrow, 
 and split from the apex nearly to the base, and the late- 
 ral margins are bent to an angle. 
 
 The colour scarcely differs from that of A. Gaimardii, 
 
AMPELISCA BELLIANA. 137 
 
 but we have taken one or two specimens with some 
 beautiful stellate crimson spots, as well as several black 
 ones near the organs of vision. 
 
 We first procured this species from our valued cor- 
 respondent, the Rev. Geo. Gordon ; since which we have 
 received it from Mr. Edward, both having taken it in the 
 Moray Frith. It has also been dredged by us in Ply- 
 mouth Sound ; and in the British Museum are specimens 
 which Mr. Barret has taken in the North Atlantic. 
 
 This species is much more rare than A. Gaimardii, and 
 apparently less extended in its geographical range. Pro- 
 fessor Liljeborg has taken, at Kullaberg, on the coast of 
 Norway, a species, A. macrocephala, which, from his de- 
 scription, bears so close resemblance to the present, that 
 we should have regarded them as identical, but that he 
 says the fourth segment of the pleon is carinated, and 
 the sixth is posteriorly obtusely bidentate. Mr. Stimp- 
 son has also recorded a species, A. ingens, taken at Grand 
 Manan, on the coast of America, which somewhat re- 
 sembles A. Belliana, but differs in having the margin 
 of the sinuated segment less deeply waved, the greater 
 length of the superior antennas, the more perfectly de- 
 veloped form of the first pair of hands, and lastly, in 
 that truly American feature, its large size being three 
 times as large as the European form. M. Holboll has 
 also found this last species in forty fathoms of water, on 
 the coast of Greenland. 
 
 The species is inscribed with the name of Professor 
 Bell, F.R.S., &c., whose work on the " British Stalk- 
 Eyed Crustacea" has greatly tended to the study of 
 this branch of Natural History, and to whom we are 
 bound to offer our warmest thanks for the assistance he 
 has afforded us, with his wonted urbanity, in the prepara- 
 tion of this work. 
 
138 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . PH OXIDES. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 Subfamily PHOXIDES. 
 
 Pontoporeides. DANA, Un. St. Explor. Expecl. p. 912. SPENCE BATE and 
 WESTWOOD, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 21. 
 
 Phoxides. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, vol. xx. p. 525. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 97. 
 
 Cephalon produced in advance, more like a hood than a rostrum. Inferior 
 antennae situated considerably posterior to the superior. 
 
 THIS subfamily offers several aberrant characteristics. 
 The head is generally produced far in advance of the 
 antennas, looking like a hood hanging over the basal 
 portions. The eyes in the most typical genera are almost 
 rudimentary, and exist in the form of an orbicular mass 
 of pigment, deeply seated in the head, without any lenses 
 observable on the surface. The antennae are situated 
 nearly in the same plane, the one behind the other. 
 
 The peculiar form of the head, together with the im- 
 perfect character of the eyes, induce us to believe that 
 these animals dwell where vision is not essential, some 
 burrowing in sandy or muddy bottoms, while others ex- 
 hibit features of a parasitic character.* 
 
 The genus Pontoporeia being closely allied to Anonyx 
 in the preceding sub-family, we have been compelled to 
 reject Dana's sub-family name, and have employed in its 
 stead a name derived from one of the most typical of its 
 genera. 
 
 * The recent observations of Mr. Spence Bate on the development of some 
 species of ffyperina induce us to believe that there is a nearer connection 
 between this sub-family and the latter than has hitherto been assigned to 
 them. 
 
PHOXUS. 139 
 
 A MPH1P ODA . PH OXIDES . 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus PHOXUS. KROYER. 
 
 Pkoxus. KROYER, Tidsk. vol. iv. p. 150. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon considerably produced anteriorly 
 to a point, not much depressed. Superior antennae having a 
 secondary appendage. Maxillipedes subpediform. Gnathopoda 
 subchelate. Posterior pair of pereiopoda shorter than the 
 others. Telson double. 
 
 THIS genus may be taken' as the type of the sub- 
 family. It has the head considerably advanced in front, 
 and produced into a blunt point, but which is not much 
 depressed. We have not observed the eyes, but Stimp- 
 son speaks of them as being two in number, but they 
 are very imperfect, and generally white, and disappear 
 soon after death. The superior antennae carry a se- 
 condary appendage, which is generally very long. The 
 mandibles are furnished with an appendage. The foot- 
 jaws have the squamiform plates but little developed; 
 thus bearing a considerable resemblance to the ordinary 
 walking legs. The hands are subchelate, and nearly of 
 the same size. The last pair of walking feet are very 
 short, being considerably shorter than any of the others. 
 The last pair of caudal appendages are biramous, and the 
 terminal plate is double. 
 
140 
 
 GAJAMARUXS5. 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 V 
 
 PHOXUS SIMPLEX. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae scarcely reaching beyond the ex- 
 fremity of the cephalon. Inferior antenme nearly three times as long as 
 the superior. Three anterior coxae having four simple hairs near the hinder 
 angle of the inferior margin. 
 
 Length, & inch. 
 
 Phoxus simplex. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. 1857, vol. xx. p. 525. 
 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 97, pi. xvi. fig. 1. 
 Phoxus Kroyeri. SPENCE BATE, Synopsis, &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857, 
 
 2 Ser. xix. p. 152. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58 (not 
 
 of Stimpson in Proc. N. Hist. Soc. Boston). WHITE, 
 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 173. 
 
 THIS species has the dorsal surface of the head con- 
 siderably produced, and gradually narrowed, without 
 being curved downwards, and with the apex obtusely 
 rounded. The eyes have not been observed, owing pro- 
 bably to the circumstance of the animal not having been 
 examined until some time after death, whence we are led 
 to suppose that they are imperfect in their structure. 
 The superior antennae are very short, scarcely reaching 
 beyond the extremity of the overhanging head ; the 
 
PHOXUS SIMPLEX. 141 
 
 peduncle is very short ; and the flagellum is scarcely 
 longer ; the secondary appendage consists of but three 
 articuli, and is nearly as important as the primary, which 
 is formed of but four. The inferior antennas are about 
 as long again as the head, and three times as long as the 
 superior ; the peduncle does not reach as far as the 
 apex of the projecting head ; and the flagellum, which 
 consists of about ten or twelve articuli, has each articu- 
 lus almost as broad as long. The coxse of the arms and 
 first two pairs of walking legs are very large, broad, and 
 much deeper than the respective segments of the body ; 
 the three anterior are furnished, towards the posterior 
 portion of the inferior margin, with four simple hairs, 
 which number appears to us to be persistent, as five are 
 to P. Holbolli, and a greater number to P. plumosus ; 
 the arms are subequal, the first pair being rather the 
 smaller ; the wrist is short, and the hand twice as long 
 as broad ; the inferior margin runs parallel with the 
 superior, but is not quite so long ; the palm is slightly 
 oblique, and defined by a small tooth at the inferior 
 angle ; the finger is of the same length as the palm. 
 The second pair of arms vary but little in form from 
 the preceding ; the hand is a little larger, it is rather 
 broader towards the base, both margins are convex, the 
 inferior is about one-third shorter than the superior ; 
 the palm is much more oblique than that of the first 
 pair, it is also slightly convex, and defined by a larger 
 tooth at the inferior angles : the finger is slightly curved, 
 and is about the length of the palm. The walking legs 
 are rather slender. The first two pairs have the fingers 
 rather long and straight. The fourth pair of these legs 
 are longer than the third, but the fifth are much shorter 
 than either, and apparently useless ; the squamiform 
 thigh is larger than that of the preceding legs, and 
 
142 
 
 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 broadest below ; the rest of the leg is only equal in 
 length to that of the thigh. The antepenultimate pair 
 of caudal appendages have the plates as long as the 
 peduncle, those on the two posterior pairs are shorter, 
 and the middle piece consists of two narrow, unarmed 
 plates, with a few fine spines at the extremity. 
 
 The only place from which this species has been re- 
 ceived is that of Plymouth Sound, where it was taken 
 by us with the dredge. 
 
 The vignette is by Mitchell, and represents the Mew 
 Stone, Plymouth Sound. 
 
PHOXUS HOLBOLLT, 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 143 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 PHOXUS HOLBOLLI. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae having the peduncle reaching as 
 far as the extremity of the cephalon ; flagellum as long as the peduncle ; 
 secondary appendage half as long as the primary. Inferior antennae scarcely 
 longer than the superior. Gnathopoda subequal ; propoda quadrate ; palm 
 but slightly oblique; three anterior coxaa having each five simple hairs upon 
 the inferior margin, towards the hind-angle. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Phoxus Holbolli. KROYER, Tidsk. vol. iv. p. 150. S PENCE BATE, Synop. 
 &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857, p. 58. Cat. Amph. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 98, pi. xvi. fig. 2. WHITE, Hist. Brit. 
 Crust, p. 173. 
 
 THE general appearance of the animal much resembles 
 that of P. simplex, but the antennae are longer, the su- 
 perior pair are nearly as long as the head, and extend 
 considerably beyond the extremity of the cephalon ; the 
 peduncle reaches quite to the anterior margin of the pro- 
 jecting hood ; the first joint of the peduncle is tolerably 
 long, but almost hid beneath the walls of the head ; the 
 
144 GAMMARIDJ5. 
 
 second and third joints are small; the flagellum consists 
 of seven articuli, and is rather longer than the peduncle. 
 The secondary appendage is about half the length of the 
 primary. The inferior antennae are slightly longer than 
 the superior ; the peduncle extends beyond the peduncle 
 of the superior ; the flagellum has the first four or five 
 articuli very short, the remainder irregularly increasing 
 in length. The foot-jaws nearly resemble true legs, and 
 terminate in a short sharp-pointed finger, retaining the 
 characteristic of their true nature only in two small scale- 
 like processes, springing from the second and third joints, 
 the joints are all of the same length. The large squa- 
 mose coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs are deeper 
 than their respective segments, the three anterior having 
 the posterior half of the inferior margin furnished with 
 five hairs, the hindmost of which is short. The coxae of 
 the three posterior pairs of legs are much shorter than 
 those of the preceding pairs. The first two pairs of 
 legs are subequal, tolerably strong, each having a hand 
 of nearly similar form ; that of the first pair is almost 
 quadrate, the margins nearly parallel, the palm is some- 
 what oblique, slightly convex, and slightly serrated, de- 
 fined by a short sharp tooth. Those of the second pair 
 are rather longer, and have the palm defined by a longer 
 and sharper denticle ; the fingers are sharp and slightly 
 curved. The next two pairs of legs are slender; the 
 fifth pair are tolerably robust, but not very long, having 
 the second joint considerably dilated posteriorly; the 
 sixth pair are longer than the fifth, very similar in form. 
 The seventh also resemble them, but are very much 
 shorter, the third and following joints being scarcely as 
 long as the largely-dilated second joint ; all the legs after 
 the first two have the finger very short. The three pairs 
 of natatory appendages are not very long, and are pro- 
 
PHOXUS HOLBOLLI. 145 
 
 tected by the deep lateral walls of the segments to which 
 they are attached. The caudal appendages terminate 
 subequally, the posterior pair being a little the longest ; 
 the two preceding have the styliform rami equal in 
 length, and free from hairs ; the last pair have the 
 peduncle short, and the rami unequal, the outer branch 
 being one-third longer than the inner. The middle tail- 
 piece is double, each division being long and tapering, 
 and the apex tipped with a few small hairs. 
 
 The animal, as far as we have been able to judge from 
 recently-dead specimens, is transparent and colourless ; 
 nor have we been able to detect any eye. The surface 
 of the skin is sparsely covered with small hairs, some of 
 which are simple, while others have a club-shaped apex. 
 Judging only from Kroyer's description, we have but 
 little doubt that this species is identical with that which 
 he named after M. Holboll. 
 
 We first found it as British by dredging it in Ply- 
 mouth Sound ; it has since been sent to us from Banff 
 by that indefatigable lover of nature, Mr. Edward. 
 
146 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARID^I. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 PHOXUS PLTJMOSUS. 
 
 tc character. Superior antennae longer than the cephalon. Inferior 
 antennae scarcely as long as the superior. Gnathopoda having the propodos 
 long- ovate ; palm very oblique. Hairs on the margin of the coxse, as well as 
 on the legs, plumose. 
 Length, ^ inch. 
 
 Phoxus plumosus. KROYER, Tidskr. vol. iv. p. 150. SPENCB BATE, Rep. 
 
 Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. 
 
 xx. p. 525, Feb. 1857. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 99, pi. xvi. fig. 3. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 173. 
 Phoxus fusiformis. STIMPSOX, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 57. 
 
 THIS animal in its general aspect much resembles the 
 other species of this genus, but the projecting surface of 
 the head is less acute. We have not been able to make 
 out the eyes ; but Mr. Stimpson says, that in the Ameri- 
 can specimen (which we consider, from his description, 
 to be synonymous with the British) they are white. The 
 
PHOXCS PLUMOSUS. 147 
 
 superior antennae have the peduncle reaching as far as 
 the extremity of the head ; the first joint is very long, 
 and reaches nearly to the anterior margin of the head, 
 it is furnished upon the inferior margin with three 
 short plumose hairs ; the second joint is very short, 
 being but little longer than broad, inferiorly slightly 
 dilated, and armed with five simple hairs ; the third joint 
 is shorter than the second, and more slender ; the fla- 
 gellum is slender, and as long as the peduncle, consisting 
 of seven or eight articuli, of which the first is as long 
 as three others; the secondary appendage is slender, 
 and nearly as long as the primary, and consists of six 
 articuli. The inferior antennae are rather shorter than 
 the superior ; the peduncle reaches as far as the ex- 
 tremity of the first joint of the peduncle of the su- 
 perior ; the penultimate joint is the longest, and is 
 inferiorly dilated into a squamiform process, with a 
 convex margin, and fringed with several plumose hairs, 
 as is also the antero-superior margin ; the last joint is 
 short and slender ; the flagellum is more slender still, 
 it is shorter than the peduncle, and consists of seven or 
 eight articuli, of which the first is as long as the two 
 succeeding. The mandibles are short, (having the in- 
 cisive margin armed with denticles,) and furnished with 
 a long two-jointed appendage ; the distal joint being 
 longer than the basal, terminating obliquely and carry- 
 ing a row of closely-set hairs, which increase in length 
 towards the extremity. The foot-jaw bears a consi- 
 derable resemblance to an ordinary leg, but is distin- 
 guishable by a small squamiform process, developed 
 both from the third and fourth joints, which are sub- 
 equally short ; the fifth is long, and fringed upon the 
 inner margin with hairs ; the sixth joint is scarcely half 
 as long as the fifth, fringed like the preceding, the fringe 
 
 L 2 
 
148 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 short, sharp, and slightly curved. The four anterior coxae 
 are large, quite as deep as the segments of the body to 
 which they are attached respectively, and each has the 
 inferior margin fringed with a row of equidistant, soli- 
 tary, short, plumose spines. The first pair of legs are 
 slender, tolerably long, having the metacarpus and wrist 
 fringed upon the inferior side with a few plumose cilia ; 
 hand long, narrow, tapering ; palm two-thirds the length 
 of the hand, exceedingly oblique, defined by a small 
 obtuse denticle, and fringed with a row of equidistant 
 fine cilia : finger long and slender, as long as the palm, 
 and nearly straight. The second pair of legs resemble 
 the first, but are scarcely as large, and the palm is 
 slightly waved, and not so distinctly defined, and the 
 finger appears to be scarcely as long as the palm. The 
 third and fourth pair of feet are slender, fringed with 
 cilia, both plumose and simple, having the hand straight 
 and unarmed ; the finger as long as the hand, straight, 
 stout, and furnished with a nail at the extremity ; on the 
 distal extremity of the hand, on each side of the finger, 
 stands a moveable spine, as stout and long as the finger, 
 apparently having the power of being compressed to- 
 gether, each fitting into a lateral groove in the finger, 
 thus forming a feeble and insufficient nipper. The fifth 
 pair of legs are long, slender, and plumose, the coxa is 
 short, and the thigh tapering, with a posterior concave 
 margin to the distal extremity ; all the joints after the 
 knee are subequal in length ; the finger is quite straight. 
 The sixth pair of legs resemble the preceding in form, 
 but are nearly half as long again ; the joints after the 
 knee are subequally long and slightly plumose; the 
 finger is longer than the hand, straight and sty li form. 
 The seventh pair of legs are very short, reaching only to 
 the middle of the metacarpal joint of the sixth pair of 
 
PHOXUS PLUMOSUS. 149 
 
 legs ; the coxa is very short, but the thigh is largely 
 dilated, and postero-inferiorly produced to a blunt point, 
 reaching as far as the wrist ; the inferior and posterior 
 margins are slightly crenated, each crenulation emitting 
 a solitary hair ; all the joints, except the finger, (which 
 is long, straight, and styliform,) are subequally short. 
 The caudal appendages are free from hairs or spines; 
 they terminate subequally, the antepenultimate pair 
 being slightly the longer, and the penultimate pair the 
 shortest. The branches are subequal, those of the last 
 pair being rather less pointed than those of the two 
 preceding pairs. The central piece is double, but not 
 so long as the peduncle of the posterior pair of caudal 
 appendages. 
 
 The colour of the animal is corneous and transparent. 
 The structure of the tissue, under the microscope, is seen 
 to be minutely granular. 
 
 Kroyer, in his description, says that a few spines exist 
 upon the third and fourth joints of the peduncle of the 
 inferior antennae in P. Holbolli, but that they are absent 
 in P. plumosus. In one specimen of P. Holbolli the hairs 
 upon the inferior antennae are scarcely robust enough to 
 be called spines ; whereas in P. plumosus there are a few 
 plumose hairs, of which Kroyer makes no mention. In 
 other respects the animals appear to correspond with 
 Kroyer's description, and we do not feel justified in sepa- 
 rating them upon such immaterial distinctions. The only 
 difference between P. plumosus and Stimpson's specimen 
 of P. fusiformis consists in the American specimen having 
 what the author of its description calls "more nails on 
 third and fourth legs." Now these so-called "nails" we 
 take to be the long lateral spines that impinge against 
 the sides of the fingers of the third and fourth pairs 
 of legs. 
 
150 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 It was first taken by Holboll on the coast of Green- 
 land, from whence the great northern currents probably 
 drifted it to the shores of America : for, generally speak- 
 ing, the Crustacea of the eastern coast of America are 
 very distinct from those of the western coast of Eu- 
 rope ; and in instances where they may be found to be 
 identical, (as we believe to be the case with this species,) 
 they are essentially Arctic forms, which yield to the 
 opposite shore of each continent some few wandering 
 specimens. 
 
 We have taken it with the dredge from Plymouth Sound, 
 from which specimen our figure was drawn and described, 
 but the figure of the caudal appendages was drawn from 
 another specimen. Mr. Barlee has taken it while dredg- 
 ing in the Shetlands, as have also very lately the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman and Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys. The speci- 
 men which Stimpson describes as distinct, but which we 
 have incorporated with this species, was taken by him with 
 the dredge on coarse sandy bottoms, in the laminarian 
 and corralline zone on the coast of the Isle of Grand 
 Manan, U.S., North America. 
 
GRAYIA. 151 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus GRAYIA. 
 
 Orayia. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 101. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalou anteriorly produced. Eyes 
 two. Superior antennae without a secondary appendage. Gna- 
 thopoda subchelate. Pereiopoda subequal. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda biramous. Telson squamiform. 
 
 THE head is only moderately produced in front, and 
 does not terminate in a point. The eyes are two, one on 
 each side of the head, in the normal position of those 
 organs. The superior antenna are not furnished with a 
 secondary appendage. The inferior antennae are not so 
 robust as the superior. The three posterior pairs of 
 walking legs are strong and subequal in length, and 
 terminate in sharp-pointed fingers. The last caudal 
 appendage is double-branched, and the middle tail-piece 
 is squamiform and apparently simple. 
 
 We consider this genus to bear a close affinity to 
 Odiceros Kr., from which it is distinguished by the 
 shortness of the last pair of the walking legs, which, 
 in this genus, are not longer than the preceding pair. 
 
 The animal possibly maybe parasitic; but if it pos- 
 sesses similar habits to Darwmia, it differs generically 
 in the size of the arms, the form and depth of the coxae, 
 the less dilated character of the body, and the absence 
 of the unusual character of the third segment of the 
 tail being considerably less deep than the second. 
 
 This genus is named in compliment to Dr. J. E. Gray, 
 F.R.S., &c., the indefatigable keeper of the Zoological 
 Collection of the British Museum, to whose zeal its pre- 
 sent efficient state is mainly owing. 
 
152 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 N ATA TORI A. 
 
 GAMMAR1DJ:. 
 
 PH OXIDES. 
 
 GRAYIA IMBRICATA. 
 
 Specific character. Three anterior segments of the pleon posteriorly 
 elevated. Eyes large. 
 Length, jj, inch. 
 
 Grayia imbricata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 101, 
 pi. xvi. fig. 4. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced, and rounded in 
 front, but not extending to a point. The three seg- 
 ments of the anterior part of the tail are each posteriorly 
 raised, giving, when viewed laterally, an imbricated ap- 
 pearance to the dorsal margin, a circumstance that 
 suggested the specific name of the animal. The eyes 
 are rather large, tolerably round, and very black. The 
 superior antennae are not longer, but stouter, at the base 
 of the peduncle than the inferior. The inferior are more 
 slender and less tapering than the superior, and equal in 
 length to the head and the first three segments of the 
 body. The coxae are not so deep as the body, and the 
 four anterior are equal in size. The first two pairs of 
 legs are subchelate ; the hands are subovate, the palms 
 
GRAYIA TMBRICATA. 
 
 153 
 
 oblique, and the fingers short and curved. The walking 
 legs are nearly all of the same length, and each termi- 
 nates in an evenly -curved finger, sub-apically furnished 
 with a single short hair. The three caudal appendages 
 are subequal in length. 
 
 This species was first sent to us by our friend Mr. W. 
 Webster, who dredged it in Falmouth Harbour. We 
 have since received it through the kindness of the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman, (who has forwarded to us his entire col- 
 lection of Edriophthalmous Crustacea for examination,) 
 having been taken by Mr. Alder off the coast of North- 
 umberland : this northern specimen appears to possess 
 the imbricated character, more strongly expressed than 
 in that from Falmouth. 
 
154 GAM MARBLE. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . P II OX IDES. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 Genus WESTWOODILLA. 
 
 Westwoodilla. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 102. 
 
 Westwoodea (pars). SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 Westwoodia. Synop. Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 139, Feb. 
 
 1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 172. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Eyes con- 
 fluent. Superior antennae without a secondary appendage. 
 Mandibles appendiculated. First pair of gnathopoda subche- 
 late. Second pair not subchelate. Posterior pair of pereio- 
 poda longest. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson 
 squamiform. 
 
 THE head is produced anteriorly as in Phoxus, but 
 more depressed. The eyes are associated, so that they 
 appear as a single organ, imbedded within the head. 
 The antennae are simple, the superior having no secon- 
 dary appendage. The mandibles are furnished with an 
 appendage. The first and second pairs of legs are sub- 
 equal ; the first pair are subchelate, the second are not 
 so, but terminate in a finger, which does not fall back 
 against the hand. The walking feet gradually increase 
 in length, but the last is considerably longer than the 
 rest. The posterior pair of caudal appendages are bi- 
 ramous, and the terminal plate is squamous. 
 
 This genus resembles Monoculodes of Stimpson, but 
 differs from it in having the hands less perfect in their 
 prehensile character. The name Westwoodea proposed in 
 the "Report on the British Edriophthalma" required to 
 be changed, in consequence of its having been previously 
 adopted by Dana for a genus of ENTOMOSTRACOUS Crus- 
 tacea, and by Brulle for a genus of Hymenoptera. 
 
WESTWOODILLA CCECULA. 
 
 155 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 WESTWOODILLA CCECtlLA. 
 
 Specific character. Antennas subequal. A central nucleus to each cell in 
 the microscopical structure of the skin. 
 Length, 5 4 inch. 
 
 Westwoodilla ccecula. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Brit. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 102. 
 Westwoodea cceculus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 Westwoodia ccecula. SPENCE BATE, Synop. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, 2 ser. 
 xix. p. 139. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 172. 
 
 THE animal has the head considerably produced, and 
 anteriorly depressed, having the frontal margin rounded. 
 The eye appears to stand upon a process of the head, 
 between and above the superior antennse, but not to be 
 in connection with the projected hood-like process. It 
 is of a dull red-purple colour, but without a clearly-de- 
 fined outline, a circumstance that has led to the selection 
 of the specific name, as it has every appearance of being 
 an imperfect organ of vision. The antennse are nearly of 
 equal length ; the superior are scarcely longer than the 
 head, they have the first two joints of the peduncle 
 
156 GAMMARID2E. 
 
 nearly the same length, but the third is much shorter 
 and slighter, and the flagellum is not more than twice 
 the length of the last joint of the peduncle. The in- 
 ferior antennae are but little longer than the superior ; 
 the joints of the peduncle are more nearly equal in 
 length, but the last is more slender than the preceding ; 
 the flagellum is but little longer than the last joint of 
 peduncle. The mandibles appear to be very strong, 
 they are exceedingly hollowed ; the incisive margin is 
 smooth, and has the extremities rounded ; within there 
 is a second plate, but of much smaller dimensions ; 
 nearer the head stands a very large molar tubercle. 
 The appendage to the mandible is three-jointed, the 
 second, longer than either of the others, is triangular 
 in its diameter, and strongly curved. The foot-jaws are 
 short and strong, the third joint is furnished with a 
 large squamous plate, the outer margin of which is 
 rounded, and the inner straight, fringed with spines and 
 small hairs alternately, and increasing in length ; the 
 fifth joint is broad, longer than the fourth or sixth, 
 which last is ovate, and supports a strong finger. The 
 first pair of arms are subchelate, they are not very 
 long, and have the wrist as long as the hand ; the infero- 
 anterior angle is anteriorly produced into a rounded lobe, 
 the inferior margin of which is fringed with a few hairs ; 
 the hand is elongate -ovate, the palm occupies nearly the 
 whole length of the inferior margin, and is imperfectly 
 defined by a small tooth, and fringed with a series of 
 equidistant cilia of equal length ; the finger appears to 
 be scarcely as long as the palm, the whole organ is but 
 inefficient in its prehensile powers. The second pair of 
 arms are about the same size as the first, but they ap- 
 pear to possess no prehensile capability; the hand is 
 longer than the wrist, and dilated on the superior mar- 
 
WESTWOODILLA CCECULA. 157 
 
 gin, which is furnished towards the distal extremity with 
 a copious brush of hair ; the finger is straight, and appears 
 not to have the capability of being inflexed against the 
 hand. The first two pairs of walking legs are uniform 
 in shape, and carry a tuft of hair upon the antero-distal 
 extremity of the sixth joint. The fifth pair of legs are 
 longer and more robust than the sixth. The coxa has 
 the anterior lobe much deeper than the posterior. The 
 sixth pair of legs are rather longer than the preceding, 
 and more slender; whilst the seventh is considerably 
 longer and still more slender, having the foot consider- 
 ably increased in length, and the finger very long, being 
 longer than the foot, and quite straight. The caudal 
 appendages are nearly equal in length ; the last pair 
 are rather more foliaceous than the two preceding pairs ; 
 and the terminal plate is squamous, round, and dorsally 
 concave. 
 
 The animal is very transparent, being slightly corneous ; 
 under the microscope the structure of the skin appears like 
 a series of cells, overlapping each other like the scales of 
 fish ; the margin of each scale is defined by a double 
 row of short straight lines or spots, and a black spot 
 marks the centre of each scale. The whole surface of 
 the skin of the posterior part of the animal is, moreover, 
 superficially covered with a fine fur, formed of processes 
 of the integument, broad at the base, and exquisitely 
 fine at the apex. The anterior portion of the animal is 
 free from this fur. 
 
 The specimen from which our figure was taken is a 
 female, and laden with ova. We took it from among 
 some trawl-refuse, brought in from the neighbourhood 
 of the Eddystone. It has since been sent to us from 
 the Moray Frith, by the Rev. G. Gordon ; and from 
 Banff by Mr. Edward. 
 
158 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA . 
 
 GAM M ARID J. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 WESTWOODILLA HYALINA. 
 
 Specific Character, Eye prominent. Superior antennae shorter than the 
 peduncle of the inferior. In the microscopic structure of the skin there is 
 no central spot or nucleus to each cell. 
 
 Length 2 6 D inch. 
 
 Westwoodilla hyalina. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 103, 
 
 pi. xvii. fig. 5. 
 
 THIS animal bears a considerable resemblance to the 
 last species, but differs in several more or less important 
 details. The eye is more clearly defined in form, and 
 situated so closely beneath the skin, that it is raised 
 upon the outer surface. It is long-ovate, and situated in 
 the centre of the hood-like projection of the head. The 
 superior antennae are a little longer than the head, and 
 have each joint of the peduncle gradually decreasing in 
 length ; the flagellum, which only consists of five or six 
 articuli, is about the length of the last two joints of the 
 peduncle. The inferior antennae have the peduncle 
 longer than the superior ; the last three joints are sub- 
 equal in length, and the flagellum, which consists of five 
 
WESTWOOD1LLA HYALINA. 159 
 
 or six articuli, is not longer than the last joint of the 
 peduncle. The arms are subequal, the first pair having 
 the wrist inferiorly produced, and the hand long-ovate ; 
 while the second have the hand furnished, upon the 
 anterior distal extremity, with a brush of hair ; both 
 arms, in fact, closely assimilate to those of W. 
 caecula, whilst the rest of the animal approximates so 
 nearly to that species, that we should have described it 
 as being but sexually different, had there not been a 
 very decided alteration in the microscopic appearance of 
 the skin. Like the previous species, most of the body 
 of the animal is covered by a fine fur, which, we think, 
 is somewhat of a finer character than that of W. ccecula, 
 and deeper in the structure may be observed the arrange- 
 ment of the cells on a similar plan. Each cell is marked 
 by a double row of elongated dots, and regularly ap- 
 proaches the adjoining cell, like chain-armour; but the 
 black spot which occupies the centre of each cell, and is 
 so conspicuous in the previous species, is not visible in 
 this, which therefore becomes still more transparent and 
 clear. In fact, the species, whilst living, is scarcely per- 
 ceptible, but for its great purple eye. 
 
 We procured this species from the refuse of trawlers, 
 who had been fishing near the Eddystone Lighthouse. 
 
160 GAMMARID.&. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . PH OXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GEDICEROS. 
 
 (Ediceros. KROYER, Tidskr. iv. p. 155 (1842-3). 
 
 (Edicerus. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 933. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 103. 
 
 Cephalon produced anteriorly. Eyes confluent. Superior 
 antennae without a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda sub- 
 chelate. Posterior pair of pereiopoda very long and slender. 
 
 THE head is produced and depressed anteriorly. The 
 eyes are confluent, and situated before the antennas. 
 The upper antennae are without a secondary appendage. 
 The arms are subchelate : the first pair are a little longer 
 than the second. " The first two pairs of walking legs 
 are strong, and the last pair is very long and slender, 
 almost filiform." (Kroyer.) 
 
 The only specimen of this genus that we have seen 
 is imperfect; we, therefore, can only assume that the 
 absent parts, like those present, correspond generically 
 with the description given by Kroyer. In our specimen 
 the eyes are visible, whereas Kroyer describes the ani- 
 mal as having none, but marks the assertion with a 
 doubt. 
 
 This genus is in very close connection with West- 
 woodilla, from which it appears to differ only in having 
 the second pair of gnathopoda subchelate. 
 
 It is to us a question of some doubt whether the 
 species described by Dana belong to this genus. They 
 certainly differ in the absence of the prolonged rostrum, 
 and in the possession of two distinct lateral eyes. 
 
(EDICEROS PARVIMANUS. 161 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 (EDICEROS PARVIMANUS. N. S. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes confluent, placed near the apex of the rostrum. 
 Superior antennse as long as the cephalon. Inferior antennae one-third longer. 
 First pair of gnathopoda longer than the second. 
 
 Length, fa inch. 
 
 THE head is large and deep, being as long as the first 
 four segments of the body, and reaching nearly as deep 
 as the lower margins of the coxae. The eyes are con- 
 fluent, and appear as a single organ, situated at the 
 anterior extremity of the head, where it is produced 
 into a hood-like rostrum. The superior antennae are 
 scarcely longer than the head, and the flagellum is 
 scarcely shorter than the peduncle. The inferior an- 
 tennse are half as long again as the superior, and the 
 peduncle is about the same length as the flagellum. 
 The first pair of legs are simply subchelate, and not 
 largely developed ; the wrist is quite as large as the 
 hand, and has the infero-anterior angle produced an- 
 teriorly ; the hand is ovate, has the palm oblique, but 
 not distinctly defined, and is armed with strong hairs. 
 The second pair of legs are more slender than the first ; 
 the wrist is quite as long as the hand, and has the infero- 
 anterior margin slightly produced ; the hand is long- 
 
 M 
 
162 GAMMARID^]. 
 
 ovate, having the palm very oblique, and furnished with a 
 few very slight hairs. The rest of the appendages of the 
 only specimen of this species which we have seen are 
 mutilated. 
 
 Kroyer in his generic description states that both pairs 
 of hands are very large, which must be assumed to be a 
 specific, rather than a generic character, and hence, since 
 his genus was founded upon the observation of a single 
 species, this character belongs to (Ediceros saginatus alone. 
 In this respect our species differs from that of Kroyer, 
 as neither of the hands can be described as being large, 
 and the second is decidedly smaller than the first. 
 
 It is in the collection of the Rev. A. M. Norman, 
 having been taken by him, and Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in 
 from seventy to ninety fathoms of water, sixty miles east 
 of the Shetlands, in the summer of 1861. 
 
MONOCULODES. 163 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. , PHOXIDES. 
 
 N4TATORIA. 
 
 Genus MONOCULODES. STIMPSON. 
 
 Monoculodes, STIMPSON, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 54. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Cat. Atnph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 104. 
 
 Westwoodea (pars). SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 
 KrSyera. SPENCE BATE, Synop. &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857, 
 
 2 ser. xix. p. 140 {but not of this work). 
 
 Generic character. Cephalou produced and depressed ante- 
 riorly. Eyes coalesced into one, situated above and anterior to 
 the superior antenna. Superior antennae without a secondary 
 appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate, carpi antero-distally pro- 
 duced to the extremity of the inferior margin of the propoda. 
 First pair more robust than the second. Second having the 
 propodos longer than the propodos of the first pair. Posterior 
 pair of pereiopoda much longer than the others. Posterior pair 
 of pleopoda biramous. Telson squamiform, entire. 
 
 THE head is rounded above, and the anterior dorsal 
 surface is considerably produced and depressed. The 
 eyes are deep-seated, converging together, so as to ap- 
 pear to be but a single organ, placed horizontally above, 
 and still more forward than the base of the superior pair 
 of antennae. The antennae are simple in their character, 
 the superior pair not being furnished with a secondary 
 appendage. The mandibles are furnished with an ap- 
 pendage. The first two pairs of legs are complexly 
 subchelate, having the wrist produced anteriorly along 
 the inferior margin of the hand, which is much longer 
 and not so broad in the second as in the preceding pair 
 of legs. The last pair of legs are considerably longer 
 than any of the other pairs, and terminate in a long 
 
 M 2 
 
164 GAMMARID./E. 
 
 straight finger. The last pair of caudal appendages are 
 double-branched, and the terminal plate is squamiform. 
 
 The genus was first described by Mr. Stimpson, in his 
 " Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Ma- 
 nan," it which he says that it differs from (Ediceros in the 
 form of the hands. We have not, until recently, had an 
 opportunity of seeing an undoubted specimen of the 
 latter genus. This, however, corroborates our previously- 
 expressed opinion, which was based upon the circum- 
 stance that Kroyer, in his description of the genus, did 
 not in any way refer to the prolonged carpus of the first 
 two pairs of legs : we, therefore, agree with Stimpson, 
 and retain the genus Monoculodes, to which (Ediceros 
 appears to be closely allied. Monoculodes assimilates also 
 to Westwoodilla, in which, however, the second pair of 
 legs are not in the least degree subchelate. 
 
 This genus was first described in this country by Mr. 
 Spence Bate, in " A Synopsis of the British Amphi- 
 poda," under the name of Kroyera, with Westwoodea 
 carinata (Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58) as its type. 
 Being, however, identical with Monoculodes of Stimpson, 
 the name of Kroyera has been sunk for the present 
 genus. In order, however, that the name of the dis- 
 tinguished Danish carcinologist should remain associated 
 with the present class, it has been transferred to a sub- 
 sequent genus. 
 
MONOCULODES CARINATUS. 
 
 AM PHI POD A. 
 
 NATATOE1A. 
 
 165 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 r^T 
 
 I 
 
 SV\S 
 
 i 
 
 " 
 
 MONOCULODES CAR1NATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Body having the last two segments, and the tail having 
 the first three segments, dorsally raised into a keel, increasing in size poste- 
 riorly, and ending abruptly in each segment. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Westiooodea carinata. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58 
 Kroyera carinata. SPENCE BATE, Synop. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857, 
 
 2 ser. xix. p. 140. 
 Monoculodes carinalus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 104 
 
 THE head is considerably produced anteriorly, and 
 much deflexed. The eye is long-oval, deeply seated, 
 and rather dimly defined, lying in a plane correspond- 
 ing with the dorsal surface. The superior pair of an- 
 tennae do not reach further than the extremity of the 
 peduncle of the inferior pair ; their peduncle reaches a 
 little beyond the anterior extremity of the head ; and 
 the flagellum is about the length of the peduncle. The 
 inferior pair of antennae are about one-third the length 
 
166 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 of the animal ; and have the last joint of the peduncle 
 as long again as the preceding, and rather longer than 
 the flagellum. The foot-jaws are tolerably robust, and 
 terminate in a triangular hand, the broadest part being 
 near the finger, where it forms a kind of palm, against 
 which the finger, which is extremely curved, is capable 
 of impinging. The first pair of legs are not very long, 
 they have the metacarpus produced inferiorly to a sharp 
 point ; and the wrist is considerably produced anteriorly, 
 in the form of a plate, corresponding to the inferior 
 margin of the hand ; the hand is oval, having a convex 
 palm obliquely placed, and defined by a solitary, short, 
 obtuse spine, it is armed throughout its length with a 
 number of short posteriorly-directed hook-like spines, 
 which are flanked by several bunches of straight, un- 
 even, lengthened hairs ; the finger is curved, sharp, and 
 free from any armature. The second pair of legs are 
 longer than the first, but are constructed upon the same 
 type ; the wrist is anteriorly produced to a much greater 
 length ; the hand is long and narrow, being nearly four 
 times as long as broad ; the palm is short, slightly ob- 
 lique, fringed with short, and a few long cilia, and 
 defined by an obtuse rounded angle, beyond which the 
 anterior extremity of the carpus advances ; the finger is 
 short, curved, clean, and sharp. The coxae of the five 
 anterior pairs of legs are as deep as the corresponding 
 segments of the body. The third and fourth pairs of 
 legs are formed upon the same type, and closely re- 
 semble each other, and are remarkable for having the 
 hands dilated upon the backs, where they are furnished 
 with a thick brush of hair, a peculiarity which appears 
 to belong to this genus. The fifth pair of legs are much 
 longer than the two preceding pairs, they have the coxa 
 two-lobed, and as deep as the coxa of the preceding legs ; 
 
MONOCULODES CARINATUS. 167 
 
 of legs ; the third joint is short ; the fourth reaches as far 
 the thigh is oval, the metacarpus posteriorly dilated and 
 distally produced behind ; the wrist and hand subequal, 
 straight, and the finger short and straight. The sixth 
 pair closely resemble the fifth, except that the coxa is 
 shorter, and the thigh is fringed with plumose hairs. 
 The seventh pair of legs are more than twice the length 
 of the preceding pair : the coxa is short, the thigh di- 
 lated, the metacarpus long and narrow, longer than the 
 thigh; the wrist is as long as the metacarpal joint ; the 
 hand is a little shorter and more narrow than the wrist, 
 and internally fringed with cilia ; the finger is nearly as 
 long as the hand, straight, ciliated, and tapering to a 
 sharp point. The caudal appendages are long, reaching 
 to nearly the same distance ; their branches are generally 
 free from hairs, and are styliform. The terminal plate is 
 lanceolate, squamiform. 
 
 This species is very free from colour, except the eye, 
 which is of a deep purple, but, under the microscope, 
 the animal appears to be rough on the surface, an ap- 
 pearance due to a number of scale-like elevations of the 
 skin. Under a power of about 300 diameters, the in- 
 tegument of the body of the animal appears to be 
 covered with minute distant scales ; they gradually in- 
 crease and thicken, until they assume their greatest degree 
 of number and character upon the anterior segments of 
 the tail, and then again gradually decrease in size and 
 importance towards the posterior extremity of the ani- 
 mal. 
 
 The first specimen which we received was sent to us 
 by Mr. Edward, of Banff, who took it in that locality. 
 It has since been procured by Mr. Gregor, from the 
 stomach of a haddock, taken from about thirty or forty 
 fathoms, near the same place. 
 
168 GAMMARIM. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 MONOCULODES STIMPSONI. 
 
 Specific character. Pleon not carinated ; thighs of the sixth pair of legs 
 not plumigeous. 
 Length, ^ inch. 
 
 Monoculodes Stimpsoni. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 105, pi. xvii. fig. 3. 
 
 THE back of the animal has no perceptible carina. 
 The head is advanced and depressed, but scarcely so 
 much curved as in M. carinatus. The eye is undefined, 
 and situated above, and rather in advance of, the point 
 where the antennae articulate with the head. The su- 
 perior antennae reach rather beyond the peduncle of the 
 inferior; the first joint of the peduncle extends as far 
 as the extremity of the head; the second joint is 
 rather more than half the length of the first, and much 
 slighter ; the third joint is small, being scarcely a third 
 the length of the second ; the flagellum is slender, and 
 scarcely the length of the peduncle. The inferior pair 
 of antennae are one- third longer than the superior, and 
 reach as far as the seventh segment of the body ; the 
 first two joints are covered by the coxae of the first pair 
 
MONOCULODES ST1MPSONI. 169 
 
 as the extremity of the peduncle of the superior ; the fifth 
 is but little longer than the fourth, and reaches nearly 
 to the extremity of the flagellum of the superior pair ; 
 the flagellum is about the length of the last joint of the 
 peduncle, having the first articulus equal to five of the 
 succeeding, which are subequally short, and scarcely 
 longer than broad. The first pair of legs are moderately 
 large, larger in proportion to the second pair than in 
 M. carinatus ; the wrist is inferiorly produced to a broad 
 plate, reaching nearly to the extremity of the inferior 
 margin, and having its edge fringed with fine hairs ; the 
 hand is longer than the wrist ; the superior margin forms, 
 with that of the wrist, one continuous arcuate line ; the 
 inferior margin lies subparallel with the upper, but the 
 hand is narrower near the wrist than towards the palm ; 
 the palm is convex, armed with two or three rows of short 
 posteriorly-curved hooks, and is defined by a strong spine ; 
 the finger is about the length of the palm, arcuate, and 
 sharply pointed. The second pair of legs have the wrist 
 produced along the inferior margin of the hand to the 
 extremity, where it meets and antagonizes with the 
 apex of the finger ; the hand is longer than that of 
 the first pair of legs, it is narrow near the wrist, and 
 becomes still narrower at the distal extremity, where 
 there is a scarcely -perceptible oblique palm ; the finger 
 is short, and only very slightly curved. The third and 
 fourth pairs of legs have the hand widening towards the 
 distal extremity, the dilated portion taking place anterior 
 to the point where the finger articulates with the hand, 
 and furnished with a copious brush of hair at the extre- 
 mity : the fingers are quite rudimentary. The fourth 
 and fifth pairs of legs resemble each other very closely ; 
 their coxae are shorter than those of the anterior pairs 
 of legs ; their second joints are less enlarged than is 
 
170 GAM MA RULE. 
 
 common in the order ; the fourth joints are dilated pos- 
 teriorly, and distally produced to a point these and the 
 two following joints are fringed with small hairs; the 
 fingers are straight and posteriorly directed. The seventh 
 or last pair of legs are very long, three or four times as 
 long as the others ; the coxa is quite as deep as that of 
 the preceding legs ; the second joint is about half as 
 long as the preceding legs, considerably dilated, and the 
 posterior margins fringed with hair; the third joint is 
 short, the three following are subequally long and nar- 
 row ; the finger is as long as the hand, short, straight, 
 styliform, and anteriorly directed. The posterior pair of 
 caudal appendages are not longer than the preceding, and 
 have the branches longer than the peduncle. The central 
 tail-piece is nearly as long as the peduncle of the last pair 
 of caudal appendages. 
 
 We first took a mutilated specimen of this animal from 
 some trawl-refuse, in the neighbourhood of Plymouth ; 
 it was from this imperfect animal that the original de- 
 scription, in the Catalogue of the British Museum, was 
 made. The Rev. A. M. Norman has subsequently al- 
 lowed us to examine a specimen which he procured on 
 the coast of Northumberland. We have dedicated this 
 species to our valued correspondent, Mr. Stimpson, the 
 zoologist of the United States' Expedition to Japan, by 
 whom the genus was established upon animals procured 
 off the coast of the United States, and to whom we are 
 indebted for many named species of his crustaceous dis- 
 coveries. 
 
KROYERA. 171 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATOKTA. 
 
 Genus KROYERA. 
 
 Kroyera. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 106, but not of Synopsis 
 Brit. Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist., 2 ser. xix. p. 140, Feb. 1857. 
 
 Generic character. Like Monoculodes, but having the eyes 
 apart, and the second pair of gnathopoda chelate. 
 
 THE head is produced and anteriorly depressed. The 
 eyes are apart and distinct. The superior pair of an- 
 tennae are without a secondary appendage. The in- 
 ferior are slightly longer than the superior. The first 
 pair of legs have the hands tolerably robust ; the wrist 
 anteriorly produced along the inferior margin of the 
 hand, until the tip reaches the lower edge of the palm. 
 The second pair are longer than the first, and have the 
 anterior extremity of the wrist produced along and ex- 
 tending beyond the inferior margin of the hand ; the 
 hand has the inferior angle produced anteriorly, so as 
 to form, with the impinging finger, a perfectly didactyle 
 claw. The third and fourth pairs of legs are uniform 
 and subequal. The fifth and sixth pairs are uniform and 
 subequal, being robust, and scarcely longer than the 
 preceding pair. The seventh pair are very long, and 
 terminate in a straight styliform finger. The caudal ap- 
 pendages are double -branched, and the central tail-plate 
 is squamiform and single. 
 
 The species on which this genus was founded was first 
 described as belonging to the same genus as Monocu- 
 ?, and under the name of Kroyera. But on dis- 
 
172 
 
 GAMMARID^l. 
 
 covering that Stimpson's genus Monoculodes was evi- 
 dently the same as part of the genus Kroyera, Stimp- 
 son's name was adopted for those species which evidently 
 belonged to that genus ; whilst that of Kroyera has 
 been given., to the following species, which could not 
 be retained in it. 
 
 Since the above description has been in type, we have 
 obtained an animal which coincides with the present 
 genus in all its conditions, except that the eyes coalesce 
 into a single organ, as in Monoculodes. We think it more 
 convenient for the present to retain both in this genus 
 until future observation shall enable us to determine the 
 relative importance of this distinction. 
 
 The vignette represents a naval engagement when Eng- 
 land put faith in her wooden walls. 
 
KROYERA ARENARIA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 173 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 KROYERA ARENARIA. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes small, round. Antennae subequal. First pair of 
 gnathopoda as in Monoculodes. Second pair having the propodos long and 
 narrow ; the distal extremity of the carpus inferiorly produced beyond the 
 apex of the dactylos. Posterior pair of pleopoda not so long as the preced- 
 ing. Telson entire, dorsally concave. 
 
 Length, ^ inch. 
 
 Kroyera arenaria. SPENCE BATE, Tyneside Field Nat. Club, vol. iv. pt. 1. 
 p. 15, pi. ii. fig. 1. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 106, 
 pi. xvii. fig. 4. 
 
 THE body is smooth, and the head considerably pro- 
 duced and anteriorly depressed. The eyes are of mode- 
 rate size, round, white, and placed behind the superior 
 antennae. The superior pair of antennae reach to the 
 fourth segment of the body, and have the first joint of 
 the peduncle longer than the other two, which are short, 
 and scarcely larger than the first articulus of the flagel- 
 lum, which is about twice the length of the peduncle, 
 and consists of about twelve or fourteen articuli. The 
 inferior pair of antennae reach one-fourth further than 
 
174 GAMMA RTDvE. 
 
 the superior pair, and have the peduncle more conspi- 
 cuous than that of the superior; only three joints of the 
 peduncle are visible beyond the projecting lateral wall 
 of the head, these are subequal, and reach a little 
 beyond the extremity of the peduncle of the superior 
 pair ; and the flagellum is scarcely longer than the 
 peduncle. The coxae are not very deep ; and the first 
 pair of legs have the hand oval, with the palm oblique ; 
 the tip of the infero-anterior process of the wrist ex- 
 tends a little beyond the inferior angle of the hand, 
 and forms a point, against which the apex of the finger 
 impinges, where it closes on the palm. The second pair 
 of legs are longer than the first, and have the hand less 
 robust, it is long and slender, the margins being pa- 
 rallel, and the inferior angle produced anteriorly in a 
 straight line, terminating in a sharply -pointed curve ; 
 the finger is narrow, sharp, and slightly curved, lying in 
 a line continuous with the hand, and impinging against 
 the inferior process, or thumb, only near the apex, or 
 where the margins meet ; the tips of the finger and thumb 
 then cross each other. The wrist is short and narrow, and 
 the anterior extremity is inferiorly produced into a long 
 narrow process, that reaches beyond the apex of the 
 claw, where it is slightly dilated or lobed, and tipped 
 with a few hairs. The two next pair of legs are similar, 
 and of the same length, they are longer and a little 
 stouter than the second, with the hands dilated anteriorly, 
 similar to those in IVestwoodilla and Monoculodes, and 
 having the anterior distal extremity covered with a thick 
 brush of hair ; the fingers are short, strong, and directed 
 backwards. The two succeeding pairs of legs are also 
 similar to each other : they have the thighs oval, the meta- 
 carpal joints posteriorly dilated and inferiorly produced ; 
 the wrists and hands of nearly the same length, and fringed 
 
KROYERA ARENARIA. 175 
 
 with hair ; the fingers are short, stout, and directed for- 
 wards. The last pair of legs are very long,* having the 
 thigh oblong, the metacarpal joint posteriorly dilated 
 and inferiorly produced, but not so largely as in the 
 preceding pair ; the hand is long and straight ; and the 
 finger is very long, straight, styliform. The caudal 
 appendages are double-branched, the posterior pair hav- 
 ing the peduncle much shorter than that of the others. 
 The terminal plate is single, scale-like, dorsally cupped, 
 and tipped with a few hairs. 
 
 The first specimen which we received of this species 
 was sent to us by Mr. Albany Hancock, who took it on 
 the beach near Sunderland, near the spot given in the 
 vignette (p. 176), which was kindly drawn for this work 
 by Miss M. Hancock. 
 
 This crustacean formed the subject of observation by 
 Mr. Hancock, on account of the tracks which it makes 
 in the sand, described in his " Memoir on Vermiform 
 Fossils," read at the Meeting of the British Association 
 at Leeds, September 22nd, 1858, and published in the 
 " Annals of Natural History," ser. 3, vol. ii., as well as 
 in the " Transactions of the Tyneside Field Naturalists' 
 Club/' vol. iv. pt. 1, for 1858. 
 
 Mr. Hancock says that the track of this species " is 
 in the form of a narrow wedge-shaped furrow, about 
 two-tenths of an inch wide, with margins occasionally 
 a little elevated. Its windings are very capricious, 
 irregularly rounded, frequently abruptly angulated, and 
 sometimes, for a considerable distance, finely and regu- 
 larly zig-zagged. This species (of tract) is often 
 
 * By an oversight, it has been figured with a joint too much, the hand 
 being repeated ; the space, in fact, between the extremity of the metacarpus 
 and the base of the finger, should have been divided into two, instead of 
 three portions. 
 
176 
 
 GAMMARID^l. 
 
 found in close proximity to the broad form previ- 
 ously described [made by Sulcator] ; but occasionally it 
 occurs high up on the beach, and in pools and small 
 hollows between the ripple-ridges. In such situations, 
 however, it is not confined to the bottoms of the hol- 
 lows, but likewise passes up the sides of the bordering 
 ridges/' 
 
 We have also received a specimen from Mr. Robertson, 
 of Glasgow, which was taken by him at Cumbrae, N. B. 
 
 The vignette below is the sketch of Whitburn sands 
 alluded to in the preceding page. 
 
KROYERA ALTAMARINA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOEIA, 
 
 177 
 
 PHOX1DES. 
 
 KROYERA ALTAMARINA. N. S. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes confluent, and placed anterior to the superior 
 antennae. Second pair of gnathopoda having the inferior angle of the carpus 
 produced anteriorly, scarcely beyond the apex of the dactylos. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced and depressed ; the 
 segments of the body are shorter than the three anterior 
 segments of the tail. The first two segments of the tail 
 are somewhat elevated posteriorly, giving a slightly-im- 
 bricated appearance to that portion of the back when 
 viewed laterally. The eyes are fused into a single 
 organ, as in Monoculodes. The antennae are injured in 
 the only known specimen, but the second joint of the 
 superior antennae is much more slender than the first ; 
 but in the inferior, the first three are equally stout, 
 whilst the fourth is more slender, and as long as the 
 two preceding. The first pair of legs do not differ from 
 those of K. arenaria. The second pair have the hand 
 
 N 
 
178 GA31MARID.E. 
 
 similarly formed to that of K. arenaria, but the carpal 
 process is not quite so long, and ends in an upturned 
 point ; the digital process of the hand is also curved at 
 the apex, and terminates in two small dental processes ; 
 the finger is long, slightly curved, and the apex reaches 
 as far as the extremity of the carpal process, against 
 which it appears to be able to impinge. The next two 
 pairs of legs resemble each other, differing from those of 
 K. arenaria only in being furnished with more hairs, 
 which extend on both margins to a considerable extent. 
 The fifth pair of legs are wanting in our single speci- 
 men, but we suppose them to resemble the seventh pair, 
 and if so, the metacarpus is not quite so largely lobed as 
 in K. arenaria. The seventh pair of legs have lost the 
 distal joints, but those that remain indicate parts of a 
 long limb. The caudal appendages have not been closely 
 examined, but they appear to correspond very nearly with 
 those of K. arenaria. 
 
 It is only after much deliberation that we have de- 
 termined to embrace this monocular form in the same 
 genus with a binocular species. The very close resem- 
 blance in the general detail of the two animals induces 
 us to consider that the variation in the organs of vision 
 may be sexual, or dependent upon certain altered physical 
 conditions. We have little doubt but that, like its near 
 ally K. arenaria, this species is a burrower ; but whilst 
 the habitat of the former is on the sea-beach, where the 
 light is strong, that of the latter is under a pressure of 
 from seventy to ninety fathoms of water, where the light 
 can scarcely penetrate, even should the creature not 
 plough its way beneath the soil. 
 
 The specimen from which this description and figure 
 are taken is in the collection of the Rev. A. M. Norman, 
 who dredged it sixty miles east of Shetland. 
 
A.MPHILOCHUS. 179 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PHOX1DES. 
 
 NATATORU. 
 
 Genus AMPHILOCHUS. 
 
 A inphilochus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 107. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Eyes t\vo. 
 Superior antennae without a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda 
 subchelate, each having the carpus infero-anteriorly produced. 
 
 THE head in this genus is produced considerably in 
 advance, and curved downwards. The eyes are two dis- 
 tinct organs, and are situated in their normal position, 
 between the superior and inferior antennae. The su- 
 perior antennae are tolerably robust, somewhat longer 
 than the inferior pair, and not furnished with a secondary 
 appendage. The inferior antennae are more slender than 
 the superior. The arms are furnished with subchelate 
 hands, but those of the second pair are larger than those 
 of the first pair : both are, however, remarkable for the 
 extension of the infero-anterior angle of the wrist. In 
 this they approximate to the genus Manoculodes, but the 
 form of the eyes appears to warrant their generic separa- 
 tion. The recent discovery, however, of a species of 
 Kroyera, which differs from the type of the genus in 
 little else than in the character of these organs, induces 
 us to believe it possible that future research in this 
 branch of natural history may establish a closer alliance 
 between Amphilochus and Monoculodes. 
 
180 GAMMARID^, 
 
 A MPH1PODA . PHOXIDES . 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 AMPHILOCHUS MANUDENS. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos tri- 
 angular ; the superior distal angle being produced beyond the articulation of 
 the dactylos. Middle joints of the flagellum of the superior antennae fur- 
 nished beneath with elongated hairs. 
 
 Length, 3 2 g inch. 
 
 Amphilochus manudens. SPENOE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 107, pi. xvii. fig. 6. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced and depressed, but 
 not incurved. The segments of the body are not more 
 than half the length of those of the anterior half of the 
 tail. The eyes are round, and not very large. The 
 superior antennae are longer than the inferior ; the fla- 
 gellum is not so long as the peduncle. The inferior 
 antennae are more slender than the superior, but the 
 peduncle reaches almost as far as that of the superior ; 
 the flagellum is scarcely longer than the last joint of the 
 peduncle. The first pair of legs are rather small, and 
 the infero-distal extremity of the wrist scarcely reaches 
 to half the length of the hand ; the hand is long and 
 narrow, the palm, fringed with small hairs, extends the 
 entire length of the joint, and is subparallel with the 
 upper margin, which is produced beyond the point where 
 the finger articulates with the hand ; the finger is long 
 
AMPHILOCHUS MANUDENS. 181 
 
 and slender, more than usually bent, and reaches so far 
 that, when closed, it impinges against and antagonizes 
 with the produced extremity of the wrist, thus forming 
 a complex hand. The second pair of legs are longer and 
 stouter than the preceding; the wrist has the antero- 
 inferior angle more elongated ; the hand is triangular, 
 the lower margin gradually diverging from the upper, 
 the upper being the longer, and extending, in a sharp 
 tooth-like process, beyond the articulation between the 
 hand and the finger; the palm is slightly convex, and 
 somewhat crenulated ; the finger is sharp and curved, and 
 the extremity reaches the ciliated apex of the produced 
 wrist. The remaining appendages offer no material cha- 
 racter. They are rather slender, and all nearly of the 
 same length. The middle caudal plate is lanceolate. 
 
 This animal, of which we have only seen a single speci- 
 men, was sent to us by our valued correspondent, Mr. 
 David Robertson, of Glasgow, who states that he had seen 
 a second individual. It was taken by him from the roots 
 of Laminaria, in a few fathoms of water, at Cumbrae, 
 Scotland. Its colour, when it reached us, was claret-red. 
 
GAMMARID;E. 
 
 A MPH1P ODA . P H OXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus DARWINIA. 
 
 Darwinia. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 
 1 per. xix. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 108. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Superior 
 antennae without a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda smaller 
 than the pereiopoda, subchelate. Pereiopoda subequal ; dactyla 
 powerful. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson 
 le. 
 
 THE head of this genus is produced anteriorly to a 
 point. The body is arched, and the segments subequal. 
 The third segment of the tail is remarkable for being not 
 so deep as the preceding, a feature which exhibits an 
 approximation to the character of Oxycephalus, and other 
 genera among the Hyperina. The eyes are round, and 
 situated at the lateral margins of the head, between the 
 superior and inferior antennae. The superior antennae 
 are subequal to the inferior, somewhat more robust, and 
 not furnished with a secondary appendage. The first 
 two pairs of legs are small, and imperfectly subchelate, 
 the second being a little larger than the first, but neither 
 of them is as large as the true walking legs, all of which 
 are about the same length, rather short, but very robust 
 and strong, each terminating in a long, stout, slightly- 
 curved, sharp finger. The caudal appendages are bi- 
 ramous, and the terminal piece consists of a single 
 plate. 
 
 This genus bears a close resemblance to Kroyer's de- 
 
DARWINIA. 
 
 183 
 
 scription of the genus Lafystius, (Tidskr. 1 ser. vol. iv. 
 p. 156,) from which it differs chiefly in the form of the 
 second pair of legs, which, in the latter genus, are de- 
 scribed as having the finger sublaminar, with the apex 
 somewhat setose, we presume, as in Callisoma. Their 
 habits also appear to be similar. 
 
 This genus is named in compliment to the distin- 
 guished author of the " Monograph on the Cirripedia," 
 one of the most complete works of the kind ever pub- 
 lished. 
 
 FRIGATE BEFORE THE WIND, SECOND-RATE AND FRIGATE GOING FREE. 
 
184 
 
 GAMMARID^F. 
 
 AMPIIIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 DARWINIA COMPRESSA. 
 
 Specific character. Cephalon produced to an obtuse point. Fourth seg- 
 ment of the pleon considerably narrower than the third. Superior antennse 
 longer and stouter than the inferior. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Danoinia compressa. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. 1 ser. xix. p. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat. 
 Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 108, pi. xvii. fig. 7. 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 176. 
 
 THE head is produced anteriorly to an obtuse point. 
 The body is much distended, and increases in breadth to 
 the third segment, whence it as gradually decreases pos- 
 teriorly. The tail is narrow, with the third segment 
 shorter than the preceding ; the three last segments are 
 extremely short, and generally lie folded, closely com- 
 pressed, beneath the body of the animal, a circumstance 
 which suggested the specific name. The eyes are round, 
 and situated between the superior and inferior antennae. 
 The superior antennae are about one-fourth the length of 
 the animal, but longer and more robust than the inferior ; 
 
DARWINIA COMPRESSA. 185 
 
 the peduncle is not longer than the flagellum. The in- 
 ferior antennae are scarcely longer than the peduncle of 
 the superior. The first pair of legs are very small, and 
 are generally so closely folded beneath the animal that 
 they are with difficulty examined ; the wrist and hand 
 are subequally long, and very slight ; the finger is long 
 and slender, and capable of being shut upon the inferior 
 margin of the hand. The second pair of legs are but a 
 little larger than the first, and have the wrist longer than 
 the hand; the hand is truncate, the palm being at nearly 
 right angles with the inferior margin ; the finger is long, 
 and furnished with a single subapical tooth, giving it the 
 appearance of a somewhat forked extremity. The walk- 
 ing legs are very robust ; the coxae gradually increase in 
 depth from the first to the fourth, which is produced 
 downwards to an obtuse point. All the walking legs are 
 nearly equal in length and strength, and each terminates 
 in a strong pointed hook-like finger, which Liljeborg not 
 inaptly, in his description of Lafystius, compares to the 
 claws of a feline mammal. They are long and powerful 
 organs, and are indicative of parasitic habits. The three 
 posterior pairs of caudal appendages reach to about the 
 same length, and are very free from hairs. The tail-piece 
 is lanceolate in its form. 
 
 This species was first taken by Mr. Edward, of Banff, 
 at the entrance of the Moray Frith, whence also we have 
 received specimens from Mr. Gregor, of Macduff. Mr. 
 Loughrin has also sent us specimens from Polperro. These 
 last were as white as writing-paper, and in this respect 
 differed from those received from the Moray Frith, which 
 were of a brown hue. After being kept a short time, 
 the Cornish individuals assumed the colour of the North 
 British specimens, hence we may assume white to be the 
 
186 GAMMARIM. 
 
 natural colour. Mr. Loughrin says, that his specimens 
 were procured either from the throat of a cod-fish, or 
 from the skin of the common dogfish (Squalus acanthias). 
 The natatory legs of these specimens were thickly covered 
 with a species of Vorticella, a circumstance which would 
 suggest that they were animals of sluggish or quiet habits, 
 rather than living on the surface of the fast-swimming dog- 
 fish ; whilst their peculiar colour would induce the be- 
 lief that they inhabited a sheltered and dark position, 
 such as that of the throat of the codfish rather than the 
 free ocean. 
 
 The vignette represents a group of the Infusoria 
 which infest this amphipod. 
 
SULCATOR. 1ST 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . PR OXIDES. 
 
 NAT A TORT A 
 
 Genus SULCATOR,. 
 
 Sulcator. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 504, 1854 ; xix. 
 
 p. 140. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 
 Mus. p. 112. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 174. GOSSE, 
 
 Marine Zool. p. 142. 
 Bellia. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 318, 1851. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Gnatho- 
 poda small, imperfectly subchelate. Pereiopoda having the 
 dactyla obsolete, most of the joints squamously developed. 
 
 THE head is developed anteriorly, and produced cen- 
 trally to a point. The body of the animal is much 
 distended, the centre, however, not being materially 
 wider than the other portions. The third segment of 
 the tail is remarkably long, and has the lateral walls 
 considerably developed, so that the three posterior seg- 
 ments of the tail, together with their appendages, lie 
 folded within it, seldom appearing extended. 
 
 The eyes are small. The superior antennae are fur- 
 nished with a secondary appendage. The coxae are 
 large. The arms are feeble and imperfectly subche- 
 late. The walking legs have all the joints developed in 
 the form of large plate-like scales, except the ringers, 
 which are represented by a few stout spines. The last 
 pair of caudal appendages are double-branched, and the 
 central tail-piece is single, but cleft. 
 
 This genus bears a near resemblance to that described 
 by Say, under the name of Lepidactylis, in the " Pro- 
 ceedings of the Academy of Philadelphia," vol. i. p. 2. 
 
188 
 
 GAMMARIDJ8. 
 
 It may be that they are synonymous, but the very im- 
 perfect manner in which Say's genus is described, arising 
 from the want of fixed homological names for the several 
 parts of the animal, precludes us from expressing more 
 than a supposition of their identity. 
 
 The habits of the only species of Sulcator appear to 
 differ from those of the only species of Lepidactylis de- 
 scribed, inasmuch as the former is very sluggish, and a 
 burrower, whereas the latter is stated by Say to be very 
 active, much resembling in its movements the water- 
 beetles of the genus Dytiscus. 
 
 The accompanying vignette represents one of our fa- 
 vourite hunting-grounds, the Tor Rock in Oxwich Bay, 
 near which our specimens of this genus were taken. 
 
SULCATOR ARENARIUS. 
 
 AMP HIP OD A 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 189 
 
 PHOX1DES. 
 
 SULCATOR ARENARIUS. 
 Sand Furrow-maker. 
 
 Specific character. Body not compressed, three posterior segments of the 
 pleon bent under and enclosed beneath the third. Antennae subeqnal. Coxse 
 of the pereiopoda largely developed. Basal joint of the three posterior pairs 
 also largely developed ; dactyla wanting, or only represented by stiff spines. 
 
 Length, ^ inch (not including the inflected portion of the pleon). 
 
 Sulcator arenarius. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 504 (1854) 
 vol. xix. p. 140, 1857. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. iv. p. 15, 
 pi. ii. fig. 2, 1858. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 112, 
 pi. xviii. QOSSE, Marine Zool. p. 142, f. 264. 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 174. 
 
 Bellia arenaria. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 318, 1851. 
 DANA, United States' Explor. Exped. Crust, p. 912. 
 
 THE upper portion of the head is projected anteriorly 
 as a flat hood, but has an excavation on each side, cor- 
 responding to the superior pair of antennae, while the 
 centre terminates in a blunt point. Between the antenna? 
 the integument also extends into a point, though not so 
 
190 GAMMARID/E. 
 
 far advanced as the central one. The body is smooth, and 
 not compressed. The third segment of the tail is very long, 
 and the three posterior segments are inflected and inclosed 
 beneath it. The eyes are small and round, and the su- 
 perior antennae are short, about as long again as the 
 head ; the secondary appendage is nearly as long as the 
 flagellum. The inferior antennae are a little longer than 
 the superior. The first two pairs of legs are small, 
 slender, and feeble, scarcely subchelate, the fingers being 
 almost rudimentary. All the others are more robust, 
 and have the fingers wanting, being replaced by two or 
 three stout spines. The second and third pairs have the 
 wrists short, but as broad again as long, and the hands 
 increase in breadth from the articulation to the distal 
 extremity, somewhat in the shape of a pear. The hand 
 is capable of being impinged against the wrist, thus 
 forming an imperfect prehensile organ. The next three 
 pairs have most of the joints broadly developed, and lie 
 folded against the sides of the animal, somewhat resem- 
 bling scale armour. The swimming legs are short, and 
 the three caudal appendages are short and spinous. The 
 terminal plate is single, but deeply divided, and each half 
 is dilated so as to overlap the other. The animal is not 
 very hairy, but the hairs it possesses are of very diversi- 
 fied forms, some simple, others toothed in a variety of 
 ways, both in single and double rows, while others are 
 plumose and ciliated. 
 
 This singular creature lives on the coast, on sandy 
 shores, between the tide-marks, coming to the surface 
 when the tide is in, and again burrowing beneath it when 
 the ebbing waters leave the sand dry. We have observed 
 that they generally make a furrow in the sand, about a 
 foot long, at the extremity of which we took them about 
 an inch beneath the surface. 
 
SULCATOR ARENARIUS. 191 
 
 Mr. Albany Hancock has paid considerable attention 
 to the furrows made by this creature, and described them 
 in a paper entitled " On certain Vermiform Fossils in 
 the Mountain Limestone Districts of the North of Eng- 
 land," published in the " Transactions of the Tyne-side 
 Naturalist's Field Club," which was read at the British 
 Association at Leeds in 1858. 
 
 The animal appears to be a very sluggish creature, 
 since Infusoria attach themselves to the hairs of the na- 
 tatory appendages. 
 
 In colour the animal resembles the sand in which it 
 lives, and may readily be passed without recognition. 
 Mr. Gordon states that the eyes were cream-coloured in 
 the specimen which he found. We believe, on the con- 
 trary, that those which we took on the coast of Glamor- 
 gan had dark, if not black, eyes. 
 
 Specimens of this species in the British Museum were 
 taken in the neighbourhood of Falmouth by Dr. Leach. 
 It has been sent to us from the Moray Frith, having 
 been picked up at Lossiemouth, on the sand from which 
 the tide had just receded, by the Rev. Geo. Gordon; 
 also from the coast of Northumberland, where it was 
 found by Mr. Albany Hancock. 
 
 The specimen from which our figure was taken we 
 took, in company with Mr. Matthew Moggridge and Mr. 
 J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in Oxwich Bay, and we have also 
 found it in Rhosilly Bay in Glamorgan. 
 
192 GAMMAKTD^. 
 
 A MPHIP 01) A . P II OXIDES. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 UROTHOE. 
 
 Urothoe. DANA, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 920. SPBNCE BATE, Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 114. 
 
 Generic character. Body scarcely compressed. Eyes two. 
 Superior antennae having a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda 
 subequal, subchelate. Pereiopoda having the dactyla constant. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson double. 
 
 SOME of the species of this genus bear a resemblance 
 to Sulcator. The body is but slightly, if at all, com- 
 pressed. They have two eyes, which are always small 
 and round. The superior antennae have a secondary 
 appendage. The coxae are very large and deep ; the 
 fifth pair being smaller than the preceding. The first 
 two pairs of legs are subchelate, and are furnished with 
 well-developed fingers, as are all the other legs a cha- 
 racter sufficiently important to separate the species of 
 this genus from that of Sulcator. The posterior pair of 
 caudal appendages are two-branched, the branches being 
 very long and foliaceous. The terminal plate is double. 
 
UROTHOE BATRDII. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOUIA. 
 
 193 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 UROTHOE BA1RDII. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior pair of antennae nearly half the length of 
 the body, having the flagellum three times as long as the peduncle. Inner 
 branch of the terminal caudal appendages naked. 
 
 Length inch. 
 
 Urothoe Bairdii. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 114, pi. xix. fig. 1. 
 
 THE head is not anteriorly produced. The eyes are 
 round and small. The superior pair of antennae are 
 about as long again as the head ; the peduncle is about 
 the same length as the flagellum ; and the secondary ap- 
 pendage is about half as long as the flagellum. The 
 inferior antenna? have the peduncle not reaching beyond 
 the extremity of the peduncle of the superior, and 
 furnished with a few small spines and long hairs : the 
 flagellum is about three times as long as the peduncle ; 
 the articuli nearer to the peduncle are not longer than 
 they are broad, whilst those towards the extremity gra- 
 dually increase in length. The first two pairs of legs 
 are uniform, the anterior pair being a little the larger ; 
 
 o 
 
194 GAMMARlDjE. 
 
 the hands gradually increase in their diameter towards 
 the palm, which occupies the anterior margin : it is con- 
 vex, but its limit is not defined, but gradually rounded 
 into the inferior margin, and slightly fringed with 
 hairs. The third and fourth pairs of legs are also uni- 
 form, and furnished along the posterior margins of the 
 wrists and hands with strong stiff spines, which appear 
 to have the capability of being brought into contact with 
 each other, and so of obtaining a prehensile power. The 
 next pair of legs have the thigh gradually dilated, and 
 the posterior margin of the succeeding joints furnished 
 with long plumose hairs, and the anterior margin 
 with fasciculi of spines : they terminate in a knife- 
 shaped finger, the anterior margin of which is entire. 
 The last two pairs of legs are uniform ; they are fur- 
 nished with a few short hairs and spines, and terminate 
 in a straight finger. The antepenultimate pair of caudal 
 appendages have the branches very unequal, whilst those 
 of the penultimate are equal, as are also those of the 
 ultimate, which are much longer, and have the inner 
 branch covered with plumose hairs, whilst the outer one 
 is clean, and tipped with a short spine at the extremity. 
 The terminal plate or tail-piece is double, each division 
 being tipped with a small central spine, flanked on each 
 side with a minute hair. 
 
 We received this species from our kind correspondent, 
 Mr. Gregor, of Macduif, who took it in the Moray 
 Frith. It is named in compliment to the indefatigable 
 author of the " History of the British Entomostraca." 
 
UROTHOE MARINUS. 
 
 AM PHI POD A 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 195 
 
 PHOX1DES. 
 
 UROTHOE MARINUS. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae longer than the inferior. Inferior 
 antennse having the flagelluna uniarticulate. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 with the palm slightly oblique. Both branches of the terminal caudal ap- 
 pendages plumose. 
 
 Length * inch. 
 
 Urotkoe marinus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 1 45, pi. xix. 
 
 fig. 2. 
 Sulcator marinus. SPENCE BATE, Synop. Brit. Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 
 
 2, xix. p. 140, Feb. 1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 175. 
 
 THIS species bears a close resemblance to the preceding 
 in its general aspect, but may readily be detected from it 
 by the shortness of the inferior antennae. The superior 
 antennas are about one-fourth of the length of the 
 animal, and have a flagellum scarcely longer than the 
 last joint of the peduncle. The inferior antennas 
 scarcely reach beyond the extremity of the peduncle 
 of the superior. The first joint of the peduncle is 
 surmounted by three longitudinal rows of spines, each 
 
 o 2 
 
196 GAMMARIDjE. 
 
 spine successively increasing in length to the distal ex- 
 tremity of the joint; the flagellum consists of but a 
 single articulus tipped with two long hairs. The first 
 pair of legs are smaller than the second ; the wrist is 
 longer than the hand, and is inferiorly produced ante- 
 riorly, but not to any very great extent ; the hand is 
 narrow, but slightly increasing in diameter anteriorly ; 
 the palm is not defined, and the finger is long and 
 curved. The second pair of legs are larger than the 
 first, but differ not in any very great extent of form ; 
 the wrist has the inferior margin more decidedly convex, 
 and is fringed with two rows of hairs equidistantly apart ; 
 in one row the cilia are directed anteriorly, and in the 
 other they are directed posteriorly, and the distal margin 
 is excavated ; the hand increases in breadth anteriorly ; 
 the palm is slightly concave, but its limit is imperfectly 
 defined, the inferior angle being rounded off, and fur- 
 nished with a fasciculus of hairs. The third and fourth 
 pairs of legs resemble each other ; they are chiefly pe- 
 culiar for having the wrist and the hand posteriorly 
 furnished with strong blunt spines; those that are placed 
 nearest to the distal extremity are the longest in each 
 joint, and are nearly as long and powerful as the finger. 
 The hand appears to have the power of being able to be 
 pressed back against the wrist, and the pressure of the 
 spines between each other gives the organ an imperfect 
 but strong prehensile power. In the fifth pair of legs 
 the dilated thigh is of a square form, rather broader 
 than long, and the posterior margin being crenulated, 
 and fringed with a row of simple hairs. The rest of 
 the leg is remarkable for long plumose cilia, which 
 ornament the posterior margin, while the anterior is 
 furnished with fasciculi of short strong spines ; the 
 finger is not curved, but has the anterior margin a 
 
UROTHOE MARINUS. 197 
 
 little dilated, and minutely serrated along the distal half. 
 The seventh pair of legs have the thigh rounded ; the 
 rest of the joints posteriorly not furnished with hairs, 
 but the anterior margin is armed with a few stout spines; 
 the finger is crooked, and furnished with three bead-like 
 tubercles on the anterior margin. The antepenultimate 
 pair of caudal appendages have the branches very short, 
 unequal in length, and styliform. The penultimate pair 
 have the branches short, subequal, styliform, and free 
 from hairs. The ultimate pair have the branches long, 
 subequal, and plentifully furnished with plumose hairs. 
 The central tail-piece has the approximate margin of 
 each division nearly straight, and the external convex, 
 and tipped with a few cilia and one stout spine. 
 
 We have received this species from the Moray Frith, 
 where it was procured by Mr. Gregor, of MacdufF, from 
 the stomach of a haddock captured in about thirty 
 fathoms of water : also from Mr. Edward, of Banff, and 
 the Rev. Geo. Gordon, of Elgin. It has also been sent 
 to us from Cumbrae, where it was taken by Mr. D. 
 Robertson ; and our lamented friend, the late Mr. Barlee, 
 dredged it off the Shetlands. 
 
198 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 NATA'FOEIA. 
 
 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 TJROTHOE BREVICORN1S. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae not longer than the peduncle of the 
 superior, and not furnished with spines on the superior margin. Branches 
 of the terminal caudal appendages not hirsute. 
 
 Length 5 2 5 inch. 
 
 Uroikoe brevicomis. SPENOE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 116, 
 pi. xx. fig. 1. 
 
 THIS animal bears so close a resemblance to Urothoe 
 marinus, that since it was originally described, we have 
 much doubted whether it had not better have been 
 described as a variety only. It may be that the dis- 
 tinctions are those of sex, but the habitats as yet re- 
 corded are very widely apart. 
 
 The antennae are very similar to those in U. marinus, 
 but the inferior are rather shorter, and are not furnished 
 with those strong spines on the superior margin of the 
 first joint of the peduncle, which form so remarkable a 
 
UROTHOE BREVICORNIS. 199 
 
 feature in U. marinus. The hands of the first two pairs 
 of legs are rather more slender, and have not the antero- 
 inferior margin of the wrist anteriorly produced, and 
 the hands have the palms more oblique, and still more 
 imperfectly defined. The third and fourth pairs of 
 legs, although armed with spines, are not so strong as 
 those of U. marinus. The dilated thigh of the fifth 
 pair of legs is almost triangular, and has not the pos- 
 terior margin crenulated; the plumose hairs adorning 
 the posterior margin are reduced to a single tuft on the 
 carpus ; the finger is very long, and has the anterior 
 margin entire, or imperfectly serrated. The last two 
 pairs are nearly uniform, and have the posterior margins 
 of the thighs imperfectly crenulated, and the fingers are 
 straight and styliform. The caudal appendages differ 
 from those of C7. marinus in the greater length of the 
 base, and in the branches of the antepenultimate pair 
 reaching beyond those of the penultimate. The branches 
 of the ultimate are also shorter, and not fringed with 
 hairs. The middle tail-piece is long, naked, and obtuse. 
 This species was sent to us by our kind friend, Mr, 
 M. Webster, from Tenby, where he took it with the 
 dredge. 
 
200 
 
 GAMMARlDvE. 
 
 "2SSS 1 - ***** 
 
 UROTHOE ELEGANS. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae nearly as long as the animal. 
 Branches of the terminal caudal appendages very long and setose. 
 Length 5 4 g inch. 
 
 Gammarus elegans. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. 
 
 Uroihoe elegans. SPENCE BATE, Synop. &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 
 p. 145, 1857. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mas. p. 117, pi. 
 
 xx. fig. 2. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 186. 
 
 THIS species much resembles U. marinus, but differs 
 from it in the following important points : the eyes are 
 uniform ; the superior antennae are scarcely longer than 
 the peduncle of the inferior; the tiagellum of the inferior 
 is very slender and long, being nearly as long as the 
 animal. The rest of the animal scarcely offers any 
 specific variation from U. marinus. Its colour is whitish 
 buff, the anterior portion of the body being covered with 
 small black dots, and the head, posterior coxae, and bases 
 of the hind legs, as well as the sides of the terminal seg- 
 ments of the body, beautifully mottled with pink. 
 
 The first specimen was taken from some trawl refuse, 
 brought in from the neighbourhood of the Eddystone 
 Lighthouse. Its extremely beautiful colouring struck 
 us with delight, and suggested its specific name, more 
 particularly if it should prove constant. A second spe- 
 
UROTBOE ELEGANS. 201 
 
 cimen has been taken by Professor Kinahan, in Dublin 
 Bay; and a third has been procured by the Rev. A. 
 M. Norman and Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in from sixty to 
 seventy fathoms, near the Outer Haaf Fishing Ground, 
 off the Shetland Islands. 
 
 This species is very closely allied to U. irrostratus, which 
 was taken by Dana in the Zooloo Sea. Nor is this the 
 only instance in which we have observed a very near 
 affinity between the Crustacea of our own seas and those 
 of the antipodal regions. 
 
202 GAMMARTD/E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 Genus LILJEBORGIA. 
 
 Liljeborgia. SPENOE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p 118. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon but slightly produced ante- 
 riorly. Superior antennae furnished with a secondary appen- 
 dage. Gnathopoda large, subchelate, second larger than the 
 first, inferior carpal angle anteriorly produced. Posterior pair 
 of pleopoda biramous. Telson cleft. 
 
 THE head is not anteriorly produced to half the length 
 of the first joint of the superior antennae. The seg- 
 ments of the body are nearly as long* as those of the 
 tail. The eyes are large. The superior antennae shorter 
 than the inferior, and furnished with a secondary ap- 
 pendage. The first two pairs of legs have the hands 
 largely developed, the second being the larger, and the 
 inferior angle of the wrist is produced to a short dis- 
 tance along the inferior margin of the hand. The other 
 legs are tolerably free from hairs, and have the fingers 
 very straight. The last pair of caudal appendages have 
 two branches, and the central tail-piece consists of a 
 single plate, which is cleft at its apex. 
 
 This genus is named in compliment to the distin- 
 guished zoologist of the University of Upsala, Professor 
 Liljeborg. 
 
 * The length of a segment is measured in the same direction as that of 
 the body of the animal ; the breadth is when it is measured from side to 
 side. 
 
L1LJEBORGIA PALLIDA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOKIA. 
 
 203 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 LILJEBORGIA PALLIDA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae having the flagellum shorter than 
 the last joint of the peduncle. Gnathopoda having the propoda ovate ; 
 dactyla internally serrated. Posterior pair of pleopoda with the rami 
 shorter than the peduncle. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Gammarus ? pallidus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 55. Synop. 
 
 in Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145, 1857. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 185. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Am ph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 118. 
 
 pi. xx. fig. 5. 
 BRUZELIUS, Scand. Amph. Gam. p. 62,pl.iii.fig. 11. 
 
 Liljeborgia pattida. 
 
 Gammarus brevicornis. 
 
 THE first, second, and fourth segments of the tail are 
 furnished with a small dorsal tooth. The posterior mar- 
 gin of the third segment has a very distinct emargination 
 just above the infero-posterior angle, which is formed 
 into a small but distinct tooth. The eyes are large, 
 
204 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 tolerably round, and black. The superior antennae are 
 about half as long again as the head ; the peduncle is 
 just the same length as the flagellum, but the first joint 
 is longer than the other two ; the flagellum is about half 
 the length of the peduncle. The inferior antennae have 
 the peduncle quite as long as the superior antennae, the 
 last two joints being nearly of the same length, and 
 about three times the length of the preceding. The first 
 two pairs of legs are similarly formed, but differ con- 
 siderably in size, the second having the hand more than 
 twice as large again as that of the first; the wrist is in- 
 feriorly produced along the inferior margin of the hand ; 
 the hand is ovate, the palm occupying nearly the entire 
 length of the inferior margin, without its extent being 
 properly defined, the edge is furnished with a smooth 
 margin, fringed laterally with two sets of hairs, the 
 one directed anteriorly, with the tip suddenly directed 
 posteriorly into a hook ; the other, consisting of alter- 
 nate long and short hairs, directed backward, each being 
 furnished on the anterior margin with two small cilia ; 
 the finger is curved, and armed on the inner margin 
 with a deeply -serrated edge. The next two pairs of 
 legs are more slender, and shorter than any of the 
 others. The last three have the thighs very oval, and 
 the fingers very long, straight, and styliform. The 
 penultimate pair of caudal appendages are shorter than 
 those that precede or follow it. The last pair have the 
 branches much shorter than the peduncle. The tail- 
 piece is oval, and subapically furnished with two simple 
 hairs. 
 
 This animal was first taken by us, in company with 
 our valued friend Mr. T. P. Smyth, to whom we wish 
 to express our obligation for having frequently placed 
 his yacht at our disposal for dredging purposes. We 
 
LTLJEBORGIA PALLIDA. 205 
 
 took several specimens on the eastern side of Drake's 
 Island. 
 
 In the living animal the colour is very white, the 
 back being stained with a rich crimson blotch, a circum- 
 stance that enabled us to identify every specimen at once. 
 The hands possess a rosy hue, and a tinge of the same 
 colour may be detected on many of the articulations of 
 the legs. 
 
 Bruzelius, in his " Memoir on the Amphipoda of Skan- 
 dinavia," has given the figure and description of a species 
 of this genus, under the name of Gammarus brevicornis, 
 which we consider to be identical with this, the only 
 distinction being the shortness of the last joint of the 
 peduncle of the lower antennae, the greater relative 
 length of the flagellum, and the less ornate character 
 of the serrature of the fingers to the hands, the result 
 probably of being examined with a less powerful lens. 
 The specimens, described by Bruzelius, were taken on 
 the western shores of Sweden. 
 
206 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA, 
 
 GAMMARTlXfl. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 LILJEBORGIA SHETLANDICA. N. S. 
 
 Specific character. First and second segments of the pleon unarmed ; 
 fourth and fifth segments dorsally produced posteriorly into a small tooth. 
 Secondary appendage of the superior antennae very short. Inferior antennae 
 having the flagellum longer than the last joint of the peduncle. Dactyla of 
 the gnathopoda unarmed. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 THE head is not produced anteriorly. The dorsal 
 surface of the animal is smooth, except a small tooth- 
 like process, developed from the centre of the posterior 
 margins of the ante- and penultimate segments of the 
 tail. The eyes are small, round, and situated in their 
 normal position on a lobe between the superior and in- 
 ferior antenna. The superior antennae have the second 
 joint of the peduncle longer than the first, the third 
 joint very small, the flagellum reaching beyond the ex- 
 tremity of the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the 
 inferior antennae, and the secondary appendage extremely 
 short. The inferior antennae have the last two joints of 
 the peduncle very long and subequal, and the flagellum 
 is rather longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The 
 first pair of legs have the hands not dilated, but rather 
 tapering to the distal extremity, and the wrist is nearly 
 as long as the hand. The second pair of legs have the 
 
LTLJEBORGIA SHETLANDICA. 207 
 
 wrist short, and slightly produced inferiorly ; the 
 hands dilated, ovate, tapering from the base to the 
 distal extremity, the palm being continuous with the in- 
 ferior margin, and fringed with long hairs, a depression 
 near the centre marking the extent to which the very 
 short finger reaches. The finger of this and the preced- 
 ing pair has the inner margin smooth. The two suc- 
 ceeding pairs of legs are small ; the last three have the 
 thighs, which gradually narrow from the base to the distal 
 extremity, posteriorly serrated. The last pair of caudal 
 appendages are wanting in all the specimens that we have 
 seen. The central tail-piece is very deeply cleft. 
 
 Several specimens of this species have been taken by 
 the Rev. A. M. Norman, in forty fathoms, near Whalsey 
 Lighthouse, and in from two to five fathoms, in Outer 
 Skerries Harbour, Shetland. 
 
208 GAMMARIDJ;. 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus PH^DRA. 
 
 Pkcedra. SPENCE BATE, Quarterly Journal of Gteol. Soc. 1858, p. 137. 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 119. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Seg- 
 ments of the pereion short, of the pleon long. Superior an- 
 tennae shorter than the inferior, furnished with a secondary 
 appendage. Posterior pair of pleopoda considerably elongated, 
 biramous. Telson simple or notched. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced, but not to so great 
 an extent as in some of the preceding genera. The 
 segments of the body are remarkably short, whilst those 
 of the anterior half of the tail are extremely long. 
 The eyes of the type were not observed. The superior 
 antennae are shorter than the inferior, and rather more 
 robust ; they are furnished with a secondary appendage. 
 The coxae of the legs are small. The last three pairs of 
 caudal appendages are double-branched, the branches of 
 each pair respectively being subequal, those of the last 
 pair being considerably elongated. The central tail-piece 
 is squamiform or notched. 
 
 This genus is founded on imperfect specimens. 
 
PHAEDRA ANTIQUA. 209 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PHOX1DES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PH^DRA ANTIQUA. 
 
 Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the posterior margiii 
 toothed and minutely serrated. Superior antennae furnished with a secondary 
 appendage. Kami of the posterior pair of pleopoda equal. Telson lanceolate. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Phcedra antiqua. SPENCE BATE, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1858, p. 137, 
 pi. 6, fig. 8. Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 120, 
 pi. 21, fig. 2. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced to a central point. 
 The third segment of the tail has the inferior half of 
 the posterior margin minutely serrated, the limits being 
 bounded by a prominent tooth above and below. The 
 superior antennas have the first joint of the peduncle 
 broader and longer than the second, and the second more 
 so than the third, whilst the third is scarcely longer, 
 though broader, than the first articulus of the flagellum ; 
 the secondary appendage consists of a single articulus, 
 but the remainder may be broken away. The inferior 
 antennae have the joints of the peduncle that remain in 
 the specimen before us as stout as those of the first joint 
 of the superior. The coxae of the first four pair of 
 legs are deeper than those of the three posterior. The 
 three posterior pairs of legs are subequal. The poste- 
 
 p 
 
210 GAMMARJM. 
 
 rior pair of caudal appendages are half as long again as 
 the preceding. The telson is long and lanceolate. 
 
 The specimen from which this description is taken 
 was communicated to us by the Rev. Geo. Gordon, who 
 took it in the Moray Frith, and has been described in the 
 article in the " Quarterly Journal of the Geological So- 
 ciety" above referred to, as the nearest approach, among 
 recent Crustacea, to a fossil species found by Mr. Kirkby 
 in the magnesian limestone of Durham, and described by 
 him in the same work for 1857 (page 214) under the 
 name of Prosoponiscus problematicus, Schlotheim. 
 
 The fossil species differs from the recent forms in this 
 subfamily, in two circumstances. The eyes are promi- 
 nent upon the surface, like those of some Isopods, and 
 the anterior and deeper segments of the tail decrease in 
 depth posteriorly, a condition which belongs to some 
 species among the Hyperiidae ; thus exhibiting additional 
 evidence that the relation between the Phoxides and 
 Hyperiidae is closer than that between the latter and the 
 Gammarides. 
 
PHJ:DRA KINAHANI. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 PH&DRA KINAHANI. 
 
 Specific description. Dorsum of the three posterior segments of the 
 pereion, and five of the pleon, centrally produced posteriorly, the last three 
 into prominent teeth ; sides of the third segment of the pleon simple. Tel- 
 son notched. 
 
 Length 5 2 inch. 
 
 Phcedra Kinahani. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 119, 
 pi. 21, fig. 1. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced into a point, curved 
 downwards. The body has each segment posteriorly pro- 
 duced in the middle, the projection scarcely forming a tooth 
 until 'the fourth and fifth segments, in which it becomes 
 more distinctly marked. The tail has a similar tooth on 
 the two anterior segments, and also upon the fourth and 
 fifth, but none upon the third. The eyes are round. The 
 superior antennae are scarcely shorter than the inferior ; 
 
 p 2 
 
GAMMA RID^E. 
 
 they are large at the base, the first joint is longer than 
 the other two ; the first two are produced anteriorly to 
 a point upon the upper surface, and notched into a dis- 
 tinct tooth upon the inferior: the flagellum is longer 
 than the peduncle, and the secondary appendage is about 
 half the length of the primary. The inferior antennae have 
 the upper distal extremity of each joint produced into 
 a tooth; the flagellum is not longer than the last joint 
 of the peduncle, and consists of one long articulus, or, 
 more probably, several are fused together, of which the 
 upper margin alone shows any indication of the several 
 joints. The first two pairs of legs are uniform, both in 
 dimensions and shape; the wrist is anteriorly produced 
 along the inferior margin of the hand ; the hand is sub- 
 triangular, tolerably large, having the palm oblique, de- 
 fined by a strong spine situated at the apex of an obtuse 
 angle ; the palm is likewise furnished with short hairs, 
 similarly formed to those on the hand of Liljeborgia 
 pallida. The walking legs are subequal, the two first 
 being rather the shortest ; the thighs of all are remark- 
 ably narrow. The ante- and penultimate pairs of caudal 
 'appendages have the upper margin of the outer branch 
 serrated, being also marked at regular distances by a 
 strong tooth. The ultimate pair are considerably longer 
 than the preceding; the branches are of equal length, 
 having their upper margins very slightly serrated. The 
 middle tail-piece is notched, but to what extent we have 
 not been able to determine. 
 
 This species was taken from a nullipore bank off the 
 coast near Cumbrae, by Mr. David Robertson, who 
 kindly sent it to us. 
 
 It is not improbable that this species may belong to 
 a separate genus from Ph. antiqua, but all the parts of 
 the latter, as far as known, correspond very nearly to 
 
PH.EDRA KIN AH ANT. 213 
 
 those of this species, except, perhaps, the middle scale 
 of the tail. Possessing, however, only a single speci- 
 men, which had been mounted for the microscope before 
 we received it, we have not been able, from its position, 
 to ascertain the precise form of this appendage. We 
 assume it to be single, with a central cleft ; but a small 
 notch at the extremity of each division is very con- 
 stantly associated with a double tail-piece, so that it is 
 not impossible that this may be found to be the case in 
 the species now under consideration. 
 
 The colour of the animal, when received by us, was of 
 a reddish yellow. 
 
 The accompanying vignette represents a view of Ailsa 
 Crag, from a sketch kindly lent to us by our friend Dr. 
 Scott of Melby, Shetland. 
 
214 GAMMARIDjE. 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATOUTA. 
 
 Genus IS^A. 
 
 Iscea. MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 380. Hist, des Crust, 
 t. iii. p. 26. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 
 1857. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 122. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 Brit. Crust, p. 179. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae having a secondary 
 appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate; second pair the larger. 
 Pereiopoda subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. 
 Telson cylindrical, single. 
 
 IN this genus the cephalon is not much produced 
 anteriorly. The eyes are two. The superior antennae 
 are longer than the inferior, and furnished with a se- 
 condary appendage. The arms are subchelate ; the 
 hand of the second pair is larger than that of the first ; 
 all the legs are likewise subchelate, the distal extremity 
 of the hands being broadly dilated on the side towards 
 which the joints bend. The coxae of the four or five 
 anterior pairs of legs are deep. The last pair of caudal 
 appendages are double-branched, and the central tail- 
 piece is round and solid, the alimentary canal probably 
 opening at its posterior extremity. 
 
 Dana has established a subfamily to receive this genus, 
 together with Anisopus of Templeton, under the name of 
 Isaance, based upon the subchelate condition of the walk- 
 ing legs. We do not perceive any advantage to be de- 
 rived from this arrangement, since Isasa and Anisopus 
 (which latter we consider to belong either to the genus 
 Amphithoe or Sunamphithoe) cannot be embraced in the 
 same subfamily; and it will be found that there are other 
 species possessing a more or less perfectly marked sub- 
 chelate condition of the walking legs, which cannot be 
 associated with Iscea. 
 
AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NAT A TORI A. 
 
 1S/KA MONT A GUI, 
 
 215 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 ISMA. MONTAGUI. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes reniform. Superior antennae one -half the length 
 of the animal. Gnathopoda having the propoda ovate. Pereiopoda having 
 the propoda with the distal extremity serrated. 
 
 Length, 5 4 g inch. 
 
 Tscea Montagui. MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 380. Hist, des 
 Crust, t. iii. p. 26, pi. xxix. fig. 11. S PENCE BATE, 
 Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Synop. Ann. Nat. Hist. 
 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 122, pi. 22, fig. 1. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. 
 Crust, p. 179. 
 
 THE eyes are not large, but kidney-shaped, and of a 
 bright-red colour. The superior antennae are nearly 
 half the length of the animal, the flagellum being as 
 long as the peduncle, and the secondary appendage 
 having but three articuli. The inferior antennae are 
 not quite so long as the superior, and have the peduncle 
 longer than the flagellum : the olfactory organs in this 
 species are well developed. The first pair of legs are 
 rather small, and have the palm of the hand very ob- 
 
216 GAMMARIDjE. 
 
 lique. In the second pair the hand is much larger, but 
 of nearly the same form, with the palm very oblique, 
 and defined by two small spines. The third and fourth 
 pairs of walking legs are alike, and have the posterior 
 distal extremity of the hand strongly serrated, as have 
 likewise the three posterior pairs, but being reversed, 
 the serration is upon the anterior distal extremity. The 
 last pair of caudal appendages have the branches of the 
 same length, and reach a little beyond the preceding. 
 The central tail-piece appears more like a small seg- 
 ment of the animal than is usual ; it is cylindrical, and 
 surmounted by a small spinule. 
 
 This species was taken by Professor Milne-Edwards, 
 off the island of Chausay, and named by him in honour 
 of Colonel Montagu, the pioneer of British marine 
 zoology. We have procured it from some refuse brought 
 by the trawlers from the neighbourhood of the Eddy- 
 stone. All our specimens were taken from the back 
 and branchial chambers of Maia squinado ; they seemed, 
 indeed, to exist among the thick stiff fur on the carapace 
 of this spider-crab as if they were in their accustomed 
 habitat, their prehensile legs being peculiarly adapted for 
 holding themselves on that animal. 
 
1PH1MEDIA. 217 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PHOXIDES. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 Genus IPHIMEDIA. 
 
 Iphimedia. RATHKE, Beitr. zur Faun. Norwegens, Nov. Act. Leop. vol. xx. 
 
 p. 89 (1843). SPENCB BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 
 p. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 123. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 176 (not Iphimedia, Dana). 
 Microcheles. KROYEB, Tidsk. Nat. sec. 2, vol. ii. p. 5. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Pereion 
 distended. Pleon compressed. Eyes two. Antennae simple. 
 Third pair of siagonopoda not unguiculate. First pair of gna- 
 thopoda feeble ; second also feeble, imperfectly subchelate. 
 Pereiopoda robust, having large and powerful dactyla. Pos- 
 terior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson single, squamous, 
 emarginate. 
 
 IN this genus the head is produced anteriorly. The 
 body is dorsally rounded and laterally distended, while 
 the tail is very rapidly narrowed. It is furnished with 
 a small eye upon each side of the head. The antennas 
 are subequal, and without a secondary appendage ; the 
 organs attendant upon the mouth are considerably pro- 
 jected forwards. The first pair of legs are feeble, and 
 have the fingers rudimentary ; the second are likewise 
 feeble, but terminate in an imperfectly chelate organ. 
 The coxae increase in depth to the fourth, which is 
 produced inferiorly to a sharp point. The last three 
 pairs of legs are tolerably strong, and terminate in 
 powerful fingers. The last pair of caudal appendages 
 are double-branched, and the telson is single, squami- 
 form, and emarginate. 
 
 Our description differs from that of Rathke in a 
 
218 
 
 GAMMARIB2B. 
 
 small extent. He describes the second pair of gnatho- 
 poda as terminating in a simple non-prehensile form, 
 whilst he figures them as seen in our drawing ; and the 
 first he calls chelate, whilst in the two species which we 
 have had the opportunity of examining the finger is 
 almost obsolete. 
 
 Dana has, in his valuable work on Crustacea, evidently 
 confused this genus with Atylus of Leach, to which all 
 his species, except perhaps /. nodosa, undoubtedly be- 
 long. 
 
 The following vignette represents the pier-head at 
 Lynmouth, on the north coast of Devonshire. 
 
IPHIMEDTA OBESA, 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 219 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 IPHIMEDIA OBESA. 
 
 Specific character. Cephalon anteriorly produced, but not much depressed. 
 Last segment of the pereion, and three first of the pleon, furnished on each 
 side of the dorsal central line with a posteriorly-directed tooth. 
 
 Length 5 8 g inch. 
 
 Iphimedia obesa. RATHKE, Beitr. zur Faun. Norwegens, Nov. Act. Leop. 
 
 vol. xx. (1843), p. 89, pi. iii. fig. 1. SPENCE BATE, 
 
 Ann. Nat. 2 ser. xix. p. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 123, pi. xxii. fig. 2. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 176, pi. x. fig. 6. 
 Microcheles armata. KROYER, Nat. Tidskr. sec. 2, vol. ii. p. 5. 
 
 THE head, which is anteriorly produced, has the long 
 projection not curved downwards. The last segment of 
 the body and the first three of the tail are severally 
 furnished with two dorsal teeth, one being on each side 
 of the central line ; the posterior margin of the third 
 segment of the tail has likewise a strong tooth near the 
 centre, and another at the infero-posterior angle. The 
 eyes are somewhat reniform, and red in colour. The 
 antennae are subequal, and about one-fourth of the 
 length of the animal. The first pair of legs are weak, 
 and have the hand long, with the infero-distal extremiy 
 
220 GAMMARIM. 
 
 produced, the finger being rudimentary. In the more 
 robust second pair the wrist is as long as the hand, 
 which is produced and somewhat dilated towards the 
 inferior angle of the distal extremity ; the finger is 
 small, subapical, and impinges against the hand so as 
 to form an imperfectly ch elate organ. The coxa of the 
 fourth pair of legs has the upper portion of the pos- 
 terior margin excavated, to receive the anterior lobe 
 of the fifth pair of legs. The coxae of the last two 
 pairs of legs are produced infer o-posteriorly to an angle ; 
 the thigh of the last pair has the lower half of the 
 posterior margin deeply serrated. The last three pairs 
 of caudal appendages are subequal in length, and ter- 
 minate in equal styliform branches. The terminal plate 
 is emarginate at the apex. 
 
 The colour of the animal appears to vary, but we are 
 inclined to believe that it deepens in hue as it increases 
 in age. The colour at first is yellow, with a few scat- 
 tered cells of black pigment ; these increase in number 
 and dimensions until the animal becomes quite black. 
 
 It has been sent to us from Tenby, where it was 
 dredged by Mr. W. Welsh; from the Moray Frith, 
 where it was taken by Mr. Gregor ; Mr. Barlee also 
 took it in the Shetlands and Loch Fyne. In Belfast 
 Bay it was dredged in twenty fathoms by Mr. Thomp- 
 son ; and we have dredged it on the north-west of 
 Drake's Island in Plymouth Sound. 
 
IPI1IMED1A EBLAN^E. 
 
 AMP H IPO DA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 IPHIMEDIA EBLANJI. 
 
 Specific description, Cephalon anteriorly produced, and curved down- 
 wards. Last segment of the pereion, and first three of the pleon, furnished 
 with a tooth on each side of the central line. First three segments of the 
 pleon armed with a strong central dorsal tooth. 
 
 Length 5 8 a inch. 
 
 Iphimcdia Eblance. SPENCE BATE, Dublin Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. iv. p. 229, 
 pi. xvi. fig. 1 (1857). Proceed. Nat. Hist. Soc. 
 Dublin, p. 28, pi. xvi. fig. 1 (1856-7). Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. 2 ser. vol. xx. p. 525. Cat. Amph. Crust. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 124, pi. xxii. fig. 3. 
 
 THE head in this species is very short, and has the 
 anterior projection curved downwards and inflexed. The 
 first and last segments of the body are longer than 
 the intermediate. The last segment of the body and 
 the first three of the tail have their posterior margins 
 furnished with two latero-dorsal teeth similar to the 
 preceding species, but the first three segments of the 
 
GAMMARHXaB. 
 
 tail are armed with a central dorsal tooth, directed pos- 
 teriorly. The eyes are kidney-shaped. The antennae 
 are short, being scarcely one-sixth the length of the 
 animal. The first pair of legs are slender and weak, 
 with the finger obsolete. The second pair of legs are 
 scarcely stouter than the first, and terminate in an im- 
 perfectly chelate organ. The walking legs are tolerably 
 robust, and differ from those of /. obesa only in having 
 the thighs of the last three pairs produced posteriorly 
 in two sharp points or teeth. The last three pairs of 
 caudal appendages are nearly of the same length, and 
 the central tail-piece is emarginate at the apex. 
 
 Several specimens of this species were taken by Pro- 
 fessor Kinahan, from the branchial cavities of Rhizostoma 
 Cuvieri. The specimen from which our figure and de- 
 scription were taken is preserved, in an imperfect state, 
 in the Dublin Museum. M. Guerin-Meneville had some 
 specimens in his collection, procured on the western 
 coast of England. 
 
 The circumstance of this animal having been found 
 inhabiting the gill-cavities of a Medusa establishes 
 another link associating this subfamily more closely 
 with the Hyperina than was at first presumed. 
 
OTUS. 223 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . PHOXIDES. 
 
 NA TATORJA. 
 
 Genus OTUS. 
 
 Otus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 125. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Pereion 
 distended. Pleon compressed. Antennae simple. Third pair 
 of siagonopoda unguiculate. First pair of gnathopoda chelate ; 
 second subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. 
 Telson single. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced. The body is much 
 distended, while the tail is considerably narrowed. The 
 antennae are subequal in length, the upper being the 
 more robust, and not furnished with a secondary ap- 
 pendage. The mandibles possess a three-jointed ap- 
 pendage. The maxillipedes terminate in a small nail. 
 The first two pairs of legs are small, and of nearly 
 equal size, the first terminating in a distal double- 
 fingered claw ; the second, which is rather stouter than 
 the first, being only subchelate. The coxae of the four 
 anterior pairs of legs are deep, the fourth being also 
 very broad, and posteriorly deeply excavated to receive 
 the anterior lobe of the coxa of the fifth pair. The 
 walking legs are short and strong, and furnished with 
 sharp fingers. The three posterior pairs of caudal ap- 
 pendages are double branched, and the central tail-plate 
 is single and scale-like. 
 
 This genus bears a near resemblance to Iphimedia, but 
 is distinguished from it by the form of the maxillipedes, 
 and by the character and proportions of the first two 
 pairs of legs. 
 
 The near approximation of the characters of the two 
 genera suggested the name of the son of Iphimedia as 
 being appropriate for the present more recently disco- 
 vered form. 
 
GAMMARID.E. 
 
 AMPHTPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 OTUS CARINATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Pereion furnished with a dorsal carina. Third seg- 
 ment of the pleon having an elevation near the dorsal centre, and the 
 posterior margin produced into a sharp tooth near the centre on each side. 
 
 Length 5 4 inch. 
 
 Otus carinatus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 126, pi, 
 xxiii. fig. 2. 
 
 THE head is very short, but produced anteriorly to a 
 sharp point, slightly depressed. The back is furnished 
 with a small but distinct median carina. The third seg- 
 ment of the tail is abruptly elevated near the middle, 
 and again gradually depressed to the posterior margin. 
 On each side the posterior margin is posteriorly pro- 
 duced, near the centre, into a long slightly-upturned 
 tooth. The eyes have not been observed. The superior 
 antennae are short, being scarcely more than twice the 
 length of the upper margin of the head ; the peduncle 
 
OTUS CARINATUS. 
 
 is more robust than the flagellum, and about the same 
 length. The inferior antennae are not longer than the 
 superior, but not so stout, and terminate in a flagellum 
 scarcely longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The 
 mandibles are deep and narrow, and the maxillipedes are 
 short, and furnished with a broad plate, reaching nearly 
 as far as the finger. The first pair of legs have the 
 hands with the lower distal angle produced into a sharp 
 process, nearly equalling the finger in length ; the finger 
 is slender, and tipped with a distinct nail, at the base of 
 which arise two or three hairs. The second pair of legs 
 are a little larger than the first, and have the hand some- 
 what triangular in form, the palm being straight, but 
 slightly oblique and distinctly pectinated ; the finger is 
 sharp and curved. The coxae of the first four pairs of 
 legs are deep, increasing gradually to the fourth, which 
 is much broader than the others, and deeply excavated 
 on the posterior margin towards its upper limits, in 
 order to receive the anterior lobe of the coxa of the 
 next succeeding pair of legs. All the walking legs are 
 short and stout ; the thighs of the three posterior are 
 broad, and posteriorly developed into two angles. The 
 last pair of caudal appendages have the branches un- 
 equal in length ; they are sharp, straight, and clean. The 
 terminal plate is lanceolate. 
 
 The animal was first taken by that veteran dredger, 
 the late Mr. Barlee, off the Shetland Islands, two or three 
 years since. During the summer of 1861 it has again 
 been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. J. 
 Gwynn Jeffreys, in from seventy to eighty fathoms, about 
 sixty miles east of the Shetland Islands. 
 
GAMMAHTD.E. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . PH OXIDES. 
 
 N ATA TORI A. 
 
 Genus PEREIONOTUS. N. G. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon short. Pereion distended. 
 Pleon compressed. Antennae very short. Superior longer and 
 more robust. Gnathopoda subchelate, subequal. Pereiopoda 
 short, robust. Antepenultimate pair of pleopoda having the 
 peduncle very short, rami long, subfoliaceous. Penultimate 
 pair having the peduncle long, rami styliform. Ultimate pair 
 short, unibranched. Telson single. 
 
 THE head in this genus is very short. The body is 
 very distended, and the tail gradually narrowed to the 
 extremity. The eyes are very small. The coxae of the 
 first four pairs of legs are large, whilst those of the 
 three last are short. The hands of the first two pairs 
 are subchelate. The walking legs are subequal, short, 
 tolerably robust, and terminate in strong sharp fingers. 
 The antepenultimate pair of caudal appendages have the 
 peduncle very short, almost obsolete ; and the branches 
 are long, and look like narrow leaves. The penultimate 
 pair have the peduncle strong, and as long as the 
 branches, which are strong, stiff, and naked. The 
 ultimate pair are very short, and support a single very 
 short branch. The central terminal piece consists of a 
 single squamiform plate. 
 
 This genus bears a near relationship to that of Phlias 
 of Guerin. The only distinction of importance which 
 we are enabled to discover exists in the form of the 
 posterior pair of caudal appendages : these are biramous 
 in the description and figure of Phlias, as given by the 
 
PEREIONOTUS. 
 
 227 
 
 author in the " Magasin de Zoologie" for 1836. Of this 
 latter genus we have had the opportunity of examining 
 only a single specimen of P. Rissoanus, taken by Mr. J. 
 Gwynn Jeffreys on the shores of Piedmont, but the 
 specimen being small, we were not able to make out 
 the form of the last pair of caudal appendages without 
 dissection, and we felt unwilling to destroy our only 
 specimen. We are therefore led to infer either that 
 Guerin's description of the posterior pair of caudal 
 appendages is incorrect, or that Montagu's specimen 
 belongs to a distinct but closely-allied genus ; and pre- 
 fer to adopt a new generic name, rather than to assume, 
 without further evidence, that so accurate an observer as 
 M. Guerin-Meneville can have been mistaken. 
 
 The accompanying vignette is a scene off Flamborough 
 Head. 
 
 Q 2 
 
228 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 PHOXJDES. 
 
 PEREIONOTUS TESTUDO. 
 
 Specific character. All the segments of the pereion, and the first of the 
 pleon, elevated into a strong dorsal carina, the apex being longitudinally 
 shorter than the base, in every segment except the first of the pleon, in 
 which the carinated process is posteriorly produced to a round point. 
 
 Length 5 2 inch. 
 
 Oniscus testudo. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 102, t, v. fig. 5. LEACH, 
 Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 405, gen. Ixvi. (not of Grosse and 
 White). 
 
 THE head is short and anteriorly depressed, possessing 
 but a very minute central point between the antennae. 
 All the segments of the body are dorsally elevated into 
 a carina, flat at the top. The first segment of the 
 tail is likewise similarly elevated, but is projected pos- 
 teriorly, the carina terminating in a round process ; 
 each of the segments of the body is also marked by 
 a small tubercle at the infero-anterior angle. The su- 
 
PEREIONOTUS TESTUDO. 229 
 
 perior antennae are short, being a little longer than the 
 head; the first two joints of the peduncle are very 
 stout; the rest are slender. The inferior antennae are 
 not more than half the length of the superior, and very 
 slender. The coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs 
 are very large, the first being projected anteriorly as far 
 forwards as the eyes. The first two pairs of legs are 
 subequal and alike in form ; the hands are scarcely 
 broader than the rest of the leg, rather more than as 
 long again as broad, and furnished with small hairs on 
 the inferior surface, but without any clearly-defined 
 palm ; the fingers are thick, short, slightly curved, and 
 terminating in an obtuse point. The walking legs are of 
 uniform length ; they are short and strong, and terminate 
 in short stout fingers ; in the three posterior the thighs 
 and metacarpal joints are considerably dilated. The ante- 
 penultimate pair of caudal appendages have the peduncle 
 so short, that we could not detect it in our examination ; 
 while the branches resemble long narrow leaves, of un- 
 equal length and breadth, having the margins slightly 
 fringed with cilia. The penultimate pair have the 
 peduncle long and stiff, while the branches are unequal 
 in length, styliform in shape, and not longer than the 
 peduncle. The ultimate pair are very short, scarcely 
 reaching beyond the middle tail-piece, and terminating 
 in a single branch, not more than half the length of the 
 peduncle. The tail-piece is almost disc-shaped. 
 
 This species was imperfectly described and figured 
 many years since, by Col. Montagu, in the " Trans- 
 actions of the Linnaean Society," from a specimen taken 
 by him at Salcombe, on the coast of South Devon. 
 Montagu made his drawing from the specimen when 
 the tail was closely rolled beneath the body, as we have 
 also done in fig. 2. He consequently represented an ani- 
 
230 
 
 GAMMARIM. 
 
 mal which rather resembled an Isopod than one of this 
 order of Crustacea. The animal has therefore, for many 
 years, been passed over, and Mr. Spence Bate, who was 
 not aware of its preservation in the British Museum 
 until recently, has omitted it from his " Museum Cata- 
 logue of Amphipod Crustacea," having followed the 
 erroneous assumption of Mr. Gosse and Mr. Adam 
 White, that Oniscus testudo of Montagu was a species of 
 Owen's genus Acanthonotm. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of figures, in the pic- 
 turesque costume of Normandy, is from a picture in the 
 possession of Mr. Hames, of Chagford. 
 
 
ACANTHONOTUS. &31 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . PH OXIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus ACANTHONOTUS. 
 
 Acanthonotus. OWEN, App. to Ross's Second Voyage N. W. Passage, p. xc. 
 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 177. GOSSE, Man. 
 
 Mar. Zool. p. 142. MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist. Crust. 
 
 t. iii. p. 24. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Crust. Amph. 
 
 Brit. Mus. p. 126. 
 Vertumnus, Leach MSS. WHITE, Cat. of Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Antennae 
 simple, subequal. Mandibles with a tri-articulate appendage. 
 Coxae narrow, deep, and pointed, except the two last, those of 
 the fourth legs lunate, with a strong tooth. Gnathopoda slender, 
 feeble, subchelate. Pereiopoda subequal. Dactyla unguiculate. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda biraraous. Telson single, cleft at the 
 apex. 
 
 THE front of the head is considerably produced into 
 a point, curved downwards. The segments of the body 
 are short, whilst those of the tail are long. The an- 
 tennae are nearly of the same length (about one- fourth of 
 the length of the animal) ; the superior do not possess a 
 secondary appendage. The arms are uniform, subequal, 
 slender, feeble, and subchelate. The coxae of the first 
 four pairs of legs are deep, narrow, and pointed, those 
 of the fourth pair are sickle-shaped, having, moreover, a 
 strong central tooth on the posterior margin. The 
 walking legs are subequal, and have the fingers terminat- 
 ing in a sharp nail. The last pair of caudal appendages 
 consist of two styliform branches, and the terminal plate 
 is single, but cleft at the apex. 
 
 This genus was founded by Professor Owen, for a 
 species of Amphipod brought from the Arctic Regions by 
 Sir John Clark Ross. 
 
232 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA, 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHOXIDES. 
 
 ACANTHONOTUS OWENII. 
 
 Specific character. Posterior segments of the pereion, and anterior ones 
 of the pleon, dorsally elevated into carinal teeth. Antennae scarcely one- 
 fourth the length of the animal. Grnathopoda slender. Telson deeply cleft. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Acanthonotus (?) Owenii. 
 
 Acanthonotus testudo. 
 
 Vertumnus Cranchii, Leach, MSS. 
 
 Acanthonotus Crancliii. 
 
 SPEKCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, 
 p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. 
 p. 141. 
 
 WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 51 (1850). 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 1 7 7. SPENCE 
 BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 127, pi. xxiii. fig. 3. GTOSSE, Man. 
 Mar. Zool. p. 42 (1855) (not Oniscus 
 testudo, Mont, see ante, p. 228.) 
 
 WHITE, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 89, 
 1847. 
 
 WHITE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 57, 
 1847. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced to a point, deflexed 
 between the antennae. The last segments of the body, 
 and the four anterior of the tail, are elevated into a ca- 
 rina ; the middle of the posterior margin of each segment 
 is produced into a strong tooth ; the three anterior seg- 
 
ACANTHONOTUS OWENII. [ 233 
 
 inents of the tail likewise possess a lateral ridge, and the 
 posterior margins are denticulated ; the fourth segment 
 of the tail is marked by a deep sinus across the dorsal 
 surface. The eyes are round and prominent. The 
 superior antennae are stouter at the base than the 
 inferior, and are also a little longer. The coxse are 
 deep, narrow, and terminate in a point, those of the 
 fourth pair of legs being the largest, sickle-shaped, and 
 armed with a strong curved spine on the hind margin. 
 The first two pairs of legs are very similar ; the wrists 
 are a little longer than the hands ; the hands have no 
 clearly-defined palm ; and the fingers are very short. 
 The rest of the legs are very nearly of the same length ; 
 the thighs of the three posterior gradually increase in 
 width : they have the anterior portion thick, whilst the 
 posterior is suddenly reduced to a thin scale, so that 
 the legs, when folded up, lie compactly together in a 
 groove. The three posterior pairs of caudal appendages 
 are subequal, the branches being of uniform length, 
 styliform, and free from hairs. The tail-piece is deeply 
 cleft.* 
 
 This animal, according to specimens received from the 
 Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys, is of a fawn 
 colour striped with red, the red bands corresponding 
 with the posterior margins of the segments and joints 
 of the animal. In this it appears to differ from an 
 American form, A. serratus, Fabricius, as described by 
 Stimpson, where the anterior half of each segment is 
 pink, and the posterior white. 
 
 * The figure representing this animal was drawn from a specimen in the 
 British Museum, while the description is taken from a specimen captured in 
 the Moray Frith. They disagree in some unimportant points ; the telson being 
 less cleft in the figure than in the description, and the hands are more dis- 
 tinctly subchelate in the former than the latter. 
 
GAMMARIDjE. 
 
 In some specimens of the young animals, when just 
 enabled to quit the parent, we have observed that the 
 superior antennae are furnished with a secondary appen- 
 dage, formed of a single articulus. 
 
 This species is rather plentifully distributed ; we have 
 received specimens from the Moray Frith, sent us by 
 Mr. Edward and Mr. Gregor. The late Dr. G. John- 
 ston took it in Berwick Bay. Professor Kinahan has 
 taken it in from fifteen to thirty fathoms, on the Scollop 
 Bank, in Dublin Bay. Mr. Webster has dredged it at 
 Falmouth ; and Mr. Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman 
 have found it in from seventy to eighty fathoms, sixty 
 miles east of the Shetland Islands. 
 
 The following vignette represents the Drogns, from a 
 sketch by Dr. Scott, of Melby, staff-surgeon, R.N. 
 
GAMMAKIDES. 235 
 
 AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Subfamily GAMMARIDES. 
 
 Body compressed. Eyes two, situated on a lobe between the 
 superior and inferior antennae. Inferior antennae not situated 
 posteriorly to the superior. Posterior pair of pleopoda folia- 
 ceous. 
 
 THE animals constituting this subfamily are generally 
 much compressed laterally. They have two eyes, which 
 are situated on a lobe of the walls of the head, which 
 project anteriorly between the superior and inferior 
 antennae. The antennas are planted one above the other, 
 and are generally long, slender, and terminate in a fila- 
 mentary flagellum. The first two pairs of arms are 
 subchelate, and generally well developed. The posterior 
 pair of caudal appendages are generally leaf-like, and 
 fringed with cilia or hairs, but never stout spines or 
 hooks. The terminal tail-piece is generally squamiform, 
 except in one or two genera, where it appears to be 
 tubular or cylindrical, resembling a rudimentary seg- 
 ment. 
 
 This subfamily must be considered as containing the 
 normal types of the order, the others being greater or 
 less departures from this perfect form. They are in- 
 variably aquatic animals, existing in fresh as well as 
 sea water ; and are most numerously distributed on our 
 shores. 
 
236 GAMMARIM. 
 
 A MPH1P ODA . OA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus DEXAMINE. 
 
 Dexamine. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. SPENCE BATE, Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 130. 
 Acantkonotus (pars). MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 25. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae having the third joint 
 of the peduncle reduced in size, so as to resemble the first 
 articulus of the flagellum ; without a secondary appendage. 
 Mandibles having no appendage. Gnathopoda feeble, subche- 
 late. Telson single, divided. 
 
 IN this genus the antennae are of moderate length, slen- 
 der, and nearly of corresponding proportions ; both pairs 
 are remarkable for the absence of a joint in the pe- 
 duncle ; but this absence is probably more apparent than 
 real, arising from the last joint in each being reduced to 
 the form and appearance of the articuli of the flagellum. 
 The mandibles ar^not furnished with an appendage, a 
 peculiarity especially characteristic of the ORCHESTID^E. 
 The first two pairs of legs are subchelate, although 
 slender. The coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs 
 are subequally deep and rounded ; those of the three 
 posterior are scarcely more than half as deep as the 
 preceding. The posterior pair of caudal appendages 
 are two-branched, and the central terminal plate is 
 single, but constantly divided to a considerable extent 
 down the middle. 
 
 This genus was founded by Dr. Leach, to deceive a 
 species described by Montagu under the name of Cancer 
 (Gammarus) spinosus, but it was not accepted by Prof. 
 Milne-Edwards, who referred Montagu's species to the 
 genus Acanthonotus. 
 
DEXAMINE SPINOSA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORTA. 
 
 237 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 nosa. 
 
 DEXAMINE SPINOSA. 
 
 Specific character. Each of the four anterior segments of the pleon ele- 
 vated into a large posteriorly-directed tooth ; first joint of the peduncle of 
 the upper antennae with a blunt tooth. 
 
 Length 4 inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) spinosus. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, vol. xi. t. ii. fig. 1. 
 LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Zool. Misc. 
 ii. p. 23. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 359. Enc. 
 Brit. Suppl. i. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. 
 Comp. p. 102. THOMPSON, Nat. Hist. 
 Ireland, iv. p. 395. DESMAREST, Consid. 
 sur les Crust, p. 263, pi. xlv. fig. 6. 
 WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust. (1849), p. 49. 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 178, pi. x. fig. 7. 
 SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 141, 1857. 
 Cat. Amph. Brit.Mus. p. 130, pi. 24, fig. 1. 
 MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. 
 p. 375. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 40. Cuv. 
 Regne Anim. Edit. Crochard, pi. 60, fig. 6. 
 MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 25. 
 GOSSE, Mar. Zool. p. 141, f. 266. 
 
 Amphithoe Marionis. 
 
 Acanthonotus ? spinosus. 
 Amphitoe spinosa. 
 
 THE head has the anterior margin produced in the 
 centre into a little flat rostrum. The body of the ani- 
 
238 GAMMARHXE. 
 
 mal is smooth. The tail has the four anterior segments 
 with the dorsal margin in each posteriorly produced and 
 elevated into a strong tooth ; the fourth is also marked 
 by a dorsal sinus. The eyes are oblong. The antennae 
 are subequal, slender, the superior having the two joints 
 of the peduncle of nearly the same length, the first joint 
 being furnished, at the infero-distal extremity, with a 
 blunt tooth. The inferior antennae are a little shorter 
 than the superior, and have the penultimate joint of the 
 peduncle pubescent upon the upper surface. The first 
 two pairs of legs are slender, and not very strong ; the 
 hands having the palms oblique, and minutely pectinated, 
 the anterior being the more coarsely marked. The next 
 two pairs of legs are very slender and feeble, but the 
 last three are somewhat more robust, and generally carry 
 the fingers directed backwards. The caudal appendages 
 reach nearly to the same length, and have their branches 
 equal. In Montagu's type specimen in the British Mu- 
 seum the middle pair of appendages are rather shorter 
 than the others. The terminal plate is very long, and 
 split to about two-thirds of its length ; the margins are 
 fringed with a few hairs, and the apex armed with a 
 single spine on each side of the central division. 
 
 This very pretty species, which for a long time ap- 
 peared to find no generic resting-place, was first figured 
 and described by Montagu, but his description was so 
 short, and his figure so imperfect, that Prof. Milne- 
 Edwards was unable to identify it with the species that 
 he described and figured under the name of Amphitoe 
 Marionis. Like Montagu, Milne-Edwards figured his 
 species from a specimen which had been deprived of the 
 central tail-piece, which articulates so delicately in this 
 species, that it is very commonly absent even in recently- 
 dredged animals. Montagu's specimen is preserved in 
 
DEXAMINE SPINOSA. 239 
 
 the British Museum, while Amp. Marionis is in the 
 Museum of the Jardin des Plantes. We have carefully 
 examined both specimens, and have not a doubt but 
 that they belong to one species. Montagu took his 
 specimen at Tor Cross, on the Devonshire coast, whilst 
 Milne-Edwards obtained his from the shores of Brittany ; 
 and we have received it also from the coast of Nor- 
 mandy, from our old and esteemed friend Mr. J. 
 Gwynn Jeffreys. To give a list of the habitats of this 
 species is to catalogue the localities searched by all our 
 valued correspondents. Suffice it to say that we have 
 obtained it from almost every place, from the Shetlands 
 in the north, to the English Channel in the south ; and 
 Mr. Jeffreys has also sent it to us from the coast of 
 Italy; so that, at the depth of a few fathoms of water, 
 it appears to be very generally distributed along the 
 coast line of Western Europe. 
 
 It is a prettily-coloured species, being brilliant red, 
 speckled with darker spots of the same colour, when 
 first taken from the sea. Specimens taken nearer the 
 shore are generally of a darker and less bright tint, 
 obtaining a stain of blue, which deprives them of that 
 beauty which specimens from the deeper water exhibit. 
 We have observed this variation of colour in other 
 species under similar change of conditions. 
 
GAMMAR1D.E. 
 A MPHIP ODA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NAT A TORI A 
 
 DEXAMINE TENUICORNIS. 
 
 Specific character. First joint of the peduncle of the superior antennas 
 without a tooth at its extremity. 
 
 Length 4 lines, Rathke ; Brit. Spec. T ' g inch. 
 
 Dexamine tenuicornis. RATHKE, Beitr. zur Fauna Norwegens, Nov. Act 
 xx. p. 77, pi. xliv. fig. 3, 1843. LILJEBORG in 
 Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. p. 22, 
 1851. 
 
 THE head of this animal, according to Rathke, is not 
 produced to a rostrum. The eyes are ohlong. The su- 
 perior antennae have the first joint of the peduncle short 
 and tolerably stout, but the second is two or three times 
 longer than the first ; and the flagellum is very long and 
 slender. The inferior antennae have the penultimate 
 joint of the peduncle very short, and the ultimate quite 
 as long as that of the superior pair. The last pair of 
 walking legs have the posterior margin of the thighs 
 slightly crenulated, and the fingers of all the legs are pro- 
 portionally much longer than in D. spinosa, to which 
 species, in all other respects, this animal closely approxi- 
 mates. Like Montagu and Milne-Edwards, Rathke drew 
 his figure from an animal (taken at Drontheim, on the 
 coast of Norway) which had lost the middle tail-piece ; 
 
DEXAMTNE TENUICOENIS. 
 
 241 
 
 he therefore described it as wanting. We were only ac- 
 quainted with this species from the description and figure 
 of Rathke, until it was recently sent to us by the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman, who, in company with Mr. Jeffreys, took 
 it between the tide-marks at Lerwick, in the Shetlands. 
 We are, however, much inclined to consider it as only 
 a variety of Montagu's species, and it will be for future 
 observation to determine whether the absence of a small 
 denticle, and other peculiarities noticed above, are of 
 specific importance. 
 
 The accompanying vignette represents a cutter and 
 steamer : the former probably with some naturalist on a 
 dredging expedition. 
 
24*2 
 
 AMPBIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARID2E. 
 
 OAMMARIDJE8. 
 
 DEXAMINE VEDLOMENSIS. N. S. 
 
 Specific character. Last segment of the pereion, as well as the first 
 four of the pi eon, dorsally carinated, and posteriorly elevated into a large 
 tooth. Peduncle of the inferior antennae with the last two joints very long, 
 and of equal length. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 THIS species has the head produced anteriorly between 
 the antennae into a small process; a similar but still 
 smaller process projects upon the lateral margin, just in 
 front of the eye, between the upper and lower antennae. 
 The anterior segments of the body are smooth, but the 
 sixth exhibits a rudimentary central dorsal tooth, which 
 is increased to a considerable extent in the seventh seg- 
 ment, at once distinguishing the present species from its 
 congeners. As in D. spinosa, the four anterior segments 
 of the tail are dorsally carinated, and posteriorly elevated 
 into a tooth. The fourth segment is, moreover, distin- 
 
DEXAMINE VEDLOMENSIS. 243 
 
 guished by a very deep dorsal sinus, the anterior wall 
 of which projects backwards, in the form of a small 
 tooth. The eyes are oval. The superior antennae have 
 the first joint of the peduncle nearly as long as the 
 head, and armed at the infero-distal extremity with an 
 acute tooth ; the second joint is more slender than the 
 first, and about half as long again : the flagellum is long 
 and slender. The inferior antennae have the penultimate 
 joint of the peduncle reaching as far as the middle of 
 the second joint of the peduncle of the superior; the 
 ultimate joint is as long as the preceding, and therefore 
 reaches considerably beyond the extremity of the ped- 
 uncle of the superior; the flagellum is slender, and 
 reaches further than that of the superior pair. In other 
 respects this species differs little from D. spinosa. 
 
 This species was taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman, 
 (in whose collection the only specimen is preserved,) in 
 the Vedlom Voe in the Shetlands. 
 
244 GAMMARIM. 
 
 AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA 
 
 Genus ATYLUS. 
 
 Atylus. LEACH, Zool. Miscel. ii. pi. Ixix. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des 
 
 Crust, t. iii. p. 67. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 133. 
 
 Iphimedia. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 926. 
 
 Nototropis. COSTA, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Sci. di Napoli, p. 170, 
 1853, tav. 1, fig. 7 and 8. 
 
 Generic character. Like Dexamine, but having the mandi- 
 bles furnished with a palpiform appendage. Peduncle of the 
 upper antennae with the third joint distinct. 
 
 THIS genus bears a very close affinity to that of 
 Dexamine. The only important difference exists in 
 Atylus having the mandibles furnished with a three- 
 jointed appendage, which is wanting in Deocamine. We 
 have observed that in this genus there is very frequently 
 some remarkable and interesting peculiarity in the de- 
 velopment of the flagella of the antennae. In Atylus 
 carinatus of the Arctic Seas, the species on which Leach 
 founded the genus, the flagella assume a baccated or 
 bead-like character, each articulus being broader than 
 long. In A. Huxleyanus of the Antarctic regions every 
 third articulus is inferiorly dilated, and furnished with a 
 fasciculus of auditory cilia ; and in A. villosus, also 
 Antarctic, every articulus of the flagellum belonging to 
 the superior antennae is inferiorly produced at the dis- 
 tal extremity, and covered with short downy hair ; the 
 flagellum of the inferior antennae having the upper sur- 
 face similarly furnished. Thus the two antennae appear 
 to be capable of being used as grasping organs by the 
 upper and lower pairs being brought into contact with 
 each other. 
 
ATYLUS. 
 
 245 
 
 We have also observed in this genus, that although in 
 the mature animal the superior antennae are simple, in 
 the young those organs are furnished with an uni-articu- 
 late secondary appendage. 
 
 The cut below was drawn for us by Miss Dansy, of 
 Stoke, and represents Kinance Cove, a scene near the 
 Lizard Point. 
 
24$ 
 
 GAMMARHXE. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 ATYLUS SWAMMERDAMII. 
 
 Specific character. Pereion and pleon smooth. Fourth segment of the 
 pleon having a deep central dorsal sinus, and posteriorly elevated into a 
 strong dorsal tooth. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 Ampkitog Swammerdafiiii. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. p. 378. 
 
 Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 35. 
 Atyhis Swammerdamii. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 136, 
 
 pi. xxvi. f. 2. 
 Dexamine Gordoniana. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 
 
 Feb. 1857. 
 Dexamine Lougkrini. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 132, 
 
 pi. xxiv. fig. 3. 
 
 THE head of the animal is anteriorly produced into a 
 small rostrum. The body is smooth and even, except 
 the fourth segment of the tail, which has a deep 
 central dorsal sinus, the anterior wall of which is pro- 
 duced into a sharp tooth, and the posterior portion of 
 the segment has the dorsal medial line carinated and 
 elevated into a strong tooth. The eyes are oval. The 
 
ATYLUS SWAMMERDAMII. 247 
 
 antennas are subequal, and about half the length of the 
 animal ; the peduncle of the superior pair is scarcely more 
 than half the length of that of the inferior ; the flagella 
 of both pairs of antennae have the articuli nearly as 
 broad as long, each articulus in the superior pair being 
 furnished with a single hair, and one short auditory cilium. 
 The first pair of legs are smaller than the second, but 
 neither of them are very strong. The legs are rather 
 short, and the three posterior pairs have the fingers 
 generally directed backwards. The caudal appendages 
 are nearly of the same length, the penultimate being a 
 little the shortest; in the last both branches are of 
 the same length, styliform in shape, and free from hairs. 
 The central tail-plate is about as broad as long, some- 
 what truncate, and cleft from the apex nearly to the 
 base. 
 
 This species is evidently the same as that described by 
 Prof. Milne Edwards, from the coast of Morbihan. Spe- 
 cimens have been sent to us from the Moray Frith, by the 
 Rev. G. Gordon, in compliment to whom the species was 
 named, previously to our ascertaining it to be identical with 
 A. Swammerdamii of Milne Edwards. We have also taken 
 it in Plymouth Sound. The specimen named Dexamine 
 Loughrini in the " British Museum Catalogue," after Mr. 
 Loughrin (in consideration of the services which he, a 
 coast-guardsman of Polperro, had done for science in 
 collecting marine animals), was taken in the rock-pools 
 at the mouth of that harbour, where the shore suddenly 
 dips into many fathoms of water. Upon reconsideration, 
 we look upon it, however, to be but a variety of this 
 species, differing chiefly in the length of the second joint 
 of the peduncle of the superior pair of antennae, the 
 length of the central caudal plate, and the general colour 
 of the animal. 
 
248 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . OA MM A RIDES. 
 
 XATATORU. 
 
 ATYLUS GIBBOSUS. 
 
 Specific character. Fourth segment of the pleon dorsally produced into 
 a blunt hump-like tooth. Pereiopoda, having the mera long and the carpi 
 short and dilated at the extremity, spinose. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Atylus gibbosus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 137, pi. 
 xx vi. fig. 3. 
 
 THE fourth segment of the tail is elevated into an 
 obtusely-pointed tooth, which, in the specimen originally 
 described, in its contracted or rolled position, resembled 
 a hump. In other specimens, particularly when the ani- 
 mal is extended, it assumes more the character of a sharp 
 tooth. The eyes are nearly round. The antennae are nearly 
 of the same length, and quite half that of the animal ; 
 the second joint of the superior antennas is a little longer 
 than the first; the peduncle of the inferior antennae 
 reaches beyond that of the superior. The first two 
 pairs of legs are feeble, the hands are small, the se- 
 cond being rather the larger. The five succeeding pairs 
 of legs (the true walking feet) exhibit a striking fea- 
 ture : the metacarpal joints are long, and gradually 
 increase in diameter towards the distal extremity ; all 
 the carpal joints or wrists are exceedingly short, and 
 
ATYLUS GIBBOSUS. 249 
 
 increase considerably towards the distal extremity, 
 mostly on the posterior margin of the legs, where they 
 are furnished with three or four strong spines, which 
 appear to be of sufficient length and strength to assist 
 the fingers in their prehensile acts ; the hands are not 
 longer than the wrists, and those of the posterior pair 
 are slightly bent or waved, the fingers being directed 
 posteriorly. The penultimate pair of caudal appendages 
 are much shorter than the other two. The terminal 
 caudal plate is long, tapering, and divided from the apex 
 nearly to the base. 
 
 This species was first procured by the late Mr. Geo. 
 Barlee, from the Shetlands ; and it has since been taken 
 by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys, in the Outer 
 Skerries Harbour, as well as in from seventy to ninety 
 fathoms of water, sixty miles east of the Shetlands. 
 Mr. Alder has also taken it on the coast of Northumber- 
 land. 
 
250 
 
 GAMMA.RID.E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 NATATOItLl. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 ATYLUS BISPINOSUS. 
 
 Specific character. First and second segments of the pleon posteriorly pro- 
 duced into two strong dorsal teeth. Latero-posterior margin of the third 
 segment ornately waved and serrated. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 178. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. p. 140, pi. xxvii. fig. 1. 
 
 Atylus bispinosus. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced, between the superior 
 pair of antennae, into a small rostrum. The first two 
 segments of the tail have the postero-dorsal margins pro- 
 duced into two strong teeth ; the third segment of the 
 tail has the posterior margin considerably waved on each 
 side: commencing from the middle of the back, it is 
 first concave, then produced on each side into a small 
 lobe ; it is again deeply sinuated, the lower edge of the 
 sinus produced in the form of a strong recurved tooth, 
 below which it is indented, the margin being closely ser- 
 rated to the inferior angle, which terminates in a sharp 
 tooth. 
 
ATYLUS BISPTNOSUS. 251 
 
 The eyes are of a broad' oval form, being white round 
 the margins and black in the centre. The antennae are 
 long and slender : the superior pair are about half the 
 length of the animal, but the peduncle is scarcely longer 
 than the head : the inferior pair are about one-third 
 longer than the superior ; the peduncle is also longer 
 than that of the superior. The first and second pairs of 
 legs are of the same size and form, the hands being 
 dilated scarcely beyond the diameter of the legs; the 
 palms of the hands are oblique, and fringed with nu- 
 merous hairs of unequal lengths ; the fingers are fur- 
 nished, on the inner margin near the apex, with a small 
 tooth, larger in proportion than that represented in the 
 figure at h, and one or two small hairs. The other legs 
 exhibit nothing worthy of remark. The caudal ap- 
 pendages are all double-branched, the branches being of 
 uniform length and styliform, those of the last pair ex- 
 tend considerably beyond the other two. The central 
 caudal plate is ovate, with a slit down the middle ; it 
 generally lies closely pressed against the animal. 
 
 The surface of the skin, when examined with the 
 microscope, is seen to be covered with numerous half- 
 round small scale-like processes or plates, and a few short 
 hairs, as represented in our figure. 
 
 When first taken, the colour of the animal is of a 
 greenish grey, mottled with black and yellow spots, par- 
 ticularly in the line corresponding with the alimentary 
 canal, and also upon the dorsal surface of the tail. 
 
 We have dredged this species on the sandy bottom in 
 Whitsand Bay, not far from the Rame Head ; and have 
 received it from the Moray Frith, through the kindness 
 of the Rev. G. Gordon and Mr. Gregor ; also from Fal- 
 mouth and Tenby, where it was dredged by Mr. Web- 
 ster: and Mr. Alder has found it on the coast of 
 Northumberland. 
 
GAMMARTIXE. 
 
 AMPH1PODA . GAMMARIDES 
 
 N ATA TORI A. 
 
 Genus PHERUSA. 
 
 Pherusa. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 432. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 360. 
 
 Enc. Brit. Suppl. p. 426. DESMABEST, Consid. sur. Crust. 
 
 p. 269, pi. xliv. SPENCK BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 143. (Not of KOOH, Deutschlands Crustacean, &c. Heft. 
 
 xxix. pi. 24, which is an Isopod.) 
 Amphitoe. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 376. Hist, des 
 
 Crust, iii. p. 32. 
 AmphitJioe. DANA, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 910 (part). 
 
 Generic character. Like Atylus, but telson not divided. 
 Gnathopoda small. 
 
 THIS genus is very near to Atylus ; in fact, the de- 
 marcation through some of the exotic species is so 
 feeble, that some carcinologists may doubt the pro- 
 priety of our separating them. Atylus Huxley anus, from 
 Hermit Island (Antarctic Ocean) indeed might be al- 
 lotted to either genus, since the cleft in the terminal 
 caudal plate is reduced to a mere indentation of the 
 apex. But since, in this and other nearly-allied genera, 
 there are many species which can be grouped into sepa- 
 rate divisions, we think that it will be found convenient 
 to consider them as forming separate genera. 
 
 In addition to the entire central caudal plate, which 
 is the chief distinction between this genus and Atylus, 
 the difference in the form and size of the gnathopoda 
 separates it from Calliope. 
 
PHERUSA BICUSPIS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 253 
 
 OAMMAR1DES. 
 
 PHERUSA BICUSPIS. 
 
 Specific character. First two segments of the pleon dorsally produced into 
 teeth, and the posterior margin of the third segment not serrated ; fourth 
 segment deeply sinuated. 
 
 Length 5 s a inch. 
 
 A mphithoe licuspis. KROTER, Gron. Amph. p. 45, pi. i. fig. 1. 
 
 Pherusa bicuspis. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 38. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 144, pi. xxvii. 
 
 fig. 7. 
 Pherusa cirrus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 143, pi. xxvii. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced between the supe- 
 rior antennae. The first two segments of the tail have 
 the dorsal surface posteriorly produced into sharp cusps 
 or flat teeth ; the third segment has the postero-lateral 
 margin smooth a circumstance which offers a ready 
 point of distinction between this species and Atylus 
 bispinosus. The eyes assume a little of the kidney- 
 
254 GAMMAROXE. 
 
 shape. The antennas are nearly of the same length, 
 being about half as long as the animal : the in- 
 ferior pair are the shorter of the two, but their 
 peduncle is longer than that of the superior pair. 
 The arms resemble each other, and are nearly of the 
 same size, the second pair being slightly smaller than 
 the last pair. The last pair of caudal appendages reach 
 considerably beyond those of the two preceding pairs ; 
 the terminal branches are of the same length, and have 
 the margins ciliated. The caudal central plate is long 
 and narrow. 
 
 In the Catalogue of the British Museum Mr. Spence 
 Bate has described a species under the name of Ph. 
 cirrus, which differs from Ph. bicuspis in having the an- 
 tennae shorter, and remarkable in having the upper 
 margin of the peduncle of the inferior antennae fur- 
 nished with several tufts of short hairs, placed at tole- 
 rably regular distances apart ; but upon reconsideration, 
 we believe that Ph. cirrus can only be regarded as 
 a variety of the present species, which was established 
 by Kroyer upon a specimen taken on the coast of Green- 
 land. 
 
 We have had specimens sent to us by Mr. Edward, 
 from Banff; by Mr. Webster, from Tenby and Fal- 
 mouth ; and in the collection of the late Mr. Thomp- 
 son, of Belfast, which has been kindly entrusted to 
 Mr. Westwood for this work, are several specimens 
 which were dredged in Belfast Bay, Sligo, and Bangor 
 (co. Down), in from six to ten fathoms of water. 
 
 In examination under the microscope, we could per- 
 ceive nothing remarkable in the structure of the integu- 
 ment of this animal. 
 
AMPH1PODA. 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PHERUSA FUCICOIA. 255 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 PHERUSA FUCICOLA. 
 
 Specific character. Pereion smooth. Pleon having a slight dorsal carina ; 
 the fourth segment being produced posteriorly to a small tooth. Posterior 
 pair of pleopoda having the rami equal, but not longer than the pediincle. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Pherusa fucicola. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. Append, to Art. Crustaceo- 
 logy, p. 432. Enc. Brit. Suppl. 1, p. 426, pi. xxi. 
 Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 360. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. 
 p. 104. DESMAREST, Consid. Crustaces, p. 269, pi. 
 xlv. fig. 10. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mas. 
 p. 145, pi. xxvii. fig. 9. THOMPSON, Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. xx. p. 242, Oct. 1847. 
 
 Amphitoe fucicola. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. desSc. Nat. t.xx. p. 377. Hist, 
 des Crust, t. iii. p. 32. THOMPSON, Nat. Hist. Ire- 
 land, iv. p. 396, and Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 242. 
 WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 50. 
 
 Amphitoe Jurinii. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 376. Hist, 
 des Crust, t. iii. p. 30, pi. i. fig. 2. BELL, in 
 Append. Belcher's Last of the Arctic Voyages, 
 p. 406. 
 
 Amphitoe microwa. COSTA, Rend, della Reale Accad. clelle Scienze cli 
 Napoli, 1853, p. 175, tav. 3, fig. 2. 
 
 Dexamine fucicola. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, Feb. 
 1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 179. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced into a small central 
 point, which generally lies hidden between the upper 
 
256 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 antennae. The body of the animal is smooth, but the 
 dorsal surface of the tail is marked by a very slight 
 carina, which terminates in a small tooth at the posterior 
 margin of the fourth segment. The eyes of the ani- 
 mal are very small in the type specimen. The superior 
 antennse scarcely reach to the half of the length of the 
 animal. The inferior antennae in the typical specimen 
 are about two-thirds the length of the superior, whereas 
 the peduncle is quite as long as, but thinner than, the 
 peduncle of the superior. The first two pairs of legs 
 are equal in size, but the hand of the second pair is 
 shorter than that of the first, and the palm a little 
 more convex. The legs are very uniform in length ; 
 the thighs of the last three being somewhat dilated. 
 The last pair of caudal appendages have the branches 
 of an equal length, but not longer than the peduncle, 
 and in the typical specimen they do not reach beyond 
 the extremity of the preceding pair. 
 
 The figure given in the preceding page was drawn from 
 the typical specimen of Dr. Leach in the British Mu- 
 seum, and differs from that given in the " Catalogue 
 of Amphipoda of the British Museum" in a few de- 
 tails, the most important of which are the length of 
 the last pair of caudal appendages, and the length of 
 the inferior antennae. The latter distinction is not im- 
 portant, since it depends upon the length of the flagel- 
 lum only, which is very liable to vary, whereas the 
 peduncle is quite as long and important as the peduncle 
 of the superior. The former difference may perhaps be 
 of greater importance, but it requires much considera- 
 tion before we can separate into distinct species animals 
 upon so slight a variation, particularly as we have ob- 
 served specimens in which the length of these branches 
 were intermediate between the types of Leach and Ed- 
 
PHERUSA FUCICOLA. 257 
 
 wards. If they be the same species as we suppose, they 
 are, when alive, of an amber or straw-colour, marked 
 with faint rose-coloured bands. 
 
 The type of the species is in the British Museum, and 
 was obtained by Colonel Montagu, from rocky shores 
 in Devonshire, under stones, and at low tide under fuci. 
 The specimens which we consider of the same species 
 have been sent to us from Falmouth and Tenby, where 
 they were dredged by Mr. Webster. At Polperro they 
 have been taken by Mr. Loughrin ; Mr. Edward has sent 
 them to us from Banff; and Thompson recorded the 
 species in the " Annals of Natural History," for October, 
 1847, as taken at Youghal, on the coast of Ireland, by 
 Mr. R. Ball. A specimen, under the name of Amphithoe 
 microura, which appears to us to belong to this species, 
 was taken by Sig. A. Costa on the coast of Naples ; and 
 one described by Professor Milne Edwards, under the 
 name of Amphithoe Jurinii, was found at the island of 
 Chausay, on the Atlantic coast of France. It is also 
 recorded by Professor Bell as being among the Crustacea 
 brought home by Sir Edward Belcher from the Arctic 
 Seas. 
 
258 GA.MMARID.E. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus CALLIOPE. 
 
 Calliope. LEACH, MS. Coll. Brit. Mus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 148. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 179. 
 
 Generic character. Like Pherusa, except that at least the 
 second pair of gnathopoda have the propodos largely developed. 
 
 THIS genus, like the preceding, partakes, in a strong 
 degree, of the more or less arbitrary character of the 
 majority of generic divisions, differing from Pherusa 
 in nothing but the relative proportions of one or 
 both of the first two pairs of legs. Although to a cer- 
 tain extent the separation is not natural, we con- 
 sider that it will be found convenient to adopt Leach's 
 views in distinguishing the large-handed species from 
 those in which the hands are uniformly very slender and 
 feeble. Paramphithoe of Bruzelius (Acanthosoma, Owen) 
 and Amphithonotus of Costa, have no stronger claims 
 to generic distinction than Atylus, Pherusa, and Calliope, 
 and by sinking them, we should link together in one 
 genus some widely different forms, and so fall into a 
 similar error with Costa and Stimpson, the former of 
 whom united Dexamine spinosa (Amphitoe Marionis, Milne 
 Edwards), Pleustes panopla (Amphitoe panopla, Kroyer), 
 and Atylus carinatus (Gammarus carinatus, Fabricius), and 
 the latter also added Paramphithoe hystrix (Acanthosoma 
 hystrix, Owen) in one genus under the name of Amphi- 
 thonotus. 
 
CALLIOPE L.EVIUSCULA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 259 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 d 
 
 CALLIOPE L^VIUSCULA. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes tolerably large. Superior antennae having 
 the third joint of the peduncle infero-distally produced to a short tooth. 
 Gnathopoda having the propoda large, oval, and robust. 
 
 Length inch. 
 
 Amphithoe Iceviuscula. KROYER, Grcinl. Amph. p. 53, t. 3, fig. 13. MILNE 
 EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. 3, p. 30. BELL, 
 Append. Belcher's last Arctic Voy. p. 405. 
 
 Calliope Leachii. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142 (Feb. 1857). Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 148, pi. xxviii. fig. 2. 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 179. 
 
 THE head is produced anteriorly to a small point be- 
 tween the superior antennae. The first three segments 
 of the tail have the posterior margin a little elevated in 
 some specimens. The fourth segment has a broad but 
 not deep depression, which appears to receive the pos- 
 terior margin of the third segment when the animal is 
 extended. The eyes are black, and tolerably large and 
 irregularly round. The antennae are nearly of the same 
 
260 GAMMARimE. 
 
 length; the superior pair have the infero-distal extre- 
 mity of the peduncle furnished with an obtuse tooth, 
 and all the articuli of the flagellum are inferiorly and 
 anteriorly enlarged, and support a short auditory cilium, 
 as well as a hair or two ; the inferior pair are scarcely 
 as long as the superior. The arms are nearly of the 
 same size, having the hands tolerably large, and forming, 
 with their respective wrists, a tolerably perfect oval ; 
 the palms are oblique, but not defined ; the fingers im- 
 pinge closely against the palms throughout their entire 
 length when shut. The walking feet are all of a uni- 
 form length, and the fingers are slightly curved and 
 strong. The terminal caudal plate is subacutely lanceo- 
 late. 
 
 Under the microscope the integument of the ani- 
 mal is seen to be covered 
 by minute scale-like ele- 
 vated processes, as shown 
 in the annexed cut. 
 
 The type of this species, 
 which was found on the Devonshire coast, has long been 
 in the British Museum, where it has been preserved 
 under the MS. name of Calliope, given to it by Dr. Leach, 
 without any specific name. But Kroyer, in his work on 
 the Amphipoda of Greenland, has described and figured 
 it under the specific name which we have adopted. 
 
 We have received specimens from the Moray Frith, 
 through the kindness of Mr. Edward and the Rev. Geo. 
 Gordon, as well as from Tenby, where it was dredged 
 by Mr. Webster. 
 
CALLIOPE OSSIANI. 
 
 AMPHIPO-DA. 
 NATATOUIA. 
 
 261 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 CALLIOPE OSSIANI. 
 
 Specific description. Propodos of the second pair of gnathopoda much 
 larger than the first. Palm straight, not oblique, furnished with a few short 
 spines near the inferior angle ; three posterior legs with the middle joints 
 very broad and acutely angulated. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Calliope Ossiani. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 149, pi. xxviii. 
 fig. 3. 
 
 THE head is produced anteriorly to a very minute 
 point; the three anterior segments of the tail are dorsally 
 elevated posteriorly, and very slightly carinated. The 
 eyes are white, a circumstance that was kindly pointed 
 out to us by the Rev. A. M. Norman, who states it to he 
 so constant a feature that by it he could at once dis- 
 tinguish this species. The superior antennae are longer 
 than the inferior. The first pair of legs are small ; the 
 
GAMMAR1DJS. 
 
 second pair are large, having the hand broad, truncate ; 
 the palm being at nearly right angles with the inferior 
 margin, and furnished near the inferior angle with several 
 strong short hair-like spines. The finger is arched. The 
 walking legs are all nearly of the same length, the three 
 posterior pairs being very broad. The last two pairs of 
 caudal appendages have the branches unequal in length, 
 the last pair not reaching beyond the extremity of the 
 preceding. The terminal caudal plate is short and 
 ovately lanceolate. 
 
 We received this species first from Mr. Edward, of 
 Banff, from which specimen the original description in the 
 Catalogue of the British Museum was drawn up. In the 
 description, as well as in the figure accompanying it, the 
 antennae are represented of the same length ; but a con- 
 siderable number of specimens sent to us by the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman, from the coast of Yorkshire, have the 
 antennae invariably unequal in length. We have, there- 
 fore, considered the specimen from Banff as having been 
 damaged or an accidentally altered form, and regard the 
 Yorkshire specimens as typical of the species. We have 
 also received it from the Shetlands from Mr. Norman. The 
 late Dr. G. Johnson also sent us a number of specimens 
 from Berwick Bay. The colours of the specimens from 
 the Shetlands were of a dark orange, striped with 
 brownish red; each band corresponding with the 
 posterior margin of each segment of the animal. 
 
 This and the following species are named in honour of 
 the two great northern heroes whose history has come 
 down to us so dimly through the vista of time. 
 
CALLIOPE FINGALLI. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 263 
 
 OAMMARIDE*. 
 
 CALLIOPE FTNGALLI. N.S. 
 
 Specific character. Like C. Ossiani, but Laving the last segment of the 
 pereion, and first three of the pleon, with the posterior dorsal margins pro- 
 duced into an obtuse tooth, each increasing in size posteriorly. 
 
 Length 4 inch. 
 
 THIS species may possibly be only an exaggerated 
 variety of C. Ossiani. All the features peculiar to that 
 species appear, however, in this, to be so much de- 
 veloped (as noticed in our descriptions), that they alto- 
 gether change the appearance of the animal. 
 
 The cephalon is produced anteriorly into a short flat 
 rostrum. The back of the animal is round from the first 
 to the seventh segment of the body, which is produced 
 posteriorly and slightly elevated into a tooth. This 
 feature is repeated in the first three segments of the 
 tail, increasing in dimensions posteriorly. The teeth are 
 
264 GAMMARIM. 
 
 rather obtuse, and the last is so broad at the base that it 
 assumes more the appearance of a hump than a tooth. 
 The eyes are large, reniform, and of a red-orange colour. 
 The superior pair of antennas are more robust than the 
 inferior, and we presume that they are longer, but the 
 flagellum is mutilated in our unique specimen. The 
 articuli of the flagellum are very short, and except the 
 first all are shorter than broad, each supporting on the 
 inferior surface a few hairs and an auditory cilium. The 
 inferior antennae are about one-fourth of the length of 
 the animal, and have the olfactory process extremely 
 long. The maxillipeds have the sixth joint anteriorly 
 produced nearly as long as the finger, which is very long 
 and slender. The first pair of legs have the hand small, 
 and but slightly dilated ; they are ovate, with the palm 
 oblique. The second pair have the hand large, increas- 
 ing in width to the palm ; the inferior margin being 
 straight, while the superior is arcuate, especially towards 
 the wrist. The palm is concave, not oblique, defined by 
 two or three small cusps on the inferior angle, and 
 furnished with several stout blunt spines. All the 
 walking legs are short, stout, nearly of the same length, 
 and furnished upon the inner margin with short blunt 
 spines, subapically tipped with a single cilium. The 
 caudal appendages reach nearly to an equal extent, and 
 the branches are furnished, on the posterior margins, with 
 short spinules. 
 
 The animal, after being placed in spirits, is straw- 
 coloured, except the eyes and the posterior segment of 
 the tail, which are tinted with a blush of red. We have 
 only seen one specimen, which was taken by Mr. J, Gwynn 
 Jeffreys, during the last summer, off the Shetland Islands. 
 
CALLIOPE GRANDOCULIS. 265 
 
 AMPHIPODA. GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 CALLIOPE GRANDOCULIS. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes one-third of the size of the cephalon. Antennae 
 robust. First and second pairs of gnathopoda nearly equal in size. 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Calliope grandoculis. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 149, 
 pi. 28. fig. 4. 
 
 THE eyes are very large, being of a long oval form, 
 and reaching nearly to the posterior margin of the head, 
 of which they occupy nearly a third. The superior 
 antennae have the peduncle scarcely longer than the 
 head, the third joint being infero-distally produced. 
 The flagellum is short, and every articulus is infero- 
 distally enlarged. The inferior antennae are much more 
 slender than the superior. The hands of the first two 
 pairs of legs are alike, being of an oval form ; the palms 
 are oblique and not defined. The walking legs are 
 rather slender, and nearly of one length. The posterior 
 pair of caudal appendages are tolerably free from hairs, 
 and the central caudal plate terminates in an obtuse 
 point. 
 
 This species was received by us from the Rev. Geo. 
 Gordon, who obtained it from the Moray Frith. 
 
 Another large-eyed specimen, differing in some slight 
 respects from the present species, was taken by Mr. 
 Edward at Banff. 
 
266 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 A MPIIIP ODA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus EUSIRUS. 
 
 KROYER, Tidsk. (2), p. 801. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 154. 
 
 Generic character. Like Stylus, except that the superior 
 antennae are furnished with a secondary appendage. The 
 gnathopoda have the carpi considerably produced inferiorly, and 
 attached to the upper margin of the propoda. Propoda large 
 and equal. 
 
 THIS genus in its general aspect nearly agrees with 
 Atylus, but is separated from it by some important 
 features. The head is not anteriorly produced into a 
 rostrum. The superior pair of antennas are furnished 
 with a secondary appendage. The hands of the first two 
 pairs of legs are large and of the same form, the wrists 
 articulating with the superior rather than with the 
 posterior margin, and being considerably produced in- 
 feriorly corresponding with the posterior margin of the 
 hands. The legs generally are slender, and about the 
 same length. The posterior caudal appendages are 
 double-branched, and the middle tail-scale is cleft at the 
 apex. 
 
 This genus was founded by Kroyer to receive a species 
 dredged by Holboll on the coast of Greenland. 
 
 An imperfect specimen is as yet the only British 
 representative of this genus. 
 
EUSIRUS HELVETLE. 267 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 EUSIRUS HELVETIA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior process of the carpi of both pairs of gnatho- 
 poda not produced as far as the inferior angle of the palm. 
 Length ( ? ) 
 
 Eusirus Helvetia. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 185, 
 pi. xxix. fig. 1. 
 
 THE head is short. The superior antennae have the 
 first joint of the peduncle longer than the second. The 
 flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle ; the 
 articuli being broader than long, each being furnished 
 with cilia upon the infero-distal point. The secondary 
 appendage (which is very small in the genus) is not 
 appreciable in this species. The inferior antennae are 
 scarcely shorter than the superior, but the peduncle is 
 rather longer than that of the superior. The arms have 
 the inferior process of the wrists, not reaching quite to 
 the inferior angle of the hands, which are somewhat 
 lozenge-shaped, the palms being oblique, slightly convex, 
 and fringed with a row of solitary cilia. 
 
 We only know this species through an imperfect 
 specimen taken by Mr. Edward in the Moray Frith. 
 It is the first and only British representative of the genus 
 which we have seen. 
 
 The difference in form between the British and Arctic 
 species is chiefly conspicuous in the shortness of the 
 
268 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 inferior angle of the wrists of the former when compared 
 with the latter. But we think that it is not improbable 
 that E. Helvetia may be only the young of E. cuspidatus, 
 from the fact that in the young animals of E. cuspidatus, 
 figured by Mr. Spence Bate in the British Museum Cata- 
 logue, the inferior process of the wrists is represented 
 by rudimentary lobes only ; these, as they grow in size, 
 would probably represent every degree of extension 
 between the two extremes. On the other hand the chief 
 circumstance that induces us to consider this as a mature 
 animal, distinct as a species from E. cuspidatus, is the 
 form of the flagella of the antennae, since in the young of 
 E. cuspidatus each articulus is longer than those in the 
 adult. 
 
LEUCOTHOE. 269 
 
 A MPHIP DA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus LEUCOTHOE. 
 
 Leucothoe. LEACH, Edin. Ency. vii. p. 403. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 358. 
 
 Suppl. Ent. Brit. i. p. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. 
 
 p. 103. EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 56. Ann. des 
 
 Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 380. DESMAREST, Consid. Crust, p. 263. 
 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
 
 1847. Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1850. SPENCE BATE, 
 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 156. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. 
 
 vol. xix. p. 146, 1857 (not of Kroyer or Dana). 
 Lycesta. SAVIGNF, Mem. sur les Animaux sans Vert. vol. i. p. 109. 
 
 Egypt. Crust, pi. ii. f. 2. 
 
 Generic character. Antennae simple, nearly equal. Mandibles, 
 with a very minute palpiform appendage. Gnathopoda having 
 the carpi inferiorly produced to at least half the length of 
 the propoda. Propodos in the first pair slender, in second broad. 
 Middle pair of pleopoda shortest. Telson simple. 
 
 IN this genus the body of the animal is long and com- 
 pressed. The antennae are simple, and nearly of the 
 same length. The footjaws are subpediform, and un- 
 guiculate that is, they have not the large squamiform 
 plates attached to some of the joints which are present 
 in many other genera, but have a stronger resemblance 
 to the condition of simple legs, and terminate with a 
 sharp point at the extremity of the finger. The mandi- 
 bles are furnished with an appendage. The first pair of 
 legs have the wrists produced along the inferior margin 
 of the hand as far as its distal extremity, the terminal 
 half being free ; in the second pair the wrist is produced 
 along the inferior margin of the hand to half its length ; 
 but in the first pair the hand is narrow, whereas it is 
 
270 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 very broad in the second. The walking feet are all about 
 the same length. The posterior pair of caudal ap- 
 pendages are double branched, and the central tail-piece 
 is single and squamiform. 
 
 This genus was established by Leach to receive a 
 species discovered by Montagu. But Kroyer and 
 Dana in following him, have certainly mistaken the de- 
 scription of Leach, since the two species which the 
 former has described and figured do not belong to this 
 genus at all, but to that of Montagua. 
 
 The following vignette represents one of the Plymouth 
 fishing-boats denominated locally " Hookers." It is from 
 a small picture by Condy. 
 
 
LEUCOTHOE ARTICULOSA. 
 
 AM PHI POD A. 
 
 NATATORIA, 
 
 271 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 LEUCOTHOE ARTICULOSA. 
 
 Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda with the carpus pyriform ; 
 second pair having the propodos ovate, the palm smooth. 
 Length f inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) articulosus. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, vii. p. 70, pi. vi. 
 
 f. 6. 
 
 LeucotJwe articulosa. 
 
 Gammarus spinicarpus. 
 
 LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn. 
 
 Trans, xi. p. 358. Suppl. Enc. Brit. i. 
 
 p. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. 
 
 DESMAREST, Consid. sur Crust, p. 263, 
 
 pi. 45, f. 5. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist. 
 
 des Crust, t. iii. p. 58, pi. 29, f. 14. 
 
 LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af kongl. Vet. 
 
 Akad. Forhaudl. 1855, p. 126. WHITE, 
 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. Cat. 
 
 Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. Cat. Brit. 
 
 Crust. 1850, p. 53. GOSSE, Man. Mar. 
 
 Zool. p. 141, fig. 259. SPENCE BATE, 
 
 Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit Mus. p. 156, pi. xxix. f. 2. 
 MULLER, Zool. Dan. iii. p. 66, pi. cxix. 
 
 f. 1-4. 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced into a small rostrum 
 curved downwards between the superior antennae. The 
 eyes are obliquely planted in the head, of an oval shape 
 and a red colour. The superior antennae are about one- 
 
GAMMARID.E. 
 
 fourth the length of the animal, having the flagellum 
 not more than half as long as the peduncle. The inferior 
 antennae are not quite so long as, and more slender than, 
 the superior, and also have a short flagellum. The first 
 pair of legs are tolerably long ; the wrist is stouter than 
 the hand, and has the infero-distal margin produced to a 
 sharp free point, reaching quite to the extremity of the 
 hand, where it performs the part of a thumb, thus with 
 the finger it makes a tolerably perfect but complex 
 grasping organ, the hand itself being narrow and the 
 finger short. The second pair of legs are about the same 
 length as the first, but the wrist is not so broad as the 
 hand, and does not reach beyond half its length ; the 
 hand is of an oval form and much broader than that of 
 the first pair, it is convex upon the outer and concave 
 upon the inner surface, and when folded up forms a 
 strong shield defending the first pair of legs and the 
 anterior organs of the body ; the palm is slightly convex, 
 even, and continuous with the posterior half of the 
 inferior margin, from which its limit is not defined ; the 
 finger is long and reaches as far as the inferior extremity 
 of the wrist, with which it assists in forming a complex 
 claw of a less perfect character than that of the first pair 
 of legs. The walking legs are nearly of the same uniform 
 length and size. The posterior pair of caudal appendages 
 have the branches of the same length, they are some- 
 what leaf-like in form, reaching further than the ex- 
 tremity of the penultimate, but not further than that of 
 the antepenultimate pair. The central tail-piece is long, 
 lanceolate, and convex upon the upper surface. 
 
 The animal, when alive, possesses a delicate pink or 
 flesh-coloured tinge. It was first taken by Montagu, 
 many years since, on the coast of Devon. We have 
 received it from the Moray Frith through the kindness of 
 
LEUCOTHOE ARTICULOSA. 
 
 273 
 
 the Rev. Geo. Gordon, but we have not found it among 
 the numerous Crustacea forwarded to us from the Shet- 
 lands. Liljeborg announces it as having been taken by 
 him at Kullaberg, on the south coast of Sweden. Mr. 
 Loughrin has sent it us from Polperro in Cornwall ; and 
 we have taken it in Plymouth Sound as well as on the 
 south coast of Wales, 
 
 Beneath is a view of the Mumbles, at the southern 
 extremity of Swansea Bay, as seen from the hill behind. 
 
 From this point to Oxwich Bay was our chief dredg- 
 ing ground, and is generally referred to when we record 
 the coast of Wales as the habitat of a species. 
 
274 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDJI. 
 
 GAM MART DES. 
 
 LEUCOTHOE FURINA. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with 
 the palm notched or serrated near the distal extremity. 
 Length f inch. 
 
 Lycesta furina. SAVIGNY, Mem. sur les Anim. sans Vert, i p. 109, 
 
 pi. iv. f. 2. Egypte Crust, pi. ii. f. 2. 
 Leucotlioe furina. MII.NE EDWARDS, Ann. des sc. nat. t. xx. p. 381. Hist. 
 
 des Crust, iii. p. 57. GUERIN-MENEVILLE, Icon. 
 
 Crust, pi. xxvi. f. 6 (after Savigny). WHITE, Pop. 
 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 189. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 255. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 157, pi. xxix. f. 3. 
 Leucothoe procera. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 146. 
 
 THIS animal closely resembles the preceding. The most 
 conspicuous points of distinction exist in the round form 
 of the eyes of this species ; in the first pair of legs, the 
 wrist of which has not the infero-distal extremity pro- 
 duced quite so long ; and in the second pair the hand is 
 not so oval, but tapers more to the extremity, and has the 
 palm defined and marked by a few indentations rather 
 than teeth. The terminal caudal plate narrows suddenly 
 for some distance before it approaches the apex. 
 
 This species was first taken by Savigny when in Egypt 
 with the French army. In this country a specimen, 
 taken by Mr. Edward of Banff, was described by Mr. 
 Spence Bate in the Synopsis of the British Edriophthal- 
 
LEUCOTHOE FURINA. 
 
 275 
 
 mous Crustacea (Ann. Nat. Hist, for February 1857), 
 under the name of L. procera, but which we are not able 
 to distinguish from the figure in Savigny's work. This 
 species appears not to be so common as L. articulosa, 
 but yet we cannot suppose that it would be found at 
 such distant parts without existing in intermediate 
 localities. It may probably have been mistaken by 
 collectors for the previous species, which might readily 
 be done without attention. 
 
 The following vignette represents the Cows' (Gulls') 
 Castle, on the shores of the Moray Frith, kindly drawn 
 for us by Mr, Small. 
 
 T 2 
 
276 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 AMP HIP ODA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATOEJA. 
 
 Genus GOSSEA. 
 
 Gossea. SPKNCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 159. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae without a secondary 
 appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate ; first pair the larger. 
 Pleopoda long, nearly of equal length ; posterior pair biramous. 
 Telson single, squaraiforra. 
 
 THE body of the animal in this genus is slender and 
 compressed. The superior antennae are not furnished 
 with a secondary appendage, and the peduncles of both 
 pairs are shorter than their respective flagella. The first 
 pair of legs are furnished with hands larger than those of 
 the second, and both pairs are subchelate. The posterior 
 pair of caudal appendages are double-branched and reach 
 considerably beyond the extremity of the central caudal 
 plate which consists of a single scale. 
 
 The animals of this genus bear a near resemblance to 
 those of Microdeutopus in their general aspect, but differ 
 from them in the absence of the secondary appendage to 
 the superior antennae, and in the form of the telson. 
 
 To the genus Dry ope they approach nearer ; but the 
 more compressed form of the body and greater length of 
 the caudal appendages sufficiently separate the two 
 genera. 
 
 The genus has been named in compliment to Mr. 
 Gosse, whose numerous contributions to Marine Zoology 
 have greatly tended to popularize many obscure pro- 
 ductions of nature. 
 
GOSSEA MICRODEUTOPA. 277 
 
 A MPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NJTATOEIA. 
 
 GOSSEA MICRODEUTOPA. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae with each joint of the peduncle 
 gradually decreasing in length; flagellum longer than the peduncle, and 
 having the alternate articuli distally and inferiorly produced and furnished 
 with a few cilia. First pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long-quadrate, 
 with the palm slightly convex. 
 
 Length 5 3 3 inch. 
 
 Gossea microdeutopa. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 160. pi. xxix. 
 fig. 6. 
 
 THE eyes are tolerably large, rounded in form, and 
 black. The superior antennae are about one-third the 
 length of the animal, having the peduncle very short and 
 the flagellum tolerably long, the latter having the alter- 
 nate articuli infero-distally produced and furnished with 
 a few hairs of unequal length. The second and fourth 
 articuli likewise bear short, broad, trumpet-mouthed 
 auditory cilia. The first pair of legs have the hand long- 
 quadrate, the palm is slightly rounded. In the second 
 pair the hand is more slender than in the first, and the 
 palm is shaped and defined by a small spine. The 
 walking legs are all nearly of the same length. The 
 caudal appendages are long and slender, the last having 
 the peduncle extending further than the extremity of 
 the central caudal-plate. The branches are of one length, 
 styliform, and furnished upon their upper margins with 
 
278 GAMMA R1DJE. 
 
 a few short spines. The central caudal-plate is long, 
 narrow, and lanceolate. 
 
 The specimen from which our description and figure 
 are taken was captured by Mr. Gosse, at Ilfracombe, and 
 kindly sent to us. At first we took it for a young 
 animal belonging to the genus Microdeutopus ; but 
 closer examination having convinced us of the dis- 
 tinction, we have named the animal specifically after the 
 genus it so much resembles. 
 
 We have recently received other specimens of this 
 species from the Shetlands, where they were taken by 
 the Rev. Mr. Norman. 
 
AGRA. 279 
 
 A MPHIPODA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus AORA. 
 
 Aora. KROYBR, Tidsk. ser. 2, i. p. 335, 1845. SPENCE BATE, Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 160. 
 Lalaria. NICOLET, in Gay's Historia de Chile, vol. iii. 1849. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 525, 1858. 
 Lonchomerus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antenna longer than the in- 
 ferior; furnished with a secondary appendage. First pair of 
 gnathopoda larger than the second, having the raeros infero- 
 distally produced as far as the extremity of the carpus. Seventh 
 pair of legs longest. 
 
 IN this genus the animal is long and slender. The 
 superior antennae are very long and are furnished with a 
 slender secondary appendage. The inferior antennae are 
 about half the length of the superior and furnished with 
 a very short flagellum. The first pair of legs are very 
 long, complexly* chelate, having the metacarpal joint 
 infero-distally produced so as to meet the apex of the 
 finger when closed. The second pair of legs are sub- 
 chelate and much smaller and shorter than the first. 
 The last pair of walking legs are much longer than the 
 others. The caudal appendages are double-branched, 
 and the terminal caudal plate is tubular. 
 
 The modifications of form, and consequently of func- 
 tion, which the two first pairs of legs undergo in different 
 groups of Amphipoda are nowhere more interestingly 
 
 * We use the term "complexly chelate" where the prehensile organ is 
 formed by more joints than the propoclos and dactylos. 
 
280 GAMMARID^. 
 
 seen than in the present genus as compared with Leu- 
 cothoe and Stimpsonia. In these genera the first pair 
 forms a most effective organ of prehension, the pre- 
 hensile power being, however, developed in different 
 joints of the limb. In Leucothoe and Stimpsonia it is the 
 carpus which is remarkably produced, but in Aora the 
 metacarpus becomes the analogue of the carpus of the 
 two former genera. 
 
 At first sight it might seem that this genus should be 
 incorporated in that of Microdeutopus, but the fact of 
 exotic species possessing the characters here laid down 
 sufficiently warrants their retention as a separate genus. 
 
 We think it not improbable that further observation 
 may induce the removal of the closely-associated genera 
 in which the peculiar tubular kind of tail-scale is found, 
 from the position in which we have placed them among 
 the Gammarides, to one nearer the genus Nania among the 
 Podocerides. The difference in the relative strength of 
 the two pairs of antennas will also afford some clue to 
 the propriety of such a change of position. 
 
AORA GRACILIS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NAT A TORI A. 
 
 281 
 
 GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 AORA GRAC1LIS. 
 
 Specific character. Basos of the first pair of gnathopoda having the 
 anterior margin without a tooth. Finger with the internal margin serrated. 
 Length 5 inch. 
 
 Lonchomerus gracilis. 
 
 Lalaria gracilis. 
 A ora gracilis. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. WHITE, Pop. 
 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180. 
 SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xx. p. 525, 
 
 1858. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 160, 
 
 pi. xxix. f. 7. 
 
 THE body of the animal is long and slender. The 
 eyes are small, round, and black. The superior antennae 
 are more than half the length of the animal, the flagellum 
 forming more than half of the organ : the secondary 
 appendage is slender. The inferior antennae are scarcely 
 more than half the length of the superior ; and the 
 flagellum is very short, being scarcely half the length of 
 the last joint of the peduncle of the inferior. The first 
 pair of hands are very long and slender, having the 
 second joint long, and unfurnished with a tooth-like 
 process, thus differing from Aora typica, the South 
 
GAMMARI1XE. 
 
 American species. The metacarpal joint is produced in- 
 feriorly into a long free tooth-like process, reaching as far 
 as the extremity of the wrist, which itself is very long. 
 The hand is not half the length of the wrist, slender and 
 slightly tapering. The finger is about the same length 
 as the hand, and when closed reaches the extremity of 
 the metacarpal process, with which it forms a complex 
 claw. The second pair of gnathopoda are not more than 
 half the length of the first, and are simply subchelate ; 
 the hand being but slightly dilated, having the palm 
 oblique and imperfectly defined. The next three pairs 
 of legs are rather shorter than the second, but the sixth 
 pair are about a third longer, and the seventh are one- 
 fourth longer than the sixth. The last pair of caudal 
 appendages do not reach beyond the extremity of the 
 preceding. 
 
 The colour of the animal is of a claret-red, with 
 numerous small dark spots, chiefly on the coxse and 
 dorsal surface of the tail. We have taken, from some 
 trawl refuse, a specimen of a yellow colour, speckled 
 with black spots of a larger size than those in the red 
 specimens; and which also had the inner margin of the 
 finger of the first pair of legs smooth, as shown at h in 
 our figure. We have also observed a second specimen, 
 in which the first pair of legs are shorter and more 
 robust ; but these being the only differences, we think 
 that they must be looked upon rather as varieties from 
 the typical form than distinct species. The distinctions 
 may indeed be those of sex, in combination with local or 
 other causes, for as yet the female has not been dis- 
 tinguished. 
 
 An animal of this species long remained unnamed in 
 the British Museum. Our specimens were first taken in 
 Oxwich Bay, in Glamorgan, and subsequently we ob- 
 
AORA GRACILIS. 283 
 
 tained others from trawl refuse brought from near the 
 Eddystone. Mr. Loughrin has sent the species to us from 
 Polperro, and Mr. Barlee took it both in Loch Fyne and 
 off St. Ives in Cornwall ; Mr. Jeffreys and the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman have dredged it in forty fathoms one 
 mile north of Walsey Lighthouse, as well as in from two 
 to five fathoms in the outer Skerries Harbour in the 
 Shetlands. 
 
 It is singular to record that the only other known 
 species of this genus (and which, as far as we are able 
 to determine by the figures given by Kroyer and Nicolet, 
 are distinguished from this by the presence of a small 
 process or tooth upon the second joint of the first pair 
 of legs) should have so distant a habitat as the coast of 
 Chili. 
 
284 GAMMARUXE. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . (*A MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus STIMPSONIA. 
 
 Stimpsonia. S PENCE BATE, Cat. Ampli. Brit. Mus. p. 162. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae shorter than the in- 
 ferior, furnished with a secondary appendage. First pair of 
 gnathopoda robust, with the carpus large, and armed with a 
 strong bent spine. Second pair of gnathopoda chelate. 
 
 THIS genus probably bears too close a resemblance 
 to Microdeutopus to be retained as generically distinct ; 
 but the superior antennae, instead of being longer than 
 the inferior, are very much shorter. The first pair of 
 legs are longer than the second, and are complexly 
 chelate ; the second pair are small and chelate, and the 
 wrist is greatly elongated. The posterior pair of legs are 
 longer than the preceding. The posterior pair of caudal 
 appendages are double-branched, and the central tail- 
 piece is conical. 
 
 The name given to this genus is in compliment to the 
 distinguished naturalist of the United States' Exploring 
 Expedition to the North Pacific, and to whom we wish 
 here to record the obligation that we are under, both for 
 information and specimens of various species described 
 by him. 
 
STIMPSONIA CHELIFERA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORTA. 
 
 285 
 
 GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 STIMPSONIA CHELIFERA. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae scarcely longer than the peduncle 
 of the inferior. First pair of gnathopoda having the inferior margin of the 
 carpus inferiorly produced to a long, sharp process. Second pair having the 
 inferior angle of the propodos produced nearly as long as the finger. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Stimpsonia chelifera. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Araph. Brit. Mus. p. 162, 
 pi. xxix. fig. 9. 
 
 THE animal bears a strong general resemblance to 
 Microdeutopus Gryllotalpa. It has the eyes small, round, 
 and black. The superior antennae are scarcely longer 
 than the peduncle of the inferior, and have the flagellum 
 about half the length of the organ. The secondary 
 appendage consists of a single articulus. The first pair 
 of legs have the wrists large and inferiorly produced to 
 a long, sharp process, reaching nearly as far as the 
 
286 GAMMARIM. 
 
 extremity of the hand, being separated from it by a 
 concave space. The hand is much narrower than the 
 wrist, and the finger is long, and but slightly curved and 
 serrated; the apex when closed impinges against the 
 extremity of the carpal process. The second pair of 
 legs have the wrists very long ; and the hand is scarcely 
 more dilated, but not longer than it is broad, the inferior 
 angle being produced to a strong thumb-like process, 
 separated from the finger by a wide palm : the finger is 
 slight and nearly straight, and falls against the extremity 
 of the thumb when closed. The next two pairs of legs 
 are slender, and the three last pairs gradually increase 
 in length posteriorly. The rest of the animal bears a 
 near resemblance to the species of Microdeutopus or 
 Aora. 
 
 We received this very curious and interesting form 
 from Salcombe Harbour on the south coast of Devon- 
 shire, where it was taken by Mr. Webster. 
 
MICRODEUTOPUS. 287 
 
 A MPH1PODA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus MICRODEUTOPUS.* 
 
 Microdeutopus. COSTA, Rend, delle Reale Accad. delle Sci di Napoli, 1853, 
 
 s. 171. 
 
 Microdentopus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 163. 
 Lembos. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Ann. Nat. Hist. 
 
 2 ser. xix. p. 142. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180. 
 Gammarus. Division ff. LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1854, p. 455. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae longer than the in- 
 ferior, and furnished with a secondary appendage. Inferior 
 antennae more robust than the superior. First pair of gnatho- 
 poda larger than the second, complexly subchelate. Second 
 pair smaller than the first, subchelate. 
 
 IN this genus the animals are generally long and 
 slender. The eyes are small. The superior antennae 
 are longer than the inferior, and not so robust. The 
 mandibles are furnished with a three-jointed appendage. 
 The arms terminate with subchelate hands, and, as in the 
 two preceding genera, are developed contrary to the 
 general distinction among Amphipoda, the first being 
 larger and more perfect than those of the second pair. 
 The last pair of legs are much longer than the others. 
 The last pair of caudal appendages are double-branched. 
 The terminal tail-piece is conical, tubular, with a double 
 apex, which appears to arise out of the largest part. The 
 exact form of the caudal tail-piece is peculiar to this 
 genus, although it bears a near resemblance to the same 
 organ in Aora and Stimpsonia. It appears like a true 
 
 * Signor Costa's generic name, Microdeutopus, would more properly be 
 written Microdeuteropus, it being given to the genus in allusion to the minute 
 size of the second pair of legs. 
 
GAMMARTD^. 
 
 segment to the body; and the double apex suggests 
 the idea of the rudimentary condition of obsolete caudal 
 appendages. 
 
 This genus is probably synonymous with Unciola of 
 Say and that of Glauconome of Kroyer. But the former 
 genus is described as having no finger to the second 
 pair of hands, and both authors omit a description of the 
 middle tail-piece ; we therefore retain Costa's name 
 until we have the opportunity of examining typical 
 specimens of these two genera. 
 
 The following vignette is that of a Fisherwoman of 
 Penzance, furnished with her " Cowal " of fish. 
 
MICRODEOTOPtJS GRYLLOTALPA . 
 
 289 
 
 AM PHI POD A. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MICRODEUTOPUS GRYLLOTALPA. 
 
 Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda having the carpus furnished 
 infero-distally with a sharp tooth. 
 Length fa inch. 
 
 Microdeutopus gryllotalpa. 
 
 Levibos Damn on iens is. 
 
 Lembos Danmoniensis. 
 
 COSTA, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Sci. di 
 Napoli, 1853, p. 178. and Mem. pel. 1853, 
 tav. 4, fig. 10. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Ainph. 
 Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 163, pi. xxx. f. 1. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180. 
 
 THE eyes are round, small, and white, with black spots. 
 The superior antennas are about half the length of the 
 animal. The flagellum is longer than the peduncle, and 
 the secondary appendage consists of but a single articulus. 
 The inferior antennae reach to about half the length of 
 the flagellum of the superior, while the flagellum is not 
 longer than the last joint of the peduncle of the inferior. 
 The first pair of legs have the wrist and hand associated 
 in the formation of the claw. The wrist is large, strong, 
 and furnished at the infero-distal extremity with a strong 
 
90 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 tooth-like process. The hand is large, but neither so 
 broad or long as the wrist ; the palm is rounded but not 
 defined ; and the finger is distinctly serrated upon the 
 inner margin. The second pair of legs have the wrist 
 and hand but slightly dilated : the palm is rounded off, 
 imperfectly defined, and furnished with a few hairs. 
 The finger, like that of the preceding pair, is serrated 
 upon the inner margin. In the last three pairs of legs 
 the thighs are less developed than ordinarily, the last 
 pair of legs are but moderately prolonged. The three 
 pairs of caudal appendages extend to nearly the same 
 length, and consequently have the peduncles and their 
 branches gradually decreasing in their relative lengths 
 successively. The terminal tail-piece is furnished near 
 the apex with one or two long, somewhat peculiarly 
 formed hairs, and also one or more short plumose cilia. 
 
 Under the microscope the skin is seen to be covered 
 by numerous minute points as in the vignette at *. 
 
 This species was first found by our friend the late Mr. 
 Howard Stewart, Sub -Curator of the Hunterian Museum 
 of the Royal College of Surgeons, under the Hoe, 
 Plymouth, in a sponge. Mr. Loughrin has also sent us 
 specimens from Polperro. It has also been dredged from 
 seventy to ninety fathoms of water, sixty miles east of 
 the Shetland Islands ; and Costa took his animals, which 
 we consider to be identical with our specimens, at Naples: 
 it has therefore been necessary to sink the name of 
 Lembos Damnoniensis, as first proposed, for the older 
 name of Costa. Among the specimens which we have 
 received were some without any tooth upon the carpus 
 of the anterior pair of gnathopoda these may possibly 
 be females. 
 
MICRODEUTOPUS WEBSTER! I. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOETA. 
 
 291 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MICRODEUTOPUS WEBSTER1I. 
 
 Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda having the carpus without a 
 tooth, and the propodos with a tooth at the inferior angle. 
 Length -5 inch. 
 
 Microdentopus Websterii. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 164, 
 
 pi. xxx. fig. 2. 
 Lembos Websterii. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 
 
 142, 1857. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 180. 
 
 THE superior antennae are not quite half the length of 
 the animal. The flagellum is about the same length as 
 the peduncle. The first pair of legs have the wrist un- 
 armed, and as large as the hand, and both are thickly fur- 
 nished with long hairs upon both margins, but particularly 
 the upper ; the hand is rounded, and broadest behind 
 the palm, the inferior angle of which is produced to a 
 short stout tooth, against the apex of which the finger 
 appears to impinge within the extremity. The second 
 pair of legs have the wrists longer than the hand, and 
 both margins (especially the upper) furnished with long 
 
 u 2 
 
GAM MARINE. 
 
 hairs ; the palm is defined by a strong spine and a few 
 hairs ; the inner margin of the finger is serrated near the 
 middle. In other respects this species resembles M. 
 gryllotalpa both in form and colour, being of a grey 
 which assumes a very dark tint along the dorsal surface, 
 particularly towards the anterior extremity of the animal. 
 This darker portion is produced by numerous small pig- 
 ment cells, which spread themselves, more or less thickly, 
 just beneath the dermal tissue. We have observed in 
 this species (though we think it also belongs to others of 
 the genus), that when the animals are dried the surface 
 of their bodies exhibits prismatic hues. 
 
 We have received it from Falmouth, where it was 
 dredged by Mr. Webster, to whom we are indebted for 
 the results of his dredgings in several localities, and in 
 compliment to whom the species is named. Mr. Barlee 
 has also sent it us both from the Island of Skye, as well 
 as from the Shetlands ; and in the latter place the 
 Rev. A. M. Norman, in company with Mr. Jeffreys, has 
 dredged it in four fathoms of water in Bressy Sound. 
 
MICRODEUTOPUS ANOMALUS. 
 
 293 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MICRODEUTOPUS ANOMALUS. 
 
 Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda large but unarmed. Last 
 pair of legs remarkably long. 
 Length J inch. 
 
 Gammarus anomalies. 
 
 Microdentopus anomalus. 
 
 Lembos Cambriensis. 
 
 RATHKE, Nova Acta Leop. p. 63, tab. iv. fig. 7, 
 
 1843. LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. 
 
 Akad. Forhandl. 1854, p. 457. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 164, 
 
 pi. xxx. fig. 3. 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857. 
 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180. 
 
 THE eyes in this species are black, of a long-oval form, 
 and planted obliquely in the head. The superior antennae 
 are about half the length of the animal, and furnished 
 with a secondary appendage consisting of four minute 
 articuli. The inferior antennae are about one-third 
 shorter than the superior ; but the peduncle is quite as 
 long as that of the superior. The first pair of legs have 
 the wrist shorter than the hand but not broader. The 
 hand is of a long-oval form ; the palm is convex, and 
 is continuous with the inferior margin, without its limits 
 
GAMMARIDJ2. 
 
 being defined ; a few cilia stand upright from its surface, 
 and on the inferior margin it supports four short rows of 
 hairs. The finger is short and serrated upon the inner 
 margin. The second pair of legs resemble the first very 
 much in form, but they are smaller and less covered with 
 hairs. All the other parts of the animal closely resemble 
 the corresponding parts in M. gryllotalpa. 
 
 The colour in this species is of a yellowish horny 
 appearance, sparingly scattered with black dots, which 
 are less numerous along the dorsal surface, where there 
 are a few bands of a faint pink colour. 
 
 This species was first taken by us in Oxwich Bay, on 
 the coast of Glamorgan. Mr. Robertson has found it 
 amongst Nullipore at Cumbrae, in North Britain ; the 
 Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys have dredged it in 
 from three to five fathoms in the outer Skerries harbour, 
 Shetland, and Rathke and Liljeborg have taken it on the 
 coast of Norway. 
 
 The animals of this species bear a very close resem- 
 blance to some which we received with M. gryllotalpa, 
 and which we considered as the females of that species. 
 It is, however, the only form which has been taken at 
 Oxwich Bay and on the coast of Norway. Evidence of 
 this kind, indeed, can only bear a negative value ; but so 
 far as our present knowledge extends, this form must be 
 accepted as distinct from the preceding, and which is one 
 of the links gradually leading from the more complexly 
 formed type of M. gryllotalpa to that of the more simple 
 as it exists in the genus Protomedeia. 
 
MICRODEUTOPUS VERSICULATUS. 295 
 
 AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 MICRODEUTOPUS VERSICULATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Grnathopoda not completely chelate, and furnished 
 with a copious brush of hairs. 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Lembos versiculatus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 
 Synopsis, &c., Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 
 p. 142. Feb. 1857. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 
 Brit. Crust, p. 180. 
 Microdentopus versiculatus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 165, 
 
 pi. xx. fig. 5. 
 
 THE eyes are small. The superior antennae are about 
 half the length of the animal ; the flagellum being a little 
 longer than the peduncle ; and the secondary appendage is 
 uni-articulate, and furnished with two long terminal hairs. 
 The first pair of legs have the wrist rather longer and as 
 broad as the hand, both margins of the joints being 
 continuous and thickly fringed with hairs ; the palm is 
 not defined, neither is the finger serrated upon the 
 inner margin. The second pair of legs have the wrist 
 and hand of about equal length and diameter. The 
 wrist is furnished upon the anterior margin with a thick 
 
296 GAM MARINE. 
 
 brush of very long hairs. The hand is long and narrow, 
 and fringed on both margins with a few hairs ; the palm 
 is very oblique and not denned ; the finger is short and 
 much curved. 
 
 The rest of the animal appears to bear a near re- 
 semblance to M. gryllotalpa. 
 
 The specimen from which our figure is taken was 
 damaged, the inferior antennas and last pair of walking 
 legs being broken off. By an error one of the latter is 
 figured as being present, but it is drawn considerably too 
 short, most probably it is of the same dimensions as that 
 in the other species. The specific name also, proposed in 
 allusion to the fascicle of hairs on the second pair of 
 legs, has accidentally been incorrectly printed, but its 
 proposer considers that there is less liability of con- 
 fusion if the original name, though established by 
 accident, be retained, than if it were now to be altered. 
 
 The animal is of a horny colour, gradually passing 
 into a gray tint along the dorsal surface. 
 
 It was dredged by us near Plymouth, in company with 
 our friend Mr. H. Stewart. 
 
PROTOMEDEIA. 297 
 
 A M PHI POD A . OA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATOE1A. 
 
 Genus PROTOMEDEIA. 
 
 Protomedeia. KROYER, Tidskr. iv. p. 154. 
 
 Leptocheirus. ZADDACH, Syn. Crust. Prussicorum Prodomus, p. 7. 
 
 Ptilocheirus. STIMPSON, Mar. Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 55. 
 
 Generic character. Like Microdeutopus, but having the 
 second pair of gnathopoda not subchelate. 
 
 THIS genus is probably too closely associated with the 
 preceding. But the form of the second pair of legs 
 offers a similar ground of distinction as that which 
 separates Talitrus from Orchestia. The coxae, moreover, 
 appear to be rather deeper in this genus than in 
 Microdeutopus; and the last pair of legs are not so 
 proportionally long as compared with the sixth pair. 
 The last pair of caudal appendages are double branched. 
 We are uncertain as to the character of the central 
 caudal plate since most of the specimens we have had 
 an opportunity to examine have been more or less im- 
 perfect, but in P. Whitei it appeared to be double, whilst 
 Zaddach defines it as being sub-membranous and rounded 
 above. 
 
 The animals of this genus, though not abundant, 
 appear to be widely distributed in the colder regions ; 
 specimens being taken on the northern coast of the 
 United States of America, on the coast of Scotland, in 
 the Baltic, and off the shores of the Crimea. 
 
298 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARID2E. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 PROTOMEDEIA H1RSUTIMANA. 
 
 Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda hirsute on the posterior 
 margin of ischium, meros, carpus, and propodos. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 hirsute upon the posterior margin of the propodos ; and having the anterior 
 margin of the "basos furnished with two or three longitudinal rows of very 
 long plumose hairs. 
 
 Length? 
 
 Protomedeia kirsutimanus. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust, p, 168, 
 pi. xxx. f. 6. 
 
 THE eyes are round but not very large. The superior 
 antennae extend as far as the posterior margin of the 
 fourth segment of the body. The flagellum is scarcely 
 as long as the peduncle, and the secondary appendage 
 is as long again as the last joint of the peduncle. The 
 inferior antennae are but very little shorter than the 
 superior ; and the flagellum is very short, being not so 
 long as the last joint of the peduncle. The mandibles 
 
PROTOMEDEIA HIRSUTIMANA. 299 
 
 are furnished with an appendage, consisting of three 
 equal joints. The first pair of legs have the coxae very 
 small, being almost covered with the coxae of the second 
 pair. The four last joints, except the finger, are 
 posteriorly furnished with fasciculi of hairs. The hand 
 is not more dilated, but is twice as long as the wrist; 
 the palm is very short, and but imperfectly defined ; the 
 finger is longer than the palm, sharp, and but slightly 
 curved. The second pair of legs have the coxae large, 
 the thigh moderately long, having the anterior margin 
 convex, and fringed with two or three closely-set rows of 
 long plumose hairs. The next two joints are short, but 
 the wrist is twice as long as the hand ; the hand is short 
 and tapering to a point, at the extremity of which the 
 finger exists as a short straight spine ; the posterior 
 margin is furnished with four bunches of hair. The 
 next two pairs of legs are moderately long, and ter- 
 minate in tolerably long straight fingers. The fifth pair 
 of legs have the hand slightly produced at the distal 
 extremity against which the short curved finger is 
 capable of being shut, and so convert it into a slightly- 
 prehensile organ. 
 
 Unfortunately we have only received the anterior 
 moiety of an animal of this interesting species, which 
 was taken near Banff, by our valued correspondent 
 Mr. Edward. 
 
300 
 
 GAMMARIM. 
 
 AMPHTPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 - X v. > - >. 
 ^ J*wO S^ 
 
 PROTOMEDEIA WHITE!. 
 
 Specific character. Gnathopoda furnished with but few short hairs. 
 Carpus of the second pair not longer than the propodos. 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Protomedeia Wliitei. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 169, 
 
 pi. xxx\. f. 3. 
 
 IN this species, the figure represents the head rather 
 too large, probably resulting from distortion under the 
 microscope. The first three segments of the tail have 
 the infero-posterior angle produced to a point ; and the 
 inferior margins are furnished with a few equidistant 
 single hairs. The fourth segment of the tail has 
 the posterior dorsal margin produced to a small tooth. 
 The eyes are round. The superior antennas have the 
 first joint of the peduncle distally enlarged, whereas 
 the two succeeding are slender ; the flagellum is not 
 so long as the peduncle, and the secondary appendage 
 consists of but one long and one short articulus. The 
 second pair of antennae are imperfect beyond the 
 penultimate joint of the peduncle, but this reaches 
 beyond the extremity of the peduncle of the superior. 
 The first pair of legs are also imperfect. The second 
 
PROTOMEDEIA WHITE! . 301 
 
 pair of legs are only furnished with a few scattered 
 hairs; the wrist is not longer than the hand, which 
 gradually tapers from the carpal articulation to the ex- 
 tremity, where is attached a short sharp finger. The next 
 two pairs of legs are tolerably long, but terminate in 
 rather short fingers. The last three pairs of legs are 
 damaged, but the thighs are dilated, and taper rather 
 suddenly to the extremity. The last of the caudal 
 appendages were wanting in the only specimen that 
 we have obtained; and the terminal plate is double, 
 differing in this respect from Zaddach's description of 
 P. pilosa, as well as from those exotic species which 
 we had the opportunity of examining through the kind- 
 ness of Mr. Stimpson. 
 
 Of this species, like the preceding, we have received 
 only a single specimen which was taken at Banff, by 
 Mr. Edward ; and which we have named in compliment 
 to Mr. Adam White, the author of a popular History 
 of the British Crustacea, as well as of many valuable 
 Papers on Carcinology published in the Proceedings of 
 the Zoological Society of London. 
 
 
302 GAMMAKIM,. 
 
 A MPHIP 01) A. OA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus B ATHYPOREI A. 
 
 Bathyporeia. LINDSTROM. Bidrag Ostersjons, Invert. Faun, in Ofvers. 
 
 Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1855, p. 59. Nat. Hist. 
 
 Review, Jan. 1857, p. 43. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 187. 
 Thersites. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. p. 59. Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae short ; having the first 
 joint of the peduncle large and tumid ; the second articulating 
 on the infero-distal extremity of the first, and furnished with a 
 secondary appendage. Inferior antennae slender; twice as 
 long as the superior ; mandibles with a tri-articulate appendage. 
 First pair of gnathopoda subchelate ; second having the dactylos 
 wanting. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous, the longer 
 branch being bi-articulate. Telson double. 
 
 THE superior antennae in this genus are much shorter 
 than the inferior, having the basal joint greatly swollen, 
 and its extremity oblique ; hence the peculiar position 
 which the second joint of the peduncle holds to the first, 
 the articulation, instead of being at the extremity of the 
 joint, being at the distal end of the inferior margin ; 
 thus the second articulates with the first joint almost 
 at a right angle: the other two joints are generally 
 short, and the nagellum is never long, and is furnished 
 at its base with a secondary appendage. The inferior 
 antennae are much longer than the superior, and 
 more slender. The mandibles are furnished with an 
 appendage. The first pair of legs are subchelate. The 
 
BATHYPOREIA. 303 
 
 second are slender and have the finger wanting. The 
 last pair of the caudal appendages terminate in two 
 branches, one being short, the other long and bi-arti- 
 culate. The central tail-piece is double. 
 
 This genus, as far as we know, is confined to the 
 shores of Northern Europe. 
 
 By a singular coincidence, in all the specimens that we 
 have seen the first pair of legs are damaged or wanting, 
 so that we have not been able to determine their 
 structure. We have, therefore, drawn up our character 
 of this important organ from the figure and description 
 of Lindstrom. 
 
304 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDvE. 
 
 QAM M ABIDES. 
 
 BATHYPOREIA PILOSA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennge not half the length of the animal ; 
 flagellum not longer than the peduncle, consisting of six or seven unequal 
 articuli. Fourth segment of the tail with a transverse sinus. 
 
 Length 5 2 g inch. 
 
 Bathyporeia pilosa. LINDSTROM, Ofvers. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 
 
 1855, p. 59. Nat. Hist. Review, Jan. 1857, 
 
 fig. c. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 172, 
 
 pi. xxxi. fig. 4. 
 Tkersites Guilliamsonia. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146. 
 
 THE superior antennae have the first joint very broad, 
 and longer than the head : the second joint is very 
 short and narrow ; it articulates with the first subapically 
 upon the inferior surface : the third joint is still 
 shorter and narrower than the second : the flagellum 
 is about the same length as the peduncle ; the first 
 articulus being longer than the last joint of the ped- 
 uncle, the remaining four or five being of irregular 
 
BATHYPOREIA PILOSA. 305 
 
 lengths. The inferior antennae are more slender than, 
 and nearly twice the length of, the superior, the 
 peduncle reaching to the extremity of the superior 
 antennae; the flagellum, which consists of one long 
 and four or five articuli of irregular lengths, is scarcely 
 as long as the peduncle. The first pair of legs are 
 wanting in the only specimens that we have been 
 enabled to procure : but Lindstrom describes them as 
 " having the wrist longer than the hand ; the hand 
 ovate, palm imperfectly defined." The second pair have 
 the wrist very long, and ciliated upon the inferior 
 margin ; the hand is straight upon the upper margin, 
 the palm, receding from the distal-pointed extremity, 
 forms with the inferior margin a convex line, the an- 
 terior limit of which is fringed with extremely long 
 cilia ; the posterior is slightly excavated, suggesting that 
 the hand is capable of being impinged against the 
 preceding joint, and thus obtaining a feeble prehensile 
 grasp, which it has otherwise lost by the absence of the 
 moveable finger. The next two pairs of legs have the 
 metacarpal joints and wrists much dilated ; the hands 
 are long and slender, and appear to have the capability 
 of being bent back against the wrist ; the fingers in 
 these are short and strongly developed ; a few hairs 
 fringe the inferior margin of the hands and wrists. 
 The next pair of legs have the thighs dilated towards 
 the distal extremity ; the metacarpal joint is broad, but 
 the wrist is narrow, with its extremity produced ex- 
 ternally to a point ; the hand is long and narrow, having 
 the margins parallel ; and the finger is nearly as long as 
 the hand. The thighs of the two succeeding pairs of 
 legs are more broadly dilated than that of the preced- 
 ing. The last pair of caudal appendages have one very 
 long and one very short branch, the longer branch being 
 
 x 
 
306 GAMMAKID.E. 
 
 articulated about one-third from the apex, and tipped 
 with a long spine-like hair. The central tail-piece has 
 the inner margin of each division straight, the outer 
 rounded, and furnished at the apex with one or two 
 hairs. 
 
 We have only seen this animal when dead ; but the 
 skin is very thin and transparent, and appears to contain 
 no colouring matter ; neither have we been enabled to 
 detect any eye. These circumstances, together with its 
 having been hitherto taken only in muddy and sandy 
 bottoms, suggest the idea that it is a burrower in the 
 mud. It was first taken at Wisby, on a sandy bottom, 
 at from eighteen to twenty fathoms of water, by Prof. 
 Lindstrom, who also captured it at Lanskrona. It has 
 been taken by Prof. Williamson, on a fine sandy bottom, 
 off Weymouth ; and Mr. Webster has dredged it near 
 Tenby. 
 
BATHYPOREIA ROBERTSON!. 307 
 
 A MPHIP ODA. G 'AM M ARID ES. 
 
 BATHYPOREIA ROBERTSONI. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennas more than half the length of the 
 animal : flagellum three times as long as the peduncle : articuli numerous, 
 and gradually increasing in length to the extremity of the antennae. Fourth 
 segment of the tail with a wide transverse sinus across the middle. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Satkyporeia Robertsoni. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 173, 
 pi. xxxi. fig. 5. 
 
 THE eyes in this animal are round. The superior 
 antennae reach beyond the peduncle of the inferior; 
 the flagellum is longer than the peduncle ; and the 
 articuli are regular in size, being nearly as broad as 
 they are long, each supporting a short hair on the 
 superior distal-extremity, and a short auditory cilium 
 of an oval form : the secondary appendage consists 
 of a single articulus, as long as four of the flagellum. 
 The inferior antennae are rather more than half the 
 length of the animal : the last joint of the peduncle is 
 much longer than the preceding ; the tiagellum is about 
 three times the length of the peduncle ; the articuli 
 gradually increase in length and decrease in diameter; 
 and every articulus supports upon the upper distal 
 margin a small oval calceola, which, according to Mr. 
 
308 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 Stirnpson, is a character of the male sex. The rest of 
 the animal bears a near resemblance to B. pilosa. 
 
 It was sent to us by our kind correspondent in com- 
 pliment to whom we have proposed the specific name 
 employed above. It was taken by Mr. Robertson in the 
 month of February, in sand pools near low water mark 
 at Cumbrae, N. B. He informs us that they were nu- 
 merous, darting hither and thither. 
 
 Two specimens have since been dredged by our friend 
 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys in the Shetlands. 
 
 The observation of Mr. Robertson appears to over- 
 throw our suggestion as to the burrowing habits of these 
 animals mentioned in the description of the previous 
 species. It is curious to remark that in this species 
 the animal is furnished with distinct eyes in the spe- 
 cimen from Cumbrae, but not in those from the Shetlands 
 which had been longer in spirits ; it is, therefore, ques- 
 tionable whether the organs of vision had disappeared 
 from the others after death (as they frequently do in 
 some species) inasmuch as we received both specimens 
 after they were dead. 
 
AMPIIIFODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 BATHYPORETA PELAGICA. 309 
 
 OAMMARIDES. 
 
 BATHYPOREIA PELAGICA. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae longer than the animal, 
 segment of the tail entire. 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Fourth 
 
 Bathyporeia pdagica. 
 
 Thersites pelayica. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 174, 
 pi. xxxi. fig. 6. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 188. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146. 
 
 THE superior antennae reach beyond the extremity of 
 the peduncle of the inferior, but to what extent we are 
 unable to determine, since they were mutilated at this 
 point : the articuli are small and regular ; the secondary 
 appendage consists of two articuli, one being longer than 
 the other, and both being as long as three or four of the 
 articuli of the flagellum. The inferior antennae are very 
 long and very slender ; the penultimate joint of the 
 peduncle is longer than the ultimate ; the articuli of 
 
310 
 
 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 the flagellum are very short, and towards the base are 
 broader than they are long. Like both the preceding 
 species we have not been able to ascertain from observa- 
 tion the form of the first pair of legs ; and all the rest 
 bear a very close resemblance to those of B. pilosa. 
 The caudal appendages appear to be more thickly fur- 
 nished with hairs, a few of which about the animal are 
 plumose. 
 
 We have only seen a single imperfect specimen of this 
 species, taken in the Moray Frith, by the Rev. Geo. 
 Gordon in a considerable depth of water. 
 
 Like B. pilosa this animal appears not to be furnished 
 with distinct organs of vision. 
 
 The vignette below is from a drawing by W. E. 
 Cooke, A.R.A., in the possession of J. Salter, Esq., 
 it represents Stokes's Corner, North Haven, Poole 
 Harbour, Dorsetshire. 
 
NIPHARGUS. 311 
 
 AMPHIPODA . 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus NIPHARGUS. 
 
 Nipltargu*. SCHIODTE, Act. Soc. Reg. Dan. 1851, p. 26. Trans. Ent. 
 
 Soc. Lend. 2 ser. v. i. p. 149. Nat. Hist. Review, i. 
 
 p. 43. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 186. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Cat. Am ph. Brit. Mus. p. 174. 
 Gfammarus part. KOCH, Crust. Myr. u. Arach. Deutschl. h. 5 and 36. 
 
 COSTA, Mem. d. reale Accad. d. Sci. Napoli. 1. 
 
 Generic character. Animal slender. Eyes obsolete or rudi- 
 mentary. Superior antennae having a secondary appendage. 
 Inferior antennae shorter than the superior. Gnathopoda 
 uniform, chelate or subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda 
 biramous ; one ramus rudimentary, the other very long and 
 double-jointed. Telson single, deeply cleft. 
 
 THE animals of this genus are much compressed, 
 slender in form, and colourless creatures. The eyes 
 are wanting or rudimentary.* The superior antennae 
 are very slender, longer than the inferior, and carry a 
 very small secondary appendage. The mandibles are 
 furnished with a tri-articulate appendage ; and the foot- 
 jaws have the squamiform plates but slightly developed. f 
 
 * Caspary (Verhandl. d. Naturf. Vereins fur Rbeinland, Jahrg. 6.) and 
 Hosius (who kept specimens of N. puteanus alive for many weeks) were 
 unable to detect any traces of eyes ; but Gervais (Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser. iv. 
 p. 128) considered that the species possessed eyes although destitute of 
 coloured pigment. In all that we have kept alive, some for several weeks, as 
 in N. fontanus, they are imperfectly formed and of a lemon colour. 
 
 t The first and second maxillae and the foot-jaws do not materially differ 
 from those of Gammarus pulex. Hosius indeed figures the first maxilla in 
 N. puteanus as having a very slender ex-articulate palpus, but our dissections 
 agree with those of Schiodte, showing the palpus to be broad and two -jointed. 
 It is probable that the specimen of N. puteanus dissected by Hosius was im- 
 mature, as the palpus in very young specimens of G. fliiviatilis, as also figured 
 by Hosius, is also slender, and with the joints only indistinctly exhibited. 
 
312 GAMMARIDJK. 
 
 The hands of the first two pairs of legs are nearly of 
 the same size and form. The legs are of different 
 lengths, the last pair being the longest. The ante- and 
 penultimate pairs of caudal appendages are short their 
 branches being about the length of the peduncle and 
 equal ; whilst those of the last pair are unequal, one 
 being very minute and the other extremely long, 
 especially in the male;* it is also double-jointed. The 
 central tail-piece is single, but cleft down the centre. 
 
 The earliest specimen of these subterranean Amphi- 
 poda was that recorded by Dr. Leach as having been 
 found in a well attached to St. Bartholomew's Hospital. 
 But this was looked upon rather in the light of a strange 
 occurrence than the establishment of a fact in the habits 
 of these creatures. 
 
 Between the years 1835 and 1842, Koch, in the con- 
 tinuation of Panzer's great work on the Insects of Ger- 
 many, published descriptions and figures of two species 
 which he procured from the draw-wells of Ratisbonne 
 and Zweibriicken, under the single name of Gammarus 
 puteanus. In 1851 Schioclte obtained other specimens 
 from the Caves of Carniola ; and to him is due the 
 credit of establishing this interesting genus among the 
 Amphipod Crustacea. In the year 1852 Prof. West- 
 wood was so fortunate as to obtain from a pump with 
 a substratum of clay, near Maidenhead, a quantity of 
 these animals, since which they have been found in 
 Hampshire, Wiltshire, Kent, Surrey, Dorsetshire, De- 
 vonshire, Worcestershire, and very recently in Dublin. 
 
 In all these instances the British examples have been 
 
 * It is upon the authority of Schioclte that we assert that the males in this 
 genus differ from the females in the length of the last pair of caudal 
 appendages, since we have not procured a specimen which we could determine 
 upon other evidence to be female. 
 
NIPHARGUS. 313 
 
 obtained from artificially -excavated wells connected with 
 houses for domestic purposes. In some instances the 
 wells have been old, in others but recently dug.* In 
 their geological condition the habitats have been equally 
 various. At Corsham the well exists in the Oolite 
 formation, at Ringwood in chalk-flint gravel, at Manna- 
 mead in slate. f At Corsham and Mannamead they are 
 found on a hill, at Ringwood they lie low. 
 
 The appearance of some of these animals in a well soon 
 after its being excavated, raises a question of considerable 
 interest. Thus they were found at Upper Clatford, near 
 Andover, and at Mannamead,J near Plymouth, but not a 
 trace of them was to be found in the surrounding streams ; 
 in fact, they perish in the light. It is impossible to regard 
 them as an extreme variety, or modification of our only 
 fresh-water Amphipod, Gammarus fluviatilis, since various 
 parts not only differ in form but some are altered in 
 character ; for example, the extraordinary elongation 
 and slenderness of one of the branches of each of the 
 
 * By a misprint in the Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British Museum 
 (p. 177), the pump at Upper Clatford is said to have been very recently dry 
 instead of recently dug. The difference in the habits of the animal implied 
 in these two terms requires the correction of the error. 
 
 t Shortly after the exhibition of the specimens from Maidenhead, at the 
 Linnaean Society, Mr. Edwin Lees informed us of the discovery by himself of 
 a specimen in water from the well of his own residence, in Cedar Terrace, 
 Henwick, Worcester. This well had been deepened in the preceding year into 
 the red marl, which is the formation under gravel. The animal had not been 
 previously seen, and only a single individual was observed. On the other 
 hand, the specimens captured by Mr. Herbert Mullins were obtained from a 
 well thirty feet deep, in an underground cellar, in the middle of the house at 
 Corsham, built about 1668, known as Lady Mary Hungerford's Charity : 
 the water is stated to be much impregnated with iron, and curdles with 
 soap. 
 
 Mr. Hogan states that they are found at all seasons of the year, but are 
 most abundant towards the close of the autumn. 
 
 + Since this has been in the press we are informed by our friend, Mr. 
 Charles Stewart, that they exist very numerously in an old well at Hartly, 
 which is half-a-mile from Mannamead, but in the same geological formation. 
 
314 GAMMARID/E. 
 
 last pair of caudal appendages seems to be a special 
 structure, having for its object the antenna-like use of a 
 delicate apparatus at the extremity of the body, in the 
 same way as the conical appendages at the extremity of 
 the body of the Orthoptera are developed in the mole- 
 cricket into a pair of elongated setose filaments. If the 
 Nipharyus were simply a modified Gammarus which has 
 two equal-sized branches to each of the same pair of 
 caudal appendages one cannot understand why both the 
 branches should not have been equally increased, instead 
 of one being almost obsolete and the other immensely 
 developed as it is* in Niphargus, or why it should obtain 
 an additional joint. It would be easy to say, that as the 
 mole-cricket has only need of two anal feelers, the Ni- 
 pharyus requires only two, and therefore that one of the 
 branches in each pair of the Gammarus has become de- 
 veloped by use, and the other obsolete by disuse ; but as 
 the Nipharyus has four frontal antennae, whilst the mole- 
 cricket has only two, the former should use four anal 
 feelers instead of two. We must here also allude to the 
 excellent manner in which Hosius combats the opinion 
 of M. Gervais, that this species is only a variety of his 
 Gammarus pulex which has remained in a state of imper- 
 fection from dwelling in deep dark wells. 
 
 Although we can find no fresh-water ally to this 
 genus in the rivers and streams of Europe, yet Bruzelius 
 has taken in the deep sea, near Bohusia, a form which 
 he has described under the name Eriopis elongata, 
 approximating so nearly to it that it appears to be 
 scarcely generically distinct. 
 
 We are inclined to think that Gammarus pun ff ens of 
 Milne Edwards, from the warm springs of Cassini in 
 Italy, also belongs to this genus. 
 
NIPHARGUS AQUILEX. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 315 
 
 GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 NIPHARGUS AQUILEX. 
 
 Specific character. Very long and slender. Coxae of all the legs not 
 so deep as the segments to which they are attached. First three segments of 
 the tail nearly of equal depth, with their posterior angles rounded. Gna- 
 thopoda very small and equal, having the propoda triangular ; the superior 
 and inferior margins and palm being of nearly equal length, with the angles 
 rounded off. First and second uropoda very short. 
 
 Length inch. 
 
 Niphargus aquilex. SCHIODTE, Comm. Soc. Reg. Dan. 1855, p. 350. 
 
 Nat. Hist. Review, i. p. 41, fig. JB. WHITE, 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 187. 
 
 Niphargus stygius. WESTWOOD, Proceed. Linn. Soc. No. li. p. 218, 
 
 April 19, 1853. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. 2 ser.-jxix. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 174, 
 pi. xxxii. fig. 1. (but query of Schiodte.) 
 
 Gammarus puteanus, var. KOCH, in Contin. of Panzer, Ins. Germ. No. 186, 
 pi. 22 ; and Deutschl. Crust. Myr. u. Arach. 
 heft 36, No. 22. 
 Gammarus puteanus. DE LA VALLETTE ST. GEORGE, De Gammaro 
 
 puteano, pi. i. fig. 5. 
 
 Gammarus puteanus. CASPARY, in Verhandl. d. Naturf. Vereins fur 
 
 Rheinland, Jahrg. 6, Bonn, 1849, p. 39, 
 t. 2, f. 1-19. Hosius, De Gammari Specie- 
 bus, Diss. Acad. 26 Jul. 1850, Bonnse, p. 20, 
 tab. 1, fig. 7, 12. tab. 2, fig. 22 ; also in Wieg- 
 mann's Archiv. 1850, i. p. 235. 
 
316 GAMMARTTXE. 
 
 Gammarus pulex mlnutm. GERVATS, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser, iv. p. 128. 
 Gammarus lonyicaudatus. COSTA, Recherche sui Crost. Amf. Napoli, in 
 
 Mem. d. Reale Accad. Scienz. Napol. vol. i. 
 
 tav. iv. fig. 6. 
 Gammarus subterraneus. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. 
 
 THE body of the animal is long and very narrow. 
 The postero-inferior angles of the three anterior seg- 
 ments of the tail are rounded, arid furnished with three 
 or four equidistant hairs. The superior antennae are not 
 half the length of the animal ; the flagellum being twice 
 as long as the peduncle. The inferior antennae are more 
 than half the length of the superior ; the peduncle 
 being longer than the peduncle of the superior. The 
 coxae of the legs are about half the depth of the re- 
 spective segments of the body. The first two pairs of 
 legs are very small, and of the same size and form ; 
 the wrists are infero-anteriorly hollow, to receive the 
 posterior margin of the hands ; the hands are of a 
 triangular form, the three sides being nearly of equal 
 length, the angles being rounded off, the upper edge 
 slightly, and the lower edge considerably rounded, the 
 palm is defined by a strong spine, a few hairs also 
 fringe both the palm and the inferior margin. In a 
 specimen captured at Leyden, by Prof. Westwood,* those 
 upon the inferior margin form about seven distinct fas- 
 ciculi, whilst those on the palm are very regularly 
 equidistant, and more numerous than are represented 
 in our figure, drawn from one of the dried Maidenhead 
 specimens, presented by Prof. Westwood to the British 
 Museum. The fingers are robust, and furnished with a 
 distinct nail. The walking legs bear a normal resemblance 
 to those of the typical genera of the order, but in detail 
 
 * I am not quite satisfied of the identity of the Leyden and Maidenhead 
 specimens. I. 0. W. 
 
NIPHARGUS AQTJILEX. 317 
 
 the hands of the first two pairs are not furnished with 
 spines, whilst those of the three last are ; and (as shown 
 at fig. o) the inner margin of the leg is furnished with 
 several short sharp strong spines, while the outer margin 
 carries two or three fasciculi of hairs ; and the finger is 
 furnished with a distinct nail. The posterior pair of 
 caudal appendages are very long : the peduncle is short, 
 and the inner branch rudimentary, whereas the outer one 
 in the male is nearly one-third of the length of the animal, 
 but in the female (represented in our illustration of the 
 species) it is very much smaller; in the former the second 
 joint is nearly as long as the first, in the latter it is 
 scarcely half of its length. 
 
 This animal was first recorded in England by Prof. 
 Westwood, a correspondent having forwarded specimens 
 to him from a pump near Maidenhead; these he ex- 
 hibited at the Linnsean Society on the 19th April, 1853, 
 considering them as identical with the Niphargus stygius 
 of Schiodte, of which he had not seen a specimen. Mr. 
 Spence Bate has fallen into a similar error, having been 
 misled by the imperfect copies of the insufficient 
 or inaccurate figures and description of Schiodte, 
 in the first volume of the Dublin Natural History 
 Review, especially the carinated dorsum of S. aquilex, 
 and the identity in the form of the hands in Schiodte's 
 figures of the two species. 
 
 When Schiodte was in England, specimens from 
 Maidenhead were presented to him by Prof. Westwood ; 
 these he pronounced to be a distinct species from the 
 well shrimps of Carniola, Schiodte giving as one of its 
 characters, " dorso carinato." We have, indeed, ob- 
 served, that when dried on card, the backs of the more 
 delicate of these animals shrink into a ridge (whence the 
 origin of Schiodte's misstatement). The other charac- 
 
318 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 ters of N. aquilex, however, given by Schiodte, which 
 we have verified and introduced into our specific cha- 
 racter, in addition to the remarkably beautiful series of 
 details of N. stygius published by Schiodte, leave but 
 little doubt in our minds of the correctness of his views 
 in considering the Maidenhead specimens as belonging to 
 a distinct species. 
 
 In addition to the Maidenhead locality mentioned 
 above, we have received a specimen captured at Wands- 
 worth, Surrey, from Mr. W. W. Saunders ; also from 
 Mannamead, near Plymouth (where the long and short 
 tailed specimens are associated), and have taken it in 
 pump water at Leyden, where also Dr. Herklots has 
 taken two specimens (preserved in the Leyden Mu- 
 seum) ; Caspary found it abundantly at Elberfeld ; 
 Hosius at Bonn ; the Baron De la Vallette St. George 
 in a well at Cologne in considerable numbers in Novem- 
 ber and December; Correnzio at Munich; and Koch 
 obtained it from the draw-wells about Zweibriicken. 
 
 Koch's figure of the animal is coloured of a pale 
 greenish grey ; but Mr. White says, in his History of 
 British Crustacea, that it is snow-white. 
 
NIPHARGUS FONTANUS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOBIA. 
 
 319 
 
 OAMMARIDES. 
 
 NIPHARGUS FONTANUS. 
 (Hogaris Pump Shrimp.} 
 
 Specific character. Moderately robust. Coxse of the first four pairs of 
 legs nearly as deep as the segments to which they are attached. Gnathopoda 
 having the propoda pear-shaped, with the palm oblique, and as long as the 
 superior margin, which is nearly straight ; inferior margin convex and 
 posteriorly produced ; palm defined by one or two moveable spines. An- 
 terior segments of the tail with the posterior angles pointed. 
 
 Length | inch. 
 
 Niphargus fontanus. SPENCE BATE, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and Bot. 
 Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 165, 
 fig. 2. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 175, pi. xxxii. 
 fig. 2. HOGAN, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and 
 Bot. Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol vi. p. 166. 
 
 THIS species is much more robust than the preceding. 
 The three anterior segments of the tail have the postero- 
 inferior angle produced to a point, apically furnished in 
 
GAMMARTD^ 1 . 
 
 the male with a short stout spine, in the female sub- 
 apically with a fine hair. The eyes are very small, 
 irregularly defined in form, and, in the living animal, of 
 a bright lemon colour, showing very brilliantly in certain 
 positions. The two pairs of hands are similarly shaped, 
 somewhat resembling a pear, but the second pair are 
 slightly larger than the first : they have the superior mar- 
 gin almost straight; the palm is very oblique and slightly 
 waved, marginate,* arid fringed with a row of numerous 
 equidistant short cilia, and a few solitary hairs ; defined 
 by two in the first, and one in the second strong move- 
 able spines, the posterior margin is very convex, and pro- 
 duced posteriorly to the carpal articulation, it is fringed 
 with four fasciculi of anteriorly curved hairs, and is 
 capable of being compressed into a deep excavation on 
 the anterior margin of the wrist; the finger is long, 
 curved, marginate upon the inner surface, and furnished 
 with a distinct nail, the point of connection with the 
 finger being defined by a sharp tooth. The posterior 
 walking legs, instead of having the anterior margin 
 furnished with spines, have small fasciculi of hairs. The 
 elongated branch of the last of the caudal appendages 
 is not so much developed as in N. aquilex. In other 
 respects this animal bears a close resemblance to that 
 species. 
 
 " r . This species was first taken by the Rev. A. R. Hogan, 
 at Ringwood in Hants, in a pump-well sunk about 
 fourteen years since, but there existed another well of 
 much older date, at the distance of a few feet, that had 
 been long closed up. It was also taken by Mr. Herbert 
 Mullins (who has kindly presented specimens to us and 
 
 * The term marginate is used to express the presence of a well-defined 
 margin that frequently varies in appearance, and resembles a thin cutting 
 edge. 
 
NIPHARGUS FONTANUS. 321 
 
 to the Hope Collection at Oxford) in a similar well about 
 two hundred years old at Corsham in Wiltshire, as above- 
 mentioned. Mr. Lubbock has also taken it in a well at 
 High Elms in Kent. 
 
 Through the kindness of Mr. Hogan, who sent us 
 living specimens, we were enabled to watch it alive for 
 many weeks. There appeared little in the habits of 
 this creature that distinguished it from the common 
 Gammarus of our fresh-water streams, for even its 
 desire to seek the darkness (and Mr. Hogan informs 
 us that it soon dies if exposed to the light) is but an 
 exaggeration of the habits of these Crustacea to hide 
 themselves beneath rocks, stones, and weed. 
 
 We observed, when watching the animal very closely, 
 that the strong spines, which define the limits of the 
 palm on the first two pairs of hands, are moveable. 
 
 The colour of the animal is of a milky hue, but not 
 quite white. The eyes are brimstone yellow, small, and 
 irregularly formed. 
 
 If we are correct in following Schiodte in assuming 
 that the difference of length in the posterior caudal 
 appendages of certain specimens indicate sexual dis- 
 tinction, it is at least a curious circumstance that the 
 long-tailed form was not found associated at Corsham 
 and Ringwood ; the males, if such they were, being 
 found at Corsham in Wiltshire,* and the females taken 
 at Ringwood in Hampshire. 
 
 In the " Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British 
 Museum," we have stated that the males also differ 
 from the females in having the second pair of hands less 
 tapering and graceful; but we find that it is the females 
 
 * Among the specimens presented by Mr. Mullins to the Hope Collection, 
 is a female with the terminal segments as represented in our figure u z. 
 
 Y 
 
322 GA.MMARIM. 
 
 which have the shorter and less distinctly pear-shaped 
 hands. 
 
 Professor Westwood thinks that this species may be 
 identical with the N. stygius of Schioclte, since both 
 agree in the more robust form of the animal and the 
 shape of the hands : there are, however, other important 
 differences ; as for instance, the form of the second and 
 third segments of the tail, which, together with the 
 diversity of habitat, will probably prove to be of specific 
 value. 
 
N1PHARGUS KOCHIANUS. 
 
 A.MPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 323 
 
 OAMMAR1DES. 
 
 N1PHARGUS KOCHIANUS. 
 
 Specific character. Coxae of the first four legs as deep as the 
 segments, to which they are attached. Grnathopoda having the propoda 
 subquadrate, longer than broad, narrowest at the base : palmse anteriorly 
 produced. Second and third segments of the pleon having the posterior angle 
 pointed. 
 
 Length inch. 
 
 Kochianus. SPENCE BATE, Proceed. Dub. Univ. Zool. and Bot. 
 Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 165, 
 fig. 1. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 177, 
 pi. xxxii. fig. 3. HOGAN, Proceed. Dub. Univ. 
 Zool. and Bot. Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. 
 vol. vi. p. 166. 
 
 THIS species bears in its general aspect a very close 
 resemblance to those already described. It differs from 
 N. aquilex, while it agrees with N. fontanus, in having the 
 
 Y 2 
 
GAMMARnxaE. 
 
 infero-posterior angle of the second and third segments 
 of the tail produced to a point. The superior antennae 
 are about two-thirds the length of the animal, exclusive 
 of the long caudal appendage ; being rather longer than 
 represented in the figure illustrative of this description. 
 The inferior antennae are about half the length of the 
 superior, but the flagellum is as long as the peduncle. 
 The hands of the second pair of legs are scarcely 
 appreciably larger than those of the first. They 
 approach in form an imperfect oblong square, the nar- 
 rowest diameter is nearest the wrist, the broadest at the 
 palm ; the inferior margin is longer than the superior, 
 and furnished with four fasciculi of hairs, each standing 
 upon its own protuberance, and increasing in length as 
 they approach the palm ; the palm is produced an- 
 teriorly as it approaches the inferior angle, with which 
 it obtusely forms an angle somewhat less than a right 
 angle, a short distance within which stands a long stout 
 double-pointed spine, against which laterally the finger 
 impinges when closed. The fingers of the last three pairs 
 of walking legs are distinctly unguiculate, the point at 
 which the nail originates being defined by a sharp tooth. 
 There appears little else that can distinguish this from 
 the preceding species, with which it was found associated 
 in an old pump at Ringwood, as well as unmixed with 
 any other species in a well but recently dug at Upper 
 Clatford, near Andover, Hants, by the Rev. Mr. Hogan, 
 who has kindly presented specimens to us as well as 
 to the Hope Museum at Oxford. We have also 
 been favoured with specimens caught in water from a 
 pump at Warminster, Wilts, by Miss Margaret E. 
 Slent ; and since this has been in the press Professor 
 Kinahan has sent us specimens taken in great abundance 
 in an old well sunk in limestone in Dublin, in which a 
 
NIPH ARGUS KOCH I ANUS. 325 
 
 few individuals had been observed many years ago. A 
 larva is also found in the well, which is stated by the 
 proprietor to feed on the Niphargi. 
 
 It is named in compliment to the distinguished na- 
 turalist, who first described and figured two of these 
 peculiar and interesting little animals. 
 
 We are inclined to think this species identical with 
 the specimens captured at Bonn, described and figured 
 by Caspary and Hosius, referred to in the synonyms 
 under N. aquilex, but want of specimens from that 
 locality prevent our determining this point. 
 
 The vignette represents a well similar to those in 
 which these animals are frequently found. 
 
326 GAM MA RIM. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 Genus CRANGONYX. 
 
 Crangonyx. SPENCE BATE, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and Bot. Assoc. 
 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 165. Cat. Amph. Crust. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 178. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antenna) having a secondary 
 appendage. First pair of gnathopoda rather larger than the 
 second. Posterior pair of pleopoda unibranched, not longer 
 than the preceding pair. Telson single, entire. 
 
 IN this genus the eyes are imperfectly developed. 
 The superior antennae are not much longer than the 
 inferior, but rather more robust, and furnished with a 
 secondary appendage. The first two pairs of legs are 
 small, rather unequal in size, and subchelate. The 
 caudal appendages are short, and the last pair terminate 
 in a single branch, not longer than the preceding pairs. 
 The terminal central plate is also single. 
 
 This genus, like the last, belongs to the subterranean 
 Fauna. A single species as yet is all that has been 
 found in England ; but we have little doubt but that 
 Gammarus Ermanni of Milne Edwards, which was found 
 by M. Ermann in the warm springs of Kamschatka, 
 belongs also to this genus. 
 
 It is curious that we should have to record, that while 
 the animals of this genus (as in the preceding) inhabit 
 the deep artificial wells, without being known to exist 
 in our rivers and streams, its nearest allied form is to be 
 found in a marine genus, Gammarella. 
 
CRANGONYX SUBTERRANEUS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA 
 
 327 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 CRANGONYX SUBTERRANEUS. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae more robust than the inferior ; 
 flagellum not longer than the peduncle ; secondary appendage biarticulate. 
 First pair of gnathopoda larger than the second. Posterior pair of pleopoda 
 scarcely reaching beyond the telson. 
 
 Length 5 4 S inch. 
 
 Cranyonyx subtermneus. SPENCE BATE, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and Bot. 
 Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 166, 
 fig. 3. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 178, 
 pi. xxxii. fig. 6. 
 
 THIS animal is not so slender as the species of the 
 genus Niphargus. The eyes are imperfectly formed, and 
 distinguishable by some small irregular patches of lemon- 
 coloured pigment. The superior antennae are about one- 
 fourth the length of the animal, having the flagellum as 
 long as the peduncle, and furnished with a two-jointed 
 secondary appendage. The inferior antennas are not 
 perfect in the only specimen that we have seen, but 
 
328 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 what exists of these is more slender than the superior. 
 The first pair of legs have the hands quadrate, the 
 palm slightly convex, oblique, armed with a few small 
 hairs. The second pair are not so large as the first, 
 having the hand long and narrow,* the palm very 
 oblique, and imperfectly defined. The rest of the 
 animal exhibits no remarkable features, except in the 
 shortness of the last or single-branched caudal append- 
 age, which does not reach beyond the extremity of the 
 preceding pair, and scarcely beyond that of the central 
 tail -piece which is rather narrow. 
 
 The only specimen that we have seen of this species 
 was procured by the Rev. H. R. Hogan from a pump at 
 Ringwood. 
 
 * Our enlarged fig. i represents the form of the second pair of hands 
 more correctly than the figure of the entire animal. 
 
GAMMARELLA. 
 A MPHIPODA . QA MMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus GAMMARELLA . 
 
 Gammarella. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 179. WHITE, Hist. Brit. 
 
 Crust, p. 181. 
 Gammarus part. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 956. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antenna? furnished with a 
 secondary appendage. Gnathopoda very unequal in size in the 
 male, subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda unibranched. 
 Telson single cleft. 
 
 o 
 
 THE superior antennas in this genus are longer than 
 tire inferior, and furnished with a secondary appendage. 
 The hands of the first two pairs of legs are subchelate. 
 The caudal appendages have their branches short, the last 
 pair are furnished with but a single branch. The central 
 tail-piece is single, but divided at the apex. 
 
 This genus forms a curious link between the family 
 Orchestiida, and the subfamily Gammarides, possessing, as 
 it does, the superior antennae of Gammarus, and caudal 
 appendages similar to those of Orchestia. It moreover 
 appears to differ from Crangonyx only in having the 
 second pair of hands in the male larger than the first. 
 
330 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 NJTATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 GAMMARELLA BREVICArDATA. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae half the length of the animal. 
 Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the peduncle of the superior. First 
 pair of gnathopoda small ; second pair having the propodos very largely 
 developed. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the ramus not longer than the 
 peduncle. Telson as broad as long. 
 
 Length 4 inch. 
 
 Gammarus brevicaudatus. 
 Gammqrella Irevicaudata. 
 Gammarella orchestiformis. 
 Gammarus punctimanus. 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. 
 
 p. 369. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 53. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 180, pi. xxxii. fig. 8. 
 SPENCEBATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. 
 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 181. 
 COSTA, Mem. Reale Accad. d. Sci. di Napoli, 
 
 vol. i. tav. iii. fig. 6, 1853. 
 
 THE dorsal surface in this species is slightly elevated 
 at the posterior portion of each segment, especially in 
 the fourth segment of the tail, owing chiefly to the 
 smallness of the two succeeding segments, which appear 
 
GAMMAKELLA BREVICAUDATA. 331 
 
 suddenly to decrease in size. The eyes are small and 
 round. The superior antennae are about half the length 
 of the animal ; the flagellum is about the same length as 
 the peduncle ; the secondary appendage consists of four 
 articuli. The inferior antennae scarcely reach beyond 
 the extremity of the peduncle of the superior ; the 
 flagellum is not longer than the last joint of the ped- 
 uncle. The first pair of legs are very small and slender. 
 The second, as if to compensate for the insignificant 
 character of the first, are extremely large, the hand 
 being nearly equal in length to the head and first three 
 segments of the body, it is of a long oval form, slightly 
 tapering to the distal extremity; the palm occupies the 
 whole length of the inferior margin : the finger is very 
 long and robust, and the wrist is extremely short. The 
 last three pairs of legs have the thighs dilated into 
 broadly oval plates ; and the fingers are short and strong, 
 and articulated, with the hands at the anterior margin of 
 the distal extremity. The caudal appendages are short, 
 the branches being shorter than the peduncles, the last 
 being single branched, a strong spine being probably the 
 rudiments of the obsolete second branch. The central 
 tail-piece is broad, divided nearly to the base, having 
 each division subapically crowned with a short spine. 
 
 The animal is of a dark olive-green colour. Under 
 the microscope the surface is seen to be covered with 
 stiff hairlike processes and spots ; these last being the 
 result of small groups of little spinules. 
 
 We have but little hesitation in referring Gammarus 
 punctimanus of Costa to this species, although that author 
 represents the upper antennae as destitute of a supple- 
 mental appendage. 
 
 The animal was first taken at Morbihan, on the coast 
 of France, by M. Milne Edwards. It has since been 
 
332 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 sent to us by Mr. Loughrin, who took it at Polperro. 
 Not having then seen the type of the species it was 
 described by us under another name ; but more recently 
 we have taken advantage of an opportunity to examine 
 the original specimen, and no doubt is left on our 
 minds that the British form is identical with that found 
 on the coast of France, described by M. Edwards. 
 
 The following vignette represents an incident in the 
 pursuit of science that befell one of the authors near 
 the Lizard Point, Cornwall. 
 
 '- 
 
 _ 
 
G WMMARELLA NORMANNI. 333 
 
 A M PHIP OVA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATOU1A. 
 
 GAMMARELLA NORMANNI. N.S. 
 
 Specific character. Like G. Irevicaudata, except that the flagella to the 
 antennas are longer, and the second pair of gnathopoda not larger than the 
 first. 
 
 Length ^inch. 
 
 THIS animal bears so close a resemblance to the pre- 
 ceding, that we are inclined to think that it may only 
 be the female of that species.* The difference of certain 
 parts, however, which seldom vary in individuals of the 
 opposite sexes, induce us provisionally to describe it as 
 the female of a distinct species, until future research 
 shall demonstrate its true relation to G. brevicaudata. 
 
 The chief differences are, that in this species the 
 superior antennas are nearly as long as the animal ; the 
 flagellum being nearly as long again as the peduncle ; 
 and the secondary appendage is longer than the last joint 
 of the peduncle. The inferior antennae have the ped- 
 uncle as long as the peduncle of the superior, and the 
 flagellum is as long as the peduncle. The first two pairs 
 of legs are small and similarly formed ; the wrists are 
 long and narrow, and the hands are not broader than the 
 
 * In this opinion we are supported by the statement of Dana, that the 
 female of GammareUa (Gammarus) 2 )ll bescens has the second pair of hands 
 but little larger than the first. 
 
3S4f GAMMARID^. 
 
 wrists ; the palms are slightly oblique, and the fingers 
 very short. The rest of the animal bears so close a re- 
 lation to the preceding that it is quite unnecessary to 
 describe it further. 
 
 This animal, of which only a single specimen has been 
 taken, was sent to us from our valued correspondent, 
 the Rev. A. M. Norman, who dredged it in Moulin 
 Huel Bay, Guernsey, in about ten fathoms, on sand and 
 Zostera. 
 
 It receives its specific name in compliment to the 
 finder, who has been so liberal as to present us with this 
 and many other specimens as well as to place at our 
 disposal for this work the results of his numerous 
 dredgings in this order of Crustacea. 
 
AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 MELITA. 
 
 335 
 
 QAMMARIDES. 
 
 Genus-JVlELITA. 
 
 Melita. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. Art. Crust, p. 403, and Append. 
 
 p. 432. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 358. DESMAREST, 
 
 Consid. sur les Crust, p. 265. SPENCE BATE, Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 181 (not of Dana). 
 Ceradocus. COSTA, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di Napoli, 
 
 1853, p. 170. 
 
 Mo&ra. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 965. 
 
 Gammarus part. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist. nat. Crust, iii. p. 54. LILJEBORG, 
 
 Ofvers, &c. 1854, p. 452. BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. 
 
 p. 56. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae longer than the in- 
 ferior, having a secondary appendage. Second pair of gnatho- 
 poda very large in the male. Posterior pair of pleopoda having 
 the internal ramus rudimentary, the outer very long. Telsou 
 double. 
 
 THE eyes in this genus are round, and not very large. 
 The superior antennae are furnished with a secondary 
 appendage. The inferior antennae are scarcely longer 
 than the peduncle of the superior. The second pair of 
 legs are furnished, in the male at least, with a very large 
 hand; and the finger generally impinges somewhat within 
 the margin of the palm. The walking legs are nearly of 
 the same length ; and the three posterior pairs have fre- 
 quently the fingers directed backwards. The posterior 
 pair of the caudal appendages have the branches very 
 unequal ; the outer one being very long, the inner very 
 short, and frequently rudimentary, as in the typical 
 species. The central tail-piece is double. 
 
336 
 
 GAMMARID^. 
 
 In our observations on this genus, we have noticed 
 specimens corresponding in form and character with the 
 above description, except in having the second pair of 
 hands scarcely larger than the first. These we consider 
 to be the females of the various corresponding specimens 
 possessing the large hands, with which they nearest 
 agree. 
 
 The following sketch of Banksea Castle, seen from 
 North Haven, Poole Harbour, Dorsetshire, is from a 
 drawing by E. W. Cooke, A.R.A., in the possession 
 of J. Salter, Esq. 
 
MELITA PALMATA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 337 
 
 GAMMAR1DES. 
 
 MELITA PALMATA. 
 
 Specific character. Fourth segment of the pleon having a dorsal tooth. 
 Second pair of gnathopoda having the dactylos shorter than the palm, and 
 impinging against the internal surface. Posterior pair of pleopoda very long, 
 having the inner ramus rudimentary. 
 
 Length f of an inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) palmatus. 
 Melita palmata. 
 
 Gammarus Dugesii. 
 Gammarus palmatus. 
 
 MONTAGU, Trans. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 69, 
 
 t. 6. fig. 4. 
 LEACH, Edin. Encyc. Art. Crust, vii. p. 403. 
 
 Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 358. Suppl. Enc. 
 
 Brit. 1, p. 425, pi. xxi. DESMAREST, 
 
 Consid. sur Crust, p. 264, pi. xlv. fig. 7. 
 
 SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. 
 
 p. 368. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 54. 
 
 ZADDACH, Synop. Crust. Pruss. p. 6. 
 LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1854, p. 453. Frey u. Luckart. 
 
 Beitr. z. Kenntn.Wirbellos. Thiere, p. 162 
 
 (from Bruzelius). MILNE EDWARDS, Hist. 
 
 des Crust, t. iii. p. 55. SPENCE BATE, 
 
 Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Synop. 
 
 Z 
 
338 GAMMA RID/E. 
 
 Brit. Edrioph. Crust. Ann. Nat. Hist. 
 2 ser. xix. p. 144. Cat. Amph. Crust. 
 Brit. Mus. p. 182, pi. xxxiii. fig. 2. 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 184. 
 BKUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gratnm. p. 56. 
 
 Qammarus incequimanus. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 
 p. 145. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 185. 
 
 THE fourth segment of the tail is posteriorly armed 
 with a small central tooth, and the fifth with two very 
 minute ones. The eyes are almost round. The superior 
 antennae are rather more than half the length of the 
 animal, terminating in a flagellum not so long as the 
 peduncle, and furnished with a short triarticular second- 
 ary appendage. The inferior antennae have the peduncle 
 as long as that of the superior, but the flagellum is much 
 shorter than the flagellum of the superior. The first 
 pair of legs have the hands but slightly dilated, whilst 
 those of the second are very large. In the second pair 
 the palm is convexly produced at the extremity to an 
 extent equal to the length of the finger, and rounded off 
 obtusely at the inferior angle, with which it lies at a right 
 angle ; the inferior margin is straight and furnished 
 with fasciculi of hairs, while the upper is arcuate and 
 clean ; the inner side of the hand is concave : and the 
 short curved and pointed finger impinges against the 
 middle of the joint (as shown in the vignette) instead of 
 against the palm or anterior margin as is usually the case ; 
 the outer surface of the hand is convex ; and when the 
 organs are at rest they act the part of a boxlike shield 
 for the protection of the oral and anterior appendages. 
 The three posterior pairs of legs are strong and fringed 
 with hairs ; the thighs being slightly serrated upon the 
 posterior margins. The ante and penultimate pairs of 
 caudal appendages are short, especially the latter, whilst 
 the ultimate (which were broken off in the specimen 
 
MELITA PALMATA. 339 
 
 represented in our figure at the head of this description, 
 but which are shown in the vignette at page 340) are 
 very long ; the branches are unequal, the smaller being 
 almost obsolete and the larger fringed with short 
 stout hairs, or pointed spines, subapically tipped with 
 a solitary cilium. The terminal or central tail-piece is 
 double. 
 
 This description is taken from a typical specimen, 
 whilst the figure represents the Gammarus incequimanus 
 of Mr. Spence Bate's Synopsis, but which he is now 
 satisfied is evidently this species, with one of the second 
 pair of legs imperfectly developed, (whence the specific 
 name,) after having been lost through some probable 
 injury. 
 
 Melita palmata was first taken by Col. Montagu, and 
 described and figured in the Linnaean Transactions ; but 
 Dr. Leach separated it, very properly, from the genus 
 Gammarus, to which Montagu assigned it, and proposed 
 the present one for it. Montagu's figure was drawn 
 from a very imperfect specimen, and hence this species 
 has been mistaken by authors, although he exactly 
 represents the peculiar manner in which the finger folds 
 upon the inside of the hand of the second pair of feet. 
 
 We have through the kindness of Professor Milne 
 Edwards examined the type of his Gammarus Dugesii, 
 and have no doubt of its identity with the present 
 species. 
 
 This species appears to be by no means plentiful, 
 even in the localities in which it is found. Montagu 
 took it on the southern coast of Devon, probably at 
 Salcombe ; Dr. Leach records it from Plymouth ; and 
 we have received it from Poole, taken by Mr. Salter ; 
 from Polperro, by Mr. Loughrin ; and from Cultrea, 
 co. Down, and Dublin Bay, Ireland, by Prof. Kinahan. 
 
 z 2 
 
340 
 
 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 Prof. Milne Edwards's specimen (which he has described 
 under the synonym of G. Dugesii) is from the coast 
 of Brittany. Bouchard-Chantereaux gives it, under its 
 proper name, as a native of the coast near Boulogne- 
 sur-Mer, where it is found under stones ; its colour being 
 nearly black, the eyes rather white, and the eggs brown ; 
 and Prof. Zaddach records it under the name of G. 
 Dugesii, " prope Gedanum " in the Baltic. 
 
 ONE OF THE SECOND PAIR OF HANDS AND TAIL 0V M. PALMATA. 
 
MELITA OBTUSATA. 
 
 AMP HI POD A. 
 
 NATATOHIA. 
 
 341 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 U 
 
 MELITA OBTUSATA. 
 
 Specific character. Second, third, fourth, and fifth segments of the pleon 
 having small teeth upon the postero-dorsal margin. DactyJos of the second 
 pair of gnathopoda scimitar-shaped. 
 
 Length 5 5 S inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) obtusatus. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, vol. xi. p. 5, t. ii. 
 
 fig. 7. 
 LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1854, p. 452. BKUZELIUS, 
 
 Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 55. 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. 
 
 p. 377. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 83. 
 
 WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 51. Pop. 
 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 201. GOSSE, Mar. 
 
 Zool. i. p. 141. 
 LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1852, p. 10, 1853, p. 138. 
 
 (Not of Johnston). 
 LEACH, MSS. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. 
 
 Brit. Mus. p. 183, pi. xxxiii. fig. 3. 
 
 Gammarus obtusatus. 
 
 Amphiihoe obtusata. 
 
 Gammarus maculatus. 
 
 Melita obtusata. 
 
 THE second, third, fourth, and fifth segments of the 
 tail are furnished at the posterior margin, on the back, 
 with a central and two small lateral denticles or tooth- 
 
342 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 like processes ; these are slightly exaggerated in the 
 above figure. The eyes are small, round, and black. 
 The superior antennas are about half the length of the 
 animal, and support a short secondary appendage. The 
 inferior antennae have the peduncle quite equal in length 
 to that of the superior ; and the flagellum is about one- 
 third less than the flagellum of the superior. The 
 coxaa of the four anterior pairs of legs are nearly as 
 deep as the respective segments to which they are 
 attached. The first pair of legs have the inferior 
 margins of the metacarpus, wrist, and hand tufted 
 with a short thick fur : the hand is about the same 
 length and about the same breadth as the wrist, it is 
 elongate-ovate, having the palm oblique, imperfectly 
 defined, slightly convex, and armed with short, stiff, 
 equi-distant hairs : the finger is sharp and curved. 
 The second pair of legs have the wrist short, with the 
 inferior angle produced to a point, as is also that of the 
 preceding joint : the hand is large, quadrate, broadest 
 at the palm : the finger, which impinges laterally to 
 the palm into a hollow formed by a lateral denticle and 
 the' inferior angle of the palm, resembles, in its form, 
 a Turkish scimitar ; the outer margin being somewhat 
 rounded, and the extremity obtuse, a form also peculiar 
 to some other species of this genus. All the other legs 
 are subequal in length ; and the three posterior have the 
 thighs with their margins entire. In the few specimens 
 that we have taken of this species the posterior pair 
 of caudal appendages are wanting; but in Montagu's 
 type, in the British Museum, from which our figure was 
 drawn, it does not differ from that of the two following 
 species. 
 
 This description is taken from a fresh specimen 
 dredged in Plymouth Sound ; the figure, with which we 
 
MELITA OBTUSATA. 343 
 
 have since compared it, is from the type preserved in 
 the British Museum. 
 
 Col. Montagu took his specimen in Salcombe Bay, 
 Devonshire, whilst ours was dredged by us in company 
 with Professor Kinahan in Plymouth Sound. 
 
 In the collection of the Paris Museum is a specimen 
 of this species which unfortunately has the habitat not 
 recorded, but we are inclined to think that it is from the 
 coast of Brittany, as in the collection that was kindly 
 intrusted to us for inspection, there were specimens of 
 other Amphipoda from that locality. 
 
344 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIM. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MELITA PROXIMA. 
 
 Specific character. Fourth and fifth segments of the pleon having small 
 teeth upon the postero-dorsal margin. Inferior antennae about half the 
 length of the superior. Dactylos of the second pair of gnathopoda scimitar- 
 shaped. 
 
 Length, 5 4 D inch. 
 
 Melita proxima. SPENOE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 184, pi. xxxiii. 
 fig. 4. 
 
 THE back of this species is quite smooth, except a 
 central rudimentary tooth, and a tolerably prominent 
 one upon each side of the fourth and fifth segments of 
 the tail. The eyes are small and round. The superior 
 antennae are rather more than half the length of the 
 body, while the inferior pair reach but little beyond 
 the extremity of the peduncle of the superior. The 
 first pair of legs bear a close resemblance to those of 
 
MELITA PROX1MA. 34-5 
 
 M. obtusata, but they are furnished with a few fasciculi 
 of hairs instead of the short fur upon the inferior 
 margin in that species. The second pair of legs like- 
 wise bear a close resemblance to those of the preceding 
 species, but the hand has a more irregularly tuber- 
 culated palm : the finger is scimitar-shaped. The three 
 posterior pairs of walking legs have the posterior 
 margins of the thighs serrated ; a small hair (microscopic) 
 arising immediately below each little denticle. The 
 posterior pair of caudal appendages are very long ; the 
 shorter branch is almost rudimentary. 
 
 This species may be readily mistaken for M. obtusata 
 (hence the specific name), of which, indeed, we are 
 sometimes inclined to think that it may prove to be a 
 variety : an examination of a greater number of in- 
 dividuals is, however, necessary to determine this point. 
 
 Our specimen was taken in Plymouth Sound. We 
 have also received it from our excellent correspondent 
 Mr. Edward, who took it off Banff. 
 
346 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MELITA GLADIOSA. 
 
 Specific character. All the segments of the pleon, except the sixth, having 
 the dorsal surface of the posterior margin furnished with three teeth. 
 Second pair of gnathopoda having the dactylos scimitar-shaped, angulated 
 near its articulation. 
 
 Length fo inch. 
 
 Melita gladiosa. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 185, pi. xxxiii. 
 fig. 6. 
 
 THIS species bears a very general resemblance to the 
 two preceding, but may readily be distinguished by the 
 toothed character of the dorsal surface of the tail, 
 all the segments of which, except the last, have the 
 posterior margin developed into three small teeth. In 
 the specimen from Boulogne, figured in the British 
 Museum Catalogue, there are the rudiments of more 
 teeth on the first and second segments of the tail. The 
 eyes are small and round. The superior pair of antennae 
 
MELITA GLADIOSA. 347 
 
 are about two- thirds of the entire length of the animal ; 
 while the inferior pair are not much more than half the 
 length of the superior, and furnished with a flagellum 
 which is scarcely more than half the length of the 
 peduncle. The first pair of legs have the hand small, 
 nearly oval, and furnished with a few fasciculi of hairs. 
 The second pair of legs have the hand very large, 
 broadly ovate ; the palm is convex, and unevenly ser- 
 rated towards the articulation with the finger, and formed 
 into a lateral depression or hollow towards the infe- 
 rior angle of the palm, into which the finger shuts ; the 
 latter is rather angulated near the articulation with the 
 hand, and scimitar-shaped, but terminates in a somewhat 
 sharper point than in M. obtusata or proxima. The ante 
 and penultimate pairs of pleopoda are short, not reach- 
 ing quite to the extremity of the peduncle of the last 
 pair, which are very long and very unequal in size. 
 
 This species was originally founded upon a specimen 
 taken at Boulogne, preserved in the collection of the 
 Museum of the Jardin des Plantes. A second specimen 
 has, however, been since taken by us in Plymouth 
 Sound. 
 
 We have a very strong conviction that this species is 
 identical with Gammarus podager of M. Edwards, which 
 is a true Melita. The specimen of this latter species, 
 preserved in the Museum at Paris, upon which M. 
 Edwards established the species, is imperfect, but one of 
 its second pair of hands is preserved, and which does not 
 appear to us to be in a normal condition ; but since 
 M. Edwards has made it the type of a species, we do not 
 feel warranted, without further observation, to do more 
 than suggest its probable relationship with the present 
 species. 
 
348 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARID;E. 
 
 GAMMAR1DES. 
 
 Genus MGERA. 
 
 Mcera. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn. Trans, xi. 
 
 p. 359. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. DESMA- 
 REST, Consid. sur Crust, p. 246. SPENCE BATE, Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 187 (not Dana). 
 
 Leptothoe. STIMPSON, Mar. Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 46. 
 
 Gammarus (pars). MILNE EDWARDS, Hist. Crust, iii. p. 49. 
 
 Generic character. Animal long and slender. Superior 
 antennae much longer than the inferior, having a secondary 
 appendage. Coxes not so deep as their respective segments. 
 Second pair of gnathopoda larger than the first. Pereiopoda 
 subequal. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Rami equal. 
 Telson double. 
 
 THE species forming this genus are long, and not 
 very robust. The eyes are normal ; and the antennae are 
 long ; those of the superior pair have the peduncle con- 
 siderably longer than the flagellum, while the inferior 
 pair o. antennae seldom exceed the length of the 
 peduncle of the superior. The oral appendages some- 
 what recede from the facial line ; and the mandibles are 
 furnished with a tri-articulate appendage. All the legs 
 have the coxae less deep than the segments to which they 
 respectively belong. The hands of the first two pairs of 
 legs are subchelate ; those of the first pair being small, 
 while those of the second are large. The thighs of the 
 last three pairs are not much dilated. The last pair of 
 caudal appendages are biramous, and the branches are 
 of equal length. The terminal tail-piece is double. 
 
MCERA. 
 
 349 
 
 This genus was founded by Dr. Leach to receive 
 Montagu's Cancer (Gammarus) grossimanus ; but it was 
 ignored by Milne Edwards and most authors, until Dana 
 reinstated it ; unfortunately, however (no doubt from 
 Leach's inadequate description), he attributed the cha- 
 racter of this genus to Leach's type of Melita, and on the 
 other hand described his genus Melita not in accordance 
 with the typical species. 
 
 The vignette represents young naturalists in deep 
 research. 
 
350 
 
 GAMMAR1DJE. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NAT A TORI A . 
 
 GAMMARTDES. 
 
 MCERA GROSSIMANA. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae half as long as the animal : ped- 
 uncle yery long, with the second joint longer than the first : the short 
 flagellnm not more than half the length of the peduncle : secondary append- 
 age half the length of the flagellum. Second pair of gnathopoda oblong ; 
 palm slightly oblique. 
 
 Length 2 7 inch. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) grossimanus. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. t. iv. fig. 5. 
 Mcera grossimana. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn. 
 
 Trans, xi. p. 359. Suppl. Enc. Brit. i. 
 
 p. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. 
 
 DESMAREST, Consid. sur Crust, p. 265. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 188, pi. xxxiv. fig. 3. 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. 
 
 p. 54. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust. 
 
 1847, and Cat. Brit. Crust. 1849, 
 
 p. 53. Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 185. 
 
 GOSSE, Man. Mar. Zool. i. p. 141. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Synop. &c. Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145. 
 Gammarus Impostii. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. 
 
 p. 368. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 49. 
 
 IN this animal the head is not deep, but nearly as long 
 as the first three segments of the body. The body itself 
 
 Gammarus grossimanus. 
 
MCERA GROSSIMANA. 351 
 
 is quite as long as the tail, and therefore is half the 
 length of the animal. The eyes are kidney-shaped, and 
 generally black. The superior antennae are long, being 
 about half the length of the animal, but the peduncle 
 forms at least two-thirds of its length, the secondary 
 appendage consequently appearing to be placed nearer 
 to the distal extremity than is usually the case. The 
 inferior antennae, likewise, have the peduncle forming a 
 considerable portion of the entire length of the organ, 
 which, however, does not reach beyond the extremity of 
 the peduncle of the superior. The coxae of all the legs 
 are short, and are but slightly developed in the form of 
 plates, clearly demonstrating the true relation of this 
 joint to the rest of the leg. The first pair of legs are 
 small, and have the hand but slightly dilated : it is oval 
 in form, and has the palm convex and imperfectly 
 defined. The second pair of legs have the hand very 
 large (whence the specific name) ; the hand is as long 
 as the head and the first two segments of the body, its 
 width being rather more than half its length ; the 
 superior and inferior margins are not parallel, and are 
 fringed with fasciculi of hairs; the palm is slightly 
 oblique, and furnished with one or two obtuse teeth, and 
 defined by a small sharp tooth. The walking legs are 
 nearly of the same length ; the last three have the thighs 
 but slightly dilated, their posterior margin being 
 serrated. The caudal appendages are long, but the last 
 pair is the shortest, and scarcely reaches beyond the 
 extremity of the preceding pair. The central caudal 
 appendage consists of two ovate plates, with the distal 
 extremity emarginate, the centre of which is armed with 
 a long and a short hair. 
 
 When alive the animal is very transparent ; its colour 
 being faint yellow, tinted with rose. 
 
352 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 Although in the British Museum Catalogue of Am- 
 phipoda there are ten species described, yet this is the 
 only one recorded as British. It was first taken by 
 Col. Montagu, on the rocky shores of Devonshire, in 
 pools left by the tide. Dr. Johnston recorded it as not 
 rare in Berwick Bay (Zool. Journ. iii. 180). It has 
 been taken frequently by us in Plymouth Sound ; we 
 also found a large number of this species alone amongst 
 the folds of a mass of rope which had been some time in 
 the water, and which was dredged up by our friend 
 Mr. T. P. Smyth. It has been sent to us by our valued 
 correspondent Mr. Loughrin, of Polperro. Mr. Harris 
 has forwarded it to us from Penzance ; and we have 
 identified it with Milne Edwards's type of G. Impostii, 
 from La Vendee. 
 
 It would appear from the circumstance of its being 
 very abundant on the south of England, whilst we 
 have never received it from our numerous correspondents 
 from the north, (although it is recorded by Dr. Johnston 
 at Berwick,) to be essentially a species belonging to 
 warmer latitudes. 
 
 It bears a near resemblance to M. tenella of Dana from 
 the Fejee Islands. 
 
EURYSTHEUS. 353 
 
 A MPHIPODA . OA MMARIDES. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 Genus EURYSTHEUS. 
 
 Eurystheus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 set. xix. p. 143. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 196. WHITE, 
 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 181. 
 Gammarus (Division + + a). LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1854, p. 455. 
 
 Generic character. Pereion and pleon of equal length. 
 Antennae subequal, long, and slender ; superior pair having 
 a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate; second pair 
 larger than the first. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous ; 
 rami equal. Telson cylindrical. 
 
 THE animals belonging to this genus have the body 
 very long, being quite half the length of the entire 
 animal. The antennae are long, slender, and sub-equal. 
 The superior are furnished with a secondary appendage. 
 The inferior originate posteriorly to the superior. The 
 mandibles are furnished with an appendage. The first 
 two pairs of legs are subchelate ; the second pair are larger 
 than the first, althougb not of great size. The walking 
 legs are long and slender, increasing in length posteriorly. 
 The caudal appendages are biramous; those of- the 
 posterior pair are not foliaceous. The terminal caudal 
 appendage is developed in the form of a small segment, 
 and probably the prima via debouches at its extremity. 
 
 This genus may be distinguished from Mcera by the 
 form of the head and the character of the middle tail- 
 piece. 
 
 A A 
 
354 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 OAMMARIDES. 
 
 Eurystheus erytkrophtkalmus. 
 Eurystheus tridentatus. 
 
 EURYSTHEUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the palm lunate 
 and armed with three short points. 
 Length inch. 
 
 Gammarus erythrophthalmus. LILJEBORG, in Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1855, p. 124. 
 SPENCEBATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 196, 
 
 pi. xxxv. fig. 7. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, 
 p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 p. 143. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 p. 181. 
 
 IN this species the head and body are more than half 
 the entire length of the animal. All the segments are 
 smooth and clean, except the ante- and penultimate 
 segments of the tail, which are laterally furnished with 
 a single hair on each side, springing from a notch or 
 fissure. The eyes are reniform, of a scarlet colour, and 
 situated in the same line with the axis of the superior 
 antennae, instead of their normal place between the 
 superior and inferior pairs. The superior antennae 
 
EURYSTHEUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS. 355 
 
 are rather more than half the length of the animal, and 
 are placed at the extreme front of the head ; the first 
 joint of the peduncle is as long as the head, and more 
 stout than the second and third, but not quite so long ; 
 the flagellum is about half the length of the peduncle ; 
 and the secondary appendage is rather more than half 
 that of the primary. The inferior antennae are a little 
 shorter than the superior ; the peduncle reaching nearly 
 as far as the peduncle of the superior. The first pair of 
 legs have the hand small, with the palm oblique. The 
 second pair have the wrist as long as, and continuous* 
 with the hand, the inferior margin of which is furnished 
 with several fasciculi of hairs ; the palm is concave, very 
 oblique, and armed with three short points or teeth 
 (that is, two equidistant from each other, and from the 
 third, which defines the limit of the palm). The other 
 legs are nearly of equal length, and are rather long and 
 slender, they increase a little posteriorly, and the last 
 three pairs have the coxae less deep than the first four ; the 
 thighs are much dilated, and the distal extremity of the 
 penultimate joints posteriorly tipped with a small bundle 
 of long hairs. The caudal appendages are uniform, and 
 nearly of the same length, the penultimate pair being 
 rather the shortest; they are biramous, the peduncle 
 carrying at the extremity a strong spine, and the 
 branches having the posterior surface furnished with 
 short stiff spines ; the central caudal termination is 
 cylindrical, tipped with a solitary hair. 
 
 This interesting form of Amphipod (of which we feel 
 some doubt as to the present being its most natural 
 position, relative to the other animals of the order) has 
 
 * By the expression that the wrist is "continuous" with the hand, we 
 mean that the outline of the former is in close continuation with that of the 
 latter, so that they appear as a single joint. 
 
 A A 2 
 
356 GAMMARJD.E. 
 
 been sent to us by Mr. Gregor, of MacdufF, and Mr. 
 Edward, of Banff, as having been taken in the Moray 
 Frith. Mr. Barlee found it at Skye ; and we have 
 dredged it off Oxwich Bay, Glamorgan, as well as in 
 Plymouth Sound. 
 
 Liljeborg records a specimen from Kullaberg, in Scania, 
 which we consider to be identical with this, hence the 
 reason of our dropping the name which was first given 
 to it in this country in favour of that of Liljeborg, 
 which has a priority of date. 
 
 The colour of our specimens, when alive, was pale 
 yellow, with a blush of pink on the anterior half of the 
 body. 
 
 The vignette below represents the Shetland fishermen 
 using the bysmar, an ancient form of steelyard still in 
 use. The Haaf or deep sea fishing-boats are in the 
 background. 
 
EURYSTHEUS BISPINIMANUS. 357 
 
 A MPH1PODA . QAMMAR1DES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 EURYSTHEUS BISPINIMANUS. 
 
 Specific character. Palm of the second pair of gnathopoda armed with 
 two short stout spines. 
 Length =| inch. 
 
 Eurystheus Uspinimanus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 197, 
 pi. xxxv. fig. 8. 
 
 THE animal is a little more robust than the preceding 
 species. The eyes are reniform. Both pairs of antennae 
 are wanting in our unique specimen ; it is therefore not 
 impossible that it may belong to the genus Nosnia. We, 
 however, retain it in the position originally assigned 
 to it until future observation may enable us to de- 
 termine its proper genus. The mandibles are furnished 
 with an obtusely-pointed triarticulate appendage. The 
 first pair of legs are long and slender, rather resembling 
 the same appendage in Noenia than they do those of the 
 typical species of this genus ; they have the wrist as 
 long as the hand, and quite as wide ; the hand is not 
 dilated, but tapers gradually from the wrist to the 
 extremity ; the palm is not defined, and is so oblique 
 as to be subparallel with the upper margin. The finger 
 
358 
 
 GAMMARIDJ:. 
 
 is long, tapering, slightly curved, and deeply serrated 
 upon the inner margin. The second pair of legs have 
 the wrist short; the hand is ovate, having the palm 
 oblique, and about half its length, or about the same 
 length as the inferior margin ; it is concave, armed with 
 two obtuse spines, and a short obtuse submarginal tooth. 
 The finger is curved, sharp, and deeply serrated upon 
 the inner margin. The walking legs are nearly of one 
 length. The last pair of caudal appendages scarcely 
 reach beyond the extremity of the preceding pair. 
 
 The animal, from which this description and figure 
 are taken, was among the numerous specimens sent to 
 us by our esteemed correspondent Mr. Edward, of 
 Banff. 
 
 The following vignette of Taylor's Castle, with Burg- 
 head and the Sutors of Cromarty in the distance, was 
 kindly drawn for us by Miss Gordon Cuming, of 
 Altyre. 
 
AMATHILLA. 359 
 
 A M PHI POD A . OA MMARIDES. 
 
 N ATA TORI A. 
 
 Genus AMATHILLA. 
 
 Amatkia* RATHKE, Fauna der Krym. SPENCB BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 
 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 197. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, 
 p. 182. 
 
 Generic character. Head produced to a short sharp point 
 between the antennae. Antennae rather short, subequal in 
 length, the upper appendiculated. Gnathopoda with small 
 subequal propoda. Body and tail carinated ; and destitute 
 of spines. Telson entire, slightly emarginate at the tip. 
 Three posterior pairs of pleopoda sub-equal, one of each pair 
 of rami slightly smaller than the other, those of the last pair 
 more foliaceous and equal. 
 
 IN all the species of this genus the back is elevated 
 into a carina, which is most strongly developed along the 
 caudal segments. The eyes are normal. The antennae 
 subequal ; the superior pair being furnished with a 
 secondary appendage about one-third of the length of 
 the flagellum, and composed of four oblong articuli, 
 whereas the articuli of the flagellum of all the an- 
 tennas are extremely short. The first two pairs of 
 legs are small, subequal, uniform, and subchelate. The 
 walking legs are subequal. The last pair of the caudal 
 appendages terminate in two branches of equal length, 
 and do not extend beyond the branches of the preceding 
 appendages. The central tail-piece is single. 
 
 * The name Amathia having been long ago proposed by Lamarck for a genus 
 of Polyps, by Pol. Roux for a genus of Decapod Crabs, and by Duponchel for 
 a genus of Moths, we have, to avoid confusion, slightly altered the name. 
 
360 GAMMARID^l. 
 
 This genus was founded by Rathke upon an Amphi- 
 pod taken at Balaklava, which we have not seen, but 
 which, from his description and figure, agrees so closely 
 with A. Sabinii of Leach, that we should certainly have 
 considered them as identical had not Rathke * stated 
 that they were distinct. 
 
 The animals of this genus are essentially Arctic ; both 
 the number of species and the size of individuals de- 
 creasing as they progress southwards. The Crimean 
 species of Rathke is, however, as large as those of 
 the polar regions. 
 
 A specimen labelled Gammarus dentatus, in the Museum 
 of the Jardin des Plantes, also so closely resembles 
 Leach's species that we should have associated them had 
 not Pondicherry been recorded as the habitat of the 
 former. 
 
 * Nova Acta Acad. Leopold, Nat. Curios, xx. p. 71. 
 
AMATHILLA SABINl. 
 
 AMP HIP OVA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 361 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 AMATHILLA SABINT. 
 
 Specific character. Dorsum carinated. Three posterior segments of the 
 perion and first two of the pleon produced posteriorly into teeth ; the third 
 and fourth posteriorly rounded. Eyes renifonn. Gnathopoda uniform ; 
 hands small. Kami of the posterior pair of pleopoda subequal, foliaceous, 
 not larger than the preceding rami. Telson lanceolate ; truncate at the 
 tip. 
 
 Length : male \ inch, female more than an inch. 
 
 Gammarus SaUni. LEACH, App. Ross's First Voyage, oct. ed. ii. p. 
 
 178. SABINE, App. Parry's First Voyage, p. 
 238, t. i. fig. 8-11. Ross, App. to Parry's 
 Third Voyage, p. 118. Polar Voyage, p. 204. 
 App. Second Voyage N. W. Pass. p. 89. 
 WHITE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. KROYER, 
 Gronl. Amph. p. 16, t. i. fig. 8-11. Nat. 
 Tidsb. 1 ser. ii. 257. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. 
 des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 368. Hist, des Crust, 
 t. iii. p. 50. STIMPSON, Mar. Invert. Grand 
 Manan, p. 54. LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. 
 Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 61, No. 61; 
 1853, p. 447 ; 1855, p. 123, No. 14. BELL, 
 App. Belcher's Last Arctic Voyage, p. 404. 
 RATHKE, Fauna Norwegica, Nov. Act. Acad. 
 Leop. xx. p. 71. THOMPSON, Ann. of Phi- 
 losophy, xiv. 
 
 Amathia Sabini. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 197, 
 
 pi. xxxv. fig. 9. 
 
362 
 
 Gammarus carinatus. JOHNSTON, Zool. Journ. iv. 52 (not of Fabricius, 
 
 Ent. Syst. ii. 515, which = Atylus carinatus, 
 Leach). 
 
 Amathia carinata. WHITE. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 182. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. BRUZELIUS, 
 Skan. Amph. Gamin, p. 50 (not Rathke). 
 
 Dexamine? carino-spinosa. WHITE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. Cat. 
 Brit. Mus. 1850. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 178 
 (but not of Turton, Syst. Nat. iii. p. 760, 
 which is Atylus carinatus). 
 
 Amphithoe carino-spinosa. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. p. 141. 
 
 Amathia carino-spinosa. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 199, 
 pi. xxxv. fig. 11. 
 
 Amphithoe Moggridgei. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vii. p. 318, 
 pi. x. fig. 10, 1855. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. p. 
 141. 
 
 Gammarus angulosus. RATHKE, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. p. 72, t. iii. 
 
 fig. 3. LILJEBOEG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. 
 Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 23, No. 62 ; 1853, 
 p. 447 ; 1855, p. 124, No. 15. BRUZELIUS, 
 Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 50. Frey u. Leuck- 
 ardt, Beit. z. Kenntn. wirbellos. Thiere, 
 p. 162 (in Bruzelius, 1. c.). 
 
 THE head is anteriorly produced to a small rostrum. 
 A carina traverses the median line of the back, increasing 
 in height to the penultimate segments of the tail ; the 
 three posterior segments of the body, and the first two 
 of the tail, being produced posteriorly into a sharp 
 tooth. There is also a slight carina separating the 
 dorsal from the lateral regions of the animal in the last- 
 mentioned segments. The fourth and fifth segments of 
 the tail have the carina posteriorly terminating in an 
 obtuse edge, the dorsal margin of each being slightly de- 
 pressed at the centre ; the surface of the skin being rather 
 rough, with a row of minute granules on the posterior 
 margin of each segment. The eyes are reniform. The su- 
 perior antennae are scarcely half the length of the animal. 
 The flagellum is as long as the peduncle, having the 
 
AMATHILLA SABINI. 363 
 
 articuli broader than long ; the secondary appendage is 
 slender, and consists of from four to five oblong 
 articuli. The inferior antennae are slightly longer than 
 the superior ; the flagellum being twice as long as the 
 peduncle. The hands of the first two pairs of legs are 
 small, and of the same size and form; they are ovate, 
 and have the palms very oblique and imperfectly defined ; 
 and the fingers nearly as long as the hands. The walking 
 legs are nearly of the same length ; but the coxae of the 
 three posterior pairs are shorter than those preceding, 
 and the thighs are broadly developed. The caudal append- 
 ages terminate at an uniform extent, and are double- 
 branched, one branch in the first and second pairs being 
 rather more slender than the other, and those of the 
 posterior pair being broader and foliaceous, nearly of the 
 same length and size, and fringed with cilia. The 
 middle tail-scale is entire, flat, elongate-conic, and trun- 
 cate at its extremity. 
 
 The colour of the animal is of a bluish-green, mottled 
 with red. 
 
 This species is certainly the Gammarus to which Dr. 
 Johnston (without reference to Fabricius) gave the 
 specific name of G. carinatus. 
 
 It was also referred by Mr. A. White to the Cancer 
 (Gammarus) carino-spinosus of Turton, but it is quite 
 evident that the latter never examined the animal of 
 unknown habitat in the British Museum, which he 
 cites, but that his knowledge was derived from the 
 Fabrician description of Atylus carinatus, the name of 
 which he unnecessarily altered. A rigid examination 
 of Arctic as well as British specimens of this species has 
 also satisfied us that the Amphithoe Moggridgei is identical 
 with A* Sabini. 
 
 Rathke has described a species, as distinct from 
 
GAMMARID.E. 
 
 A. Sabini, under the name of G. angulosus, which may, 
 possibly, be a variety of the former. He, however, 
 gives among its specific characters, the rostrum obtuse, 
 the upper antennae shorter than the lower, the carina 
 wanting in the four basal segments of the tail, the upper 
 surface of the thorax angulated, and the middle tail- 
 scale as broad (oblong-quadrate), and posteriorly sub- 
 emarginate. The majority of these characters would 
 apply to the young of such an animal as A. Sabini, 
 whilst the ridge on each side of the dorsal carina, which 
 has been relied upon as the chief distinction between 
 A. Sabini and the smaller British specimens (varying from 
 3 to 4 lines in length), certainly occurs in the large 
 specimens of A. Sabini. 
 
 It was first taken by Admiral Ross and General 
 Sabine, in Baffin's Bay. It has been since taken at 
 Godthad, on the coast of Greenland, in about sixty 
 fathoms of water, by Herr Holbb'll ; Mr. Drewsen has 
 captured it at Iceland ; Rathke and Dueben have found 
 it in Norway ; Liljeborg on the eastern shores of Scandi- 
 navia ; and Bruzelius says that it is common both in the 
 German and Baltic Seas ; the late Dr. Johnston for- 
 warded fine specimens to us from Berwick Bay, where 
 it is not uncommon ; and Mr. Byerley took it in the 
 Mersey in 1854 ; Mr. Barlee has sent it to us from the 
 Shetlands ; Mr. Edward from Banff; and Mr. Hodge 
 has taken it at Seaham, on the coast of Northumber- 
 land ; Mr. Thompson records it as having been taken at 
 Sligo ; and Mr. Stimpson states that he found it at 
 Grand Manan, on the coast of the United States. 
 
 Of the smaller individuals we have received speci- 
 mens from the Menai straits, where they were dredged 
 by Mr. Alder ; also from Dr. Walker, taken in the 
 Mersey; and recently Professor Kinahan has found it 
 
AMATHILLA SABINI. 365 
 
 in the herring nets at Bray on the coast of Ireland ; 
 they have been sent to us by Mr. Webster from 
 Tenby and Falmouth : we have taken them on the 
 coast of South Wales ; and Mr. Loughrin has sent them 
 us from Polperro. We have, however, failed to detect 
 them among a large number of individuals found at 
 Plymouth. Rathke, Liljeborg, and Bruzelius have ob- 
 tained them on the eastern shores of Scandinavia. 
 
 A. Sabini was originally brought from the Arctic seas 
 by General Sabine, the President of the Royal Society, 
 after whom it was named. The specimens from that 
 locality are more than an inch long, nor are many of 
 those that have been sent to us from the Moray Frith, 
 Berwick Bay, and the coast of Northumberland much 
 smaller. 
 
 In colour the smaller animals resemble some of the 
 freshest which we have seen of A. Sabini. 
 
 It is remarkable that the size of the individual animal 
 decreases in regular proportion as it progresses south- 
 wards. In the Shetland and in the Moray Frith it is 
 almost as large as in the arctic regions ; at the Menai 
 straits it is scarcely half as large, and on the southern 
 shore of England it reaches its minimum, and as far as 
 we have ascertained, it extends no further southwards. 
 The specimen referred to by Mr. A. White, in the 
 British Museum, from the " Isle of Wight?" is, however, 
 nearly as large as some of the northern specimens. 
 
366 GAMMARID7E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus GAMMARUS. 
 
 Gammarus. FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 514. LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. des 
 Crust., &c. vi. p. 315. Gen. Ins. i. p. 58. LEACH, Edin. 
 Encyc. Art. Crustaceology, vii. p. 404. Trans. Linn. Soc. 
 xi. p. 359. LAMARCK, Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. v. 179. 
 DESMAREST, Consid. sur les Crust, p. 265. MILNE ED- 
 WARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. p. 366. Hist, des Crust, iii. 
 p. 42. (Division 1. A. a.) KROYER, Gron. Amph. p. 27. 
 RATHKE, Fauna der Krym. p. 372. and Nova Acta Leop. 
 1843. SAMOTJELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. WHITE, Hist. Brit. 
 Crust, p. 182. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. p. 141. LILJEBORG, 
 (Division + 1. 6.) Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 
 1853, p. 446. BRUZELIUS (Division a a b.), Skand. 
 Amph. Gamm. p. 50. SPEKCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 p. 204. 
 
 Astacus pars. PENNANT, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 21. 
 
 Generic character. Three posterior segments of the pleon 
 furnished with fasciculi of spines on the dorsal surface. Eyes 
 linear or reniform. Antennae slender, filiform ; superior fur- 
 nished with a secondary appendage. Mandibles having an 
 appendage. Gnathopoda subequal ; Propoda not much dilated. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson double. 
 
 IN this genus the body of the animal is laterally com- 
 pressed, so much so that the animal has not the power of 
 walking upright when out of the water. The head is 
 not produced into a rostrum ; and rarely, if ever, is the 
 back carinated. Each of the last three segments of the 
 tail has one or two small fasciculi of spines. The eyes 
 are linear or reniform. The antennae are long, slender, 
 and filiform, the superior pair being furnished with a 
 secondary appendage. The mandibles are furnished with 
 a triarticulate appendage. The first two pairs of legs 
 are not much dilated, and have the hands of nearly the 
 same size. The remaining legs are nearly of uniform 
 length ; but the coxas of the last three pairs are very 
 
GAMMARUS. 367 
 
 much smaller than those of the first four. The last pair 
 of caudal appendages are double-branched ; and the 
 central tail-plate is double. 
 
 We have here restricted the genus to Gammarus 
 proper, believing it to be more scientifically correct to 
 group those species as distinct genera which would, in a 
 less-defined description, be arranged in subdivisions as 
 have been done by other authors. 
 
 The spines upon the posterior segments of the tail are 
 a constant feature in our British species. In some 
 Arctic forms they are considerably increased, and in 
 G. verrucosus, Brandt, they thickly stud the whole of the 
 dorsal surface of the posterior half of the animal. 
 
 Species of this genus appear to be abundant in the 
 northern regions, where they attain their largest propor- 
 tions ; but of forty-two species (of which six are given as 
 doubtful in the " Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British 
 Museum"), only two, G. Verreauxii (Edwards) and G. ru- 
 bromaculatus (Stimpson), are recorded from the southern 
 hemisphere, and G. Redmanni (Leach) from the tropics. 
 
 We regard this genus as the type of the Amphipoda, 
 and as the Amphipoda may in certain respects be con- 
 sidered as the types of the class, it follows that the 
 Gammari may be looked upon as typical Crustacea. 
 
 As will be observed from the synonymy of the species 
 of this genus very great confusion has been introduced 
 into the nomenclature, especially of the more common 
 species, arising from four different causes : firstly, from 
 the insufficient and inaccurate manner in which distinct 
 species have been described, sometimes arising from a 
 definite expression being misapplied to parts hornologi- 
 cally distinct;* secondly, from several species having been 
 
 * We have frequently had to remark the repeated application of the same 
 names to express different parts. 
 
368 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 confounded together ; thirdly, from the misapplication 
 of clear descriptions or figures to different species ; and 
 fourthly, from a total disregard of the rules of nomen- 
 clature on the part of subsequent writers who have 
 endeavoured to revise the names of these animals. 
 
 The genus, even in its restricted state, has need of 
 subdivision with a view to greater facility in the deter- 
 mination of the species, and which has been attempted 
 with greater or less success by various carcinologists. 
 
 M. Milne Edwards, in his classical work upon the 
 Crustacea, after the removal of those species which have 
 the eyes of a circular form, divides the species into 
 A. Those which have the first three segments of the 
 tail straight, and not produced in the middle of the 
 hind margin into a tooth; these are subdivided into, 
 a, those with spines on the fourth and fifth segments of 
 the tail (G. locusta, fluviatilis, marinuSj not of Leach ; 
 Oliviiy affinis, &c.) : and, a a, those which have no 
 spines on the hinder portion of the tail (G. pulex, 
 Ermanni, Othonis, pinguis, &c.) : whilst the second di- 
 vision, B., comprises those species which have the third, 
 and generally the first and second also, armed with a 
 strong tooth in the middle of the hind margin of each, 
 G. Sabinii, mucronatus, and appendiculatus. According to 
 this arrangement our common fresh-water species, found 
 in rivulets, belongs to the section A. ., but the only 
 fresh-water species which M. Milne Edwards introduces 
 into that section is regarded by him as identical with 
 the insect figured by Roesel, which has a row of strong 
 teeth along the back, and which M. Gervais, who first 
 identified the species, described under the name of 
 G. Roeselii. We presume this must be an error on the 
 part of M. Milne Edwards, and are accordingly inclined 
 rather to consider our common English species to be 
 
GAMMARUS. 369 
 
 identical with G. fluviatilis of Milne Edwards. That 
 author has, however, described a second French fresh- 
 water species, under the name of G. pulex, which he 
 places in his division A. a a., and which he describes as 
 entirely destitute of teeth or spines on the back of the 
 tail. We have seen no species of Gammarus agree- 
 ing with such a description ; it certainly does not agree 
 either with the figures of Geoffrey (who, in fact, copies 
 Roesel's figure of the tooth- backed species), or of Zenker, 
 who as certainly figures our common British species with 
 the first, second, and third segments of the tail, unarmed, 
 and with the fourth, fifth, and sixth furnished with small 
 spines.* The species represented in Rcesel's figures (con- 
 firmed as they are in the details given by Hosius) and 
 which M. Gervais has named G. Roeselii, ought to enter 
 Milne Edwards's section B., but the species of which he 
 has formed that section constitute the several genera 
 Amathilla, Gammar acanthus, and a doubtful Gammarus. 
 
 Dr. Leach adopted at different times different charac- 
 ters for the distribution of the species, at one time 
 forming his primary section according to the fresh water 
 or marine habitats of the species, and at another time 
 dividing them according to the rudimental or developed 
 condition of the inner branch of the last pair of append- 
 ages of the tail. Without establishing distinct divisions 
 in the genus, we have adopted the latter character as 
 the ground for our arrangement of the species, com- 
 mencing with those in which the inner branch is almost 
 obsolete, and terminating with those in which it is as 
 large as the other branch. 
 
 * Milne Edwards, however, appears to be confirmed in this character by 
 the figure which he has given of (J-. Othonis, which has the tail entirely 
 unarmed with teeth or spines, as well as by Kroyer's description of G. pinguis, 
 ' ' dorso laevi per totam longitudinem nullum carince, dentium, spinarum ve 
 monstrante vestigium." 
 
 B B 
 
370 
 
 AMP BIPOD A. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 GAMMARID.E, 
 
 GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 GAMMARUS MARINUS. 
 
 Specific character. First three segments of the pleon having the postero- 
 inferior angle rounded. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the internal ramus 
 very short. 
 
 Length | inch. 
 
 Gammarus marinus. LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 359. Suppl. Encyc. Brit. 
 
 i. p. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. 
 
 THOMPSON, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 242. WHITE, 
 
 Cat. of Brit. Crust, p. 52. Pop. Hist. Brit. 
 
 Crust, p. 183. DESMAREST, Consid. sur Crust. 
 
 p. 267. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. 
 
 Mus. p. 215, pi. xxxviii. fig. 4 (not Milne 
 
 Edwards). 
 Gammarus Olivii. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 369, 
 
 pi. x. fig. 9, 10* (August, 1830). Hist, des Crust. 
 
 t. iii. p. 47. 
 Gammarus affinis. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 47, 
 
 1840. 
 
 * It may be useful to notice that Milne Edwards's references in Hist. Nat. 
 Crust, iii. p. 47, to his figures of G. Olivii and ornatus are reversed, and 
 that even the references in the Annales, xx. pp. 372, 373, to the details of 
 this species are incorrect. 
 
GAMMARUS MARINUS. 371 
 
 Gammams yracilis. RATHKE, Fauna der Krym. t. v. fig. 7-10, 1837. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. 11 ser. xix. p. 144. 1857. WHITE, 
 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 184. 
 Gammarus pcecilurus. RATHKE, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. p. 68, t. 4, 
 
 fig. 2. LILJEBORG, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 
 
 1853, p. 450. Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1855, March, No. 16. BRUZELIUS, 
 
 Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 54. 
 Gammarus Kroyeri. RATHKE, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. p. 68, t. 4, 
 
 fig. 2. LILJEBORQ, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 1851, p. 22. 
 
 THIS species was first described by Dr. Leach in 
 vol. xi. of the Linnaean Transactions. His specific 
 name has, however, been subsequently misapplied by 
 Milne Edwards to a species which does not exhibit 
 the characters of the terminal appendages as described 
 by Leach, who distinguished this from the common 
 English fresh-water species by having the head between 
 the antennae subacuminated as well as by the character 
 of the tail appendages above-mentioned. 
 
 The first three segments of the tail have the infero- 
 posterior angle not developed to a point ; the third, 
 which is generally the most produced, is rounded in this 
 species, a form which is constantly seen to be the case 
 in imperfectly-developed individuals. The fasciculi 
 upon the three posterior segments consist of blunt 
 spines, subapically tipped with a minute cilium, arranged 
 in small bundles of two or three spines each. The 
 eyes are reniform, white, with black spots. The su- 
 perior antennae are about half the length of the animal ; 
 the flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle ; 
 the secondary appendage consists of but three articuli. 
 The inferior antennae are about half the length of the 
 superior, and the flagellum is as long as the peduncle. 
 The first pair of legs have the hand but slightly dilated, 
 
 B B 2 
 
372 GAMMARIDJ2. 
 
 the palm is oblique, and not clearly defined. The second 
 pair are about the same size as the first, but the palm 
 of the hand is less oblique and better defined. In the 
 female the hands are rather shorter and more ciliated. 
 Some of the hairs on the wrist of the first pair are 
 fringed with cilia, while those on the wrist of the second 
 pair are three-pointed, those on the hand are subapically 
 furnished with a single cilium. The thighs of the last 
 three pairs of legs are dilated, but the posterior margins 
 are subparallel with the anterior. The last pair of 
 caudal appendages are considerably longer than the two 
 preceding pairs, and have one branch long, and one about 
 one-quarter of the size of the other.* The central tail 
 appendage has each division tipped with a bundle of 
 spines of the same form, with the exception of one, as 
 all the others on the tail ; this one is finer, and crowned 
 with a small plumose brush. 
 
 The structure of the skin, when viewed under the 
 microscope, exhibits traces of its cellular origin ; it is 
 also perforated by numerous round hol- 
 lows or pores, and a quantity of minute 
 finely -pointed equidistant cilia, arising 
 from bulbs of a somewhat hour-glass 
 form, that is, being larger at each ex- 
 
 r^- 
 
 tremity than at the centre, as seen in the 
 annexed figure. 
 
 The colour of the animal is of an olive-green, deepest 
 along the dorsal margin, and verging to a buff at the 
 extremities. Sometimes in a large group, for they are 
 
 * Burgersdyck (Annotationes, &c., p. 17) confounds this minute branch 
 with the terminal central bifid tail-piece ; and, from want of specimens of 
 the true G. marinus, supposes Leach to have erred in his description of the 
 head of the present species. 
 
GAMMARUS MARINUS. S73 
 
 very gregarious, one or two may be seen entirely of a 
 buff colour. 
 
 They live amongst the seaweed, and are commonly 
 found, when the tide is out, to abound far up in estuaries 
 and beneath such of the weed as is below high-water 
 mark, forming a band around the coast-line probably of 
 all southern and western Europe. 
 
 Dr. Leach's specimens of this species in the British 
 Museum are from the coast of south Devon. We have 
 found it very abundantly at Plymouth. Dr. Walker has 
 found it rather common from the mouth of the Mersey 
 to the River Dee. The Rev. Mr. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys 
 have taken it in the Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetlands. 
 Mr. W. Thompson records it from the River Ban, 
 Kilrea, Strangford Lock, Ballysodare, co. Sligo, and 
 Loch Neagh, in Ireland. The specimen described and 
 figured by M. Milne Edwards, under the name of G. 
 Olivii, was found by him abundantly on the coast of 
 Naples ; and that which he described as G. affinis, having 
 the first pair of hands much larger than the second, he took 
 on the coast of La Manche. The specimen that Rathke 
 described under the name of G. gracilis he procured 
 abundantly at Cape Parthenon, in the Crimea ; whilst 
 G. Kroyeri and pacilurus he obtained at Christiansund, 
 Molde, Drontheim, Namoen fiord, and Nitika ; and 
 Liljeborg has procured it on the eastern coast of Sweden. 
 We can discover no character sufficient to distinguish 
 these from Leach's specimens. 
 
 The figure given by Rathke of G. pcecilurus has the 
 palm of the hands drawn as serrated, which is not the 
 case in G. Kroyeri. This character is not noticed in the 
 author's description, and both Liljeborg and Bruzelius 
 consider the two to be one and the same species. 
 
374 
 
 GA.MMARHLE. 
 
 As soon as they are placed in a tank the animals of 
 this species invariably dive to the bottom, and bury them- 
 selves beneath the stones ; but should a piece of cork 
 be placed upon the water, the animals will invariably 
 return and crowd the under surface of the float. 
 
 But although they may like the surface of the water 
 their constant habitat is amongst the dark fuci which 
 grow with such fertility between the tide-marks. Their 
 habits are probably not so active as those of other 
 species, since we find that their natatory appendages are 
 often thickly covered with a species of Vaginicola, which 
 Mr. Tuffen West considers may probably be F. crystal- 
 Una. The following vignette illustrates this parasite. 
 It is figured by M. Rentsch* as a species of Gregarina 
 in his work on the Parasites of Gammarus ornatus. 
 
 * Homoiogenesis. Erstes Heft. Gammarus ornatus und seine Schmarot- 
 zer. Wismar, 1860, 4to. 
 
GAMMARUS CAMPYLOPS. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NA.TATOR1A. 
 
 375 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 GAMMARTJS CAMPYLOPS. 
 
 Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the infero-posterior 
 angle produced to a point. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the inner 
 ramus nearly half the length of the outer. Eyes sigmoid or reniform. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Gammarus camylops. 
 Gammarus campylops. 
 
 Gaminarus camptolops. 
 
 Gammarus camphylops. 
 Gammarus locusla. 
 
 LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. 
 
 LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 360. Suppl. Enc. 
 
 Brit. i. p. 425. DESMAREST, Consid. sur les 
 
 Crust, p. 267. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des 
 
 Crust, iii. p. 48. THOMPSON, Ann. Nat. Hist. 
 
 t. xx. p. 242. 
 SAMOTJELLE, Ent. U. Comp. p. 104. WHITE, 
 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 183. Cat. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 53. Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847, p. 88. 
 
 Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1849. GOSSE, 
 
 Mar. Zool. i. p. 147. SPENCE BATE, Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 209, pi. xxxvii. fig. 3. 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. Sc. Nat. xx. p. 367. 
 LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. For- 
 
 handl. 1853, p. 448. 
 
 THIS species differs from G. locusta in the following 
 characters. The eyes are linear, reniform, or occasionally 
 bent in the form of the letter S. The antennas are 
 short. The superior pair in the type specimen do not 
 reach beyond the third segment of the body, and the 
 
376 GAMMARID^. 
 
 flagellum is not longer than the peduncle ; the secondary 
 appendage is also short. The inferior pair are some- 
 what longer than the superior, a circumstance that 
 induces us to believe that the latter have been shortened 
 by accident, since they are longer in the specimens which 
 we have considered to belong to this species, and also 
 generally in the genus ; in fact, we only know of two 
 species, G. Caspius and G. Atchensis, of Brandt, that 
 have the superior antennae shorter than the inferior. 
 The hands are nearly of one size and ovate. The second 
 and third segments of the tail are infero-posteriorly pro- 
 duced to a point. The posterior pair of caudal ap- 
 pendages reach much beyond the preceding two. The 
 branches are unequal, the inner being about half the 
 length of the outer, and both are fringed with short 
 obtusely-pointed spines. The central tail-piece is 
 double. 
 
 We have taken our description and figure from one 
 of the specimens preserved in the British Museum, 
 which are those from which Dr. Leach originally defined 
 the species, and which were found by him in the sea near 
 Loch Ranza in the Isle of Arran. Our friend, the late 
 Mr. Barlee, sent us some from the Shetlands. And it 
 appears to us that the sigmoid form of eye is not to be 
 depended upon, for many of the specimens differ in no 
 respect from the others except in the crooked eyes. 
 The probability therefore is, that the crooked eye is 
 an abnormal form, and not the true condition of the 
 organ. 
 
 Thompson, in his Natural History of Belfast, states 
 that it has been found by Mr. Hyndman and himself, 
 at Belfast, in the tidal river Lagan above the bridge at 
 high water. 
 
 This species appears to be a form intermediate be- 
 
CAMMARUS CAMPYLOPS. 
 
 377 
 
 tween G. marinus and G. locusta, and as such we consider 
 it to be one which we have observed also on the Devon- 
 shire coast. We can perceive no distinction, except in 
 the form of the eyes, between the description of this 
 species and that of G. locusta of Liljeborg, and we have 
 therefore considered them to be identical. 
 
 The following vignette exhibits a Gammarus in the 
 act of shedding its skin, a full account of which process 
 will be given in the Introduction. 
 
378 
 
 OAMMARIDJE. 
 
 AMPHJPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 GAMMARUS LOCUSTA. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes reniform. Superior antennae longer than the 
 inferior. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the rami subequal. A red spot 
 on the second, third, and fourth segments of the body, on the coxae of the 
 last three pairs of pereiopoda, and on the three anterior segments of the pleon, 
 each of which has the postero-inferior angle produced to a point. 
 
 Length f of an inch. 
 
 Cancer macrurus thorace articulate cceruleus. LINIOSTJS, Gothl. Reza, p. 260. 
 
 Cancer locusta. 
 
 Cancer (Cfammarus) locusta. 
 
 Gammarus locusta. 
 
 LINN^US, Faun. Suec. 2nd ed. p. 497. Sys. 
 
 Nat. p. 1055. 
 MONTAGU, Trans. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 92, t. iv. 
 
 fig. 1 ; xi. p. 359. 
 FABRICTUS, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 517. LEACH, 
 
 Edin. Encyc. Art. Crust, vii. p. 403. Trans. 
 
 Linn. Soc. xi. p. 359. Suppl. Enc. Brit. 
 
 i. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 104. 
 
 DESMAREST, Consid. sur Crust, p. 267. 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. 
 
 p. 369. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 44. 
 
 KRorER, Gron. Amfip. p. 27. RATHK.E, 
 
 Fauna, der Krym. p. 372, pi. v. fig. 11-14. 
 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 182. Cat. 
 
 Brit. Crust, in Brit. Mus. p. 51. Cat. Crust. 
 
 in Brit. Mus. p. 87. GUERIN, Icon. R. An. 
 
 Crust, pi. xxvi. fig. 6. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. 
 
 i. pp. 141, 257. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. 
 
GAMMA.RUS LOCUSTA. 379 
 
 Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 266, pi. xxxvi. fig. 6. ZADDACH, 
 Syn. Crust. Pruss. Prod. p. 4. LILJEBORG, 
 Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1853, p. 448. 
 Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1852, 
 p. 9. BURGERSDYCK, Annot. de quil Crust. 
 p. 18. BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gramm. 
 p. 52. VAN BENEDEN, Recherches sur la 
 Faune lit. de Belgique. Crustaces, p. 144. 
 
 Gamm.ai v us Duebenii. LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. For- 
 
 handl. 1851, p. 22. 
 
 Gammarus mutatus. LILJEBORG, Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Handl. 
 
 1853, p. 448. 
 
 IN this species the three anterior segments of the tail 
 have the infero-posterior angle produced to a point. 
 The eyes are of a long reniform shape, and are white in 
 colour. The antennae have the peduncles strongly 
 hirsute. The superior antennae are nearly half the 
 length of the animal, and terminate in a very slender 
 flagellum; the secondary appendage is about one-third 
 the length of the primary ; in full-grown specimens it 
 consists of nine, but in younger individuals of only four 
 or five articuli. The inferior antennae are rather more 
 robust than the superior, and about one-fourth shorter ; 
 the flagellum has but few articuli. The hands are 
 small, nearly of one size, and furnished with several 
 fasciculi of hairs ; the palm of the second pair is more 
 oblique than the first. The first two pairs of walking 
 legs are short, the last three are unequal in size, the 
 middle being the longest. The first three segments of 
 the tail have the posterior margin unarmed, whilst 
 the last three are respectively furnished with three 
 fasciculi of spines, the lateral ones having about six 
 spines in each. The last pair of caudal appendages have 
 the branches subfoliaceous, and nearly of one length, 
 the inner one sometimes one-fourth or one-third smaller 
 than the outer one ; both are fringed with bundles of 
 
380 
 
 hairs, but on the inner branch, besides the short stiff 
 hairs, a solitary long plumose cilium is attached to each 
 fasciculus of hairs. 
 
 The colour of the animal is a bluish -green, mottled 
 with darker spots of the same, and on the sides, being 
 permanent in position and constant in appearance, are 
 several bright red or scarlet spots. These are not in the 
 skin, but appear to consist of fat globules more deeply 
 seated. One is situated near the infero-posterior angle 
 of the second, third, and fourth segments of the body ; 
 a small one also exists in the posterior lobe of the coxse 
 of the three last pairs of legs, and another near the 
 posterior margin of the three anterior segments of the 
 tail. In the living animal they afford a convenient, and, 
 as far as our experience goes, a certain specific guide. 
 
 Under the microscope the skin is seen 
 to have a granulated structure, while certain 
 arrow-headed spines appear as piercing 
 through some more transparent spots. Upon 
 the anterior segments of the tail is a curved 
 row of minute cilia, each surrounded by a 
 ring, the whole enclosed by a clear areola. 
 
 Dr. Leach, in the Edinburgh Encyclopasdia, states 
 that the females carry their young about with them, 
 after their exclusion. This circumstance has frequently 
 been verified ; but upon the authority of our valued 
 correspondent, Dr. James Salter, we are enabled to com- 
 municate one of the most interesting instances of 
 maternal solicitude yet recorded amongst animals so low 
 in the scale of physical arrangement. 
 
 Dr. Salter says, " On catching a female with live larvae 
 nothing is seen of the progeny till the parent has become 
 at home in the aquarium, when the little creatures leave 
 her and swim about in her immediate neighbourhood. 
 
GAMMARITS LOCUSTA. 381 
 
 The plan I have adopted to watch this curious habit of 
 maternal protection has been to place a single individual 
 in a bottle of sea water. After a time, and that soon, 
 the little crustacean seems at ease and swims slowly 
 about, when the young fry leave her and swarm around 
 her in a perfect cloud ; they never leave her for more 
 than half or three-quarters of an inch, and as she 
 slowly moves about they accompany her. If now 
 one taps the side of the bottle with one's finger nail, 
 the swarm of larvae rush under their parent, and in a 
 second are out of sight. The parent now becomes 
 excited and swims about quickly as if trying to escape ; 
 but by letting the bottle containing her rest quite still 
 on a table she soon gets composed, when out come the 
 young larvse again and swim about as before. This may 
 be repeated as often as the observer wishes, and always 
 with the same result. I have only seen this in one 
 species, but it is quite a common species in Poole 
 Harbour, and I have watched the interesting habit many 
 times." 
 
 Our vignette represents this instance of parental 
 instinct ; but our correspondent has informed us that 
 our drawing is wrong in exhibiting the mother as swim- 
 ming fast, and being followed by her brood. The parent 
 swims about slowly, while the young ones surround her 
 on every side. Tn a little while they increase in size, 
 and as they grow older they obtain more confidence, and 
 quitting, forget the anxious care that guarded them in 
 their early hours. 
 
 This species appears to be pretty generally diffused 
 all round Europe, and may be found in pools near low 
 water, and in the sea near the margin ; though fre- 
 quently associated with, it appears generally to inhabit 
 the sea at a short distance further from the shore than, 
 
382 GAMMA1UD.E. 
 
 G. marinus. Montagu states that it never quits the water 
 by choice, is incapable of leaping, and seems to make 
 very little use of its legs out of that element, for when 
 deprived of water it lies on its side and endeavours to 
 force itself along by the action of the tail. It is stated 
 that if put into fresh water it soon dies.* 
 
 It has been taken by Rathke in the Crimea, and by 
 Liljeborg on the coast of Sweden ; but if we are to 
 judge of its normal habitat by the magnitude to which 
 it attains, the shores of the Arctic seas are where it 
 flourishes most. Some specimens in the British Museum, 
 procured by Mr. Drewsen at Iceland, are one inch and 
 a half long, while the largest that we have seen as Bri- 
 tish has not attained a greater length than three-fourths 
 of an inch. Dr. Walker, the naturalist to the last 
 Arctic expedition, under Sir F. L. McClintock, informs 
 us that the Arctic specimens frequently exceed two 
 inches and a half in length, and are phosphorescent. 
 This phosphorescent character has been affirmed of other 
 species, and is probably to be attributed to the food 
 eaten by the animal at the time, and is not a permanent 
 condition. 
 
 Having already (ante, p. 15) employed the Linnaean 
 specific name, Locusta, instead of that of Saltator, for 
 our English species of Talitrus, and given in the pre- 
 ceding page a history of this name, the strict rules 
 of nomenclature forbid its second adoption for another 
 species with which Linnaeus may have happened to 
 have confounded it, and which, in the case of the 
 present species, is also inapplicable, the animal neither 
 
 * Mr. Robertson informs us that lie has found that five out of seven, after 
 being eighteen hours in fresh (rain) water, continued to live upon being 
 returned to salt water. 
 
GAMMARUS LOCUSTA. 383 
 
 possessing the powers of leaping, nor having a large 
 produced head resembling that of a locust. At the same 
 time, as we believe that Linnaeus had the animals of the 
 present species (generally distinguished by their bluish- 
 green colour) more especially in view in his various 
 notices both of G. locusta and pulex, and as almost all 
 modern carcinologists are agreed in giving the name of 
 Locusta to the present species, we shall pursue the same 
 nomenclature, reiterating our opinion that it would have 
 been simpler to have adopted the name of Saltator for 
 Talitrus locusta, and expressing our regret that Montagu, 
 who appears first to have clearly defined the present 
 species,* did not give it a distinct specific name, as 
 has indeed been done by Liljeborg, who, however, 
 subsequently sunk the name G. Duebemi into that of 
 G. locusta. 
 
 * It must be noticed that Montagu represents the superior antennae as 
 considerably shorter than the inferior ; this probably arose from his figure 
 having been drawn from an injured specimen, as he represents the relative 
 size of the joints of the peduncles of both antennae correctly. 
 
384 GAMMATUD2E. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA . GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 GAMMARUS TENUIMANUS. 
 
 Specific character. Flagellum of inferior antennae very short. Gnatho- 
 poda having the propoda more slender than the carpi. 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Oammarus tenuimanus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 214, 
 pi. xxxviii. fig. 2. 
 
 THIS species very closely resembles G. locusta, but 
 differs from it in having the flagellum of the inferior 
 antennae shorter than the peduncle, and in the hands 
 on the first two pairs of legs being very slender. The 
 first two pairs of legs are of the same size, and have the 
 wrists as long as the hands, but wider ; the hands are 
 long, ovate, and have no defined palms ; the fingers, 
 which are very short, close upon the inferior margin. 
 Both the wrists and hands have the margins furnished 
 with bundles of tolerably long hairs. The posterior 
 pair of pleopoda are, unfortunately, absent from the only 
 specimen that we have seen. 
 
 The shortness of the flagellum of the inferior an- 
 tennae, and the slenderness of the first two pairs of legs 
 suggest the possibility that the specimen upon which the 
 species is established may have been injured, and have 
 had these organs reproduced of a diminished size. As 
 
GAMMARUS TENUIMANUS. 
 
 385 
 
 instances of such want of development or reproduction, 
 we may mention that we possess a specimen of G. marinus 
 in which one of the superior antennae is only half the 
 length of the other ; and a specimen of G. locusta, in 
 which one pair of the branches of the sixth segment of 
 the tail is only half the size of the opposite pair on the 
 same joint. 
 
 We found this species amongst many specimens that 
 were sent to us by the Rev. Geo. Gordon, from the 
 mouth of the rivers Ness and Brauley, N.B. We 
 assume that the water must be brackish, inasmuch 
 as they were forwarded for the purpose of defining 
 the limits of the estuary by an examination whether 
 the Crustacea found therein belonged to fresh or salt 
 water. 
 
 The following pretty sketch of Burghead, on the Moray 
 Frith, was kindly drawn for us by Mr. Small. 
 
 BURGHEAD. 
 
 c c 
 
386 
 
 JLMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORY A. 
 
 GAMMARnXE. 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 GAMMARUS EDWARDSII. 
 
 Specific character. Like 0. locusta, but more robust. Gnathopoda having 
 the pleopoda truncate. Posterior pair of pleopoda short ; having the rami 
 equal, and not longer than the peduncle. 
 
 Length, f inch. 
 
 Gammarus marinus. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 46 (not 
 Leach.) WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. SPENCE 
 BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144. 
 
 Gammarus Edwardsii. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mas. p. 208, 
 pi. xxxvii. fig. 2. 
 
 THIS species resembles G. locusta in its general aspect, 
 but may be readily distinguished from it by the more 
 robust appearance of the animal and the shortness of the 
 antenna9. The upper pair are about a third of the length 
 of the animal ; the flagellum is longer than the peduncle, 
 and the secondary appendage has only three articuli.* 
 The inferior antennae are shorter than the superior. 
 The hands of the first pair of legs are broadly ovate, 
 having the palm scarcely oblique. The second pair of 
 legs have the hands longer, and slightly narrower than 
 
 * It is proper to observe that, whilst M. Milne Edwards states that the 
 last pair of abdominal appendages scarcely extend beyond the preceding pair, 
 he expressly says that the accessory appendage of the antennae is longer than 
 in G. locusta. 
 
GAMMARUS EDWARDSII. 387 
 
 those of the first pair ; the palm is straight and defined 
 by a slightly-produced point. The posterior pair of 
 caudal appendages are short ; the branches, which are 
 equal in length and subfoliaceous, are not longer than the 
 peduncle. 
 
 Two specimens of this species were found by us in a 
 pool at Starcross, Devonshire, into which the tide for- 
 merly flowed, but which has been cut off by the railway 
 embankment, so that we are not aware that the sea has 
 entered it for many years, while a small fresh-water 
 stream constantly runs into it. 
 
 The animal was considered by us to be identical with 
 M. Edwards's description of G. marinus, and it was 
 named accordingly, until we discovered that Leach's 
 type-specimens and description did not agree with those 
 of Edwards. We therefore abandoned the name belong- 
 ing to another species ; but being desirous of associating 
 with the discovery one who has done so much for 
 Carcinology, we have attached to the species the name of 
 Prof. Milne Edwards. 
 
 The colour of the specimens which we procured was 
 of a ferruginous red a circumstance that in some measure 
 may be due to the soil, the whole of which is very red, 
 belonging, as it does, to the New Red Sandstone. We 
 presume from their general aspect that they are females, 
 and that the males will be of a slenderer form, with 
 longer limbs. 
 
 The specimen which M. Milne Edwards originally de- 
 scribed, and which he considered might probably be 
 only a variety of G. locusta, was taken on the coast of 
 France. 
 
 c c 2 
 
388 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOR1A . 
 
 OAMMARnXE. 
 
 GAMMARJDES. 
 
 GAMMARUS PULEX. 
 
 Specific character. Very much like G. locusta. A few slender cilia mixed 
 with the spines on the dorsal surface of the fourth and fifth segments of the 
 pleon. Eyes reniform, formed of minute black dots. Secondary appendage 
 of the superior antennas slender, rather short, 3-4 jointed. Posterior pair 
 of pleopoda much longer than the preceding pair ; having the rami subequal, 
 subfoliaceous, and with the margin ciliated. Upper antennae rather longer than 
 the inferior ; peduncle of the inferior much longer than that of the superior. 
 
 Length of male ^ inch. 
 
 Cancer pukx. LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat. 1055 ? Krebsformiger W; 
 
 wurm, FRISCH, Ins. vii. p. 26, fig. 18. 
 
 Squilla pulex. DE GEEK, Memoires, vii. p. 525, t. 33 (certe). 
 
 Astacus pulex. PENNANT, Brit. Zool. iv. 21. 
 
GAMMARUS PULEX. 
 
 389 
 
 (rammart.tspu.lex, DESMAREST, Cons. Crust, p. 266, tab. 45, fig. 8. 
 
 ZENKER, Comment, de Gamm. pul. fig. A c and 
 
 details. GERVAIS, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser. iv. 
 
 p. 128. Hosius, Dissert, de Gammari spec. 
 
 p. 19 ; and in Wiegm. Archiv. 1850. i. p. 233. 
 
 BURGERSDYK, Annot. de Crust, indig. p. 4. 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS, in Cuvier, Regne An. edit. 
 
 Crochard, pi. 60, fig. 1. MILNB EDWARDS, Hist. 
 
 Nat. Crust, t. iii. p. 48?? LATREILLE, Hist. 
 
 Nat. Ins. &c. vi. p. 316? Gen. Crust. Ins. i. 
 
 p. 58 ? LEACH, Edin. Ency. vii. p. 402, 432 
 
 (not of Fabricius). BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. 
 
 Gam. p. 54. LILJEBORG, Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. 
 
 Handl. 1853, p. 449. 
 Gammarus aquaticus. LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 359. Suppl. Encyc. 
 
 Brit. i. p. 425. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Comp. p. 103. 
 Gammarus Fossarum. KOCH, Deutschl. Crust. Myr. u. Arach. h. 5, No. 1; 
 
 and Panz. Ins. Germ. Suppl. h. 138, No. 1. 
 
 Crevette des ruisseaux. GEOFFROY, Hist, des Ins. ii. p. 667, pi. xxi. fig. 6 ? 
 Gammarus fluvlat'dis. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 368. 
 
 ZADDACH, Prodr. Syn. Crust. Pruss. p. 6 (not of 
 
 Ray nor Rosel). 
 
 THE present species bears so near a resemblance to 
 G. locusta, in everything except colour and habitat, that 
 it requires the closest observation to distinguish the two 
 species. In all the marine species the fasciculi of spines 
 upon the dorsal surface of the caudal segments are short 
 and stiff, whilst in this fresh -water species they are 
 mixed with others of a more slender hair-like character. 
 The eyes also are formed of minute black dots, and 
 rounder, though still reniform. The superior antennae 
 have the peduncle extending only to the extremity of 
 the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower pair; 
 the secondary appendage is very slender, shorter than in 
 G. locusta, and composed of only three or four articuli. 
 The inferior antennae are rather shorter than the su- 
 perior, they have the olfactory organ largely developed, 
 and the flagellum in the male is very robust. The first 
 two pairs of legs are subequal ; the hands are nearly 
 of the same size, but the second pair have the palm less 
 
390 GAMMARID^. 
 
 oblique than the first. The walking legs are subequal ; 
 the posterior pair of caudal appendages are much larger 
 in the male than in the female, and have the inner 
 branches one-fourth or one-third shorter than the outer; 
 their margins are ciliated, and each branch terminates 
 in a minute but distinct joint. 
 
 The females in this species are invariably one-third, 
 or even one-half, smaller than the males, their limbs 
 are also shorter and more slender, and the branches of 
 the sixth pair of caudal appendages are scarcely half the 
 length of those of the male. 
 
 The colour of this species is of yellowish brown, 
 varying in depth according to the soil over which the 
 streams flow in which they dwell. 
 
 We have found these animals in almost every stream 
 that we have looked for them ; they are most common 
 in shallow overgrown ditches. Sometimes, as in a iield 
 in Carmarthenshire, they are so abundant that a single 
 dip of the sieve would bring up perhaps a hundred 
 specimens, but in Devonshire our experience is, that 
 they are not only less abundant but also upon the whole 
 smaller. 
 
 The close resemblance of the fresh-water species with 
 others that exist in the sea is very curious, the more so 
 since the inhabitants of either will die if transferred 
 from one to the other. And yet we have seen marine 
 Crustacea thrive in fresh- water ditches, that were rendered 
 brackish by the sea breaking into them only once or 
 twice in a year. 
 
 It may be something more than a coincidence that 
 gives to each of our fresh-water forms a representative 
 species in the ocean ; the key to which may be suggested 
 by the interesting discoveries of Cederstrom, Olofson, 
 and Widigren, in the lakes of Vetter and Vener, in 
 the south of Sweden, of which an account has been 
 
GAMMARUS PULEX. 391 
 
 published by Loven.* These two inland fresh-water 
 lakes are situated on high ground, and have the surface 
 of their waters three hundred feet above the level of the 
 Baltic, whereas the bottom is one hundred and twenty 
 feet below such level. In these lakes (which appear to have 
 been lifted up with the gradual uprising of the country) 
 have been found several genera and species of Crustacea, 
 three of which are AMPHIPODA, which are affirmed to be 
 identical with marine ones, namely, Gammar 'acanthus 
 loricatus (Sabine, Ross, Krtiyer), Pontoporeia affinis (Lind- 
 strom),f and Gammarus cancelloides (Gerstfeldt) J. The first 
 is now only known to exist in the Arctic seas, the second 
 in the Baltic, and the last was found in Lake Baikal, 
 in Central Asia. It is therefore suggested by Loven that 
 when the land was raised so as to convert these waters 
 from marine bays into inland lakes, these marine species 
 were retained within the basins, the waters of which have 
 since been changed, through the agency of springs, into 
 fresh-water; and with the gradual transfer of the water the 
 habits of the animals have also changed gradually, and 
 that without any outward alteration of form. Prof. Loven 
 thinks that there is sufficient evidence to show that this 
 change in the conditions of these lakes must have taken 
 place during the great glacial period, at a time when the 
 
 * Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 1861, No. 6. 
 
 f Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1855, p. 63. 
 
 Gerstfeldt, Mem. de 1'Acad. de St. Petersburg, viii. pp. 287-8, ix. tab. 
 fig. 8. 
 
 Through the kindness of Professor Kinahan, who received them from 
 Prof. Loven, we have had an opportunity of examining specimens of these 
 three amphipoda, and, certainly, except in their being of smaller dimensions, 
 we can perceive no distinction between them and the marine specimens. 
 With the Siberian G. cancelloides, Gerstfeldt, we are not acquainted, but 
 observe that the specimen from Sweden is not a Gammarus, and that it bears 
 no very distant resemblance to Pallasea cancellus (Pallas). Besides the 
 above, the following marine Crustacea have been taken in these fresh-water 
 lakes, Mysis relicta, N.S., and Idot/iea entomon, L. 
 
392 GAMMARTILE. 
 
 animals now found in it, (and which are known at this 
 day only to inhabit the extreme north), could have lived 
 in the same latitude as the south of Sweden. The 
 evidence of these fresh-water lakes suggests that similar 
 changes in the relative position of sea and land may have 
 been the cause of our having fresh-water Crustacea nearly 
 allied to marine species in our rivers and inland streams. 
 A fact, however, recorded by Hosius with regard to the ha- 
 bitats of the three fresh-water species of western Germany 
 would seem to discountenance the idea that these animals 
 can adapt themselves to any great change of situation. 
 " Inter loca, qua9 habitant, multum interesse mihi videtur; 
 G. puteanus \Niphargus p. ~\ tantum in puteo, G. pulex non 
 nisi in rivis rapide profluentibus atque minime profundis, 
 G. fluviatilis [Rosel's species] in aquis solurn stagnanti- 
 bus aut lente manantibus ac profundis versatur. Nun- 
 quam hae ultimae species una mihi occurrerunt, nee si aquae, 
 in quibus commorantur, inter se conjunct^ erant, Dum 
 enim, ut exemplum afferam, in piscina Poppelsdorrfiana 
 G. fluviafilis solus reperitur, in rivo, qui e montibus 
 hanc in piscinam effunditur, solus G. pulex versatur. 
 Idem quoque mihi aquas prope Godesbergam perscrutato, 
 probabile videbatur, ubi rivus, qui a Marienforst in 
 planitiem defertur, tantum G.pulicemcolit, duminstagnis 
 cum rivo cohserentibus solus G. fluviatilis versatur." 
 Dissert, de Gammari Spec. p. 18. 
 
 Taking this statement of the diversity in the habitats 
 of the two species of Gammarus, as here restricted, 
 into consideration, we anticipate that Rosel's tooth- 
 backed species will yet be found in some of our 
 ponds and stagnant waters, although it has not hitherto 
 been detected. We are also hence enabled to identify 
 the descriptions of various writers, from the habitat in 
 which the specimens were found ; thus, where Latreille 
 says that his Gammarus pulex is found, " dans Peaux 
 
GAMMARUS PULEX. 393 
 
 douces des ruisseaux et des fontaines ; " or where 
 Geoffrey says of his species that it is " trouve commune- 
 ment dans 1'eau courante des petits ruisseaux," we are 
 convinced that each alludes to the species of De Geer, 
 found only in running rivulets, although both have 
 copied Rosel's figure of the tooth-backed species found 
 only in still and stagnant water. 
 
 The earliest notice we meet with of a species named 
 G. fluviatilis occurs in Ray's work on Insects, p. 44, 
 where he loosely describes an insect under the name of 
 Pulex fluviatiliSy found " in aquis calidis in specu 
 Custozse prope Vincentiam, in Italia, ubi nulla anima- 
 lia vivunt." This animal was probably a species of 
 Niphargus, but Ray added a few words to his description, 
 which might thence also be supposed to include our fresh- 
 water species, " quae in nostris rivulis sunt non saltant ut 
 marinae sed incurvant se et natant podicem exerendo 
 satis celeriter." We next find Linnaeus in his Her 
 (Eland., pp. 42, 96, speaking of " Cancer Pulex fluviatilis 
 dictus, Suecis Marta, Scanis Sandhare. Habitat ad littora 
 maris vulgatissimus, frequens rodens retia, conficiens 
 sceleta piscium, natat in dorso/' characters and names 
 which evidently apply only to our Gammarus locusta. 
 We next find Rosel employing the term Astacus fluvia- 
 tilis in a generic sense * for several distinct kinds of 
 long-tailed Crustacea, of which he gives excellent 
 figures, namely, the cray-fish, the shrimp, and a fresh- 
 water species of Gammarus, for which the specific name 
 has been subsequently retained, and which is dis- 
 tinguished at once by having the middle of the hind 
 margin of each of the segments of the tail armed with 
 a strong tooth. This has been named G. Roselii by 
 
 * Just as he employs the term " Cimex aquaticus " for the general heading 
 of the plates of all the species of Water Hemiptera which he figures, including 
 at least six modern genera. 
 
394 GAMMARIM. 
 
 Gervais, who first clearly pointed out the distinction 
 between it and De Geer's smooth- tailed species, for 
 which he retained the name of G. pulex. As already 
 stated, we fear that M. Milne Edwards has fallen 
 into some confusion in treating upon these fresh-water 
 species. He placed one, to which he applied the name 
 of G. fluviatilis, in his section without teeth on the 
 anterior, but with small spines on the posterior segments 
 of the tail ; but he refers his species not only to De Geer, 
 whose figures perfectly agree with this sectional charac- 
 ter, but also to Rosel, Geoffrey (whose pi. xxi. fig. 6, 
 is copied from Rosel), and to Gervais, all of whom as 
 certainly intend a tooth-backed species. To add to the 
 confusion, M. Milne Edwards expressly says that the 
 penultimate joint of the peduncle of the superior an- 
 tennae reaches the tip of the peduncle of the lower ones ; 
 and adds, under G. marinus, that the sixth pair of caudal 
 appendages scarcely extend beyond the extremity of the 
 preceding pair of the same organs. The other fresh- 
 water species of M. Milne Edwards is still more un- 
 intelligible ; this he names G. pulex, placing it in the 
 section which has no teeth on the first three segments, 
 and no spines on the posterior segments of the tail, and 
 giving as its references, Geoffrey, Linnaeus (?), Fabricius, 
 and Latreille, all doubtful, as well as Montagu, Desma- 
 rest, Zenker, and Gervais, whose species has spines, on 
 the terminal segments of the tail. 
 
 We have stated above that Linnaeus employed the 
 name Pulex aquaticus in the Fauna Suecica exclusively for 
 a marine or littoral species, but in his Systema Nature 
 he says : " Habitat ad maris littora, etiam in fontibus et 
 fossis," thus confounding a sea and a fresh-water species 
 together; but we have not the slightest means of knowing 
 to what fresh-water species he alluded. Fabricius, on 
 the other hand, although he quotes De Geer's figures 
 
GAMMARUS PULEX. 395 
 
 of the toothless-backed fresh-water species, under G. 
 pulex, had evidently in view a littoral species : " Habitat 
 in maris littora frequentissimus saliens, retia destruens, 
 piscibus infestans, in brachiis ulcera caussans." These 
 interesting peculiarities of habit are not in the slightest 
 degree attributable to our fresh-water species ; on the 
 other hand, the G. locusta of Fabricius evidently com- 
 prised both a littoral and fresh-water species, " etiam 
 ssepe in fontibus et fossis stagnantibus." The G. pulex 
 of Latreille, Hist. Nat. Insectes, &c., vol. vi. p. 316, 
 is a fresh-water species, the description of it is not, 
 however, precise enough for discrimination ; the habitat 
 indicates a species found in running streams, but the 
 figure (pi. Ivii. fig. 1) is copied from Rosel's figure of the 
 tooth-backed species. 
 
 There is, however, fortunately, no confusion in the 
 descriptions and figures of De Geer, Zenker, Burgers- 
 dijk, Hosius, Gervais, Koch, and Zaddach ; and in em- 
 ploying the name of Pulex for the present species, as 
 used by De Geer and subsequent authors, we are 
 adopting the strict rules of nomenclature, as well as 
 employing a term which recalls the strong resem- 
 blance which exists between the appearance and 
 general movements of our common flea and the fresh- 
 water shrimp now before us, except that the latter is 
 unable to leap. 
 
 During the winter months these animals bury them- 
 selves in the mud of the rivulets and streams which they 
 frequent. On the first warm days of spring, however, 
 they reappear, when the larger individuals may generally 
 (as indeed throughout the summer) be seen carrying a 
 smaller one beneath the body, holding it tightly by 
 means of the fingers of its two anterior pairs of hands. 
 These smaller individuals are the females, and this 
 curious courtship, for such it is, lasts seven or eight 
 
396 GAMMARIDJL. 
 
 days ; and Desmars, who published a long note upon 
 the subject (Melanges d'Hist. Nat. 1762, torn. i. 
 p. 217), states that the young are hatched, and escape 
 from the pouch-like scales attached to the base of the 
 legs of the females on the seventh day, after which the 
 latter immediately cast their skins. The young have 
 the curious habit of devouring their own excrement. 
 Geoffrey has also observed that the young take shelter 
 between the legs of their parents, in order to escape 
 danger ; and we have found young ones one-tenth of an 
 inch long in this position. 
 
 Rosel states that these animals feed upon vegetable 
 matter ; but De Geer denies this, and asserts that they 
 are truly carnivorous, eating flesh and filth whenever they 
 can get it, like cray-fish, as well as their dead com- 
 panions, leaving not a particle unconsumed ; on giving 
 them dead flies they immediately crowded around and 
 devoured them, but were never observed to attack living 
 insects. It is not improbable, however, that like some 
 marine species, they will, in default of animal matter, 
 feed upon vegetables, perhaps in a decaying state. They 
 shed their skins in the same manner as cray-fish. One 
 moulted on the 3rd September, whilst under De Geer's 
 observation, the operation being almost instantaneous, 
 and the cast skin closing up so as exactly to resemble 
 the insect itself; but, according to our own observation, 
 it is slowly and quietly performed, the skin splitting 
 between the head and first segment of the body, and 
 between the body and the coxae of the first three or 
 four pairs of legs as shown in the vignette at p. 360. 
 When the skin is sloughed off, the head-covering, though 
 still attached to it, generally falls in an inverted 
 position, as if thrown forwards. The animals die very 
 soon if taken out of their native element. 
 
GAMMARUS DUBIUS. 397 
 
 A MP HI POD A . OA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 DOUBTFUL SPECIES. 
 
 We are under the necessity of introducing in the present situation two species 
 described as belonging to the present genus, by our late friend Dr. GK 
 Johnston, of Berwick-upon-Tweed, of which we have unfortunately been un- 
 able to meet with any specimen, either in the British Museum collection 
 or amongst the species which he forwarded to us some years since, for 
 the purposes of the present work. We therefore transcribe his descriptions 
 of them. 
 
 GAMMARUS DUBIUS. 
 
 JOHNSTON, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 178. 
 
 " Body between two and three lines long, smooth, 
 corneous; when dead becoming y ello wish -brown ; marked 
 across the back with a few red lines. Antennae rather 
 more than one-half the length of the body, slender, 
 nearly equal, armed with very short weak spines ; basilar 
 joint of the superior longer than the second or third, 
 which indeed might, with as great propriety, be reckoned 
 amongst the articulations of the last joint [flagellum] 
 as distinct joints ; basilar joint of the inferior shorter 
 than the succeeding. Eyes black, roundish, placed at 
 the base of the antennae. Arms with nearly equal 
 hands, monodactyle, oblong, and not much dilated, and 
 sparingly ciliated. They very much resemble those of 
 G. punctatus* in their form, but are rather smaller in pro- 
 portion to the body. Legs spiny, spines not collected 
 into fascicles, but distributed along the whole member ; 
 and both the short anterior and long posterior legs are 
 
 Us. SPENCE BATE. 
 
398 GAMMARHLE. 
 
 similar in this respect, monodactyle. Natatory fins long, 
 divided, and beautifully ciliated. Caudal processes three 
 pairs, long, with aciculate branches. Two rather long 
 conical spinous processes [the two divisions of the middle 
 tail-piece] terminate the tail ; and above these are two 
 much smaller papillae. 
 
 " Hab. Amongst confervae in pools left by the tide ; 
 not rare near Berwick." 
 
 Dr. Johnston questions whether it belongs to the 
 same genus as Pherusa fucicola. Leach, with which at 
 first he thought it was identical. 
 
 " In the figure of Ph. fucicola, in the Supplement 
 to the Encyclopaedia Britannica, the second joint of the 
 superior antennae is represented as elongated, the first 
 pair of feet or arms filiform, without any hand, and the 
 hand of the second pair oval, with a very small claw. 
 There is also a considerable difference about the tail, the 
 Pherusa having no terminal conical processes." 
 
 Dr. Walker, of Birkenhead, informs us that he has 
 taken specimens, which he considers to belong to this 
 species, occasionally off the mouth of the Mersey, and 
 along the coast to Dee. 
 
GAMMARUS MACULATUS. 399 
 
 A MPHIPODA . OAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATOKIA. 
 
 GAMMARUS MACULATUS.* 
 
 JOHNSTON, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 176. 
 
 "BODY six lines long, smooth, glossy; back dusky, 
 with a faint yellow band across each segment, and a row 
 of yellow spots along each side, most conspicuous on the 
 posterior half of the body; sides lighter coloured, faintly 
 marked with yellow. Antennae transparent, unspotted, 
 ciliated, with long hairs; superior longest ; basilar joint 
 shorter than the second or third. The seta [secondary 
 appendage] is one-half the length of the last joint 
 [flagellum]. Eyes large, oblong, running backwards, 
 and having the appearance rather of a blotch of fine red 
 colour than of eyes. Arms alike, with oval dilated 
 monodactyle hands, hairy, particularly on their inner 
 margin. Legs white, monodactyle, armed with bristles. 
 
 " Hab. Sea-coast near Berwick ; rare. 
 
 " The specimen from which the above description was 
 taken was found among corallines, dredged from deep 
 water. It belongs to Leach's restricted genus Gammarus 9 
 of which he has described four species, viz. G. aquations 
 [pulex], locusta, marinus, and campy lops." 
 
 * Not Gfammarus maculatus of Liljeborg. 
 
400 GAMMA RIM. 
 
 AMPHIPODA . OAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 Genus MEGAMCERA. 
 
 Megamcera. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Ampli. Brit. Mus. p. 224. 
 
 Oammarus (Division A. a a.). MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 48. 
 Gammarus (Division -j- 2). LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 
 
 Forhandl. 1853, p. 452. 
 
 Generic character. Dorsal surface of the pleon without 
 fasciculi of spines. Eyes round. Superior antennae longer 
 than the inferior. Gnathopoda subchelate, the second pair 
 being the larger. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous, the 
 branches generally equal-sized. Telson double. 
 
 THIS genus bears a near resemblance to that of Gam- 
 marus. It has, however, been considered sufficiently dis- 
 tinct to be arranged, both by Edwards and Liljeborg, in a 
 separate division. It does not possess the fasciculi of spines 
 planted upon the dorsal surface of the last three caudal 
 segments, which we consider to be characteristic of the 
 genus Gammarus. The eyes in this genus are generally 
 round ; and the second pair of legs are constantly larger 
 than the first pair, and frequently different in form. 
 
 It can be distinguished from the genus Mcera by the 
 greater depth of the coxae, by the relative proportions 
 of the hand of the second pair of legs, and generally by 
 the greater length of the posterior pair of caudal 
 appendages. 
 
AMPHTPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 MEGAMCERA SEMISERRATA. 401 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MEGAMCERA SEMISERRATA. 
 
 Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the inferior half of 
 the posterior margin serrated. Eyes oblong. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 having the propodos not broader than the carpus, ovate. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda with the rami equal. Telson double. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Megamwra semiserrata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 226, 
 pi. xxxix. fig. 6. 
 
 THIS animal is slender, and has the inferior moiety 
 of the posterior margin of the third segment of the tail 
 serrated. The eyes are small, and more reniform in shape 
 than in any other species of the genus. The superior 
 antennae are half the length of the animal, but the 
 inferior scarcely extend beyond the peduncle of the su- 
 perior. Both pairs of hands are nearly of the same shape, 
 but the second pair are larger than the first, and of a 
 long oval form, having an oblique palm defined by one or 
 two short spines ; the finger is short and serrated upon 
 the inner distal half. The coxae of the anterior four 
 pairs of legs are furnished with a single tooth upon the 
 infero-posterior angle. The last three pairs of legs 
 have the posterior margin of the thighs serrated. The 
 posterior pair of caudal appendages reach far behind 
 
 D D 
 
402 
 
 GAMMARID^E. 
 
 the preceding, and have the branches of equal length. 
 The telson is double, the apex of each division 
 being obliquely truncate, and furnished with a single 
 hair. 
 
 The following vignette represents the Mallard Buoy, 
 in Plymouth Sound, near which this species was dredged 
 by us, in company with Dr. Falconer and Professor 
 Kinahan. 
 
MEGAMCERA LONGIMANA. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATOE1A . 
 
 403 
 
 GAMMAR1DE*. 
 
 MEGAMCERA LONGIMANA. 
 (Leach's Long-handed Screw.) 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos three 
 times as long as broad, with the superior and inferior margins parallel, the 
 latter finely serrated ; and the dactylos nearly as long as the propodos. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda having the rami sub-foliaceous and equal. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Gammarus lonyimanus. LEACH, MSS. in Collection Brit. Mus. THOMPSON, 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 1 ser. xx. p. 242. Nat. Hist. 
 
 of Ireland, iv. p. 396. SPENCE BATE, Rep. 
 
 Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 
 
 2 ser. xix. p. 145. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 184. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. p. 141. 
 Meyamcera longimana. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 227, 
 
 pi. xxxix. fig. 7. 
 Gammarus Icevis. BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 60, pi. ii. 
 
 fig. 10. 
 
 THIS animal is long and moderately robust. The 
 inferior margins of the second and third segments of the 
 tail are serrated. The eyes are round. The superior 
 antennae are about half the length of the animal ; the 
 inferior are much shorter. The first pair of legs are 
 small, having the wrist and hand of nearly equal length. 
 The second pair of legs have the wrist short and inferiorly 
 produced to a point; the lower margin is, moreover, 
 
 D D 2 
 
404 GAMMAHID^. 
 
 furnished with several fasciculi of short hairs, curved 
 and anteriorly directed. The hand is continuous with 
 the wrist, but scarcely so broad ; it is three times as long 
 as broad, with the upper and lower margins parallel, and 
 has no defined palm ; but the finger, which is curved 
 almost at right angles near the base, reaches, in the 
 typical specimens, to the anterior extremity of the pro- 
 jecting point of the wrist. In some which Professor 
 Kinahan has sent to us from Dublin, we have found the 
 finger to be not quite so long. This appears to be also 
 the case in the specimen described as Gammarus l&vis by 
 Bruzelius from Sweden. The three posterior pairs of 
 legs have the thighs very oval with the posterior margins 
 serrated. The posterior pair of caudal appendages are 
 long; the branches are subfoliaceous, equal in length, 
 and remarkably free from hairs a peculiarity that 
 appears to be characteristic of these appendages through- 
 out the genus. The telson is double, long, and naked. 
 
 This species was long since taken by Dr. Leach on the 
 south coast of England, and remained undescribed in the 
 collection of the British Museum. Mr. Thompson next 
 recorded it from Belfast. We have since received it 
 from Dublin Bay, where it was taken by Professor 
 Kinahan. The Rev. George Gordon has sent us 
 specimens from the Moray Frith, in which the finger of 
 the second pair of hands resembled the Irish form, as did 
 also some sent to us by Mr. Webster from St. Michael's 
 Mount on the coast of Cornwall. Professor Bruzelius 
 records the same form under the name of G. lavis among 
 his Skandinavian Gammari, but it does not appear to be 
 numerous anywhere. 
 
MEGAMCERA OTHONIS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 405 
 
 GAMMAR1DES. 
 
 MEGAMCERA OTHONIS. 
 
 Specific character. Posterior and inferior margins of the third segment of 
 the pleon serrated. Inferior margins of the coxse of the three anterior pairs 
 of legs serrated. Gnathopoda subequal. Propoda ovate. 
 
 Length 4 inch. 
 
 Gammarus Othonis. EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 373, pi. x. 
 
 fig. 11. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 50. SPENCE 
 
 BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. Nat. 
 
 Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 184. 
 Megamcera Othonis. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 227, pi. 
 
 xxxix. fig. 8. 
 
 THE animal is long ; and 'has the inferior half of the 
 posterior margin as well as the posterior half of the 
 inferior margin of the third segment of the tail serrated. 
 The eyes are round and black. The superior antennse 
 are about one-third of the length of the animal ; and the 
 peduncle is as long as the flagellum, this latter portion 
 varies from fourteen to twenty-five articuli, and the 
 secondary appendage, which is short, from two to three. 
 The inferior antennae are about one-third shorter than 
 the superior ; the flagellum is not half the length of the 
 
406 GAMMARIDJE. 
 
 peduncle, and varies from nine to fifteen articuli. This 
 great variation in the number of articuli to the flagellum 
 is dependent upon age, sex, and accident, and demon- 
 strates the little value, in a specific point of view, which 
 ought to be placed upon the length of this portion of the 
 antennae. The flagellum will sometimes double the 
 number of its articuli in a single moult. 
 
 The coxae of the three (or four) anterior pairs of legs 
 have the inferior margin serrated. The hands of the first 
 two pairs are long-ovate, slightly tapering, and having 
 the palm not defined ; the second pair being rather 
 larger than the first. The last three pairs of legs have 
 the thighs oval, and the posterior margin serrated. The 
 last pair of caudal appendages are long, and have the 
 branches subfoliaceous, and equal in length. The 
 colour of the animal is whitish, faintly marked with 
 blotches of rose-colour. The skin, as seen through a 
 low power of the microscope, is rough ; this is occasioned 
 by its being covered by a series of minute points, which 
 appear to stand obliquely from the surface, as shown in 
 our cut. 
 
 We have dredged this animal in Plymouth Sound, and 
 found it among the refuse brought in by the trawlers. 
 Mr. Loughrin has sent it to us also from Polperro. 
 
MEGAMCERA ALBERT. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 407 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 MEGAMCERA ? ALBERT. 
 
 Specific character. Posterior dorsal margin of the third and fifth segments 
 of the pleon produced to a small tooth. Second pair of gnathopoda larger 
 than the first, having the propodos ovate, palm oblique, serrated, and defined 
 by a tooth. 
 
 Length 5 5 3 inch. 
 
 Megamcera Alderi. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 228, pi. xl. 
 fig. 1. 
 
 THE third segment of the tail is posteriorly produced 
 in the middle of the dorsal margin into a small point. 
 The fourth does not appear to be so produced, whilst the 
 fifth has a small central, and close upon each side a large 
 lateral, tooth. The eyes are round or oval. The su- 
 perior antennae are about two-thirds of the length of the 
 animal ; the flagellum longer than the peduncle, and the 
 secondary appendage consisting of three articuli. The 
 inferior antennae reach a little beyond the peduncle of 
 the superior. The first pair of legs have the wrist 
 longer than the hand ; the palm is oblique and longer 
 than the inferior margin. The second pair of legs are 
 larger than the first ; the hand is nearly of the same form, 
 
408 GAMMARTM. 
 
 but the palm is serrated and defined by a distinct tooth. 
 The posterior pair of caudal appendages are wanting in 
 each of the specimens that we have seen. In the Cata- 
 logue of Amphipoda of the British Museum, this pair of 
 appendages is represented as having one branch very long 
 and the other nearly rudimentary, in which respect the 
 animal differs from the remainder of the British species 
 of this genus. 
 
 The character of this animal appears to justify its 
 admission as a species in the present genus, but we desire 
 to express our conviction that it will ultimately be 
 ascertained to be the female of a species of Melita, 
 probably M. proxima. A similar consideration induces 
 us to forbear adding two or more species which, as we 
 observed in page 336, only differ in the form of the 
 hands from certain species of the genus Melita. 
 
 Our first specimen of this species was received from 
 the eminent naturalist after whom we have named it, and 
 by whom it was dredged on the coast of Northumber- 
 land. We have since obtained it from Mr. Edward of 
 Banff. 
 
MEGAMCERA BREVICAUDATA. 409 
 
 AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 MEGAMCERA BREVICATJDATA. 
 
 Specific character. Posterior margin of the first three segments of the 
 tail slightly serrated. Superior antennae having the flagellum short. Second 
 pair of gnathopoda larger than the first. Propoda long-ovate. Posterior pair 
 of pleopoda with the rami short. 
 
 Length 5 fi 5 inch. 
 
 Gammarus Irevicaudatus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. 
 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145. WHITE, 
 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 185 (not of Milne 
 
 Edwards). 
 Megamoera brevicaudata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 228, 
 
 pi. xl. fig. 2. 
 
 THIS species was first mistaken, by Mr. Spence Bate, 
 for Gammarus brevicaudatus of Edwards, with the de- 
 scription of which it was supposed to correspond. The 
 opportunity since afforded to us of examining the typical 
 specimen preserved in the Museum of the Jardin des 
 Plantes, having demonstrated that the Parisian specimen 
 belongs to another genus, we have retained the specific 
 name for the present animal. 
 
 The body is robust, with the hinder portion compara- 
 tively short. The three anterior segments of the tail 
 have the posterior margin slightly serrated. The su- 
 
410 GAMMARHXE. 
 
 perior antennas are about one-third of the length of the 
 animal ; but the peduncle is more than twice the length 
 of the flagellum. The inferior antennae do not reach 
 beyond the peduncle of the superior. The first pair of 
 legs are small, and have the hand ovate, the palm being 
 oblique, slightly convex, and imperfectly defined. The 
 second pair of legs are much longer than the first, and 
 have the wrist very short, the hand is long-ovate, the 
 palm oblique, arid defined by a small point. The last 
 pair of caudal appendages have the branches scarcely 
 longer than the peduncle, and reach but little beyond 
 the preceding pair. The telson has the apex of each 
 division excavated, and furnished with two or three 
 hairs. 
 
 "We have dredged this species off Plymouth ; and have 
 also received it from the Moray Frith through the kind- 
 ness of the Rev. Geo. Gordon. 
 
EISCLADUS. 411 
 
 A MPHIP ODA. GA MM A RIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus EISCLADUS.* 
 
 Generic character. Slightly compressed. Eyes on a pro- 
 minently-advanced lobe between the superior and inferior 
 antenna?. Superior antennae without a secondary appendage. 
 Gnathopoda subchelate. Coxa3 of the third pair of pereiopoda 
 having the anterior lobe as deep as the coxa3 of the second. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous, rami unequal. Telson 
 squamiform, single. 
 
 THIS genus appears to approximate somewhat closely 
 to the description given of Melita by Dana, differing only 
 in the important feature of size of the coxae of the fifth 
 pair of legs which Dana says are " much shorter than 
 those of the fourth." 
 
 The genus, moreover, has a close affinity with that of 
 Amphithoe, from which it differs only in the form of the 
 last pair of caudal appendages which in this genus 
 resemble those of Melita. 
 
 The eyes are situated on a lobe prominently advanced 
 between the superior and inferior antennae. The su- 
 perior antennas have not a secondary appendage, and 
 are a little longer than the inferior. The hands are 
 subequal and subchelate. The coxae of the fifth pair 
 of legs are as deep as those of the fourth. The last 
 pair of caudal appendages are unequally biramous, one 
 branch being very minute ; arid the middle tail-piece is 
 squamiform, and consists of a single plate. 
 
 * Eis one, x.Xa$os branch, in allusion to the structure of the posterior pair 
 of pleopoda. 
 
412 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORU. 
 
 GAMMARID.E. 
 
 GAMMA RIDES. 
 
 EISCLADUS LONGICAUDATUS. N. S. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes round. Superior antennae more than half the 
 length of the animal. Inferior antenna? nearly as long as the superior, both 
 strongly setose on the inferior margin. Second pair of gnathopoda having 
 the propodos with the palm excavated. Posterior pair of pleopoda having 
 the inner ramus rudimentary, the outer one longer than the peduncle, and 
 tipped with a second joint or strong spine. Telson lanceolate. 
 
 Length inch. 
 
 THE body of this animal is arched ; the sixth segment 
 being nearly three times as deep as the first. The eyes 
 are round, and situated on a lobe projecting forward 
 between the superior and inferior antennae. The su- 
 perior antennas are more than half the length of the 
 animal, and the peduncle is longer than the flagellum. 
 The inferior antennae originate posteriorly, and do not 
 reach quite as far as the superior ; the peduncle is longer 
 than the flagellum. In both pairs the peduncle as well 
 
EISCLADUS LONGICAUDATUS. 413 
 
 as the flagellum is strongly setose along the under surface. 
 The second pair of hands are a little larger than the first, 
 of an oval form, with the palm deeply excavated and 
 slightly ciliated. The walking legs are nearly equal in 
 length. The ultimate pair of caudal appendages have 
 the peduncle robust, and as long again as the middle 
 tail-piece ; the branches are very unequal, the inner 
 being rudimentary, and the outer longer than the ped- 
 uncle, and terminating in a small second joint, re- 
 sembling a short stout spine. The central tail plate is 
 lanceolate. 
 
 This species forms a curious link between the genera 
 Amphithoe and Melita ; in fact, it is only separated from 
 the nest-building group by the form of the caudal ap- 
 pendages. 
 
 It was dredged during the last summer for the first 
 time by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys, 
 in Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetland, in from two to 
 five fathoms of water. 
 
414 COROPHIIDJJ:. 
 
 Subdivision DOMICOLA. 
 
 THE animals which are grouped under this subdivision 
 have either the lower antennae developed into a strong sub- 
 pediform appendage, on which the hairs as they approach 
 the distal extremity are developed into strong spines, 
 more or less curved into the form of hooks, or some of 
 the caudal appendages are furnished with strong hook- 
 like organs. 
 
 They invariably construct abodes in which they take 
 shelter and nourish their young. These abodes are, by 
 some species, built with weed or stones, connected 
 together by a cement excreted by the animal, by others 
 of mud only ; while others again excavate a dwelling 
 in the soft clay at the bottom of the sea, or into sub- 
 marine timber. 
 
 They have the power of swimming, and with but few 
 exceptions can walk without falling upon their side. 
 
 This subdivision represents Milne Edwards' tribe of 
 MARCHEURS, and comprises the two families, COROPHIID.E 
 and CHELURID^E. 
 
 Fam. COROPHIID^E. 
 
 IN this Family all the segments of the body and tail 
 of the animals are present and distinctly developed. 
 
 In one genus alone we find the ultimate pair of caudal 
 appendages reduced to a rudimentary condition, as if 
 approaching that preliminary step of deterioration which 
 we find so largely carried out in the Aberrant group of 
 Amphipoda. 
 
 It is synonymous with the same family in Dana's 
 great work, and consists of two subfamilies, PODO- 
 CERIDES and COROPHIIDES. 
 
PODOCERIDES. 415 
 
 Subfamily PODOCERIDES. 
 
 SUPERIOR antennae shorter than the inferior. Inferior 
 antennae stouter than the superior. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda furnished with hook-like spines. 
 
 The species of this subfamily have the superior pair 
 of antennae less robust than the inferior. The inferior 
 appear to be always used as legs in climbing, and are 
 generally strong, sometimes forming a very powerful 
 organ. This latter appendage is frequently thickly 
 fringed with hairs, which in some instances, towards the 
 extremity, stiffen into spines which are curved at the 
 apex into strong hooks. 
 
 The posterior pair of caudal appendages are always 
 furnished with more or less perfect hooks, and in some 
 genera the short middle tail-piece also. 
 
 They generally build their abodes with materials col- 
 lected in the vicinity, either in the form of nests or 
 tubes. 
 
416 COROPHIIDJC. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus AMPHITHOE. 
 
 Amphithoe. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 402. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 147. Cat. 
 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 233. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 200. DANA, U.S. Explor. Exped. p. 935. (part). 
 
 EDWARDS Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 28. DESMAREST, 
 
 Consid. sur Crust, p. 268. 
 
 Anisopus. TEMPLETON, Trans. Ent. Soc. Ser. i. v. i. p. 188. 
 Cymadusa. SAVIGNF, Egypte. Crust, pi. 26. 
 Pleonexes. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 147. 
 
 Generic character. Coxa of the third pair of pereiopoda 
 having the anterior lobe as deep as the coxa of the second, 
 and the posterior lobe very small. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 larger than the first. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous ; 
 outer ramus, terminating in one or more short slightly curved 
 spines ; the inner one in a subfoliaceous lamina. Telson single 
 squamiform. 
 
 THIS genus may at once be identified by the deep 
 coxa of the fifth pair of legs, the form of the superior 
 antennae, and the caudal appendages. 
 
 The eyes are situated on a lobe between the superior 
 and inferior antennae. The antennae are subequal ; the 
 inferior terminating in a multi-articulate flagellum. The 
 second pair of legs have the hands rather larger than those 
 of the first. The coxa of the fifth pair of legs has the 
 anterior lobe as large and as deep as the coxa of the 
 preceding pair of legs, while the posterior lobe is very 
 small, the thigh, as usual, articulating between them. 
 The posterior pair of caudal appendages have the 
 branches very short, the inner one being subfoliaceous, 
 and the outer furnished with spines curved like hooks. 
 The central caudal plate is single, and terminates in a 
 rounded apex. 
 
PODOCERIDES. 
 
 417 
 
 This genus appears to have a large geographical range ; 
 the species having been found both in the Arctic and 
 Antarctic Seas, as well as in the tropical regions, that is, 
 if Amphithoe Azteca of Saussure belongs to this genus, 
 which, however, from the description, appears to be 
 rather doubtful. One species is recorded by Professor 
 Say from the freshwater marshes of South Carolina, but 
 his description is not sufficiently perspicuous for us to 
 determine whether his Amphithoe dentata really belongs 
 to this genus or not. 
 
 The accompanying vignette of Tynemouth was kindly 
 drawn for us by Miss Hancock, of Newcastle. 
 
 I 
 
 E V. 
 
418 
 
 AM PHI POD A. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 COROPHIID.E. 
 
 PODOCERIDES, 
 
 AMPHITHOE RUBRICATA. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae nearly two-thirds the length of the 
 animal ; peduncle reaching to the extremity of the penultimate joints of the 
 peduncle of the inferior ; flagellum long and slender. Inferior antennae one- 
 third shorter than the superior. Gnathopoda having the propoda subequal ; 
 carpi inferiorly produced to a small extent ; propoda ovate, the palmse oblique 
 and imperfectly defined. The colour of the adult animal is a bright 
 crimson. 
 
 Length 4 inch. 
 
 Gammarus rubricatus. 
 Amphithoe rubricata. 
 
 Cancer (Gammarus) rubricatus. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 99, pi. v. 
 
 fig. 1. 
 
 LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 402. 
 LEACH, Edin. Encyc. Append, p. 432. 
 Linn. Trans, xi. p. 360. Suppl. Enc. 
 Brit. 1, p. 425. DESMAREST, Consid. 
 Crust, t. 45, fig. 9. SAMOUELLE, Ent. 
 Comp. p. 104. THOMPSON, Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. xx. p. 242 (Oct. 1847). MILNE 
 EDWARDS, Ann. Sci. Nat. xx. p. 377. 
 Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 33. SPENCE 
 BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 147. 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 233. WHITE, 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 200. GOSSE, Mar. 
 Zool. i. p. 141, fig. 258. 
 
 THE figure at the head of this description is taken 
 from Montagu's type in the British Museum. But the 
 
AMPHITHOE RUBRTCA.TA. 419 
 
 specimen being a dried one it does not fairly represent 
 the living animal, which has the back somewhat elevated 
 near the middle rather than depressed. The eyes are 
 nearly round, and occupy a position on a lobe between 
 the superior and inferior antennae. The superior antennae 
 are about two-thirds the length of the animal ; the 
 peduncle reaching to the extremity of the penultimate 
 joint of the peduncle of the inferior ; the flagellum is 
 long and slender, represented much too short in the 
 figure, being probably broken in the long-preserved 
 specimen of Montagu. The inferior antennae are one- 
 third shorter than the superior, and the flagellum is 
 scarcely longer than the last joint of the peduncle. 
 The first two pairs of legs are nearly of the same size. 
 The wrists are as broad anteriorly as the hands ; the 
 hands are ovate, having a slightly-defined palm, and the 
 fingers are serrated in the young but scarcely so in the 
 adult specimens, while in the very young there is but a 
 single subapical tooth and several hairs. The next two 
 pairs of legs are short, but have the thighs broad. The 
 fifth pair are very short, but the two last are longer 
 and have the distal extremities not narrowed, and fur- 
 nished with two or three short stiff spines which assist 
 in perfecting the prehensile grasp of the finger when 
 it shuts. The last pair of caudal appendages terminate 
 in a foliaceous plate and well-developed hooks. 
 
 The colour of adult specimens is a brilliant crimson, 
 spotted with several large blotches of white with small 
 spots of black near their margins. By the aid of the 
 microscope the colour is perceived to be due to a close 
 network of stellate pigment covering a corneous ground. 
 
 In the very young animal this corneous tint universally 
 prevails except the few white blotches. When the 
 animal is somewhat grown some small spots of red are 
 
 E E 2 
 
420 COROPHIIDjE. 
 
 sprinkled over the surface ; tliese upon examination are 
 found to possess a more or less stellate condition, which 
 gradually increases as the animal grows older, until it 
 ultimately spreads over the entire surface, which appears 
 of a uniform rich red colour. It was on this account no 
 doubt that Col. Montagu gave the animal its character- 
 istic specific name. 
 
 This animal generally lives in a nest of its own con- 
 struction. Its common resting-place is at the roots of 
 Laminaria and other plants, or on the under sides of 
 stones, at the bottom of the sea in a few fathoms of 
 water, seeking some secure nook or quiet corner in which 
 to dwell in peace and safety. Some specimens which we 
 kept alive built for themselves nests against the surface 
 of the glass vessel in which they were confined. On the 
 side of the vessel grew young fronds of weed. Each 
 position which was selected by one of the animals for 
 its abode was swept clean for a distance round the nest 
 by the long antennae, proving distinctly that the animal 
 reaches out and collects material to assist in the con- 
 struction of its cell. Upon placing one of these newly- 
 constructed dwelling-places under the microscope we 
 found that the many bits of weed, chiefly green ulva, 
 were matted together by some exquisitely delicate 
 fibres. This fibrous material possessed the appearance 
 of having been spun or twisted, since frequently small 
 loops were formed by a fibre having been twisted upon 
 itself. 
 
 We have not been able to discover whether this 
 thread-like web be excreted by the mouth, or whether 
 or not there be an especial organ for its production, but 
 we hope that it will not be long before some naturalist 
 will be able to throw some light upon this curious and 
 interesting subject. 
 
AMPHITHOE RUBRICATA. 421 
 
 In some specimens recently sent to us from Banff we 
 found these nests to consist chiefly of this exquisitely 
 fine thread, built and twisted in with very little foreign 
 material such as straw and weed. One spot in the nest, 
 which from its thinness and position offered a favourable 
 place for examination without being ruptured, was 
 observed under the microscope to be arranged in a loose 
 kind of network as fairly represented in our vignette. 
 
 The type was taken by Col. Montagu on the south 
 coast of Devonshire, probably at Salcombe. Some speci- 
 mens were dredged by us in Plymouth Sound, upon 
 stony ground between the eastern end of the break- 
 water and Bovisand, of a most brilliant colour. Mr. 
 Harris, of Sidmouth, sent us a few specimens from 
 Penzance procured on the shore at low spring tide. The 
 Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys have taken it in 
 from two to five fathoms in Outer Skerries Harbour, also 
 in four fathoms one mile north of Whalsey Lighthouse, 
 Shetland; Mr. Norman has also sent it to us from 
 Cullercoats. It is also recorded from Strangford Loch 
 by Thompson and Hyndman in the " Annals of Natural 
 History "for 1847. 
 
 A portion of the Nest of AmphitJioe rubricata, as seen under the 
 microscope, with an object glass of of an inch. 
 
422 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 COROPHIID^. 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 AMPHITHOE LITTORINA. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes small, round. Superior antennae not more than 
 half the length of the animal. Inferior antennae almost as long as the 
 superior. Q-nathopoda having propoda tapering to the extremities ; palmae 
 corresponding with the inferior margins ; dactyla not having the inner margin 
 serrated. Colour, green, with black spots. 
 
 Length f inch. 
 
 Ampkithoe littorina. 
 
 Amphithoe punctata. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 
 Mus. p. 234, pi. xli. fig. 2. WHITE, Hist. Brit. 
 
 Crust, p. 200. 
 JOHNSTON, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 127 and 490. Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. xx. p. 243. WHITE, Cat. Crust. Brit. 
 
 Mus. p. 50. W. THOMPSON, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. 
 
 p. 243 (October, 1847) (not of Say, nor of Costa, 
 
 Rend. Accad. Sci. di Nap. 1853, p. 176, nor Podo- 
 
 cerus punctatus, Spence Bate). 
 
 THIS species, which is very readily distinguishable 
 from A. rubricata whilst alive, requires close observation 
 to determine its identity in a preserved state. The body 
 is long and laterally compressed. The eyes are small, 
 round, and black. The antennae are annulated with 
 
AMPHITHOfi LITTORINA. 423 
 
 brown, and are nearly of the same length, and are not 
 quite half the length of the animal;* the inferior have 
 the joints of the peduncle armed with strong hairs. The 
 first two pairs of legs are subequal, but the second is 
 rather the larger. There is a deep semilunar fissure 
 between the wrist and the hand and between the wrist 
 and the preceding joint, which does not occur in A. rubri- 
 cata. The first pair have the hand gradually tapering 
 to the extremity; the palm is straight and occupies 
 nearly the whole length of the inferior margin. The 
 second pair have the hand continuous with the wrist, and 
 formed much like that of the first pair ; the palm is long 
 and not clearly defined ;f the finger is nearly as long 
 as the inferior margin, and has the inner margin smooth. 
 The first two pairs of walking legs are short and robust. 
 The three posterior gradually increase in length and 
 have the inner margins of the hands furnished with a 
 longitudinal row of short stout spines. The posterior pair 
 of caudal appendages do not reach beyond the preceding 
 pair, and have the inner ramus foliaceous and the outer 
 styliform, and furnished with two short, hook-like spines. 
 The central tail-plate is obtusely triangular. The colour 
 of the animal is olive-green, covered all over, especially 
 on the sides, with minute black spots changing when 
 dead to a sand colour and marked on the back with 
 numerous impressed punctures. 
 
 This species is generally found amongst the weed close 
 in shore, associated with Gammarus locusta. It may 
 readily be detected by its size : like " a Triton amongst 
 
 * Dr. Johnston describes the upper antennae in his 0. punctatus as nearly 
 as long as the body. 
 
 t Dr. Johnston describes the hands of the second pair as having an obsolete 
 tooth. 
 
424 COROPHIIM. 
 
 the minnows," it is found one to a hundred of the 
 Gammari. 
 
 Johnston found it at Berwick, and presented the speci- 
 men to the British Museum under the name of G. 
 punctatus. The G. punctatus of Say, which we take to 
 be identical with Stimpson's A. virescens, has, in both 
 Say's and Stimpson's description, parts sufficiently dis- 
 tinct to separate it from the British species. 
 
 A. littorina is to be found most probably all round our 
 coast. Our friend, the late Mr. Geo. Barlee, sent it to us 
 from Skye, and the Rev. Geo. Gordon from the Moray 
 Frith. We have seen a specimen taken by the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman in the Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetlands. 
 Dr. Johnston found it very common amongst confervae in 
 pools left by the tide near Berwick. Mr. Webster has 
 forwarded to us specimens from Tenby; and we have 
 found them common between the tide marks at Plymouth. 
 Professor Kinahan has taken it in county Clare, Ireland. 
 Mr. Jeffreys has also found it on the coast of Normandy, 
 but we do not remember its having been among the 
 Crustacea found by him on the coast of Italy. Mr. Rayner 
 has found at Hummock's Island, Basse's Straits, a speci- 
 men that appears to be identical with this species ; and 
 we can detect no character of sufficient importance that 
 will identify A. Picta of Rathke, from the Crimea, as a 
 distinct species. 
 
 We believe that this species frequently constructs its 
 nest by rolling together the edges of a leaf of growing 
 seaweed and cementing them together so as to form a 
 tube open at each end. We observed the fact some time 
 since but have not since verified it. Dr. Johnston de- 
 scribes the " burrows " of his G. punctatus as being from 
 one to two inches long, composed of pieces of seaweed, 
 
AMPHITHOE LITTORINA. 
 
 425 
 
 and glued internally with a smooth and glutinous mem- 
 brane ; it is attached to the underside of stones, or is 
 embedded in some entangled fucus or conferva. A male 
 and female reside in each furrow, and Dr. Johnston had 
 observed them, when expelled from it, repeatedly return 
 and re-enter it. 
 
 The following sketch was kindly drawn for this work 
 by Miss Gordon Gumming, of Altyre. It represents 
 Hell's Hole, alias Hallis Hale, i.e. the Mouth of the 
 Harbour. 
 
426 
 
 AMP HIP OD A. 
 
 NATATOEIA . 
 
 COROPHIID/E. 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 AMPHITHOE ALBOMACULATA. 
 
 Specific character. Body robust. Antennas not longer than half the 
 animal. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long-ovate, with 
 the palm concave. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Ampkithoe albomaculata. KROYER, Nat. Tidsk. ny Rcekke, andet B. 
 p. 67. Voyage en Scan. pi. xi. B. fig. 1. 
 
 THIS species closely assimilates to A. rubricata, but is 
 readily distinguished, by the robust form of the animal, 
 the shortness of the superior antennae, and the concave 
 palm of the second pair of hands. 
 
 In the Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British 
 Museum, Mr. Spence Bate, not then having seen a 
 specimen has (p. 251), with hesitation, followed Bruze- 
 lius in uniting this species with A. podoceroides of 
 Rathke. But the specimen from which our figure is 
 taken so closely corresponds with that of Kroyer in his 
 magnificent work on the Crustacea, &c., of Scandinavia, 
 that we do not hesitate to consider our British species 
 as being identical with it. As connected with our Fauna 
 it was dredged for the first time in the summer of 1861, 
 in from seventy to ninety fathoms sixty miles east of 
 Shetlands, by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. J. G. 
 Jeffreys. 
 
AMPHITHOE GAMMAROIDES. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NAT ATOM A. 
 
 427 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 AMPHITHOE GAMMAROIDES. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes small, round, and black. Superior antenme 
 shorter than the inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda larger than the first ; 
 propodos subquadrate. 
 
 Length inch. 
 
 Amphithoe Gammaroides. SPENCK BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 235, 
 
 pi. xli. fig. 4. 
 Pkonexes Gammaroides. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. 
 
 p. 147. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 199. 
 
 THE eyes of this species are very small, round, and 
 black. The superior antennae are more than half the length 
 of the animal. The first joint of the peduncle is longer 
 than the head, the second joint is longer than the first, 
 and the third is not half the length of the second ; the 
 flagellum, which is imperfect in our typical specimen, 
 is about the length of the peduncle. In the inferior 
 antennae the antepenultimate joint of the peduncle ex- 
 tends to half the length of the first joint of the upper ; 
 the penultimate as far as the extremity of the second 
 joint of the upper ; while the ultimate is nearly as long 
 as the two preceding ; and the flagellum is about the 
 same length as the last joint of the peduncle, and there- 
 fore reaches beyond the extremity of the superior, 
 unless the flagellum of the latter be preternaturally long. 
 It was on account of the greater length of the inferior 
 to the superior antennae that the original describer first 
 
428 
 
 established for it a separate genus, which he has since 
 cancelled in the " Catalogue of Amphipoda " for the 
 British Museum. The first pair of legs have the hands 
 slightly dilated, and gradually increasing in diameter to 
 the palm, against which the finger, when shut, closely im- 
 pinges for the entire length. The second pair of legs have 
 the wrist dilated and continuous with the hand, which is 
 large, diagonally quadrate, the palm being oblique and 
 defined by an obtuse tooth. The third and fourth pairs 
 of legs are short and strong ; they have the thighs 
 dilated anteriorly. The fifth, sixth, and seventh have 
 the distal extremity of the sixth joints dilated so as to 
 increase their prehensile power, a circumstance which 
 suggests to us the idea that this imperfectly-examined 
 animal may belong to the genus Sunamphithoe. 
 
 The two or three specimens of this species which we 
 have seen are dried and imperfect ; they were sent to us 
 by the late Mr. Barlee, who obtained them at Penzance. 
 
 The colour of the specimens is a tolerably fresh green, 
 spotted with rather large and distant black points, which 
 are most abundant upon the sides of the animal. 
 
SUNAMPHITHOfi. 429 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PODOCER1DES. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 Genus SUNAMPHITHOE. 
 
 Sunamphithoe. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. Nat. 
 Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 250. 
 SynampUtJioe. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 201. 
 
 Generic character. Like Ampliifhoe except that the telson 
 is developed into the form of a hook, and the three posterior 
 pairs of legs have the sixth joint dilated at its extremity. 
 
 THIS genus is very near to Amphithoe, with which it is 
 very likely to be confounded. It has, however, the 
 second pair of hands more frequently larger, and the 
 walking legs have the hands developed somewhat as in 
 Isaa, having a small palm at the extremity, so that they 
 assume the appearance of being as much adapted for 
 prehension as for walking. The telson is developed into 
 a distinct and powerful hook, which is evidently a modi- 
 fication of that organ for some special purpose. It is 
 this last feature which distinguishes this genus from 
 every other of the family. As yet but two British 
 species are known. 
 
430 COROPHinX/E. 
 
 AMPIIIPODA. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATOR1A. 
 
 SUNAMPHITHOE HAMULUS. 
 
 Specific character. Antennse subequal : superior pair one-third as long 
 as the animal, the flagellum not being longer than the peduncle : inferior 
 pair having the flagellum scarcely longer than the last joint of the peduncle. 
 Ghiathopoda subequal. Telson in the form of a. very perfect hook. 
 
 Length y inch. 
 
 Sunampkithoe Hamulus. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus, p. 250, pi. xliii. fig. 5. 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202. 
 
 THE eyes are small, round, and black. The antennae 
 are nearly of the same length and about one-third that 
 of the animal ; in the upper pair the flagellum is about 
 the same length as the peduncle ; in the lower pair the 
 flagellum is much shorter, not being longer than the last 
 joint of the peduncle. The hands of the first two pairs 
 of legs are nearly of the same size, the second being 
 slightly the larger, and the fingers of both are serrated. 
 The first two pairs of walking legs are short and strong ; 
 the last three are strong and longer ; the distal extremity 
 of the hand being furnished with a palm armed with two 
 short, obtuse spines and one long, blunt, spirally-curved 
 spine, against which the finger, which is obsoletely 
 
SUNAMPHITHOfi HAMULUS. 431 
 
 serrated, acts and forms a strong prehensile grasp. The 
 last pair of caudal appendages have the branches short, 
 the inner being broadly foliaceous, the outer tipped with 
 two short hooks ; the telson terminates in a strong and 
 well-formed hook, that is evidently intended for some 
 special purpose. 
 
 We have received specimens of this species, of which 
 the habits are unknown, from the Moray Frith, where 
 they were taken by the Rev. Geo. Gordon ; from Rock- 
 pools, Penzance, where they were found by Mr. Harris. 
 They have been sent to us from the Shetlands, by the 
 late Mr. Barlee ; and the Rev. A. M. Norman has 
 dredged them in from two to five fathoms in the Outer 
 Skerries harbour in company with Mr. Jeffreys. 
 
432 COROPSUDJE. 
 
 AMPHTPODA. PODOCER1DES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 SUNAMPHITIIOE CONFORMATA. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes small, round, and white. Superior antennoe 
 longer than the inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda much larger than the 
 first ; propodos long-ovate, tapering to the extremity ; palm very oblique, 
 waved. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Sunamphithoe conformata. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 251, pi. xliii. fig. 6. 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202. 
 
 IN this species the eyes are round and white, with a 
 red spot in the middle. The superior antennas are 
 nearly as long as the animal. The inferior antennae are 
 but little more than half the length of the superior. 
 The second pair of legs are furnished with a hand twice 
 the size of that of the first pair: it is of a long oval 
 form, somewhat tapering to the extremity ; the palm is 
 subparallel with the upper margin, and is waved nearest 
 to the distal extremity. The first two pairs of walking 
 legs have the thighs very broadly developed. The third 
 pair of walking legs are very short ; the two last longer 
 and of uniform length. The posterior pair of caudal 
 appendages have the inner ramus foliaceous, and the 
 outer terminating in two powerful hooks. The telson 
 has not been clearly observed, but we believe that it 
 agrees with our generic description. 
 
SUNAMPHITHOE CONFOKMATA. 
 
 433 
 
 The animal is of a yellowish or fawn colour when alive, 
 with a few red marks corresponding with the points 
 where the legs are attached to the body. We obtained 
 our first specimen at Plymouth, and a second was 
 sent to us by the late Mr. Baiiee, who took it off the 
 Shetlands. 
 
 The following vignette represents some Laver ga- 
 therers. 
 
 F F 
 
434 COROPHinXE. 
 
 A MPH1PODA . PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATOKIA. 
 
 Genus PODOCERUS. 
 
 Podocerus. LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 360. DESMAREST, Consid. sur 
 Crust, p. 269. SAMOUELLE, Ent. Conip. p. 185. ED- 
 WARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 63. SPENCE BATE, Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. p. 141. 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 197. BRUZELIUS, Skand. 
 Amph. Gamm. p. 20. 
 
 Jassa. LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. DESMAREST, Consid. sur 
 
 Crust, p. 269. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 198, 
 
 Ischyrocerus. KROYER, Gron. Amfip. p. 59. 
 
 Cratophium. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 841. 
 
 Elasmopus. COSTA, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di Napoli, 
 1853, p. 170. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antermse having a minute 
 secondary appendage. Inferior antennae, not multiarticulate, 
 robust ; flagellum short and tipped with hooks. Second pair of 
 gnathopoda having the propodos largely developed. First and 
 second pair of pereiopoda having the base very broad; third 
 pair having the coxa scarcely as deep as that of the preceding 
 pair, and the lobes not equal in size. Posterior pair of pleopoda 
 biramous, one ramus being furnished with one or more hooks. 
 Telson squamiform. 
 
 THIS genus has the eyes generally very small, and 
 situated on a very prominent lobe, projected laterally 
 between the superior and inferior pairs of antennae ; this 
 lobe is formed of a plate so thin that we have frequently 
 observed the ocular mass to stand as a projecting ball on 
 the inner side. The superior antennae are invariably 
 furnished with a secondary appendage, which is generally 
 very small. The inferior antennae are longer, and more 
 powerful than the superior ; the peduncle is long, and 
 the flagellum very stout and strong, never multiarticulate, 
 
PODOCERUS. 435 
 
 but consisting of three or four very long articuli ; some 
 of the hairs upon the distal extremity of each articulus 
 attaining a strong spine-like condition, and becoming 
 shorter and stronger towards the apex of the organ, 
 where also they become curved or hooked. The second 
 pair of legs have the hand much longer than that be- 
 longing to the first pair. The first two pairs of walking 
 legs are very short and robust, and the thighs are 
 generally broadly dilated. The third pair are also short, 
 and have the lobes of the coxa very large. The last 
 pair of caudal appendages are double branched, the 
 branches are very short, and one of them (the inner) 
 is furnished with two or three hook-like spines. 
 
 This genus, as well as that of Jassa, was established 
 by Dr. Leach, but, after a careful consideration of the 
 meagre descriptions of these two genera, as well as an 
 examination of the specimens preserved in the British 
 Museum, we have not been able to discover any 
 character to distinguish the two groups. In this we 
 are the more confirmed from the fact that specimens of 
 each genus were mingled together, as also some totally 
 distinct from either. Dana's description of Cratophium 
 also appears to be identical with this genus, and we can 
 only account for that clear observer founding it as a 
 distinct genus from the fact that Dr. Leach's description 
 is not sufficient for identification without the assistance 
 of specimens. 
 
 This genus appears to be more generally distributed 
 in the northern than in the southern hemisphere, although 
 one species was taken by Dana on the coast of Brazil, and 
 another in the Eastern Archipelago. 
 
 F F 2 
 
436 
 
 AMPIHPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 COROPHTID^E. 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 PODOCERUS PULCHELLUS. 
 
 Specific cJiaracter. Superior antennae not longer than the peduncle of the 
 inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda having propodos with the palm parallel 
 with the superior margin, and denned by a long tooth-like process. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Jassa pulcMla. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Suppl. Enc. Brit. 
 
 i. p. 426. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. DESMAREST, 
 
 Consid. sur les Crust, p. 269. SAMOUELLE, Ent. 
 
 Comp. p. 105. MILNE EDWARDS, Regne Animal. 
 
 pi. Ixi. fig. 3. (Edit. Crochard, from Leach's 
 
 type.) 
 Podocerus pulchellus. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 384. 
 
 Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 64. SPENCE BATE, Rep. 
 
 Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. 
 
 xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 253, 
 
 pi. xliii. fig. 8. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 
 
 p. 198. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. p. 141. 
 
 Podocerus calcaratus. RATHKE, Nov. Act. xx. p. 91, pi. iv. fig. 9. 
 BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 22. 
 
PODOCERUS PULCHELLUS. 437 
 
 THE eyes are small in most of this genus, but appear 
 to be particularly so in this species. The superior 
 antennae do not reach quite to the extremity of the 
 peduncle of the inferior. The inferior antennae are very 
 nearly half the length of the animal ; the flagellum is 
 shorter than the last joint of the peduncle, it consists of 
 four articuli, and is furnished at the apex with double- 
 pointed curved spines. The coxae of the first two pairs 
 of legs are short, but those of the two succeeding are 
 more than twice the depth of their respective segments 
 of the body. The first pair of hands are small and sub- 
 triangular ; the palm oblique and totally straight, fringed 
 along the margin with long and short hairs, all double- 
 headed, the shorter being stronger and spine-like ; the 
 finger is deeply serrated along the distal moiety of the 
 inner margin. The second pair of hands are large, 
 equalling in length the head and the first two segments 
 of the body ; the palm is slightly concave, following a 
 line parallel with that of the upper margin, and is 
 defined by a long process or tooth, the apex of which 
 antagonizes with the extremity of the finger this thumb- 
 like process is sometimes nearly as long as the palm and 
 terminates abruptly. The next two pairs of legs are 
 short and robust; the last three gradually exceed each 
 other in length. 
 
 Dr. Leach (Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361) describes two 
 varieties of this species, #, those with the hands of 
 the second pair armed with an elongated obtuse tooth ; 
 and, b, those with the same hands having the internal 
 edge tridentate. It is possible that these varieties may 
 be the sexes of the species. 
 
 We have a branch of Eudendrium, given to us by our 
 late lamented friend Mr. Howard Stewart, Sub-curator 
 of the Royal College of Surgeons, in which a colony 
 
438 COROPHIIELE. 
 
 of this species has built several nests. These nests 
 were somewhat pear-shaped, the largest end being 
 upwards, and the entrance situated laterally near the 
 top. 
 
 The favourite habitat of most of the species of this 
 genus is among the weeds and zoophytes that grow thickly 
 at the water-line of buoys. Here we have often taken 
 them in fine summer weather. But our experience in- 
 duces us to believe that, when the wind raises high the 
 waves of the sea, they seek shelter in the quiet depths 
 of the ocean. 
 
 We, as well as Mr. Howard Stewart, have taken this 
 species frequently at Plymouth ; we have also dredged it 
 in Oxwich Bay, Glamorganshire. Mr. Norman has sent 
 it to us from Cullercoats, and Mr. Edward from Banff. Mr. 
 Robertson has procured some fine specimens at Cumbrae, 
 and the late Mr. Barlee took it near Penzance. 
 
 The near resemblance of this species to Podocerus 
 validus of Dana, demonstrates, as we have previously 
 noticed, the close resemblance between the European 
 and South American Crustacea. 
 
PODOCERUS VARIEGATUS. 4o9 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIAL 
 
 PODOCERUS VARIEGATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes small, oblong. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 having the propodos large, ovate ; palm oblique, fringed with a few plumose 
 cilia. Dactylos serrated. 
 
 Length ^ inch. 
 
 Podocerus varieyatus. LEACH, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Linn. Trans, xi. 
 p. 361. Suppl. Enc. Brit. i. 426. SAMOUELLE, 
 Ent. Comp. p. 104. DESMAREST, Consid. sur 
 Crust, p. 269. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. 
 Nat. t. xx. p. 384. Regne Animal, pi. Ixi. fig. 4. 
 (Edit. Crochard, from Leach's type.) Hist, des 
 Crust, t. iii. p. 63. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. 
 Assoc. 1855. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. 
 Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 254, pi. xliii. fig. 10. 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 197. GOSSE, 
 Mar. Zool. i. p. 141. 
 
 THE back is perfectly smooth.* The eyes are small, 
 
 * Prof. Milne Edwards in his Crochard Edition of the "Regne Animal," has 
 represented the first two segments of the tail postero-dorsally produced into 
 
440 COROPHIID/E. 
 
 oblong in form, and placed in a very advanced position 
 on the lateral lobes of the head. The superior antennae 
 are about one-third the length of the animal, and have 
 a jointed flagellum, but little longer than the last joint 
 of the peduncle, and furnished with a secondary ap- 
 pendage consisting of but a single articulus ; the second 
 joint of the peduncle is furnished with about twelve, and 
 the third joint with ten, setose serrations on the under side. 
 The inferior antennae are scarcely longer than the superior, 
 and the flagellum is not so long as the last joint of the 
 peduncle, and consists of four or five large articuli ; the 
 last three, besides having numerous hairs, some of which 
 are slightly fringed with cilia, are armed with spines 
 that assume an increasingly hooked condition as they 
 approach the extremity of the appendage; these are 
 evidently powerful organs, and much used in climbing, 
 as observed by the late Dr. Leach. The first pair of 
 legs have the hand ovate and tapering, the finger 
 serrated. The second pair have the hand very large, 
 oval in form, except the palm, which is slightly excavated, 
 and furnished with a few plumose hairs ; the finger is 
 slightly serrated upon the inner margin. The coxa of 
 the first pair of legs is much advanced anteriorly, but not 
 very deep, those of the three next succeeding pairs in- 
 crease gradually in depth, and are each about the depth 
 of its respective segment ; the coxa of the fifth pair is 
 not so deep as the preceding, and subequally divided 
 into two lobes. The fifth pair of legs are not longer 
 than the fourth ; the sixth and seventh pairs are longer, 
 and all are very robust. The posterior pair of caudal 
 
 teeth. Although we have no doubt but that the error arises from a miscon- 
 ception of the artist, yet being in so extensively circulated a work it is liable 
 to mislead if not noticed. 
 
PODOCERUS VARIEGATUS. 441 
 
 appendages have the outer ramus terminating in three 
 strong hooks, the inner is foliaceous. 
 
 The animal derives its specific name from its beautiful 
 colour, having " the body, legs, and antennae beautifully 
 variegated with red ; " * but this variegated appearance 
 is common to several species. 
 
 Dr. Leach found his specimen, which he gave as the 
 type of the genus, on the south coast of Devon. We 
 have taken specimens of it at Plymouth ; and some were 
 sent to the British Museum, by Mr. Stevenson, from 
 Bell Rock, during the period that he was erecting that 
 lighthouse. We have received from Mr. E. W. H. 
 Holds worth, a branch of Tubularia gracilis, the twigs of 
 which are thickly covered with the tubular nests of this 
 species; it was found upon rocks on the sea coast of 
 Devonshire. The Rev. A. M. Norman has dredged it 
 in forty fathoms of water one mile north of Whalsey 
 Lighthouse. Mr. Edward has sent it to us from Banff, 
 and Mr. Loughrin from Polperro. 
 
 Leach. 
 
442 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NAT ATOM A. 
 
 COROPHIID.E. 
 
 PODOCERL L)S 
 
 PODOCERUS CAPILLATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes round. Antennae subequal, plumose. Second 
 pair of gnathopoda having the propodos ovate except where the palm is 
 deeply excavated and defined by a strong tooth. 
 
 Length | inch. 
 
 Podocerus capillatus. RATHKE, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. pi. iv. fig. 8. 
 
 SPENCB BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 255, 
 
 pi. xliv. fig. 3. 
 Jassa capillata. BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 19. 
 
 THIS species so much resembles P. variegatus that we 
 originally considered them to be varieties of one species. 
 Our figure, unfortunately drawn from an imperfectly- 
 developed specimen, scarcely gives a correct idea of the 
 points which distinguish this species; the details, how- 
 
PODOCERUS CAriLLATUS. 443 
 
 ever, having been taken from one in a more perfect 
 condition, will compensate for the circumstance. It may 
 be readily detected by the plumose antennas (which are so 
 thickly furnished with hair, each hair being so thickly 
 furred with fine cilia that the antennas resemble a brush 
 in appearance rather than the normal organs supporting 
 hairs) and the second pair of hands, which are ovate, 
 with the palm deeply excavated on the infero-anterior 
 margin, the excavation being defined at its posterior 
 limits by an obtuse but prominent tooth, as shown in the 
 outline figure, marked i. 
 
 This species is beautifully variegated and builds its 
 nests in a very bird-like manner in submarine forests; 
 the nest consists chiefly of fine thread-like material, 
 woven and interlaced, being established firmly in the 
 branches of Zoophytes; some small extraneous fragments 
 are often bound in with it, but these appear more the 
 result of accident than of intention, as is the case with 
 Amphithoe. The form of the nest is somewhat oval, 
 the entrance being invariably at the top. These nests 
 are evidently used as a place of refuge and security, 
 and in which the parent protects and keeps her brood of 
 young until they are old enough to be independent of 
 the mother's care. 
 
 Our vignette is taken from a group of these nests one 
 of which upon being opened was found to be occupied by 
 a parent animal and a swarm of young, evidently of two 
 ages, therefore two broods,* demonstrating, we think, 
 
 * We have observed in Atylus carinatus from the Arctic Seas, that the 
 young, while yet nurtured in the incubatory pouch, attain progressive stages 
 of development. At first the head is without a rostrum, and the body and 
 tail without dorsal teeth ; these are afterwards gradually developed, and the 
 flagella are added to the antennae articulus by articulus. Figures of this 
 interesting development are given in the Catalogue of Amphipoda for the 
 British Museum. 
 
444 
 
 COROPHIULE. 
 
 tolerably clearly that the instinct of maternal love hovers 
 over the young long after they are born.* 
 
 We have obtained the species from trawlers off 
 Plymouth. Mr. Loughrin has sent it us, with their 
 nests built in Plumularia, from Polperro, from which our 
 vignette was drawn. Mr. Edward has sent it to us also, with 
 nests built in Corallina officinalis, taken from rock pools 
 near Banff; and the Rev. A. M. Norman has dredged it 
 in from two to five fathoms in Outer Skerries Harbour, 
 Shetlands, as well as one mile north of Whalsey Lighthouse 
 in forty fathoms of water. Bruzelius records it from 
 the coasts of Norway and Bohusia. 
 
 * In a note to the Translation of Mr. Spence Bate's Paper on the "Nidi- 
 fication of Crustacea," reprinted from the Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1858, into the 
 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, the editor objects to the word "nests" as 
 applied to these abodes of Crustacea, but the fact that the young are therein 
 nurtured and protected justifies us in continuing the term first used. 
 
PODOCERUS FALCATUS. 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 445 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 PODOCERUS FALCATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae longer than the superior. Second 
 pair of gnathopoda having the propodos ovate, palm very oblique, imperfectly 
 defined, and armed with two obtuse teeth. 
 
 Length 5 7 g inch. 
 
 Cancer Gammarus falcatus. MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 100, pi. v. fig. 2. 
 
 Cerapus pelagicus (pars). 
 Podocerus falcatus. 
 
 Jassa falcata. 
 
 Cerapits falcatus. 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 61. 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 255, 
 
 pi. xliv. fig. 1. 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 198. LEACH, 
 
 Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. Edin. Encyc. vii. 
 
 p. 433. 
 THOMPSON, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 244. 
 
 THIS species may readily be distinguished from the 
 preceding by the greater length of the inferior pair of 
 antennae, which are nearly as long as the body of the 
 animal. The second pair of hands are large and ovate, 
 having the palm scarcely defined, but armed with two 
 powerful but rather blunt teeth, the one situated near 
 
446 COllOPHIHXE. 
 
 the centre, the other at the anterior extremity of the 
 palm. It is variegated in its colouring, being, according 
 to Montagu, crimson, or mottled with a mixture of 
 white. 
 
 Montagu, whose type specimens are in the British 
 Museum, took it only with a dredge at Torcross, on the 
 south coast of Devonshire. We have dredged it at 
 Plymouth, and on the south coast of Wales ; and re- 
 ceived it from Polperro from Mr. Loughrin, and from 
 Falmouth as well as Tenby from Mr. W. Webster, and 
 Mr. Robertson has sent it to us from Cambrae, N. B. 
 
AMPHIPODA 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 PODOCERTJS PELAGTCUS. 447 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 PODOCERUS PELAGICUS. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with 
 the palm Innately excavate, lobed near the base, and defined by two or three 
 stiff, short, blunt spines. 
 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Jassa pelagica. LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. Edin. Ency. 
 
 vii. p. 433. DESMAREST, Consid. sur Crust. 
 
 p. 270. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 54. 
 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 198. 
 Podocerus pelagicus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 255, 
 
 pi. xliv. fig. 2. 
 Cerapus pelagicus (pars). MILNE EDWARDS, Hist. Crust, iii. p. 61. CUVIER, 
 
 Regne An. (Ed. Croch.) pi. 61, fig. 2 (from 
 
 Leach's type in British Museum). 
 
 THE eyes are round ; and the superior antennae are 
 not so long as the inferior which are not quite half the 
 length of the animal. The second pair of hands are 
 
44<8 COROPHIHXE. 
 
 sublunate, the palm running parallel nearly the entire 
 length of the hand, and fringed with several equidistant 
 plumose hairs; a projecting lobe is situated near the 
 base of the palm, which is defined by a prominence 
 covered with a few hairs, and short stiff spines sub- 
 apically tipped with a single cilium : the finger is 
 slightly serrated along the interior margin. In a speci- 
 men received from Ilfracombe, from which the figure 
 was drawn, the hand has undergone a considerable 
 variation, the lunate portion is very much shortened, 
 whereas the two lobes at the base are very much 
 widened, though not more prominent. The finger like- 
 wise has undergone a change, being, in the typical form, 
 somewhat dilated near the centre of the inner margin, 
 corresponding with the concavity of the palm, whereas 
 in the Ilfracombe variety there is no dilatation, it is also 
 more strongly serrated ; but this variation in the finger 
 is evidently an adaptation to, and dependent upon, the 
 form of the palm. 
 
 There is little in the structure of this species worthy 
 of attention as differing from the preceding. The 
 surface of the integument is covered with numerous 
 minute points, and more thickly covered by exquisitely 
 fine down, which appears to be arranged in uneven 
 rows as shown at figure K. 
 
 This species appears to live in deeper water, or not 
 so near the surface as the preceding, and to build its 
 nests chiefly of mud. These nests, when broken up and 
 examined by the microscope, do not exhibit any of that 
 threadlike material which exists so abundantly in the 
 others. 
 
 Our figure and description are taken from specimens 
 sent to us by Mr. Gosse, who procured them at Tenby 
 
PODOCERUS PELAGICUS. 
 
 449 
 
 and Ilfracombe. The vignette beneath represents the 
 nests of this species from both localities. Those grouped 
 round the Tubularia are from the former place, while 
 those upon the Ulva are from the latter. The Rev. 
 A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys have dredged it also in 
 from two to five fathoms of water in the Outer Skerries 
 Harbour, Shetlands. 
 
 G G 
 
450 
 
 A MPIIIPODA . 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 COROPHIID.E. 
 
 PODOCERTDES. 
 
 PODOCERUS OCIUS. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long- 
 ovate ; palm very oblique, defined by an obtuse tooth, and armed with one 
 strong central tooth and three subapical tubercles. 
 
 Length fa inch. 
 
 Podocerus Ocius. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 257, pi. xliv. 
 fig. 5. 
 
 THIS species scarcely differs from P. pelagicus. It has 
 the coxse less deep than in any of the previously- 
 described species. The inferior antenna have the flagel- 
 lum consisting of three articuli, the first of which is as 
 long as the last joint of the peduncle, the second and 
 third are each abruptly smaller, and furnished with 
 a single strong, curved, sharp spine amidst fine hairs. 
 The second pair of hands are long-ovate, the palm being 
 horizontal and about half the length of the hand, de- 
 fined by a strong blunt tooth, and armed near the centre 
 with a long obliquely-pointed tooth, beyond which are 
 three tubercles. The finger is smooth upon the inner 
 
PODOCERHS OCIUS. 
 
 451 
 
 margin, a somewhat unusual circumstance, 'especially as 
 the finger of the first pair of hands is serrated. 
 
 We found this little species in a collection which 
 Mr. Gosse sent to us. It was taken by him at Ilfra- 
 combe, near low-water mark, spring-tide, associated with 
 P. pelagicus. 
 
 The following is a sketch of Ilfracombe, showing the 
 Lantern House and Hillsborough. 
 
 __ ^ & ^^=^ = . 
 
 ILFRACOMBE. LANTERN HOUSE AND HILLSBO ROUGH. 
 
 G G 2 
 
452 COROPHIID^. 
 
 A MPHIP ODA P ODOC BRIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus CERAPUS. 
 
 Cerapus. SAY, Journ. Acad. Philad. i. p. 49. DESMAREST, Consid. sur 
 Crust, p. 271. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. 
 xx. p. 382. TEMPLETON, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 188. WHITE, 
 Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 189. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. 
 p. 140. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 262. 
 
 Ericthonius. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 383. Hist, des 
 Crust, t. iii. p. 59. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, 
 p. 59. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. WHITE, Pop. 
 Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196. 
 
 Cerapodina. MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 62. 
 
 Pyctilus. DANA, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 973. 
 
 Generic character. Body not laterally compressed. Coxae 
 not so deep as their respective segments of the body. Antennae 
 subequal : superior pair furnished with a secondary appen- 
 dage; inferior antennae having the flagellum multi-articu- 
 late. First pair of gnathopoda subchelate : second pair of 
 gnathopoda large, complexly subchelate. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda unibranched. Telson rudimentary, supporting nu- 
 merous small, sharp points. 
 
 IN this genus the body of the animal is not deep 
 or laterally compressed. The antennae are nearly of the 
 same length, although the lower are the more powerful 
 pair of organs. The flagella are multi-articulate. The 
 first pair of hands are simply subchelate ; the second 
 pair have the wrist largely developed and inferiorly pro- 
 duced so as to antagonize at its extremity with the apex 
 of the finger. All the walking legs have the thighs 
 equally dilated. The posterior pair of caudal append- 
 ages are single-branched, and the middle piece is bilobed, 
 each lobe being studded with minute, sharp, anteriorly- 
 directed teeth. 
 
CERAPUS. 453 
 
 Say, in his character of the genus, described the 
 flagella to the antennae as consisting of a single joint, 
 a mode of expression not unusual among authors. 
 Milne Edwards consequently established his genera 
 Ericthonius and Cerapodina in consequence of the antennas 
 terminating in multi-articulate flagella. The former was 
 founded upon an animal examined by the author, the 
 latter upon Templeton's inaccurate figure of Cerapus 
 abditus. Professor Dana has likewise founded his genus 
 Pyctilus upon a misconception of the figure of Ericthonius 
 difformis, illustrative of M. Edward's description of that 
 genus, which the artist has drawn with the coxa of the 
 first pair of legs fused with the body of the animal, 
 a circumstance not alluded to in the author's description, 
 and one that Professor Milne Edwards informs us was 
 an error of his draughtsman. It is for these reasons 
 that we are led to consider that these several genera are, 
 together with Dercothoe,* only synonyms of Cerapus. 
 
 The species of this genus are not very numerous, but 
 they have a tolerably wide geographical range. They 
 exist mostly in the warm temperate zones. The form of 
 their abodes appears from Say and Templeton to be 
 membraneous tubes; the former states them to be un- 
 attached to any substance, and carried by the free will of 
 the animal as it swims or walks about a fact which has 
 not been corroborated by any subsequent observer. Mr. 
 Stimpson,inhis "Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan," 
 p. 47, writing of Cerapus rubricornis, says, " it inhabits 
 flexible tubes, of sizes corresponding to that of the 
 individuals, composed of fine mud and some animal 
 cement by which it is agglutinated. These tubes are 
 generally adherent for about one-half the length and 
 closed below. They are usually found in large groups 
 * Vide page 459. 
 
454 COROPHIID.E. 
 
 attached to submarine objects and to each other. The 
 animals are very active, protruding and retracting the 
 anterior portion of their bodies, while their antennae 
 are in continual motion, lashing about in search of some 
 object which might serve for food. It is very amusing 
 to watch a colony of these animals, with their comical 
 gestures in their disputes with each other, and their 
 awkward celerity in regaining their respective tubes 
 after having left them on temporary excursions. I have 
 in no instance met with an individual transporting a 
 free tube, as is said by Mr. Say to be the case with 
 C. tubularis." 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 CERAPUS ABD1TUS. 455 
 
 PODOCERTDES. 
 
 CERAPUS ABDITUS. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes transversely ovate. Antennae subequal. Epi- 
 stoma produced to a point. Second pair of gnathopoda having the subapical 
 process of the carpus double -pointed. 
 
 Length about \ inch. 
 
 Cerapus abditus. 
 
 Cerapodina abditus. 
 Erictkonius dijffbrmis. 
 
 TEMPLETON, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 188, pi. xx. fig. 5. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 263, 
 
 pi. xlv. fig. 2. 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 62. 
 SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. 
 
 WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196 (not Edwards). 
 
 THE eyes are oval, placed longitudinally in the head, 
 and red in colour.* The superior antennae (broken off 
 in the specimen drawn above) are about the same length 
 as the inferior. The epistoina projects anteriorly in the 
 
 * Templeton gives the colour of the eyes of his specimen as black, with a 
 pale encircling ring. 
 
456 COROPHIID^. 
 
 form of a long point or process as shown at *. The first 
 pair of legs have the hand and wrist continuously oval. 
 The second pair have the wrist as broad again and much 
 longer than the hand, the subapical process is double- 
 pointed; the hand has the inferior margin irregularly 
 waved, but running subparallel with the superior. The 
 finger is lanceolate, but slightly curved, and sparingly 
 fringed with hairs. The first three pairs of legs are 
 shorter than the last two, the thighs being equally 
 dilated. The posterior pair of caudal appendages are 
 very robust; the short single branch is tipped with 
 short, slightly-curved, obtuse spines, the middle tail-piece 
 having several rows of minute sharp teeth upon each 
 lobe. The colour of the animal is pale yellow or horny, 
 slightly studded with black spots. 
 
 We took our first British specimens in Oxwich Bay, 
 on the coast of South Wales, and have since taken it in 
 Plymouth Sound, in company with the late Mr. Howard 
 Stewart. The Rev. A. M. Norman has sent it to us 
 from the coast of Northumberland; but the original 
 specimen of the species was taken by Mr. Templeton in 
 the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 Dana describes, under the name of Pyctilus Brasiliensis, 
 a specimen which agrees with our British form ; and 
 it is not impossible, since Templeton's sea voyage was 
 from the southern to the northern hemisphere, that his 
 species may have been taken off the coast of Brazil, and 
 therefore identical with Dana's species; at all events 
 this forms another evidence of the great resemblance 
 between the British and South American Crustacea. 
 
 We have never taken this species within its abode; 
 but Templeton figures the cell in the form of a long, 
 narrow, membraneous tube, about one-fifth of an inch 
 in length, his specimen being about one-eighth. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 CERAPUS DIFFORMIS. 457 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 CERAPUS DIFFORMIS. 
 
 Specific character. Male. Antennae subequal. Second pair of gnatho- 
 poda having the carpus longer than the propodos, and the extremity of the 
 infero-anterior process single -pointed. 
 
 Length -^ inch. 
 
 Female. Second pair of gnathopoda with the wrist rather broader but 
 not longer than the propodos, having the infero-anterior angle wide, and 
 slightly produced as a plate along the inferior margin of the propodos. 
 
 Length 5 3 g inch. 
 
 JEricthonius difformis. MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 382. 
 
 Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 60, pi. xxix. fig. 12. 
 Cerapus difformis. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 265, pi. xlv. 
 
 fig. 5. 
 
 THE male of this species bears a general resemblance 
 to the preceding. The eyes are round, small, and black. 
 The superior antennae are rather more than half the 
 length of the animal. The inferior antennae are nearly 
 as long as the superior. The first pair of legs are small, 
 
458 
 
 with the wrist as deeply dilated as the hand, and nearly 
 of the same form. The second pair have the wrist 
 longer than, and nearly twice the breadth of, the hand ; 
 the antero-inferior process produced to a single point; 
 the hand having the inferior margin smooth, and nearly 
 parallel with the superior ; the finger is slightly curved 
 and pointed. 
 
 The female differs from the male in being a less slender 
 animal : and in having the second pair of legs with the 
 wrist not longer than the hand, and produced beneath 
 its inferior surface, not as a strong tooth-like process, 
 but as a thin plate-like projection. The hand is nearly 
 round, or broadly oval, being as wide as the wrist. It is 
 is in fact a perfect specimen of the supposed genus 
 Dercothoe. 
 
 Both male and female specimens are thickly sprinkled 
 with small spots of black. 
 
 We have only seen dead individuals of this species, 
 and have, therefore, no positive proof that the two 
 forms above described are the male and female of the 
 same species. We, however, received them at the same 
 time from the same locality, and our opinion has since 
 received a curious corroboration in the circumstance 
 that, among the specimens sent to us, for examination, 
 by the Rev. A. M. Norman, one had the right hand of 
 the second pair of legs developed like that of the male, 
 while the one upon the left side assumed all the 
 characteristics of the female organ. 
 
 We have received specimens of this species from 
 Banff, sent to us by Mr. Edward ; from Northumber- 
 land, where it was procured by the Rev, A. M. Norman; 
 and it is recorded by Prof. Milne Edwards as having 
 been found on the coast of Brittany. 
 
DERCOTIIOE (CERAPUS $ ). 459 
 
 A M PHI POD A . PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NA.TATOR1A. 
 
 Genus DERCOTHOE (CERAPUS $). 
 
 Dercotkoe. DANA, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 968. 
 
 Dercothoe (Cerapus $). SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. p. 259. 
 
 Generic character. Eyes situated on very advanced lobes. 
 Superior antennae furnished with a small secondary appendage. 
 Coxae moderately deep. Posterior pair of pleopoda single- 
 branched. Telson armed with several rows of small tooth-like 
 processes. 
 
 THE eyes are situated on advanced lateral lobes. The 
 antennae are nearly of the same length ; the superior 
 pair furnished with a small secondary appendage. The 
 coxae are moderately deep. The first pair of hands are 
 small ; the second large, having the wrist produced along 
 the inferior margin of the hand. In all other respects 
 the animals that constitute this genus closely resemble 
 those of the males of Cerapus. 
 
 The absence of positive evidence alone precludes us 
 from suppressing this genus founded by Dana. We 
 have little doubt but that the animals of which it con- 
 sists are the females of Cerapus. But since we have 
 not been able yet to determine with certainty the males 
 of certain species, and from Dana having described one 
 of his as having a secondary appendage to the superior 
 antennae that consists of three or four articuli, we think 
 it both desirable and convenient to retain it for the 
 present. 
 
 Krb'yer writing upon the genus Ericthonius, of Ed- 
 wards,* which we consider to be a synonym of Cerapus 
 
 * Nat. Tidsk. iv, p. 163. 
 
460 COROPHIID^E. 
 
 states it to be the male of Podocerus. The general 
 resemblance of this genus to Podocerus is very con- 
 siderable, as may be seen by our figure of D. punctatus, 
 which was first described as belonging to the genus 
 Podocerus. We have, therefore, little doubt but that 
 Kroyer, while he distinguished the true relationship 
 existing between Cerapus and Dercothoe, was misled, 
 from the resemblance of the latter to Podocerus, to con- 
 sider that genus as being the female of Cerapus. 
 
 Stimpson, in his descriptions of Cerapi in his " Marine 
 Invertebrata of Grand Manan," appears to have been 
 aware, both of the distinction and relationship between 
 the male and female of the genus Cerapus, without 
 having fully appreciated its important bearing in relation 
 to the observations of Dana and Kroyer. 
 
A MP III POD A . 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 DERCOTHOE (CERAPUS $) PUNCTATUS. 461 
 
 GAMMARIDES. 
 
 DERCOTHOE (CERAPUS $) PUNCTATUS. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes round. Antennae subequal. Second pair of 
 gnathopoda with the carpus and propodos continuous, long-ovate ; carpus 
 but slightly produced upon the inferior margin of the propodos. Telson 
 double-lobed. 
 
 Length 2 7 D inch. 
 
 Dercothoe (Cerapus $) punclatus. MILNE EDWARDS, MS. in Brit. Mus. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 260, pi. xliv. fig. 10. 
 Podoccrus punclatus $>. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. 
 
 xix. p. 148. 
 
 THE eyes are round and black. Antennae about one- 
 third the length of the animal. The first pair of legs 
 have the hand and wrist forming a continuous oval, of 
 which the upper margin is the more rounded. The 
 second pair of hands are larger and longer than the first ; 
 the wrist is continuous with the hand, but only about 
 
462 COROPHIIDJS. 
 
 half its length, and but slightly produced upon the 
 inferior margin ; together they form a long oval, having 
 the palm not denned ; the finger is finely crenulated 
 along the inner margin. The coxae are not deep except 
 in the fifth pair of legs, which, in the specimen from 
 which our figure is taken, are deeper than the preceding, 
 an unusual, and we believe an accidental or abnormal 
 occurrence. The thighs of the five pairs of walking 
 legs are broadly dilated, pear-shaped, the distal part 
 being the broadest. The caudal appendages have the 
 margins of the branches minutely serrated and armed 
 with a few small spines; the posterior pair are very 
 strong, unibranched, and tipped with two or three short, 
 hook-like spines. The middle tail-piece consists of two 
 lobes, each being armed with several rows of short sharp 
 teeth, one lobe being represented at the upper part of 
 figure v. 
 
 This animal is of a yellow or straw colour, beautifully 
 marked with fine pigment cells, which appear to be most 
 abundant on the coxae and along the margins of the 
 segments of the body of the animal. 
 
 We have placed this species in Dana's genus because 
 we have not had proof of its actual relationship to 
 Cerapus. We, however, have scarcely any doubt in 
 considering it as being the female of Cerapus abditus, 
 especially as Mr. Alder, who sent the specimen to us, 
 stated that it was the inhabitant of a tube, and as its 
 sex is indicated by the eggs seen in its egg-pouch. 
 
 We received this specimen, from which our description 
 and figure are taken, from Mr. Alder, who dredged it 
 on the coast of Northumberland ; and we have a drawing 
 of a specimen that we took with a dredger some years 
 since in Oxwich Bay, on the coast of Glamorgan, which 
 we believe to be identical. 
 
SIPHONCECETES. 463 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOOERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus SIPHONCECETES. 
 
 SipJioncecetus. KROYER, Nat. Tidsk. i. p. 491. Voyage en Scand. pi. xx. 
 fig. 1. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 268. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 
 1855, p. 59. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennae with a multi-articulate 
 flagellum, and no secondary appendage. Inferior antenna? 
 having the flagellum not multi-articulate. Gnathopoda subequal, 
 subchelate. Pereiopoda short and robust. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda very short, terminating in a single ramus tipped with 
 hooks. Telson furnished with several rows of short, sharp 
 teeth or spines. 
 
 THE body of the animals in this genus is not laterally 
 compressed, and the coxae are very small. The eyes are 
 situated on projecting lateral lobes of the cephalon. 
 The superior antennae are shorter than the inferior, and 
 are furnished with a multi-articulate flagellum, but do 
 not carry a secondary appendage. The inferior antennae 
 are developed nearly in the form of true legs, and 
 generally consist, we believe, of seven joints; at all 
 events the flagellum is never multi-articulate. The first 
 two pairs of legs are subchelate, and nearly alike in size, 
 the second being rather the larger. All the walking legs 
 are short and tolerably strong. The posterior pair of 
 caudal appendages terminate in a double-hooked branch. 
 The middle tail-piece consists of a single lobe, furnished 
 with numerous small teeth or spines. 
 
 Kroyer, in his figure of the type of the genus, re- 
 presents the posterior pair of caudal appendages as 
 being double-branched, but if our observation be cor- 
 
464 
 
 COROPHIID^. 
 
 rect, there is but a single branch, terminating in a double 
 hook. 
 
 This genus appears to be a northern form, and one 
 which has not been very frequently observed. The 
 animals dwell in tube-like nests, apparently open only 
 at one end, and generally of a very cylindrical form. 
 The inhabitants correspond in form with their abodes, 
 the legs being short and furnished with sharp minute 
 fingers which enable them to progress or retire within 
 their dwellings. 
 
 The following vignette represents some Welsh girls 
 picking cockles off the pier-head at Swansea. 
 
 GIRLS PICKING COCKLES. 
 
STPHONCECETES TYPICUS. 465 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 SIPHONCECETES TYPICUS. 
 
 Specific character. Antennse cylindrical : superior reaching to the ex- 
 tremity of the peduncle of the inferior : inferior antennae nearly as long as 
 the animal ; flagellum with three joint-like articuli, the first and second 
 greatly elongated. 
 
 Length | inch. 
 
 Siphoncecetes typicus. KROYER, Nat. Tidsk., 2. Ser., i. p. 491, pi. vii. fig. 4. 
 Voyage en Scand. Crust., pi. xx. fig. 1. SPENCE 
 BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 270, pi. xlvi. 
 fig. 1 (after Kroyer). 
 
 THE eyes are round. The superior antennae are about 
 one-half the length of the animal. The inferior have 
 the peduncle nearly as long as the superior antennae ; 
 the flagellum consists of two very long and one short 
 articuli. In Kroyer's figure of this organ the second 
 articulus is shorter than the first, and, as well as the 
 third or last, is furnished with a few strong, sharp, and 
 slightly-curved spines, besides the fine hairs. The first 
 pair of legs are slender, the wrist being as long as the 
 hand, of which the palm is extremely oblique. The second 
 pair are a little stouter than the first, and the hand some- 
 what less oblique, and more clearly defined. The first 
 two pairs of walking legs have the thighs but moderately 
 dilated, and the finger nearly straight- The last three 
 are very short; and the penultimate pair of caudal 
 appendages are as long as the ultimate. 
 
 H H 
 
466 COROPHI1D.E. 
 
 The animal here described was taken by Mr. Jeffreys 
 and the Rev. A. M. Norman, during the summer of 
 1861, in from seventy to ninety fathoms water, sixty 
 miles east of the Shetland group. This is the first 
 time that the animal has been described as British. In 
 the Catalogue of Amphipoda for the British Museum, 
 the species was indicated as Scandinavian, from Kroyer's 
 description and figure. 
 
 The abode constructed by this species is also figured 
 and described by Kroyer as being built of small stones 
 and fragments of pebbles cemented together, and open at 
 one end only. 
 
 Never having taken the nest of this species, we are 
 indebted to Kroyer's figure for the following vignette. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 SIPHONCECETES WHITE!. 467 
 
 PODOCER1DES. 
 
 SIPHONCECETES WHTTEI. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae having the peduncle but little 
 longer than the cephalon ; the flagellum short, and apparently exarticulate. 
 
 Inferior antennae (Jnathopoda with the carpi and propoda 
 
 continuously long-ovate; dactylos of the second pair serrated. First two 
 pairs of pereiopoda having the dactyla straight. 
 
 Length 5 4 inch. 
 
 Cerapus Whitei. GOSSK, .Nat. Rambles, Devonshire, p. 383. 
 
 pi. xxii. fig. 12. Mar. Zool. p. 140, f. 253. 
 
 WHITE, Brit. Crust, p. 191. 
 Siphoncecetus Whitei. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 270, 
 
 pi. xlv. fig. 10. 
 Siphoncecetus Kroyeranus. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 
 p. 149. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196. 
 
 OUR knowledge of this species is limited. The 
 specimen which we examined, and originally described 
 as S. Kroyeranus, has the superior antennae shorter 
 than either the figures of Kroyer or of Gosse ; we 
 have, nevertheless, associated both under one name, 
 and it is not improbable that they may prove to be 
 females of S. typicus. The almost exarticulate flagellum 
 of the upper antennae, and the more strongly armed 
 second pair of hands, may, possibly, be characteristics 
 of the female sex, but until more specimens are obtained 
 
 H H 2 
 
468 COROPIIIID.E. 
 
 we hesitate to give the species as identical with 8. typicus. 
 The antennae are represented in Mr. Gosse's figure as 
 being of nearly equal length, and but little more than 
 half the length of the animal. 
 
 Our specimen was sent to us from Weymouth by 
 Professor Williamson. Mr. Gosse took his in tubes 
 attached to tufts of Chondrus crispus (the sea-weed that 
 is sold in a dry state under the name of Carrageen Moss), 
 at Ilfracombe, at low-water spring-tide mark ; he has 
 given, under the name of the Caddis Shrimp, the follow- 
 ing account of its habits, in the work above quoted : 
 
 " Among these (Algae and various parasite Zoophytes), 
 and assisting to conceal and metamorphose the plant, you 
 may find a number of conical tubes, varying from one- 
 sixteenth to one-eighth of an inch in length, made of a 
 somewhat tough papery or leathery substance, of a dusky 
 colour, and of a rough surface. They are stuck upon 
 the fronds of the seaweed in all directions, without any 
 order, some laid along, others standing erect, sometimes 
 singly, sometimes associated." " The animal in its tube 
 much resembles the larvae of the genus Phryganea, that 
 anglers value under the name of Caddis-worms. There, 
 however (and as in S. typicus), the case is composed of a 
 mosaic of minute pebbles, bits of shells, &c., imbedded in 
 a glutinous silk, with which the interior is smoothly lined. 
 In our little crustacean, I do not know of what it is 
 made, or how, but it seems to be homogeneous, and is 
 certainly of home manufacture, and not the tube of a 
 Zoophyte surreptitiously obtained, as has been supposed 
 to be the case with the Cerapus tubularis of North 
 America." 
 
 It received its specific name from Mr. Gosse in compli- 
 ment of his friend Mr. A. White. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NJTATORTA. 
 
 S1PHONCECETES CRASSICORNIS. 469 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 SIPHONCECETES CRASSICORNIS $ . 
 
 Specific character. Head produced into a rostrum. Superior antenna; 
 having the first joint large, and supero-anteriorly produced to a porrected 
 point. Inferior antenna but little longer than the superior. Dactyla of the 
 first and second pairs of pereiopoda short and slightly curved. 
 
 Length 3 inch. 
 
 SipJioimcetes crassicornis. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 269, pi. xlv. fig. 9. 
 WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 197. 
 
 THE only specimen which we have seen of this species 
 is a female. It is long and flat, the head being an- 
 teriorly produced into a rostrum. The eyes are small 
 and round. The superior antennae are not one-fourth 
 the length of the animal ; the first joint of the 
 peduncle is very large, and anteriorly produced, upon 
 the upper side, to a long horn-like point, whence the 
 specific name. The inferior antennae are scarcely longer 
 than the superior, and are considerably shorter than in 
 
470 COROPHinXE. 
 
 the typical species, a circumstance which in some 
 measure may be due to the specimen being a female. 
 The first pair of legs are wanting in one specimen. The 
 second are small, having a long, oval, simple hand, and 
 short curved finger. The third and fourth pairs of legs 
 are short, and have the thighs dilated, and the fingers 
 short and curved ; the branchial sac is as long as the 
 incubatory flabellum attached to the same appendage. 
 The fifth pair of legs have the coxa broad, the thigh 
 short, the meta-carpus and wrist short, and posteriorly 
 dilated, considerably broader than long ; the hand ovate, 
 tapering, and the finger short, triple-pointed, and curved. 
 The sixth pair of legs are longer than the fifth, and 
 more simple in character, while the seventh pair are the 
 longest and most simple. The penultimate pair of 
 caudal appendages are the shortest ; the ultimate ter- 
 minating in a double-hooked branch. The middle tail- 
 piece is of a tubercular form, and covered with numerous 
 small sharp teeth or spines. 
 
 Dredged by Mr. Joshua Alder, on the Northumber- 
 land coast. It lives in small cylindrical mud tubes, 
 attached to branches of Antennularia. Its colour 
 appears to be yellow, blotched with patches of white. 
 
NCENIA. 471 
 
 AMP II IP OD A. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus NCENIA. 
 
 Ncenia. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. p. 271. 
 
 Generic character. Antennae subequal ; superior pair with- 
 out a secondary appendage ; inferior having the flagellum 
 multi-articulate. Gnathopoda subchelate. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda biramous. Telson cylindrical. 
 
 THE animals of this genus are somewhat compressed. 
 The eyes are round. The superior antennas are about 
 the same length as the inferior ; the latter originate 
 posteriorly to the superior, and terminate in a multi- 
 articulate flagellum. The first two pairs of legs have 
 subchelate hands, the second pair being much larger 
 than the first. The walking legs are tolerably robust, 
 and not very long. The posterior pair of caudal ap- 
 pendages terminate in a pair of styliform branches. The 
 middle tail-piece is tubular, and tipped with one or two 
 rudimentary denticles. 
 
 This genus bears considerable resemblance to Eurys- 
 theus, and it is with much hesitation that we have 
 placed them in different families.* The species are rare, 
 and it is not improbable, when more individuals are 
 obtained, that some of the supposed species here de- 
 scribed, chiefly founded on the structure of the hands, 
 may prove only varieties of other species. 
 
 * We have not been able to identify the Gammarus spinipes of Dr. 
 Johnson (Zool. Journ. iv. p. 417), taken among Sertularia, from deep water 
 on the Berwickshire coast, but are inclined to refer it either to the present 
 genus or to Eurystkeus, the character given of the first two pairs of legs 
 agreeing tolerably well with those of Euri/sthew Uspinimanus (ante, p. 357). 
 
472 CWOPHIIDJS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOCmiDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 NCENIA TUBERCULOSA. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with 
 the palm armed near the centre with a large double tubercle. 
 Length \ inch. 
 
 Ncenia tuberculosa. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 271, pi. xlvi. 
 fig. 2. 
 
 THE body of the animal is rather long, and somewhat 
 compressed. The eyes are round, and not large. The 
 superior antennae are about half the length of the 
 animal; having the first joint of the peduncle as long 
 as the head, the second nearly as long again, whilst 
 the third is shorter than the first and slighter than the 
 second ; the flagellum is longer than the last two joints 
 of the peduncle. The inferior antennas are about the 
 same length as the superior ; the peduncle, having the 
 last two joints of nearly equal length, reaches as far as 
 the extremity of the peduncle of the superior; the 
 flagellum is about the length of the last joint of the 
 peduncle. The first pair of legs have the wrist as long 
 as the hand ; neither of these joints are much dilated ; 
 the hand is oval, with an oblique and imperfectly-defined 
 palm ; the finger is long, slight, and sharp, being deeply 
 serrated upon the inner margin. The second pair of 
 legs have the wrist very short, and the hand long and 
 broad ; the palm is oblique, defined by an angle, and 
 
NCENIA TUBERCULOSA. 473 
 
 armed, near the centre, with a broad double tubercle, 
 from which the animal derives its specific name ; the 
 finger is much curved, and not serrated upon the inner 
 margin. The walking legs are nearly of the same 
 length, and tolerably strong. The last pair of caudal 
 appendages terminate in a pair of styliform branches. 
 The central tail-piece is tubular, the oblique extremity 
 being furnished with a few minute denticles. 
 
 We have taken this species, not unfrequently, with 
 the dredge off Plymouth, and in Oxwich Bay on the 
 south coast of Wales. Mr. Webster has also sent it to 
 us from Tenby, Mr. Edward from Banff, and Mr. Thom- 
 son procured it in Belfast Bay, Ireland. 
 
474 
 AMPHIPODA 
 
 N ATA TORI A. 
 
 COROPHIID^E. 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NCENIA RIMAPALMATA. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with 
 the palm deeply notched, and the margin very delicately crenulated. 
 Length 5 inch. 
 
 Ncenia rimapalma. SPENOE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 272, pi. xlvi. 
 fig. 3. 
 
 THE eyes are round, and black; and the antennae, 
 which are nearly equal, are about two-thirds of the 
 length of the animal ; the inferior pair are slightly longer 
 than the superior; the flagellum in each pair is longer 
 than the peduncle. The first pair of legs are long and 
 slender ; the hand and the wrist being nearly of the 
 same length, and scarcely broader than the other joints ; 
 the palm is oblique and concave ; and the finger, which 
 is longer than the palm, is sharp and distinctly serrated 
 upon the inner margin. The second pair of legs have 
 the wrist short ; the hand long-quadrate, with the palm 
 oblique, having near its middle a deep notch, from 
 whence the specific name of the animal is derived ; the 
 margin of the palm is furnished with a row of small, 
 regular, bead-like protuberances. In all other respects 
 this species scarcely differs from the preceding. 
 
 We first received it from the coast of Northumber- 
 land, where it was taken by Mr. Joshua Alder. It has 
 
NCENIA RIMAPALMATA. 
 
 475 
 
 since been sent to us from Kames Bay, C umbrae, by 
 Mr. Robertson, who informs us that he has repeatedly 
 found it to be the occupant of almost every Buccinum 
 shell inhabited by the hermit crab. He therefore 
 assumes, with some apparent justice, since he has never 
 found any other species of Amphipod so associated, that 
 the position must be one of choice, and not an acci- 
 dental occurrence. "We may, therefore, consider that 
 Ncenia rimapalmata forms one of the " happy family," 
 spoken of by Mr. Gosse, Mr. Lubbock, and others, 
 and exhibited in the vignette below. It has also been 
 taken by Mr. Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman, in 
 from seventy to ninety fathoms of water, sixty miles east 
 of the Shetlands. 
 
476 
 
 AMPH1PODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NCENIA EXCAVATA. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with 
 the palm deeply excavated towards the inferior angle. Dactylos with the 
 inner margin serrated. 
 
 Length | inch. 
 
 Ncenia excavata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 272, pi. xlvi. 
 fig. 4. 
 
 THE antennae of the only specimen which we have 
 seen of this species were broken off. In all respects 
 the animal agrees with the preceding, except in the 
 form of the second pair of hands, which have the 
 palm deeply and broadly excavated near the inferior 
 angle, a circumstance which has given rise to the specific 
 name ; the finger is distinctly serrated. 
 
 We received our specimen from Mr. Alder, who pro- 
 cured it while dredging off the coast of Northumber- 
 land. 
 
NCENIA TJNDATA. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 477 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NCENIA UNDATA. 
 
 Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with 
 the palm oblique, imperfectly defined, and slightly waved. 
 Length inch. 
 
 Nosnia undata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 272, pi. xlvi. fig. 5. 
 
 THE antennae are about half the length of the animal, 
 the flagellum not being longer than the last joint of the 
 peduncle. First pair of legs having the hand dilated, 
 slightly broader than the wrist, and tapering ; the palm 
 is oblique, occupying the entire under margin, and is 
 ciliated ; the finger is distinctly serrated. The second 
 pair of legs have the hands ovate, and the palm oblique, 
 and undulated (whence the specific name), defined by 
 two or three short spines, and flanked by two or three 
 short transverse rows of cilia. In other respects this 
 species differs little from the last. 
 
 It was sent to us by Mr. Alder, who dredged it on the 
 coast of Northumberland. 
 
478 COROPHIID7E. 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Subfamily COROPHIIDES. 
 
 Cephalon and pereion broader than deep. Inferior antenna 
 subpediform, more powerful than the superior. Coxse small. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda subfoliaceous or styliform, not armed 
 with spines. Telson squamiform, unarmed. 
 
 THE genera which belong to this subfamily are com- 
 posed of animals in which the head and body are not 
 laterally compressed. The coxae are small, consequently 
 the animals being broader than deep are capable of 
 walking in an upright position, both in and out of the 
 water. The inferior antennae are stronger, and generally 
 longer than the superior, they never terminate in a 
 multi-articulate flagellum, but assume much of the form 
 of a true leg, and are made use of in climbing and 
 grasping substances. The last pair of caudal appendages 
 are never furnished with hook-like spines, but termi- 
 nate in styliform or subfoliaceous branches, which are 
 generally very short, and in some genera rudimentary. 
 The central tail-piece is always single, and scale-like, 
 and is never armed with hooks or spines. 
 
CYRTOPHIUM. 479 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORJA. 
 
 Genus CYRTOPHIUM. 
 
 OyrtopMwn. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 839. SPENCE BATE, Ann. 
 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. 
 
 p. 278. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 195. 
 Platophium. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 838. 
 Ltttmatophylus. BKUZELITJS, Skaud Amph. Gramm. p. 11, pi. i. fig. 1. 
 
 Generic character. Cephalon subquadrate. Pereion dis- 
 tended. Pleon narrow. Eyes prominent. Antennae subpedi- 
 form ; inferior pair the longer. Gnathopoda subchelate ; second 
 pair much larger than the first pair. Posterior pair of pleopoda 
 rudimentary. Telson squamiform. 
 
 IN this genus the animals, when viewed from above, 
 have the head very square, the body distended to an 
 oval, while the tail is considerably narrowed, and 
 generally lies inflected against the under side of the 
 body. The eyes are prominent. The antennas are 
 subpediform, the flagella not being multi-articulate ; 
 and the inferior pair always longer than the superior. 
 The first two pairs of legs have the hands subchelate, 
 the second pair being considerably larger than the first. 
 The last two pairs of walking legs are considerably 
 longer than the others. The caudal appendages are 
 successively shorter posteriorly, the last pair being quite 
 rudimentary, and scarcely longer than the central ter- 
 minal scale. 
 
 It will be perceived that we have united Dana's two 
 genera into one, since the only distinction that the 
 author admits between Platophium and Cyrtophium de- 
 pends upon " the respective lengths of the branches 
 belonging to the caudal appendages, the more lamellar 
 
480 COROPHIHXE. 
 
 form of the inner ramus of each of those caudal ap- 
 pendages which are normally developed, and the greater 
 length of their spines ; " the fundamental character of 
 both are, however, uniform. 
 
 The name of Cyrtophium is preferred to the one which 
 Dana more fully described, in consequence of its having 
 been applied to an European species, previously to our 
 having determined that the two were congeneric. 
 
 This genus will probably be found to have a large 
 geographical range, since, although but few specimens 
 have hitherto been found, their habitats have been widely 
 apart. 
 
 Cyrtophium Brasilieuse was dredged by Dana in the 
 harbour of Rio Janeiro, while he took C. orientate at 
 Singapore in the East Indies. C. tuberculatus has been 
 dredged by Bruzelius on the coast of Norway, and the 
 British species is not rare on the southern coast of 
 England. 
 
AMPHTPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 CYRTOPHIUM DARWINII. 481 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 CYRTOPHIUM DARWINII. 
 
 Specific character. Pereion imbricated. Superior antennae not reaching 
 beyond the peduncle of the inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda having the 
 propodos as long as the cephalon and first two segments of the pereion. 
 Posterior pair of pleopoda scarcely reaching beyond the extremity of the 
 telson. Telson suborbicular, squamiform. 
 
 Length |j inch. 
 
 Cyrtophwm Darwinii. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1859, p. 59. Ann. 
 Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 274, pi. xlvi. fig. 8. WHITE, Pop. Hist. 
 Brit. Crust, p. 196. 
 
 THE dorsal aspect of the head is square, with a small 
 point anteriorly produced between the superior antennae. 
 The eyes are prominently situated upon each side of the 
 anterior lateral angles. The body, seen from above (fig. *), 
 is oval, every segment of which has the posterior half ele- 
 vated into a ridge, which, viewed in a lateral aspect, gives 
 the animal somewhat of an imbricated appearance. The tail 
 
 i i 
 
482 COROPHIIDjE. 
 
 is very much narrower than the body, and generally lies 
 bent up against the underside of the body of the animal. 
 The eyes are prominent. The superior antennae do not 
 reach beyond the extremity of the peduncle of the 
 inferior. The inferior antennae are nearly as long as 
 the animal ; the last joint of the peduncle is very long, 
 being quite as long as the three preceding ; the flagellum 
 consists of one very long and one or two minute termi- 
 nal articuli. The first pair of legs have the hands a 
 little longer than the wrist, with no defined palm, and a 
 strong curved finger. The second pair of legs have the 
 hands very much larger than those of the first pair, being 
 equal in length to the head and the first two segments 
 of the body ; they are oval in form, the upper edge being 
 more arched than the lower ; the palm is crenulated, 
 defined by a blunt tooth, and runs continuously with 
 the inferior margin ; the finger is longer than the 
 palm, narrow, and arcuate. The thighs of the three 
 posterior pairs of walking legs gradually increase in 
 dilatation, and the last two pairs are very much longer 
 than the others. The three pairs of caudal appendages 
 have subfoliaceous branches, and decrease posteriorly in 
 length, the last scarcely reaching beyond the extremity 
 of the terminal scale, which overlays them, and which is 
 circular and scale-like. 
 
 We have only as yet received specimens of this 
 species from Mr. Webster, some of which he dredged 
 off Falmouth, the others he obtained on the beach, at 
 low water, at St. Michael's Mount. 
 
 Some specimens (mixed with those of the genus 
 Podocerus) have long existed unrecognized in the Col- 
 lection of the British Museum, procured by Dr. Leach, 
 probably from the South Coast of Devon. 
 
 The females of this species appear to differ from the 
 
CYRTOPHIUM DARWINII. 483 
 
 males in having the hand of the second pair of legs 
 smaller, and the body less compressed. 
 
 It is our opinion that L&tmatophilus tuberculatus, of 
 Bruzelius, may be the female of a species of this genus 
 in which the penultimate pair of caudal appendages have 
 been broken off and are undergoing the process of repro- 
 duction. This suggestion is, indeed, founded only upon 
 negative evidence; moreover, we think that we should 
 be doing the author of the " Skandinaviens Amphipoda 
 Gammaridea " injustice, in the present state of our in- 
 formation, if we were to insert his genus Lcetmatophilus as 
 a synonym of Cyrtophium of Dana, although we anticipate 
 that they will ultimately be proved to be the same. 
 
484 COROPIITIDjE. 
 
 A MPHIPODA . PODOCERIDES. 
 
 XATATOE1A. 
 
 Genus CRATIPPUS. 
 
 Cratippus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 275. 
 
 Generic character. Antennae short, subequal ; flagella rudi- 
 mentary. Superior antennse without secondary appendage. 
 Gnathopoda subchelate. Coxa3 small. Pereiopoda subequal. 
 Three posterior pairs of Pleopoda having short terminal rami. 
 Telson squamiform. 
 
 IN this genus the body of the animal is long and not 
 laterally compressed. The antennae are subequal, ter- 
 minating in very short flagella : the superior pair are not 
 furnished with a secondary appendage. The first two 
 pairs of hands are subchelate. The walking legs are 
 all nearly of the same length ; and the three pair of 
 caudal appendages have the terminal branches shorter 
 than their respective peduncles. The middle tail-piece 
 is, we believe, a flat, scale-like appendage. 
 
 This genus differs from Corophium in the subchelate 
 character of the second pair of legs, and in the rudi- 
 mentary condition of the flagellum of the antennae. 
 
AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOKIA. 
 
 CRATIPPUS TENUIPES. 485 
 
 PODOCER1DES. 
 
 CRATIPPUS TENUIPES. 
 
 Specific character. Eyes small and round. Antennae subequal, one- 
 fourth the length of animal ; flagella not longer than the last joint of the 
 peduncle. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos narrow, not much 
 dilated. Pereiopoda slender, moderately long. Thighs not dilated. Caudal 
 appendages terminating in short rami. 
 
 Length 5 3 n inch. 
 
 Cratippus tenuipes. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 276, pi. xlvi. 
 fig. 10. 
 
 THE eyes are round and black. The antennae are 
 not more than one-fourth of the length of the animal, 
 and are of nearly the same length and size ; the flagella 
 of each being rudimentary, and consisting of but three 
 articuli, each being smaller than the preceding, that of 
 the superior differing from that of the inferior in the 
 presence of two long auditory cilia (fig. b). The first 
 pair of legs (omitted in our figure) are long, slender, 
 and scarcely subchelate. The second pair of legs have 
 the wrist short ; the hand long, not broader than the 
 
486 COROPHIID.E. 
 
 wrist, but three or four times as long, and with the upper 
 and lower margins parallel ; the palm is oblique, that of 
 the right hand being developed into the form of a small 
 cup, possibly an abnormal condition, resulting from some 
 previous injury to the part, that of the left hand being 
 armed with a strong tooth near the centre, and a smaller 
 one which defines its posterior limit. The walking legs are 
 all of the same length, being tolerably long and rather 
 slender; they have the thighs not developed, and the 
 penultimate joint of the last three pairs are serrated upon 
 the inner margin. The caudal appendages are short, 
 and each terminates in short branches. 
 
 We know nothing of the habits of this creature, 
 of which a single specimen only has been sent to us by 
 Mr. Edward, who took it near Banff. 
 
 The following sketch of Covesea Lighthouse, on the 
 shores of the Moray Frith, was kindly drawn for us by 
 Miss Gordon Gumming, of Altyre. 
 
 COVESEA LIGHTHOUSE. 
 
DRYOPE. 487 
 
 A MPIJIPODA . P ODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus DRYOPE. 
 
 Dry ope,. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Araph. Brit. Mus. p. 276. 
 Unciola. G-OSSE, Marine Zool. i. p. 141 (not of Say). 
 
 Generic character. Body not laterally compressed. Antennae 
 subequal, terminating in a multi-articulate flagellum ; the su- 
 perior not having a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda sub- 
 chelate, first pair being larger than the second. Posterior pair 
 of pleopoda the shortest, double-branched. Telson squami- 
 form. 
 
 IN this genus the body of the animal is long and 
 not compressed. The eyes are small. The antennae are 
 nearly of equal length, and terminate in multi-articulate 
 flagella, but there is no secondary appendage to the 
 superior pair. The hands of the first two pairs of legs 
 are subchelate ; the second, which is the smaller, might, 
 indeed, perhaps be described as being imperfectly 
 chelate. The coxse of all the legs are small ; and the 
 caudal appendages have the branches spinous ; the 
 posterior pair are the shortest. The middle tail-piece is 
 single and squamiform. 
 
 This genus is founded upon an animal discovered by 
 Mr. Gosse, and supposed by him to belong to Unciola 
 of Say ; but this genus differs from that of Unciola in 
 the absence of the secondary appendage to the superior 
 antennae, in the subchelate condition of the second pair 
 of hands, and probably also in the form of the telson. 
 
488 COROPHIUm 
 
 A M PHI POD A . PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 DRYOPE IRR011ATA. 
 
 Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda having the palm defined 
 by a large tooth, and with two large obtuse lobes in its middle ; the margin 
 smooth. Dactylos imperfectly coarsely serrated. Second pair of gnathopoda 
 having the palm concave ; margin ciliated with a few fine hairs. 
 
 Length, \ inch. 
 
 Dryope irrorata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 276, pi. xlvii. 
 
 fig. 1. 
 Unciola irrorata. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. p. 141, fig. 256 (not Say). 
 
 THE body is more than half the length of the animal. 
 The third segment of the tail has the posterior margin 
 waved and deeply excavated above the inferior angle. 
 The eyes are small and round. The superior antennas 
 are scarcely half the length of the animal, and the 
 flagellum is not longer than the last joint of the 
 peduncle. The inferior antennae are scarcely shorter 
 than the superior ; the flagellum is about the same 
 length as that of the superior pair. The first pair of 
 legs have the wrist and hand continuous ; the postero- 
 inferior angle of the wrist is produced to a tooth. The 
 hand is as long as the head, triangular, with the palm 
 occupying the entire length of the inferior margin, and 
 being denned at its posterior limit by a strong tooth, 
 
DRYOPE IRRORATA. 489 
 
 with two tubercles near its centre, and fringed with 
 a few cilia, each extending perpendicularly from the 
 surface ; the finger is tolerably robust, and has the inner 
 margin imperfectly serrated. The second pair of legs 
 have the hand much smaller than that of the first, and 
 not so much dilated, having the superior and inferior 
 margins parallel, both being fringed with fasciculi of 
 hairs; the palm is concave, and the inferior angle is 
 produced anteriorly as far as the superior angle ; it is 
 also marginate, the edge being crenulated, a fine cilia 
 surmounting the points between every indentation. The 
 last three pairs of walking legs are about equal in 
 length and sparingly ciliated. The caudal appendages 
 are short, reaching scarcely beyond the telson. 
 
 This species was taken by Mr. Gosse at Weymouth ; and 
 the specimen having been kindly presented to us, we are 
 enabled to give a figure and description from the same 
 animal, which he had previously described as Unciola 
 irrorata. 
 
490 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATOEIA. 
 
 COROPHIID.E. 
 
 PO DOC ER IDES. 
 
 DRYOPE CRENATIPALMATA. 
 
 Specific character. Propodos of the first pair of gnathopoda having the 
 palm minutely crenulated ; propodos of the second pair of guathopoda having 
 the palm concave and ornately pectinated. 
 
 Length 2 6 g inch. 
 
 Dryope crenatipalma. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 277, 
 pi. xlvii. fig. 2. 
 
 THE head of this species has a slight point produced 
 between the superior antennas. The eyes are round 
 and situated at the extreme anterior angles of the head. 
 The superior antenna? are about half the length of the 
 animal ; the flagellum is as long as the second and third 
 joints of the peduncle. The inferior antenna? are shorter 
 than the superior ; the peduncle being as long as 
 the peduncle of the superior ; the flagellum is not 
 longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The first 
 
DRYOPE CRENATIPALMATA. 491 
 
 pair of legs have the hand sub triangular ; the superior 
 margin is arcuate, but not continuous with that of the 
 wrist ; the palm occupies nearly the entire length of the 
 inferior margin, it is very oblique, irregularly waved, 
 minutely crenulate, and defined by a prominent tubercle 
 or blunt tooth, tipped with a strong spine ; the 
 finger is as long as the palm, having the inner margin 
 serrated, except at the apex. The second pair of legs 
 have the hand nearly twice as broad as long, with the 
 upper and lower margins subparallel ; the inferior angle 
 produced; the palm concave, having the deepest part 
 near the finger ornately pectinated ; near the articulation 
 of the finger there are" several simple sharp-pointed 
 perpendicular teeth, succeeded by two or three lobes 
 or tubercles, surmounted with four teeth that spread on 
 each side like a fan, and lastly, with seven or eight 
 long, comb-like teeth, just within the limits of the 
 inferior angle of the palm, the last but one of which is 
 twice the length and size of the others (fig. h"). The 
 finger is strongly serrated upon the inner margin. The 
 last three pairs of walking legs have the antero-distal 
 extremities lobed, and the fingers robust and curved. 
 The caudal appendages decrease posteriorly in length ; 
 the branches are shorter than the peduncle, slightly 
 spinous, a long apical spine tipping every branch, of 
 which the upper or outer is the longer in the ante- and 
 penultimate pairs, but the inner one is the longest in the 
 ultimate. The tail-piece is circular, with a small point 
 at the dorsal extremity. 
 
 This species was sent to us by Mr. Gosse, who took it 
 off Weymouth. 
 
492 COROPHinXE. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. PODOCERIDES. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 Genus COROPHIUM. 
 
 Corophium. LATREILLE, Gen. Crust, et Ins. i. p. 58. LEACH, Edin. Ency. 
 vii. p. 403. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 362. DESMAREST, Cons, 
 sur les Crust, p. 270. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Crust, p. 193. 
 BRTTZELIUS, Skand. Ampb. Gam. p. 14. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. 
 i. p. 141. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. 
 p. 149. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 279. 
 
 Generic character. Pereion not compressed. Eyes small. 
 Superior antennas terminating in a multiarticulate flagellum. 
 Inferior antennae very large, subpediform, terminating in a 
 flagellum destitute of articuli. First pair of gnathopoda sub- 
 chelate; second pair not subcheliform. Posterior pair of 
 pleopoda terminating in a single branch. Tel son squamiform. 
 
 IN this genus the body of the animal is not com- 
 pressed. The eyes are small. The superior antennae 
 are shorter than the inferior, and terminate in a multi- 
 articulate flagellum. The inferior antennae are longer 
 and much more powerful than the upper, particularly 
 in the male. The coxae are very small. The first pair 
 of gnathopoda are subchelate ; the second are slender 
 in the male, but somewhat more robust in the other sex. 
 The last pair of legs are much longer than the others. 
 The caudal appendages are very short, the last being the 
 shortest, and terminating in a single branch. The central 
 tail-plate is scale-like and single. 
 
 This genus appears to be confined to the Northern 
 Hemisphere a doubtful, but nearly-allied, species (C. 
 quadriceps) taken at Rio Janeiro, by Dana, being the only 
 representative yet known from the southern seas. 
 
COROPHIUM LONGICORNE. 
 
 493 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 NATATORIA. 
 
 PODOCERIDES. 
 
 COROPHIUM LONGICORNE. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae having the inner margin of the first 
 joint of the peduncle minutely crenulated. The inferior antennas longer than 
 the animal in the male ; the penultimute joint of the peduncle armed near 
 the Distal extremity with a tooth upon the inferior surface ; flagellum about 
 half the length of the last joint of the peduncle, biarticulate. 
 
 Length | of an inch. 
 
 Cwophium longicorne. LATREILLE, Gen. Crust, et Ins. i. p. 59. LAMARCK, 
 Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. v. p. 184. LEACH, 
 Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn. Trans, xi. 
 p. 362. Suppl. Ency. Brit. i. p. 426. SAMOUELLE, 
 Ent. Comp. p. 105. DESMAREST, Consid. sur 
 Crust, p. 270, pi. xlvi. fig. 1. BREBISSON, Cat. des 
 Crust, recueillis dans le Dep. du Calvados, 1825, 
 p. 252. GUERIN, Icon. Regne An. 27, f. 1. <? $ . 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. 
 p. 385. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 66. Regne 
 An. edit, Croch. Crust, pi. Ixi. fig. 1. BRU- 
 ZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 15. WHITE, 
 Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 55. Pop. Hist. Crust, 
 p. 193, pi. xi. fig. 1. 
 
 Gammarus lonyicornis. FABRICIUS, But. Syst. ii. p. 515. RCEMER, Gen. 
 Ins. tab. xxxiii. fig. 6. 
 
494 COROPHIIDJE. 
 
 Astacvs Uncarts. PENNANT, Brit. Zool. Edit. 1777, iv. p. 17. pi. 
 
 xvi. fig. 31. 
 
 Onicus volutator. PALLAS, Spec. Zool. ix. p. 59. tab. iv. fig. 9. 
 
 Cancer grossipes. LINN.&US, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1055. 
 
 THIS species has the eyes small and round. The 
 superior antennae are about one-fourth of the length of the 
 animal ; the first joint of the peduncle has the inner 
 margin crenulated. The inferior antenna are very 
 powerful, and in the male are longer than the animal 
 itself; the penultimate joint of the peduncle being 
 armed upon the inferior distal extremity with a strong 
 tooth, which appears to assist considerably in holding 
 any object when the extremity of the antennae is folded 
 upon itself; this organ appearing to possess the strongest 
 prehensile power, and being no doubt used as a weapon 
 of offence in its battles with other animals in its struggle 
 for existence. The first pair of legs are not powerful 
 organs, being simply subchelate. The second pair have 
 the wrist as long as the hand, inferiorly dilated, and 
 furnished with one or two longitudinal rows of long 
 hairs ; the hand is not so wide as the wrist, and is 
 furnished near the carpal articulation with a diagonal 
 row of long hairs ; the finger is narrower than the hand, 
 and is short, sharp, and slightly curved. The first two 
 pairs of walking legs are moderately long, and terminate 
 in long, straight fingers ; the next two are short, and the 
 last is nearly as long again as the two immediately pre- 
 ceding. The natatory appendages have the basal joints 
 very short and broadly developed. The caudal ap- 
 pendages are also short, the last scarcely reaching beyond 
 the extremity of the telson. 
 
 The colour of the animal is grey, mottled with black 
 stellated markings, appearing to assimilate very nearly 
 to the colour of the soil which it inhabits. It dwells in 
 
COROPHIUM LONGICORNE. 495 
 
 small tubular galleries, excavated in the mud, over which 
 the tide flows and ebbs. It has not, however, been 
 ascertained whether the channels in the mud are per- 
 forated by these Crustacea or by the numerous annelids 
 that it preys upon. Quaterfages, in his pleasant 
 " Rambles of a Naturalist," says, " that at about the 
 end of April they come from the open sea in myriads 
 (they are called Pernis by the fishermen of the coast of 
 Saintonge) to wage war with the annelids, which they 
 entirely destroy before the end of May; they then 
 attack the mollusca and fish all through the summer, 
 and disappear in a single night about the end of October, 
 and return again the following year." It is one of these 
 fierce combats with an annelid that we have represented 
 in our vignette. 
 
 This species may probably be found all round the 
 British coast, and it would be interesting if local na- 
 turalists should be able to confirm the information 
 derived from the fishermen on the coast of Saintonge. 
 We have taken several specimens in calm weather during 
 the month of July, amongst weed attached to a buoy 
 in Plymouth Sound, associated with Podocerus ; but we 
 have not, among the many that have been sent to us, 
 received any remarks from our correspondents relative 
 either to season or situation in which they had been 
 found, and therefore assume their habitats to be as 
 commonly reported. 
 
 They have been recorded or sent to us from Berwick 
 by Dr. Johnson ; from the Moray Frith, by the Rev. 
 G. Gordon ; from Norfolk and the mouth of the Med- 
 way, by Dr. Leach ; and we have taken them in Loughor 
 Marsh, Glamorgan. Q-uatrefages speaks of their abund- 
 ance on the coast of Saintonge. Mr. D'Orbigny has 
 recorded them from the Bay of L'Aiguillon, near 
 
496 
 
 COROPHIIDJE. 
 
 Rochelle ; Brebisson on the coast of Calvados in France ; 
 Van Beneden on the shores of Belgium ; and Bruzelius 
 has found them on the coasts of Sweden and Norway. 
 Some specimens, which we take to be the young of this 
 species, we find in the collection sent to us by the Rev. 
 A. M. Norman, taken in from two to five fathoms, in 
 Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetlands. 
 
 COMBAT BETWEEN AN ANNELID AND COROPHIUM LONGICORNE. 
 
AMPHIPODA, 
 DOMICOLA. 
 
 COROPHIUM BONELLTI. 497 
 
 COROPHIIDES. 
 
 CoropJiium Bonellii. 
 Coropkium spinicorne. 
 
 COROPHIUM BONELLII. 
 
 Specific character. Superior antennae having the inner margin of the first 
 joint of the peduncle smooth. Inferior antennae scarcely half the length of 
 the animal ; penultimate joint of the peduncle having the inferior margin 
 armed with several strong spines. 
 
 Length, 5 4 inch. 
 
 MILNE EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 385, 
 Hist, des Crustaces, t. iii. p. 67. 
 
 SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 281, 
 pi. xlvii. fig. 5. 
 
 THIS species differs from the preceding in many points, 
 some of which may, however, prove to be sexual. For 
 a considerable time it was our belief that this was but 
 the female of the preceding species ; but not having 
 found them commonly associated has induced us, at all 
 events for the present, to describe such very different 
 forms as distinct species. 
 
 The eyes are small and round. The superior antennae 
 
 K K 
 
498 coROPHinm 
 
 have the inner margin of the first joint of the peduncle 
 smooth, armed near the base with three strong stiff 
 spines ; the second joint is narrower than the first, and 
 about half as long ; the third joint is very small ; the 
 flagellum is nearly as long as the peduncle. The inferior 
 antennae are scarcely longer than the superior, being 
 about half the length of the animal; the second joint of 
 the peduncle * is internally produced to a point, which 
 is crowned with a short straight spine ; the third joint 
 is similarly produced internally, and crowned with three 
 stiff spines ; the fourth reaches to the extremity of the 
 peduncle of the superior, it is as broad as the second, 
 and anteriorly produced upon the inner side to a blunt 
 point, the inner margin of the joint is furnished with 
 stiff spines, those nearest the base are inserted at right 
 angles, but gradually they diverge until the anterior 
 ones are directed nearly straight forwards ; the flagellum 
 is uniarticulate, and tipped with several small spines. 
 In other respects this animal bears a near resemblance 
 to C. longicorne. This species seems so nearly to cor- 
 respond with the character given by Milne Edwards 
 of C. Bonellii, of unknown habitat, that we adopt that 
 name for it, the term spinicorne having been previously 
 appropriated by Mr. Stimpson for a Californian species. 
 
 It has been sent to us from Yarmouth, where it was 
 taken by Mr. Jeffreys ; and from Cumbrae, where it was 
 found by Mr. Robertson. The Rev. A. M. Norman 
 has also taken it in from two to five fathoms of water 
 in Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetland. It has also been 
 taken at Plymouth. 
 
 * The peduncle of the inferior antennae in the A mpliipods consists con- 
 stantly of five joints, the first two are commonly closely united and fre- 
 quently fused together ; they are nevertheless to be regarded and counted as 
 two distinct joints. 
 
COROPHIUM CRASSICORNE. 499 
 
 AMPHIPODA. COROPHIIDES. 
 
 DOMICOLA. 
 
 COROPHIUM CRASSICORNE. 
 
 Specific character. Inferior antennae having the penultimate joint of the 
 peduncle armed with two teeth. 
 Length Jg inch. 
 
 CoropKiwn crassicorne. BRUZELIUS, Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 15, pi. i. 
 fig. 2. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 228, pi. xlvii. fig. 6. 
 
 THE head is short, having a small rostrum. The eyes 
 are situated upon an advanced lobe between the superior 
 and inferior pairs of antennae. The superior antennae 
 reach to the extremity of the penultimate joint of the 
 peduncle of the inferior, which are about two-thirds of 
 the length of the animal, very robust, and armed at 
 the inferior distal extremity of the penultimate joint 
 with two anteriorly-directed teeth, the outer one being 
 the larger of the two. In other respects this species 
 bears a near resemblance to C. Bonellii. 
 
 We have only seen two specimens of this species, one 
 dredged by Mr. Jeffreys off the Shetlands, and one re- 
 cently obtained by the Rev. A. M. Norman in Outer 
 Skerries Harbour, in from two to five fathoms of water, 
 which we regard as identical with that of Bruze- 
 
 KK 2 
 
500 COROPHTID^E. 
 
 lius ; but in our specimens the teeth which arm the 
 inferior antennae vary from those represented in the 
 figure given by that author ; the apex of the teeth 
 reaching, in our specimens, rather beyond the extremity 
 of the joint on the right, but not so on the left ; there is 
 also a small tooth on the fifth joint antagonizing with 
 those on the fourth. There is also a strong process or 
 blunt tooth upon the second joint of the left antennae, 
 but which appears to be less developed on the right. A 
 few fine hairs exist upon the same antennae, but in 
 one of ours we only saw a few short stiff" points ; 
 probably these were hairs, as long as those represented 
 by Bruzelius, when the animal had but recently shed 
 its exuvium, but which are now rubbed down by fre- 
 quent use of the organ in grasping foreign substances. 
 Bruzelius says that it is found on the coast of Norway 
 from the most northern point to Bohusia, and is rare. 
 The last three segments of the tail are very short and 
 are fused together a circumstance that has been pre- 
 viously pointed out by Bruzelius, and which a recent 
 opportunity has enabled us to confirm. 
 
CHELURID.E. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 501 
 
 DOMICOLA. 
 
 Fam. CHELURID^E. 
 
 CEPHALON broad. Pereion not compressed. The 
 three posterior segments of the pleon fused together. 
 Telson, as well as the appendages of the cephalon 
 and pereion, normal ; those of the pleon abnormally 
 placed. 
 
 This family was founded by Professor Allman for 
 the reception of a single species, which possesses such 
 peculiar conditions as to exclude it from all those that 
 had been previously formed. It is distinguished from 
 the COROPHIID.E by the fusion of the last three seg- 
 ments of the tail and the abnormal character of the 
 caudal appendages. 
 
 WRECK ON SIIOKE. 
 
502 CHELURITDvE. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. CHELURIDM. 
 
 DOM1COLA. 
 
 Genus CHELURA. 
 
 Chelurct. PHILIPPI in WIEGMANN'S Archiv. 1839, and Ann. Nat. Hist 
 iv. pi. iii. fig. 5. ALLMAN, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 361. 
 WHITE, Cat. Crust, p. 56. Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202 
 pi. xi. fig. 2. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. p. 138. SPENCE BATE, 
 Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 149. Cat. Amph. Brit. 
 Mus. p. 285. 
 
 Nemertes. WHITE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. 
 
 Generic character. Superior antennas short, having a multi- 
 articulate flagellum and a secondary appendage. Inferior 
 antenna longer than the superior; very robust; flagellum 
 uniarticulate. Mandibles having an appendage. Third sia- 
 gonopodos unguiculate. Gnathopoda chelate, subequal. Perei- 
 opoda short, subequal. Ante- and penultimate pairs of 
 pleopoda biramous, and closely associated ; ultimate pair 
 unibranched. Telson single. 
 
 IN this genus the eyes are round. The superior 
 antennae are shorter than the inferior; they terminate 
 in a multi-articulate flagellum, and bear a secondary 
 appendage. The inferior antennae are strong and have 
 a uni-articulate flagellum of great size and strength. 
 The mandibles are furnished with a three-jointed ap- 
 pendage. The maxillipedes terminate in a sharp finger. 
 The first two pairs of legs have chelate hands. The 
 coxae are short ; the legs are also short and strong. The 
 ante- and penultimate pairs of caudal appendages are 
 biramous, and closely associated in their position ; the 
 ultimate pair are single-branched, and the telson is single 
 and squamiform. 
 
 This genus was first described by Philippi from speci- 
 mens which he procured from the dockyards of Trieste. 
 
CHELURA TEREBANS. 
 
 AMPHIPODA. 
 
 DOMICOLA. 
 
 503 
 
 CHELURIDjE. 
 
 CHELURA TEREBANS. 
 
 Specific character. Third segment of the pleon posteriorly armed with a 
 strong centro- dorsal tooth. Inferior antennae nearly as long again as the 
 superior. Grnathopoda not having the propoda dilated. Antepenultimate 
 pair of pleopoda having the peduncle long, narrow, and rami short : penulti- 
 mate having the peduncle developed into a broad and squamiform plate, the 
 rami short : ultimate having the peduncle very short, and the ramus broad 
 and very long. Telson pedunculated and broadly lanceolate. 
 
 Length male ^ inch, female ^ inch. 
 
 Chelura terebans. PniLippiin WIEGMANN'S Archiv. vol. v. p. 120, pi. iii. 
 fig. 5. (1839). ALLMAN, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 361, 
 pi. xiii. 1839. WESTWOOD in Gard. Chron. 1849, 
 p. 388, fig. sin. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 
 p. 59. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. Cat. 
 Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 285, pi. xlviii. fig. 1. WHITE, 
 Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 56. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202, 
 pi. xi. fig. 2. GOSSE, Mar. Zool. i. p. 138, f. 
 250. 
 
 Nemertes nesceoides. LEACH, MSS. WHITE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847, 
 p. 90. 
 
504 CHELURTD.E. 
 
 THE male animal in this species is a little larger than 
 the female, and can readily be recognized by the greater 
 length of the dorsal tooth, and that of the posterior pair 
 of caudal appendages. 
 
 The third segment of the tail is armed with a large 
 curved dorsal tooth, situated upon the posterior margin. 
 The eyes are small and round. The superior antennas 
 are not longer than the peduncle of the inferior ; the 
 joints of the peduncle are subequal in length ; and the 
 flagellum, which consists of six articuli, is not quite 
 so long as the peduncle ; the secondary appendage is 
 biarticulate * and slender. The inferior antennae are 
 about half the length of the body of the animal; the 
 joints of the peduncle gradually increase in length and 
 breadth, and are furnished with long hairs ; the flagellum 
 is of a long elliptic form, laterally compressed, and thickly 
 fringed with long hairs in the male : it is smaller and rather 
 more oval in the female. The first pair of legs have the 
 hand scarcely dilated, the margins being nearly parallel, 
 the palm straight, and little longer than the diameter of 
 the hand, caused by the inferior angle being slightly pro- 
 duced inferiorly. The finger is short, sharp-pointed, and 
 slightly curved, forming, with the hand, a tolerably per- 
 fect chelate organ. The second pair of legs have the 
 hand somewhat longer, and still less dilated than that of 
 the first, with the inferior angle of the palm anteriorly 
 produced to a point, which, with the short and curved 
 finger, forms a perfectly chelate hand. All the walking 
 legs are short, and none have the thighs dilated: the 
 last three have the hands strongly spinous upon their 
 anterior margins. The natatory appendages are short ; 
 the multi-articulate flexible branches are fixed upon a 
 
 * Professor Allman figures it as four-jointed, the three terminal joints 
 being very minute ; it probably varies with age. 
 
CHELURA TEREBANS. 505 
 
 dilated peduncle which is as broad as long, and fur- 
 nished upon the inner margin with two hooked spines 
 and a few plumose cilia. The antepenultimate pair of 
 caudal appendages have the peduncle long and narrow ; 
 the branches are short : the penultimate pair have the 
 peduncle developed into a large thin plate, produced 
 upon its inner margin to a breadth quite equal to its 
 length ; the branches are short, equal in length, the 
 inner one being not quite so broad as the outer : the 
 ultimate pair have the peduncle very short, but as if 
 to compensate, the branch is greatly developed, being 
 about the length of the inferior antennae, and is very 
 broad, especially near the base, and flattened. The 
 middle tail-piece is of the form of a broad lance-head, 
 attached to the animal by a short foot-stalk. 
 
 This species is one of our most injurious xylophagous 
 Crustaceans. It is commonly found associated with Lim- 
 noria tignorum, but, fortunately for piles and other marine 
 woodwork, it is not so prolific as that species. Its 
 excavations, are, however, much larger and more rapidly 
 executed. It is in fact so destructive that it will destroy 
 a piece of Memel timber thirteen inches square in less 
 than ten years. It works into the timber from the level 
 of the mud to nearly the usual height of neap tides, 
 avoiding, however, the knots of the wood. In this 
 manner the wood is riddled in every direction, and is 
 easily acted upon by the force of the water. 
 
 We have no doubt but that it excavates the saturated 
 wood for the purpose of food ; but we are unaware as 
 to the manner in which the canals in which it resides 
 are made. Our first impression is, that the mouth is the 
 perforating organ, and the beautiful grooved surface of 
 the under plate on the inner edge of the mandibles 
 carefully figured by Professor Allman in his elaborate 
 
506 CHELURIDJ?. 
 
 illustrations of this genus leaves little doubt but that 
 such is the case, although it might be thought that the 
 large plumose antennae would considerably interfere with 
 the action of the mouth in working the progressive course 
 of the tube. On the other hand the great and powerful 
 antennae cannot be used for the purpose of rubbing 
 down the wood, or we should find evidence in the worn 
 hairs at the extremity of the organ.* 
 
 We believe that the posterior pair of caudal ap- 
 pendages are important organs in assisting the animal 
 to effect a retrograde movement when within its chamber. 
 When free in the water its movements are very active, 
 swimming chiefly on the back ; and Professor Allman says 
 that when out of the water it is capable of taking a 
 considerable spring, the immensely-developed branch of 
 the last pair of caudal appendages doubtless acting in 
 the same manner as the fork of the Poduridte. 
 
 It appears to us singular, that as the subject of the 
 destruction of submarine architectural timber has been 
 so much studied and examined for so many years, in an 
 economical point of view, this animal, although so much 
 larger than the well-known Limnoria, should not have 
 been described until 1839, when it was found by Pro- 
 fessor Philippi at Trieste. Some specimens, labelled 
 Britain, in the collection of the British Museum, were 
 obtained by Dr. Leach, but their locality has not been 
 preserved, although supposed to have been taken by 
 himself or Col. Montagu in Devonshire or Cornwall. 
 Early in 1847 it was procured at Dublin in the piles of 
 
 * Being desirous of studying this subject, upon being placed upon the 
 Committee " For Enquiring into the best Mode of Preserving Submarine 
 Timber from the Ravages of the Teredo and other Animals," Mr. Spence 
 Bate applied, through the Admiral Superintendent of the Dockyard at 
 Plymouth, for permission to make some investigations in that naval arsenal, 
 a favour which the Admiralty refused. 
 
CHELURA TEREBANS. 507 
 
 the jetty in Kingston Harbour, by Mr. Mullins, C. E., 
 who gave an account of it in a paper read before the 
 Institute of Civil Engineers, Ireland ; from the same 
 neighbourhood the late Mr. Robert Ball had obtained it 
 some years previously. It has since been sent to us 
 from Polperro, by Mr. Loughrin ; from Falmouth, where 
 it was found by the Rev. A. M. Norman, who, as well 
 as Major Martin, and the Rev. Dr. Lansborough, found 
 it in Ardrossan Harbour on the Ayreshire coast. We 
 have taken it at the entrance of the Hamoaze, Plymouth. 
 Mr. Thompson took it in Belfast Bay, and Mr. H. 
 Pownall has sent it to us from the Southampton Water. 
 It is, indeed, probably to be found associated with Lim- 
 noria, all round the coasts of Southern and Western 
 Europe, as well as the shores of North America. 
 
 Our friend, Mr. Townshend, who was recently sent by 
 our Government to visit the dockyards of the West India 
 Islands and North America, and who gave considerable 
 attention to the ravages of animals upon submarine 
 timber, informs us that the only wood which resisted 
 the influence of these animals was that of the common 
 Hemlock-tree of the country, and that only as long as 
 the bark remained upon it : but we have recently been 
 informed, by one of the engineers employed at Portland, 
 that the creosoted timber of the jetty, which has existed 
 there for upwards of twenty years, has received no injury 
 from them. 
 
 END OF VOL. I. 
 
 Printed by Woodfall and Kinder, Angel Court, Skinner Street, London. 
 
r\ 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK 
 ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO 
 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE 
 SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. 
 
 1 JUN-66 
 
 Book Slip-20m-7,'56(C769s4)458 
 
A 7 
 v. i 
 
 14 7?17